This is a modern-English version of A History of the Philippines, originally written by Barrows, David P.. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.


[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Original Front Cover.
[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Original Title Page.
A History of the Philippines
New York · Cincinnati · Chicago
American Book Company
[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Preface

This book has been prepared at the suggestion of the educational authorities for pupils in the public high schools of the Philippines, as an introduction to the history of their country. Its preparation occupied about two years, while the author was busily engaged in other duties,—much of it being written while he was traveling or exploring in different parts of the Archipelago. No pretensions are made to an exhaustive character for the book. For the writer, as well as for the pupil for whom it is intended, it is an introduction into the study of the history of Malaysia.

This book was created at the recommendation of educational authorities for students in public high schools in the Philippines, serving as an introduction to their country's history. The preparation took about two years, during which the author was also busy with other responsibilities—much of the content was written while traveling or exploring various parts of the Archipelago. The book does not claim to be exhaustive. For both the writer and the student it's meant for, it serves as an introduction to the study of Malaysia's history.

Considerable difficulty has been experienced in securing the necessary historical sources, but it is believed that the principal ones have been read. The author is greatly indebted to the Honorable Dr. Pardo de Tavera for the use of rare volumes from his library, and he wishes to acknowledge also the kindness of Mr. Manuel Yriarte, Chief of the Bureau of Archives, for permission to examine public documents. The occasional reprints of the old Philippine histories have, however, been used more frequently than the original editions. The splendid series of reprinted works on the Philippines, promised by Miss Blair and Mr. Robertson, was not begun in time to be used in the preparation of this book. The appearance of this series will make easy a path which the present writer [4]has found comparatively difficult, and will open the way for an incomparably better History of the Philippines than has ever yet been made.

Considerable difficulty has been experienced in securing the necessary historical sources, but it is believed that the main ones have been read. The author is greatly indebted to the Honorable Dr. Pardo de Tavera for allowing access to rare volumes from his library, and he also wants to acknowledge the kindness of Mr. Manuel Yriarte, Chief of the Bureau of Archives, for granting permission to examine public documents. However, the occasional reprints of the old Philippine histories have been used more frequently than the original editions. The excellent series of reprinted works on the Philippines, promised by Miss Blair and Mr. Robertson, was not started in time to be used in the preparation of this book. The publication of this series will make a path that the current writer [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] has found relatively challenging, and will pave the way for a much better History of the Philippines than has ever been produced.

The drawings of ethnographic subjects, which partly illustrate this book, were made from objects in the Philippine Museum by Mr. Anselmo Espiritu, a teacher in the public schools of Manila. They are very accurate.

The illustrations of ethnographic subjects that partially illustrate this book were created from items in the Philippine Museum by Mr. Anselmo Espiritu, a teacher in the public schools of Manila. They are very precise.

Above every one else, in writing this book, the author is under obligations to his wife, without whose constant help and encouragement it could not have been written.

Above everyone else, in writing this book, the author is grateful to his wife, without whose continuous support and encouragement it could not have been completed.

David P. Barrows.

David P. Barrows.

Manila, Philippine Islands,
March 1st, 1903.
[5]

Manila, Philippines,
March 1, 1903.
[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Philippine Islands

Philippine Islands

Philippines

[8]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

History of the Philippines.

Chapter I.

The Philippines as a Subject for Historical Study.

Purpose of this Book.—This book has been written for the young men and young women of the Philippines. It is intended to introduce them into the history of their own island country. The subject of Philippine history is much broader and more splendid than the size and character of this little book reveal. Many subjects have only been briefly touched upon, and there are many sources of information, old histories, letters and official documents, which the writer had not time and opportunity to study in the preparation of this work. It is not too soon, however, to present a history of the Philippines, even though imperfectly written, to the Philippine people themselves; and if this book serves to direct young men and young women to a study of the history of their own island country, it will have fulfilled its purpose.

Purpose of this Book.—This book is for the young men and women of the Philippines. It aims to introduce them to the history of their own island nation. The topic of Philippine history is much wider and more fascinating than what this small book can show. Many subjects are only lightly covered, and there are many resources like old histories, letters, and official documents that the author didn't have the time or chance to examine while preparing this work. Nonetheless, it's important to present a history of the Philippines, even if it’s not perfect, to the Philippine people; and if this book encourages young men and women to explore the history of their own island nation, it will have achieved its goal.

The Development of the Philippines and of Japan.—In many ways the next decade of the history of the Philippine Islands may resemble the splendid development of the neighboring country of Japan. Both countries have in past times been isolated more or less from the life and thought of the modern world. Both are now open to the full current of human affairs. Both countries promise to play an important part in the politics and commerce of [10]the Far East. Geographically, the Philippines occupy the more central and influential position, and the success of the institutions of the Philippines may react upon the countries of southeastern Asia and Malaysia, to an extent that we cannot appreciate or foresee, Japan, by reason of her larger population, the greater industry of her people, a more orderly social life, and devoted public spirit, is at the present time far in the lead.

The Development of the Philippines and of Japan.—In many ways, the next decade in the history of the Philippine Islands might mirror the remarkable growth of neighboring Japan. Both countries have, in the past, been somewhat isolated from the modern world's life and ideas. Now, they are both open to the full flow of global affairs. Each country has the potential to play a significant role in the politics and commerce of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] the Far East. Geographically, the Philippines hold a more central and influential position, and the success of its institutions could impact the countries of Southeast Asia and Malaysia in ways we can't fully understand or predict. However, Japan, due to its larger population, the greater industriousness of its people, more organized social structures, and strong public spirit, currently holds a considerable advantage.

The Philippines.—But the Philippines possess certain advantages which, in the course of some years, may tell strongly in her favor. There are greater natural resources, a richer soil, and more tillable ground. The population, while not large, is increasing rapidly, more rapidly, in fact, than the population of Japan or of Java. And in the character of her institutions the Philippines have certain advantages. The position of woman, while so unfortunate in Japan, as in China and nearly all eastern countries, in the Philippines is most fortunate, and is certain to tell effectually upon the advancement of the race in competition with other eastern civilizations. The fact that Christianity is the established religion of the people makes possible a sympathy and understanding between the Philippines and western countries.

The Philippines.—But the Philippines have certain advantages that may significantly benefit them over the years. They have more natural resources, richer soil, and more arable land. The population, although not large, is growing quickly—actually faster than the populations of Japan or Java. The Philippines also have distinct advantages in the character of their institutions. The status of women, which is quite unfortunate in Japan, China, and almost all Eastern countries, is much more favorable in the Philippines, and this is likely to positively impact the advancement of the race as they compete with other Eastern civilizations. The fact that Christianity is the established religion among the people fosters sympathy and understanding between the Philippines and Western countries.

Japan.—Yet there are many lessons which Japan can teach the Philippines, and one of these is of the advantages and rewards of fearless and thorough study. Fifty years ago, Japan, which had rigorously excluded all intercourse with foreign nations, was forced to open its doors by an American fleet under Commodore Perry. At that time the Japanese knew nothing of western history, and had no knowledge of modern science. Their contact with the Americans and other foreigners revealed to them the inferiority of their knowledge. The leaders of the country [11]awoke to the necessity of a study of western countries and their great progress, especially in government and in the sciences.

Japan.—However, there are many lessons that Japan can share with the Philippines, and one of these is the benefits and rewards of fearless and thorough study. Fifty years ago, Japan, which had strictly isolated itself from all foreign nations, was compelled to open its doors by an American fleet led by Commodore Perry. At that time, the Japanese had no knowledge of Western history and were unaware of modern science. Their encounters with the Americans and other foreigners highlighted the shortcomings of their own knowledge. The country's leaders [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] recognized the need to study Western nations and their significant advancements, particularly in governance and science.

Japan had at her service a special class of people known as the samurai, who, in the life of Old Japan, were the free soldiers of the feudal nobility, and who were not only the fighters of Japan, but the students and scholars as well. The young men of this samurai class threw themselves earnestly and devotedly into the study of the great fields of knowledge, which had previously been unknown to the Japanese. At great sacrifice many of them went abroad to other lands, in order to study in foreign universities. Numbers of them went to the United States, frequently working as servants in college towns in order to procure the means for the pursuit of their education.

Japan had a unique group of people known as the samurai, who, during the era of Old Japan, were the free soldiers of the feudal nobility. They were not only the warriors of Japan but also its students and scholars. The young men from this samurai class dedicated themselves wholeheartedly to studying various fields of knowledge that were previously unfamiliar to the Japanese. Many of them made significant sacrifices to travel abroad and attend foreign universities. A number of them went to the United States, often working as servants in college towns to fund their education.

The Japanese Government in every way began to adopt measures for the transformation of the knowledge of the people. Schools were opened, laboratories established, and great numbers of scientific and historical books were translated into Japanese. A public school system was organized, and finally a university was established. The Government sent abroad many young men to study in almost every branch of knowledge and to return to the service of the people. The manufacturers of Japan studied and adopted western machinery and modern methods of production. The government itself underwent revolution and reorganization upon lines more liberal to the people and more favorable to the national spirit of the country. The result has been the transformation, in less than fifty years, of what was formerly an isolated and ignorant country.

The Japanese government started actively implementing measures to change the knowledge of its people. Schools were opened, laboratories were established, and many scientific and historical books were translated into Japanese. A public school system was created, and eventually a university was founded. The government sent numerous young men abroad to study almost every field of knowledge and return to serve the people. Japanese manufacturers researched and adopted Western machinery and modern production methods. The government underwent a revolution and reorganization, becoming more liberal towards the people and more aligned with the nation's spirit. As a result, in less than fifty years, the country transformed from being isolated and uneducated.

The Lesson for the Filipinos.—This is the great lesson which Japan teaches the Philippines. If there is to be transformation here, with a constant growth of [12]knowledge and advancement, and an elevation of the character of the people as a whole, there must be a courageous and unfaltering search for the truth: and the young men and young women of the Philippines must seek the advantages of education, not for themselves, but for the benefit of their people and their land; not to gain for themselves a selfish position of social and economic advantage over the poor and less educated Filipinos, but in order that, having gained these advantages for themselves, they may in turn give them to their less fortunate countrymen. The young Filipino, man or woman, must learn the lessons of truthfulness, courage, and unselfishness, and in all of his gaining of knowledge, and in his use of it as well, he must practice these virtues, or his learning will be an evil to his land and not a blessing.

The Lesson for the Filipinos.—This is the important lesson that Japan teaches the Philippines. If there is going to be change here, with a steady increase in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]knowledge and progress, and a rise in the overall character of the people, there needs to be a brave and unwavering pursuit of the truth. The young men and women of the Philippines should pursue education not just for their own benefit, but for the good of their people and their country; not to secure a selfish position of social and economic advantage over the poorer and less educated Filipinos, but so that, having gained these advantages for themselves, they can give them back to their less fortunate countrymen. The young Filipino, whether man or woman, must learn the lessons of honesty, bravery, and selflessness, and in all of their pursuit of knowledge and its application, they must embody these values. Otherwise, their education will become a burden to their country instead of a blessing.

The aim of this book is to help him to understand, first of all, the place that the Philippines occupy in the modern history of nations, so that he may understand how far and from what beginnings the Filipino people have progressed, toward what things the world outside has itself moved during this time, and what place and opportunities the Filipinos, as a people, may seek for in the future.

The goal of this book is to help him understand, first and foremost, the role that the Philippines holds in modern world history, so that he can see how far the Filipino people have come from their beginnings, what changes have occurred in the world during this time, and what position and opportunities the Filipinos, as a nation, can aim for in the future.

The Meaning of History.—History, as it is written and understood, comprises many centuries of human life and achievement, and we must begin our study by discussing a little what history means. Men may live for thousands of years without having a life that may be called historical; for history is formed only where there are credible written records of events. Until we have these records, we have no ground for historical study, but leave the field to another study, which we call Archeology, or Prehistoric Culture.

The Meaning of History.—History, as we write and understand it, includes many centuries of human life and achievement, and we should start our study by talking a bit about what history means. People can live for thousands of years without leading a life that can be considered historical; history is only created when there are credible written accounts of events. Until we have these records, we have no basis for historical study, and must turn to another field, which we call Archeology, or Prehistoric Culture.

Historical Races.—Thus there are great races which [13]have no history, for they have left no records. Either the people could not write, or their writings have been destroyed, or they told nothing about the life of the people. The history of these races began only with the coming of a historical, or more advanced race among them.

Historical Races.—So, there are major races that [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]lack a history because they left no records. Either the people didn’t know how to write, or their writings were lost, or they didn't document the lifestyle of their communities. The history of these races only started when a historical or more advanced race arrived.

Thus, the history of the black, or negro, race begins only with the exploration of Africa by the white race, and the history of the American Indians, except perhaps of those of Peru and Mexico, begins only with the white man’s conquest of America. The white, or European, race is, above all others, the great historical race; but the yellow race, represented by the Chinese, has also a historical life and development, beginning many centuries before the birth of Christ.

Thus, the history of the black race starts only with the exploration of Africa by white people, and the history of American Indians, except maybe those in Peru and Mexico, begins only with the conquest of America by Europeans. The white or European race is, more than any other, the main historical race; however, the yellow race, represented by the Chinese, also has a historical existence and development that started many centuries before Christ was born.

The European Race.—For thousands of years the white race was confined to the countries bordering the Mediterranean Sea. It had but little contact with other races of men and almost no knowledge of countries beyond the Mediterranean shores. The great continents of America and Australia and the beautiful island-world of the Pacific and Indian oceans were scarcely dreamed of. This was the status of the white race in Europe a little more than five hundred years ago. How different is the position of this race to-day! It has now explored nearly the entire globe. The white people have crossed every continent and every sea. On every continent they have established colonies and over many countries their power.

The European Race.—For thousands of years, the white race was limited to the countries around the Mediterranean Sea. It had very little contact with other races and almost no knowledge of lands beyond the Mediterranean shores. The vast continents of America and Australia, as well as the beautiful island-worlds of the Pacific and Indian Oceans, were hardly imagined at all. This was the situation for the white race in Europe just over five hundred years ago. How different things are for this race today! It has now explored nearly the entire globe. White people have crossed every continent and every ocean. They have established colonies on every continent and hold power over many countries.

During these last five centuries, besides this spread of geographical discoveries, the mingling of all the races, and the founding of great colonies, has come also the development of scientific knowledge—great discoveries and inventions, such as the utilization of steam and electricity, which give to man such tremendous power over the [14]material world. Very important changes have also marked the religious and political life of the race. Within these years came the Protestant revolt from the Roman Catholic Church, destroying in some degree the unity of Christendom; and the great revolutions of Europe and America, establishing democratic and representative governments.

Over the past five centuries, along with the surge of geographical discoveries, the mixing of different races, and the establishment of major colonies, there has also been a growth in scientific knowledge—significant discoveries and inventions, like the use of steam and electricity, which give humanity incredible power over the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]physical world. Important changes have also influenced the religious and political landscape. During this time, the Protestant Reformation challenged the Roman Catholic Church, somewhat fracturing the unity of Christendom, and the major revolutions in Europe and America led to the creation of democratic and representative governments.

The European Race and the Filipino People.—This expansion and progress of the European race early brought it into contact with the Filipino people, and the historical life of the Philippines dates from this meeting of the two races. Thus the history of the Philippines has become a part of the history of nations. During these centuries the people of these islands, subjects of a European nation, have progressed in social life and government, in education and industries, in numbers, and in wealth. They have often been stirred by wars and revolutions, by centuries of piratical invasion, and fear of conquest by foreign nations. But these dangers have now passed away.

The European Race and the Filipino People.—The expansion and advancement of the European race soon brought it into contact with the Filipino people, marking the beginning of the historical life of the Philippines. Consequently, the history of the Philippines has become intertwined with the history of nations. Over the centuries, the people of these islands, subjects of a European nation, have made strides in social development, governance, education, and industries, as well as in population and wealth. They have often been impacted by wars and revolutions, centuries of pirate invasions, and the threat of conquest by foreign nations. However, those dangers have now faded away.

There is no longer fear of piratical ravage nor of foreign invasion, nor is there longer great danger of internal revolt; for the Philippines are at the present time under a government strong enough to defend them against other powers, to put down plunder and ravage, and one anxious and disposed to afford to the people such freedom of opportunity, such advantages of government and life, that the incentive to internal revolution will no longer exist. Secure from external attack and rapidly progressing toward internal peace, the Philippines occupy a position most fortunate among the peoples of the Far East. They have representative government, freedom of religion, and public education, and, what is more than all else to the aspiring or ambitious race or individual, freedom of opportunity. [15]

There’s no longer a fear of pirate raids or foreign invasions, and the risk of internal revolt is greatly reduced. The Philippines currently have a government strong enough to defend against outside threats, to stop theft and destruction, and it’s committed to providing the people with ample opportunities, good governance, and a quality life, which removes the motivation for internal revolutions. With security from external attacks and moving rapidly towards internal stability, the Philippines are in a very fortunate position among the nations of the Far East. They enjoy representative government, religious freedom, public education, and, most importantly for ambitious individuals or communities, freedom of opportunity. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

How History is Written.—One other thing should be explained here. Every child who reads this book should understand a little how history is written. A most natural inquiry to be made regarding any historical statement is, “How is this known?” And this is as proper a question for the school boy as for the statesman. The answer is, that history rests for its facts largely upon the written records made by people who either lived at the time these things took place, or so near to them that, by careful inquiry, they could learn accurately of these matters and write them down in some form, so that we to-day can read their accounts, and at least know how these events appeared to men of the time.

How History is Written.—One more thing needs to be explained here. Every child reading this book should have a basic understanding of how history is written. A natural question to ask about any historical statement is, “How is this known?” This question is just as valid for a schoolboy as it is for a statesman. The answer is that history relies heavily on written records created by people who either lived during those events or were close enough that they could gather accurate information through careful inquiry and document it in some way, allowing us today to read their accounts and understand how those events were perceived by people of that time.

But not all that a man writes, or even puts in a book, of things he has seen and known, is infallibly accurate and free from error, partiality, and untruthfulness. So the task of the historian is not merely to read and accept all the contemporary records, but he must also compare one account with another, weighing all that he can find, making due allowance for prejudice, and on his own part trying to reach a conclusion that shall be true. Of course, where records are few the task is difficult indeed, and, on the other hand, material may be so voluminous as to occupy a writer a lifetime, and make it impossible for any one man completely to exhaust a subject.

But not everything a person writes, or even includes in a book, about things they have seen and experienced, is guaranteed to be accurate and free from mistakes, bias, or dishonesty. So the historian's job isn’t just to read and accept all the current records; they must also compare different accounts, weigh all the evidence they can find, take into account any biases, and try to reach a conclusion that is true. Of course, when records are scarce, the task is really tough, but on the flip side, the amount of material can be so vast that it could take a writer a lifetime to cover it, making it impossible for any one person to fully understand a subject.

Historical Accounts of the Philippines.—For the Philippines we are so fortunate as to have many adequate sources of a reliable and attractive kind. In a few words some of these will be described. Nearly all exist in at least a few libraries in the Philippines, where they may sometime be consulted by the Filipino student, and many of them, at least in later editions, may be purchased by the student for his own possession and study. [16]

Historical Accounts of the Philippines.—The Philippines is lucky to have many good sources that are both reliable and engaging. I will briefly describe some of these. Almost all of them are available in at least a few libraries in the Philippines, where Filipino students can consult them, and many of them, especially in later editions, can be bought by students for their personal study. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Voyages of Discovery.—European discovery of the Philippines began with the great voyage of Magellan; and recounting this discovery of the islands, there is the priceless narrative of one of Magellan’s company, Antonio Pigafetta. His book was written in Italian, but was first published in a French translation. The original copies made by Pigafetta have disappeared, but in 1800 a copy was discovered in the Ambrosian Library of Milan, Italy, and published. Translations into English and other languages exist. It may be found in several collections of Voyages, and there is a good Spanish translation and edition of recent date. (El Primer Viaje alrededor del Mundo, por Antonio Pigafetta, traducido por Dr. Carlos Amoretti y anotado por Manuel Walls y Merino, Madrid, 1899.) There are several other accounts of Magellan’s voyage; but Pigafetta’s was the only one written by an eye-witness, and his descriptions of the Bisaya Islands, Cebu, Borneo, and the Moluccas are wonderfully interesting and accurate.

The Voyages of Discovery.—European exploration of the Philippines kicked off with Magellan's famous voyage. One of the best accounts of this discovery comes from Antonio Pigafetta, a member of Magellan’s crew. He wrote his book in Italian, but it was first published in French. The original copies made by Pigafetta are no longer available, but in 1800 a copy was found in the Ambrosian Library in Milan, Italy, and published. There are translations in English and other languages. You can find it in several collections of voyages, and there's a good recent Spanish translation. (The First Voyage Around the World, by Antonio Pigafetta, translated by Dr. Carlos Amoretti and annotated by Manuel Walls and Merino, Madrid, 1899.) There are other accounts of Magellan’s journey, but Pigafetta’s is the only one written by someone who was there, and his descriptions of the Bisaya Islands, Cebu, Borneo, and the Moluccas are incredibly interesting and accurate.

There were several voyages of discovery between Magellan’s time (1521) and Legaspi’s time (1565). These include the expeditions of Loaisa, Saavedra, and Villalobos, and accounts of them are to be found in the great series of publications made by the Spanish Government and called Coleccion de documentos ineditos, and, in another series, Navarrete’s Coleccion de los viajes y descubrimientos.

There were several explorations between Magellan’s time (1521) and Legaspi’s time (1565). These include the expeditions of Loaisa, Saavedra, and Villalobos, and details about them can be found in the extensive publications released by the Spanish Government called Coleccion de documentos ineditos, and, in another series, Navarrete’s Coleccion de los viajes y descubrimientos.

Spanish Occupation and Conquest.—As we come to the history of Spanish occupation and conquest of the Philippines, we find many interesting letters and reports sent by both soldiers and priests to the king, or to persons in Spain. The first complete book on the Philippines was written by a missionary about 1602, Father Predo Chirino’s Relacion de las Islas Filipinas, printed in Rome [17]in 1604. This important and curious narrative is exceedingly rare, but a reprint, although rude and poor, was made in Manila in 1890, which is readily obtainable. The Relacion de las Islas Filipinas was followed in 1609 by the work of Judge Antonio de Morga, Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas. This very rare work was printed in Mexico. In 1890 a new edition was brought out by Dr. José Rizal, from the copy in the British Museum. There is also an English translation.

Spanish Occupation and Conquest.—As we explore the history of the Spanish occupation and conquest of the Philippines, we come across many fascinating letters and reports sent by both soldiers and priests to the king or to people in Spain. The first comprehensive book about the Philippines was written by a missionary around 1602, Father Predo Chirino’s Relacion de las Islas Filipinas, printed in Rome [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] in 1604. This important and intriguing narrative is extremely rare, but a reprint, although rough and of poor quality, was produced in Manila in 1890 and is easily available. The Relacion de las Islas Filipinas was followed in 1609 by Judge Antonio de Morga's work, Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas. This very rare book was printed in Mexico. In 1890, a new edition was released by Dr. José Rizal, based on the copy in the British Museum. There is also an English translation.

These two works abound in curious and valuable information upon the Filipino people as they were at the time of the arrival of the Spaniards, as does also a later work, the Conquista de las Islas Filipinas, by Friar Gaspar de San Augustin, printed in Madrid in 1698. This latter is perhaps the most interesting and most important early work on the Philippine Islands.

These two works are filled with interesting and valuable information about the Filipino people during the time the Spaniards arrived, as is a later work, the Conquista de las Islas Filipinas, by Friar Gaspar de San Augustin, published in Madrid in 1698. This latter work is possibly the most interesting and significant early publication on the Philippine Islands.

As we shall see, the history of the Philippines is closely connected with that of the East Indian Spice Islands. When the Spanish forces took the rich island of Ternate in 1606, the triumph was commemorated by a volume, finely written, though not free from mistakes, the Conquista de las Islas Moluccas, by Leonardo de Argensola, Madrid, 1609. There is an old English translation, and also French and Dutch translations.

As we will see, the history of the Philippines is closely linked to that of the East Indian Spice Islands. When Spanish forces captured the wealthy island of Ternate in 1606, their victory was celebrated in a well-written book, though it has some errors, the Conquista de las Islas Moluccas, by Leonardo de Argensola, published in Madrid in 1609. There is an old English translation, along with French and Dutch translations.

To no other religious order do we owe so much historical information as to the Jesuits. The scholarship and literary ability of the Company have always been high. Chirino was a Jesuit, as was also Father Francisco Colin, who wrote the Labor Evangelica, a narrative of the Jesuit missions in the Philippines, China, and Japan, which was printed in Madrid in 1663. This history was continued years later by Father Murillo Velarde, who wrote what he called the Segunda Parte, the Historia de la Provincia de Filipinas de la Compania de Jesus, Manila, 1749. [18]

To no other religious order do we owe as much historical information as we do to the Jesuits. The scholarship and literary talent of the Company have always been exceptional. Chirino was a Jesuit, as was Father Francisco Colin, who wrote the Labor Evangelica, a narrative of the Jesuit missions in the Philippines, China, and Japan, printed in Madrid in 1663. This history was later continued by Father Murillo Velarde, who wrote what he called the Segunda Parte, the Historia de la Provincia de Filipinas de la Compania de Jesus, Manila, 1749. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

There is another notable Jesuit work to which we owe much of the early history of the great island of Mindanao: this is the Historia de Mindanao y Jolo, by Father Francisco Combes. The year 1663 marked, as we shall see, an epoch in the relations between the Spaniards and the Mohammedan Malays. In that year the Spaniards abandoned the fortress of Zamboanga, and retired from southern Mindanao. The Jesuits had been the missionaries in those parts of the southern archipelago, and they made vigorous protests against the abandonment of Moro territory. One result of their efforts to secure the reoccupancy of these fortresses was the notable work mentioned above. It is the oldest and most important writing about the island and the inhabitants of Mindanao. It was printed in Madrid in 1667. A beautiful and exact edition was brought out a few years ago, by Retana.

There is another significant Jesuit work that provides much of the early history of the great island of Mindanao: this is the Historia de Mindanao y Jolo, by Father Francisco Combes. The year 1663 marked, as we will see, a turning point in the relationships between the Spaniards and the Muslim Malays. In that year, the Spaniards abandoned the fortress of Zamboanga and pulled back from southern Mindanao. The Jesuits had been the missionaries in that part of the southern archipelago, and they strongly protested the abandonment of Moro territory. One outcome of their efforts to regain control of these fortresses was the important work mentioned above. It is the oldest and most significant writing about the island and its inhabitants. It was printed in Madrid in 1667. A beautiful and accurate edition was published a few years ago by Retana.

A Dominican missionary, Father Diego Aduarte, wrote a very important work, the Historia de la Provincia del Sancto Rosario de la Orden de Predicadores en Filipinas, Japon y China, which was printed in Manila at the College of Santo Tomas in 1640.

A Dominican missionary, Father Diego Aduarte, wrote a significant work, the Historia de la Provincia del Sancto Rosario de la Orden de Predicadores en Filipinas, Japon y China, which was printed in Manila at the College of Santo Tomas in 1640.

We may also mention as containing a most interesting account of the Philippines about the middle of the seventeenth century, the famous work on China, by the Dominican, Father Fernandez Navarrete, Tratados historicos, politicos, ethnicos, y religiosos de la Monarchia de China, Madrid, 1767. Navarrete arrived in these islands in 1648, and was for a time a cura on the island of Mindoro. Later he was a missionary in China, and then Professor of Divinity in the University of Santo Tomas. His work is translated into English in Churchill’s Collection of Voyages and Travels, London, 1744, second volume.

We should also mention a fascinating account of the Philippines from around the mid-seventeenth century, found in the well-known work on China by the Dominican, Father Fernandez Navarrete, Tratados historicos, politicos, ethnicos, y religiosos de la Monarchia de China, Madrid, 1767. Navarrete arrived in these islands in 1648 and was a cura on the island of Mindoro for a while. Later, he became a missionary in China and then a Professor of Divinity at the University of Santo Tomas. His work is available in English in Churchill’s Collection of Voyages and Travels, London, 1744, second volume.

The eighteenth century is rather barren of interesting [19]historical matter. There was considerable activity in the production of grammars and dictionaries of the native languages, and more histories of the religious orders were also produced. These latter, while frequently filled with sectarian matter, should not be overlooked.

The eighteenth century has relatively little engaging [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]historical content. There was a lot of work done on creating grammars and dictionaries for native languages, and more histories about religious orders were produced as well. Although these histories often contain sectarian content, they shouldn’t be ignored.

Between the years 1788 and 1792 was published the voluminous Historia General de Filipinas, in fourteen volumes, by the Recollect friar, Father Juan de la Concepcion. The work abounds in superfluous matter and trivial details, yet it is a copious source of information, a veritable mine of historical data, and is perhaps the best known and most frequently used work upon the Philippine Islands. There are a number of sets in the Philippines which can be consulted by the student.

Between 1788 and 1792, the extensive Historia General de Filipinas was published in fourteen volumes by the Recollect friar, Father Juan de la Concepcion. The work is filled with excessive content and minor details, yet it serves as a rich source of information, a genuine treasure of historical data, and is probably the most recognized and commonly referenced work about the Philippine Islands. There are several copies in the Philippines that students can consult.

Some years after, and as a sort of protest against so extensive a treatment of history, the sane and admirable Augustinian, Father Joaquin Martinez de Zuñiga, wrote his Historia de las Islas Filipinas, a volume of about seven hundred pages. It was printed in Sampaloc, Manila, in 1803. This writer is exceptional for his fairmindedness, his freedom from the narrow prejudices which have characterized most of the writers on the Philippines. His language is terse and spirited, and his volume is the most readable and, in many ways, the most valuable attempt at a history of the Philippines. His narrative closes with the English occupation of Manila in 1763.

Some years later, as a kind of protest against such a lengthy treatment of history, the wise and commendable Augustinian, Father Joaquin Martinez de Zuñiga, wrote his Historia de las Islas Filipinas, a nearly seven-hundred-page volume. It was published in Sampaloc, Manila, in 1803. This author stands out for his fairness and his lack of the narrow biases that have characterized most writers on the Philippines. His writing is concise and vibrant, making his book the most engaging and, in many respects, the most valuable effort at chronicling the history of the Philippines. His narrative ends with the English occupation of Manila in 1763.

Recent Histories and Other Historical Materials.—The sources for the conditions and history of the islands during the last century differ somewhat from the preceding. The documentary sources in the form of public papers and reports are available, and there is a considerable mass of pamphlets dealing with special questions in the Philippines. The publication of the official journal of [20]the Government, the Gazeta de Manila, commenced in 1861. It contains all acts of legislation, orders of the Governors, pastoral letters, and other official matters, down to the end of Spanish rule.

Recent Histories and Other Historical Materials.—The sources for understanding the conditions and history of the islands over the last century are a bit different from those of the previous one. There are documentary sources like public papers and reports available, along with a large number of pamphlets that address specific issues in the Philippines. The official journal of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the Government, the Gazeta de Manila, started publishing in 1861. It includes all legislative acts, orders from the Governors, pastoral letters, and other official documents up until the end of Spanish rule.

A vast amount of material, for the recent civil history of the islands exists in the Archives of the Philippines, at Manila, but these documents have been very little examined. Notable among these original documents is the series of Royal Cedulas, each bearing the signature of the King of Spain, “Yo, el Rey.” They run back from the last years of sovereignty to the commencement of the seventeenth century. The early cedulas, on the establishment of Spanish rule, are said to have been carried away by the British army in 1763, and to be now in the British Museum.

A large amount of material regarding the recent civil history of the islands is available in the Archives of the Philippines in Manila, but these documents have been largely overlooked. Among these original documents is a collection of Royal Cedulas, each signed by the King of Spain, “Yo, el Rey.” These date from the final years of sovereignty back to the start of the seventeenth century. It is said that the early cedulas, which were issued when Spanish rule was established, were taken by the British army in 1763 and are now in the British Museum.

Of the archives of the Royal Audiencia at Manila, the series of judgments begins with one of 1603, which is signed by Antonia de Morga. From this date they appear to be complete. The earliest records of the cases which came before this court that can be found, date from the beginning of the eighteenth century.

Of the archives of the Royal Audiencia in Manila, the series of judgments starts with one from 1603, signed by Antonia de Morga. After this date, the records seem to be complete. The earliest cases recorded that came before this court can be found starting from the early eighteenth century.

Of modern historical writings mention must be made of the Historia de Filipinas, three volumes, 1887, by Montero y Vidal, and the publications of W. E. Retana. To the scholarship and enthusiasm of this last author much is owed. His work has been the republication of rare and important sources. His edition of Combes has already been mentioned, and there should also be mentioned, and if possible procured, his Archivo del Bibliofilo, four volumes, a collection of rare papers on the islands, of different dates; and his edition, the first ever published, of Zuñiga’s Estadismo de las Islas Filipinas, an incomparable survey of the islands made about 1800, by the priest and historian whose history was mentioned above. [21]

Of modern historical writings, we must mention the Historia de Filipinas, three volumes published in 1887 by Montero y Vidal, and the works of W. E. Retana. Much is owed to the scholarship and enthusiasm of this latter author. His work has included the reprint of rare and important sources. His edition of Combes has already been noted, and it is worth mentioning, and if possible obtaining, his Archivo del Bibliofilo, a four-volume collection of rare papers on the islands from various dates; as well as his edition, the first ever published, of Zuñiga’s Estadismo de las Islas Filipinas, an unmatched survey of the islands created around 1800 by the priest and historian referred to previously. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Accounts of Voyagers Who Visited the Philippines.—These references give some idea of the historical literature of the Philippines. They comprise those works which should be chiefly consulted. There should not be omitted the numerous accounts of voyagers who have visited these islands from time to time, and who frequently give us very valuable information. The first of these are perhaps the English and Dutch freebooters, who prowled about these waters to waylay the richly laden galleons. One of these was Dampier, who, about 1690, visited the Ladrones and the Philippines. His New Voyage Around the World was published in 1697. There was also Anson, who in 1743 took the Spanish galleon off the coast of Samar, and whose voyage is described in a volume published in 1745. There was an Italian physician, Carreri, who visited the islands in 1697, in the course of a voyage around the world, and who wrote an excellent description of the Philippines, which is printed in English translation in Churchill’s Collection of Voyages.

Accounts of Voyagers Who Visited the Philippines.—These references provide some insight into the historical literature of the Philippines. They include works that should be primarily consulted. It's important not to overlook the many accounts from voyagers who have visited these islands over time, often offering us valuable information. Among the first were the English and Dutch pirates who navigated these waters to ambush the heavily loaded galleons. One notable figure was Dampier, who visited the Ladrones and the Philippines around 1690. His New Voyage Around the World was published in 1697. There was also Anson, who captured a Spanish galleon off the coast of Samar in 1743, and whose journey is described in a volume published in 1745. An Italian physician, Carreri, visited the islands in 1697 during a voyage around the world and wrote an excellent description of the Philippines, which is available in English translation in Churchill’s Collection of Voyages.

A French expedition visited the East between 1774 and 1781, and the Commissioner, M. Sonnerat, has left a brief account of the Spanish settlements in the islands as they then appeared. (Voyage aux Indes Orientales et à la Chine, Paris, 1782, Vol. 3.)

A French expedition traveled to the East between 1774 and 1781, and the Commissioner, M. Sonnerat, wrote a brief account of the Spanish settlements in the islands as they appeared at that time. (Voyage aux Indes Orientales et à la Chine, Paris, 1782, Vol. 3.)

There are a number of travellers’ accounts written in the last century, of which may be mentioned Sir John Bowring’s Visit to the Philippine Islands, 1859, and Jagor’s Reisen in der Philippinen, travels in the year 1859 and 1860, which has received translation into both English and Spanish.

There are several travel accounts from the last century, including Sir John Bowring’s Visit to the Philippine Islands, published in 1859, and Jagor’s Reisen in der Philippinen, which details travels from 1859 to 1860 and has been translated into both English and Spanish.

Bibliographies.—For the historical student a bibliographical guide is necessary. Such a volume was brought out in 1898, by Retana, Catalogo abreviado de la Biblioteca [22]Filipina. It contains a catalogue of five thousand seven hundred and eighty works, published in or upon the Philippines. A still more exact and useful bibliography has been prepared by the Honorable T. H. Pardo de Tavera, Biblioteca Filipina, and is published by the United States Government.

Bibliographies.—For the history student, a bibliographical guide is essential. A volume was released in 1898 by Retana, Catalogo abreviado de la Biblioteca [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Filipina. It includes a catalog of five thousand seven hundred and eighty works published in or about the Philippines. An even more accurate and helpful bibliography has been compiled by the Honorable T. H. Pardo de Tavera, Biblioteca Filipina, and is published by the United States Government.

It is lamentable that the Philippines Government possesses no library of works on the Archipelago. The foundation of such an institution seems to have been quite neglected by the Spanish Government, and works on the Philippines are scarcely to be found, except as they exist in private collections. The largest of these is said to be that of the Compañia General de Tabacos, at Barcelona, which has also recently possessed itself of the splendid library of Retana. In Manila the Honorable Dr. Pardo de Tavera possesses the only notable library in the islands.

It's unfortunate that the Philippine Government doesn't have a library of works about the Archipelago. The establishment of such an institution seems to have been largely overlooked by the Spanish Government, and books about the Philippines are hardly available, apart from those in private collections. The largest collection is reportedly that of the Compañia General de Tabacos in Barcelona, which has also recently acquired the impressive library of Retana. In Manila, the Honorable Dr. Pardo de Tavera holds the only significant library in the islands.

Since the above was written the Philippines Government has commenced the collection of historic works in the Philippines, and a talented young Filipino scholar, Mr. Zulueta, has gone to Spain for extensive search, both of archives and libraries, in order to enrich the public collection in the Philippines.

Since the above was written, the Philippine government has started collecting historic works in the Philippines, and a talented young Filipino scholar, Mr. Zulueta, has gone to Spain for an extensive search of archives and libraries to enhance the public collection in the Philippines.

The publication of a very extensive series of sources of Philippine history has also been begun by the Arthur H. Clark Company in the United States, under the editorship of Miss E. H. Blair and Mr. J. A. Robertson. The series will embrace fifty-five volumes, and will contain in English translations all available historical material on the Philippines, from the age of discovery to the nineteenth century. This notable collection will place within the reach of the student all the important sources of his country’s history, and will make possible a more extensive and accurate writing of the history of the islands than has ever before been possible. [23]

The Arthur H. Clark Company in the United States has started publishing a comprehensive series of sources on Philippine history, edited by Miss E. H. Blair and Mr. J. A. Robertson. The series will consist of fifty-five volumes and will provide English translations of all available historical material on the Philippines, spanning from the age of discovery to the nineteenth century. This significant collection will make all the key sources of the nation's history accessible to students and will allow for a more detailed and accurate writing of the islands' history than ever before. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

In addition to the published works, there repose numerous unstudied documents of Philippine history in the Archives of the Indies at Seville.

In addition to the published works, there are many unstudied documents of Philippine history in the Archives of the Indies at Seville.

Historical Work for the Filipino Student.—After reading this book, or a similar introductory history, the student should procure, one by one, as many as he can of the volumes which have been briefly described above, and, by careful reading and patient thought, try to round out the story of his country and learn the lessons of the history of his people. He will find it a study that will stimulate his thought and strengthen his judgment; but always he must search for the truth, even though the truth is sometimes humiliating and sad. If there are regrettable passages in our own lives, we cannot find either happiness or improvement in trying to deny to ourselves that we have done wrong, and so conceal and minimize our error. So if there are dark places in the history of our land and people, we must not obscure the truth in the mistaken belief that we are defending our people’s honor, for, by trying to conceal the fact and excuse the fault, we only add to the shame. It is by frank acknowledgment and clear depiction of previous errors that the country’s honor will be protected now and in the future.

Historical Work for the Filipino Student.—After reading this book or a similar introductory history, students should gather as many of the volumes described above as possible, and through careful reading and thoughtful reflection, aim to complete the story of their country and learn the lessons from their people's history. They will discover that this study will stimulate their thinking and strengthen their judgment; however, they must always seek the truth, even if that truth can sometimes be uncomfortable or painful. If there are unfortunate moments in our own lives, we won't find happiness or growth by denying our mistakes or trying to hide and downplay our errors. Similarly, if there are dark chapters in the history of our nation and people, we shouldn't obscure the truth under the false impression that we’re protecting our people's honor. By attempting to hide these facts and excuse our shortcomings, we only add to the shame. The country’s honor will be safeguarded now and in the future through honest acknowledgment and a clear depiction of past mistakes.

Very interesting and important historical work can be done by the Filipino student in his own town or province. The public and parish records have in many towns suffered neglect or destruction. In all possible cases these documents should be gathered up and cared for. For many things, they are worthy of study. They can show the growth of population, the dates of erection of the public buildings, the former system of government, and social conditions.

Filipino students can do very interesting and important historical work in their own towns or provinces. In many places, public and parish records have been neglected or destroyed. Whenever possible, these documents should be collected and preserved. They are valuable for many reasons. They can reveal population growth, the dates when public buildings were constructed, past government systems, and social conditions.

This is a work in which the patriotism of every young [24]man and woman can find an expression. Many sites throughout the islands are notable for the historic occurrences which they witnessed. These should be suitably marked with tablets or monuments, and the exact facts of the events that took place should be carefully collected, and put in writing. Towns and provinces should form public libraries containing, among other works, books on the Philippines; and it should be a matter of pride to the young Filipino scholar to build up such local institutions, and to educate his townsmen in their use and appreciation.

This is a work where every young [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]man and woman can express their patriotism. Many locations across the islands are significant for the historic events they’ve seen. These should be properly marked with plaques or monuments, and the details of the events should be accurately documented and recorded. Towns and provinces should create public libraries that include, among other things, books about the Philippines; and it should be a source of pride for young Filipino scholars to develop these local institutions and to teach their communities about their use and value.

But throughout such studies the student should remember that his town or locality is of less importance, from a patriotic standpoint, than his country as a whole; that the interests of one section should never be placed above those of the Archipelago; and that, while his first and foremost duty is to his town and to his people, among whom he was born and nurtured, he owes a greater obligation to his whole country and people, embracing many different islands and different tongues, and to the great Government which holds and protects the Philippine Islands, and which is making possible the free development of its inhabitants.

But throughout such studies, students should keep in mind that their town or area is less significant, from a patriotic perspective, than their country as a whole. The interests of one region should never take precedence over those of the entire Archipelago. While their primary responsibility is to their town and the people among whom they were born and raised, they have a greater obligation to their entire country and its diverse population, which includes many different islands and languages, as well as to the great Government that oversees and protects the Philippine Islands, enabling the free development of its inhabitants.

Copy of the Koran from Mindanao.

Copy of the Koran from Mindanao.

Copy of the Quran from Mindanao.

[25]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter II.

The Peoples of the Philippines.

The Study of Ethnology.—The study of races and peoples forms a separate science from history, and is known as ethnology, or the science of races. Ethnology informs us how and where the different races of mankind originated. It explains the relationships between the races as well as the differences of mind, of body, and of mode of living which different people exhibit.

The Study of Ethnology.—The study of races and cultures is a distinct science from history, known as ethnology, or the science of races. Ethnology tells us how and where different human races originated. It clarifies the relationships among races and highlights the differences in mentality, physical traits, and lifestyles exhibited by various groups.

All such knowledge is of great assistance to the statesman as he deals with the affairs of his own people and of other peoples, and it helps private individuals of different races to understand one another and to treat each other with due respect, kindness, and sympathy. Inasmuch, too, as the modern history which we are studying deals with many different peoples of different origin and race, and as much of our history turns upon these differences, we must look for a little at the ethnology of the Philippines.

All this knowledge is really helpful for politicians as they manage the issues of their own people and others, and it aids individuals from different backgrounds in understanding each other and treating one another with respect, kindness, and sympathy. Since the modern history we're studying involves many different groups of various origins and races, and since much of our history is influenced by these differences, we need to take a moment to look at the ethnology of the Philippines.

The Negritos.Physical Characteristics.—The great majority of the natives of our islands belong to what is usually called the Malayan race, or the Oceanic Mongols. There is, however, one interesting little race scattered over the Philippines, which certainly has no relationship at all with Malayans. These little people are called by the Tagálog, “Aeta” or “Ita.” The Spaniards, when they arrived, called them “Negritos,” or “little negroes,” the name by which they are best known. Since they [28]were without question the first inhabitants of these islands of whom we have any knowledge, we shall speak of them at once.

The Negritos.Physical Characteristics.—Most of the natives of our islands belong to what’s known as the Malayan race, or the Oceanic Mongols. However, there is one interesting small group scattered across the Philippines that has no relation to the Malayans at all. These little people are called "Aeta" or "Ita" by the Tagálog. When the Spaniards arrived, they referred to them as "Negritos," meaning "little blacks," which is the name they are best known by. Since they were undoubtedly the first inhabitants of these islands of whom we have any record, we will discuss them right away.

Countries and Peoples of Malaysia

Countries and Peoples of Malaysia

Malaysia's Countries and Peoples

They are among the very smallest peoples in the world, the average height of the men being about 145 centimeters, or the height of an American boy of twelve years; the women are correspondingly smaller. They have such dark-brown skins that many people suppose them to be quite black; their hair is very wooly or kinky, and forms thick mats upon their heads. In spite of these peculiarities, they are not unattractive in appearance. Their eyes are large and of a fine brown color, their features are quite regular, and their little bodies often beautifully shaped.

They are among the smallest people in the world, with the average height of the men being about 145 centimeters, similar to that of an American twelve-year-old boy; the women are even shorter. Their skin is so dark-brown that many people assume they are black; their hair is very woolly or kinky, forming thick mats on their heads. Despite these unique traits, they are not unattractive. Their eyes are large and a lovely shade of brown, their features are fairly regular, and their petite bodies are often beautifully shaped.

The appearance of these little savages excited the attention of the first Spaniards, and there are many early accounts of them. Padre Chirino, who went as a missionary in 1592 to Panay, begins the narrative of his labors in that island as follows: “Among the Bisayas, there are also some Negroes. They are less black and ugly than those of Guinea, and they are much smaller and weaker, but their hair and beard are just the same. They are much more barbarous and wild than the Bisayas and other Filipinos, for they have neither houses nor any fixed sites for dwelling. They neither plant nor reap, but live like wild beasts, wandering with their wives and children through the mountains, almost naked. They hunt the deer and wild boar, and when they kill one they stop right there until all the flesh is consumed. Of property they have nothing except the bow and arrow.”1

The appearance of these little savages grabbed the attention of the first Spaniards, and there are many early accounts about them. Padre Chirino, who went as a missionary in 1592 to Panay, starts the narrative of his work on that island like this: “Among the Bisayas, there are also some Black people. They are less dark and unattractive than those from Guinea, and they are much smaller and weaker, but their hair and beards are the same. They are much more savage and wild than the Bisayas and other Filipinos, as they have no houses or fixed places to live. They don’t plant or harvest, but live like wild animals, wandering with their wives and children through the mountains, nearly naked. They hunt deer and wild boar, and when they catch one, they stay right there until all the meat is gone. They own nothing except their bows and arrows.”1

Manners and Customs.—The Negritos still have this wild, timid character, and few have ever been truly civilized [29]in spite of the efforts of some of the Spanish missionaries. They still roam through the mountains, seldom building houses, but making simply a little wall and roof of brush to keep off the wind and rain. They kill deer, wild pigs, monkeys, and birds, and in hunting they are very expert; but their principal food is wild roots and tubers, which they roast in ashes. Frequently in traveling through the mountains, although one may see nothing of these timid little folk, he will see many large, freshly dug holes from each of which they have taken out a root.

Manners and Customs.—The Negritos still have a wild, timid nature, and very few have ever been fully civilized [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] despite the efforts of some Spanish missionaries. They continue to wander through the mountains, rarely building proper houses, instead creating simple walls and roofs from brush to shield themselves from the wind and rain. They hunt deer, wild pigs, monkeys, and birds, and they are quite skilled hunters; however, their main food sources are wild roots and tubers, which they roast in ashes. Often, when traveling through the mountains, even if you don't see these timid little people, you might find many large, freshly dug holes where they have extracted roots.

The Negritos ornament their bodies by making little rows of cuts on the breast, back, and arms, and leaving the scars in ornamental patterns; and some of them also file their front teeth to points. In their hair they wear bamboo combs with long plumes of hair or of the feathers of the mountain cock. They have curious dances, and ceremonies for marriage and for death.

The Negritos decorate their bodies by creating small cuts on their chests, backs, and arms, leaving the scars in decorative patterns; some even sharpen their front teeth to points. In their hair, they wear bamboo combs adorned with long strands of hair or feathers from the mountain cock. They have unique dances and rituals for weddings and funerals.

Distribution.—The Negritos have retired from many places where they lived when the Spaniards first arrived, but there are still several thousand in Luzon, especially in the Cordillera Zambales, on the Pacific coast, and in the Sierra Madre range; and in the interior of Panay, Negros, Tablas, and in Surigao of Mindanao.

Distribution.—The Negritos have moved away from many areas where they lived when the Spaniards first came, but there are still several thousand in Luzon, particularly in the Cordillera Zambales, along the Pacific coast, and in the Sierra Madre range; as well as in the interior of Panay, Negros, Tablas, and Surigao in Mindanao.

Relation of the Negritos to Other Dwarfs of the World.—Although the Negritos have had very little effect on the history of the Philippines, they are of much interest as a race to scientists, and we can not help asking, Whence came these curious little people, and what does their presence here signify? While science can not at present fully answer these questions, what we do actually know about these pygmies is full of interest.

Relation of the Negritos to Other Dwarfs of the World.—Even though the Negritos haven't significantly influenced the history of the Philippines, they are quite fascinating to scientists, and we can't help but wonder where these intriguing little people came from and what their presence here means. While science can't completely answer these questions right now, what we do know about these pygmies is very interesting.

Races and Tribes of the Philippines

Races and Tribes of the Philippines

Races and Tribes of the Philippines

The Aetas of the Philippines are not the only black dwarfs in the world. A similar little people, who must [31]belong to the same race, live in the mountains and jungles of the Malay peninsula. On the Andaman Islands in the Indian Ocean, all the aboriginal inhabitants are similar pygmies, called “Mincopies.” Some traces of their former existence are reported from many other places in the East Indies.

The Aetas of the Philippines aren't the only black dwarfs in the world. A similar group of small people, who probably [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] belong to the same race, live in the mountains and jungles of the Malay Peninsula. On the Andaman Islands in the Indian Ocean, all the native inhabitants are similar pygmies, known as “Mincopies.” There are reports of remnants of their former existence from many other locations in the East Indies.

Thus it may be that there was a time when these little men and women had much of this island-world quite to themselves, and their race stretched unbrokenly from the Philippines across Malacca to the Indian Ocean. As it would have been impossible for so feeble a people to force their way from one island to another after the arrival of the stronger races, who have now confined them to the mountainous interiors, we are obliged to believe that the Negritos were on the ground first, and that at one time they were more numerous. The Indian archipelago was then a world of black pygmies. It may be that they were even more extensive than this, for one of the most curious discoveries of modern times has been the finding of similar little blacks in the equatorial forests of Africa.

So, it’s possible that there was a time when these little men and women had much of this island world to themselves, and their race extended unbroken from the Philippines across Malacca to the Indian Ocean. Since it would have been impossible for such a small population to move from one island to another after the arrival of stronger races, who have now pushed them into the mountainous interiors, we have to believe that the Negritos were the first inhabitants and that at one point they were more numerous. The Indian archipelago was then a world of black pygmies. They might have been even more widespread than this, as one of the most fascinating discoveries of modern times has been finding similar little black people in the equatorial forests of Africa.

The Negritos must not be confused with the black or negro race of New Guinea or Melanesia, who are commonly called Papuans; for those Negroes are of tall stature and belong with the true Negroes of Africa, though how the Negro race thus came to be formed of two so widely separated branches we do not know.

The Negritos should not be mistaken for the black or African-descended people of New Guinea or Melanesia, who are generally referred to as Papuans; because those individuals are tall and are related to the true Africans, although it's unclear how the Negro race ended up consisting of these two distinct branches.

The Malayan Race.Origin of the Race.—It is thought that the Malayan race originated in southeastern Asia. From the mainland it spread down into the peninsula and so scattered southward and eastward over the rich neighboring islands. Probably these early Malayans found the little Negritos in possession and slowly [32]drove them backward, destroying them from many islands until they no longer exist except in the places we have already named.

The Malayan Race.Origin of the Race.—It is believed that the Malayan race originated in Southeast Asia. From the mainland, it spread into the peninsula and then moved southward and eastward across the nearby islands. Likely, these early Malays encountered the small Negritos residing there and gradually pushed them back, leading to their disappearance from many islands until they can now only be found in a few specific areas we've previously mentioned.

With the beginning of this migratory movement which carried them from one island to another of the great East Indian Archipelago, these early Malayans must have invented the boats and praos for which they are famed, and have become skillful sailors living much upon the sea.

With the start of this migration that took them from one island to another in the great East Indian Archipelago, these early Malays must have created the boats and praos they are known for and became skilled sailors who relied heavily on the sea.

Effect of the Migration.—Life for many generations, upon these islands, so warm, tropical, and fruitful, gradually modified these emigrants from Asia, until they became in mind and body quite a different race from the Mongol inhabitants of the mainland.

Effect of the Migration.—Life for many generations on these islands, which are warm, tropical, and fruitful, slowly changed these emigrants from Asia, until they became, in mind and body, a completely different race from the Mongol inhabitants of the mainland.

Characteristics.—The Malayan peoples are of a light-brown color, with a light yellowish undertone on some parts of the skin, with straight black hair, dark-brown eyes, and, though they are a small race in stature, they are finely formed, muscular, and active. The physical type is nearly the same throughout all Malaysia, but the different peoples making up the race differ markedly from one another in culture. They are divided also by differences in religion. There are many tribes which are pagan. On Bali and Lombok, little islands south of Java, the people are still Brahmin, like most inhabitants of India. In other parts of Malaysia they are Mohammedans, while in the Philippines alone they are mostly Christians.

Characteristics.—The Malayan people have a light-brown skin tone, with some areas having a light yellowish undertone. They have straight black hair and dark-brown eyes. Although they are shorter in stature, they are well-built, muscular, and active. The physical appearance is quite similar across Malaysia, but the various groups within the race have distinct cultural differences. They are also separated by variations in religion. Many tribes practice paganism. On the islands of Bali and Lombok, south of Java, the people still follow Brahmin traditions, similar to most of India. In other parts of Malaysia, they are predominantly Muslims, while in the Philippines, the majority are Christians.

The Wild Malayan Tribes.—Considering first the pagan or the wild Malayan peoples, we find that in the interior of the Malay Peninsula and of many of the islands, such as Sumatra, Borneo and the Celebes, there are wild Malayan tribes, who have come very little in contact with the successive civilizing changes that have passed over this archipelago. The true Malays call these folk “Orang [33]benua,” or “men of the country,” Many are almost savages, some are cannibals, and others are headhunters like some of the Dyaks of Borneo.

The Wild Malayan Tribes.—First, looking at the pagan or wild Malayan people, we see that in the interior of the Malay Peninsula and many islands, like Sumatra, Borneo, and the Celebes, there are wild Malayan tribes that have had very little contact with the civilizing changes that have occurred in this archipelago. The true Malays refer to these people as “Orang [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]benua,” or “men of the country.” Many of them are quite primitive, some are cannibals, and others are headhunters like some of the Dyaks from Borneo.

In the Philippines, too, we find what is probably this same class of wild people living in the mountains. They are warlike, savage, and resist approach. Sometimes they eat human flesh as a ceremonial act, and some prize above all other trophies the heads of their enemies, which they cut from the body and preserve in their homes. It is probable that these tribes represent the earliest and rudest epoch of Malayan culture, and that these were the first of this race to arrive in the Philippines and dispute with the Negritos for the mastery of the soil. In such wild state of life, some of them, like the Manguianes of Mindoro, have continued to the present day.

In the Philippines, we also encounter what is likely the same group of wild people living in the mountains. They are aggressive, fierce, and avoid contact with outsiders. Sometimes, they consume human flesh as part of a ritual, and they often treasure the heads of their enemies above all other trophies, displaying them in their homes after cutting them off. It’s likely that these tribes represent the most primitive and early phase of Malayan culture, and that they were among the first of this race to arrive in the Philippines, competing with the Negritos for control of the land. Some of them, like the Manguianes of Mindoro, continue to live in this wild state even today.

The Tribes in Northern Luzon.—In northern Luzon, in the great Cordillera Central, there are many of these primitive tribes. These people are preëminently mountaineers. They prefer the high, cold, and semi-arid crests and valleys of the loftiest ranges. Here, with great industry, they have made gardens by the building of stone-walled terraces on the slopes of the hills. Sometimes hundreds of these terraces can be counted in one valley, and they rise one above the other from the bottom of a cañon for several miles almost to the summit of a ridge. These terraced gardens are all under most careful irrigation. Water is carried for many miles by log flumes and ditches, to be distributed over these little fields. The soil is carefully fertilized with the refuse of the villages. Two and frequently three crops are produced each year. Here we find undoubtedly the most developed and most nearly scientific agriculture in the Philippines. They raise rice, cotton, tobacco, the taro, maize, and especially the camote, or [34]sweet potato, which is their principal food. These people live in compact, well-built villages, frequently of several hundred houses. Some of these tribes, like the Igorrotes of Benguet and the Tinguianes of Abra, are peaceable as well as industrious. In Benguet there are fine herds of cattle, much excellent coffee, and from time immemorial the Igorrotes here have mined gold.

The Tribes in Northern Luzon.—In northern Luzon, in the great Cordillera Central, there are many of these primitive tribes. These people are primarily mountaineers. They prefer the high, cold, and semi-arid peaks and valleys of the tallest ranges. Here, they have industriously created gardens by building stone-walled terraces on the slopes of the hills. Sometimes hundreds of these terraces can be seen in one valley, rising one above the other from the bottom of a canyon for several miles almost to the top of a ridge. These terraced gardens are all meticulously irrigated. Water is transported for many miles through log flumes and ditches to be distributed over these small fields. The soil is carefully enriched with the waste from the villages. They often produce two or even three crops each year. This area undoubtedly has the most developed and almost scientific agriculture in the Philippines. They grow rice, cotton, tobacco, taro, maize, and especially the camote, or [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]sweet potato, which is their main food. These people live in close, well-constructed villages, often consisting of several hundred houses. Some of these tribes, like the Igorots of Benguet and the Tinguianes of Abra, are both peaceful and hardworking. In Benguet, there are fine herds of cattle, a lot of excellent coffee, and the Igorots have been mining gold here since ancient times.

Besides these peaceful tribes there are in Bontoc, and in the northern parts of the Cordillera, many large tribes, with splendid mountain villages, who are nevertheless in a constant and dreadful state of war. Nearly every town is in feud with its neighbors, and the practice of taking heads leads to frequent murder and combat. A most curious tribe of persistent head hunters are the Ibilao, or Ilongotes, who live in the Caraballo Sur Mountains between Nueva Ecija and Nueva Vizcaya.

Besides these peaceful tribes, there are in Bontoc and in the northern parts of the Cordillera many large tribes with impressive mountain villages, yet they remain in a constant and terrible state of war. Almost every town is at odds with its neighbors, and the practice of taking heads results in frequent killings and battles. A particularly interesting tribe of relentless headhunters is the Ibilao, or Ilongotes, who reside in the Caraballo Sur Mountains between Nueva Ecija and Nueva Vizcaya.

On other islands of the Philippines there are similar wild tribes. On the island of Paragua there are the Tagbanúa and other savage folk.

On other islands in the Philippines, there are similar wild tribes. On the island of Paragua, there are the Tagbanúa and other savage people.

Characteristics of the Tribes of Mindanao.—In Mindanao, there are many more tribes. Three of these tribes, the Aetas, Mandaya, and Manobo, are on the eastern coast and around Mount Apo. In Western Mindanao, there is quite a large but scattered tribe called the Subanon. These people make clearings on the hillsides and support themselves by raising maize and mountain rice. They also raise hemp, and from the fiber they weave truly beautiful blankets and garments, artistically dyed in very curious patterns. These peoples are nearly all pagans, though a few are being gradually converted to Mohammedanism, and some to Christianity. The pagans occasionally practice the revolting rites of human sacrifice and ceremonial cannibalism. [35]

Characteristics of the Tribes of Mindanao.—In Mindanao, there are many more tribes. Three of these tribes, the Aetas, Mandaya, and Manobo, are located on the eastern coast and around Mount Apo. In Western Mindanao, there is a fairly large but scattered tribe called the Subanon. These people clear land on the hillsides and support themselves by growing maize and mountain rice. They also cultivate hemp, and from the fibers, they weave beautiful blankets and garments, artistically dyed in unique patterns. Most of these people are pagans, though some are gradually converting to Islam, and a few to Christianity. The pagans sometimes engage in the disturbing practices of human sacrifice and ceremonial cannibalism. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Civilized Malayan Peoples.Their Later Arrival.—At a later date than the arrival of these primitive Malayan tribes, there came to the Philippines others of a more developed culture and a higher order of intelligence. These peoples rapidly mastered the low country and the coasts of all the islands, driving into the interior the earlier comers and the aboriginal Negritos. These later arrivals, though all of one stock, differed considerably, and spoke different dialects belonging to one language family. They were the ancestors of the present civilized Filipino people.

The Civilized Malayan Peoples.Their Later Arrival.—At a later time than the arrival of these primitive Malayan tribes, others with a more advanced culture and higher intelligence came to the Philippines. These groups quickly took over the lowlands and coastlines of all the islands, pushing the earlier arrivals and the indigenous Negritos into the interior. Although these later arrivals were all of the same heritage, they varied significantly and spoke different dialects that belonged to a single language family. They are the ancestors of today's civilized Filipino people.

Distribution of These Peoples.—All through the central islands, Panay, Negros, Leyte, Samar, Marinduque, and northern Mindanao, are the Bisaya, the largest of these peoples. At the southern extremity of Luzon, in the provinces of Sorsogon and the Camarines, are the Bicol. North of these, holding central Luzon, Batangas, Cavite, Manila, Laguna, Bataan, Bulacan, and Nueva Ecija, are the Tagálog, while the great plain of northern Luzon is occupied by the Pampango and Pangasinan. All the northwest coast is inhabited by the Ilocano, and the valley of the Cagayan by a people commonly called Cagayanes, but whose dialect is Ibanag. In Nueva Vizcaya province, on the Batanes Islands and the Calamianes, there are other distinct branches of the Filipino people, but they are much smaller in numbers and less important than the tribes marked above.

Distribution of These Peoples.—Throughout the central islands, including Panay, Negros, Leyte, Samar, Marinduque, and northern Mindanao, you will find the Bisaya, the largest of these groups. At the southern tip of Luzon, in the provinces of Sorsogon and the Camarines, reside the Bicol. Just north of these, in central Luzon, are the Tagálog, occupying Batangas, Cavite, Manila, Laguna, Bataan, Bulacan, and Nueva Ecija, while the great plain of northern Luzon is home to the Pampango and Pangasinan. The entire northwest coast is inhabited by the Ilocano, and the Cagayan Valley is populated by a group commonly known as Cagayanes, although their dialect is Ibanag. In Nueva Vizcaya province, as well as the Batanes Islands and the Calamianes, there are other distinct branches of the Filipino people, but they are much smaller in number and less significant than the tribes mentioned above.

Mindanao Belt of Bamboo Fiber.

Mindanao Belt of Bamboo Fiber.

Mindanao Bamboo Fiber Belt.

[36]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Importance of These Peoples.—They form politically and historically the Filipino people. They are the Filipinos whom the Spaniards ruled for more than three hundred years. All are converts to Christianity, and all have attained a somewhat similar stage of civilization.

Importance of These Peoples.—They make up the Filipino people, both politically and historically. They are the Filipinos who were ruled by the Spaniards for over three hundred years. All of them have converted to Christianity, and they've reached a somewhat similar level of civilization.

Early Contact of the Malays and Hindus.—These people at the time of their arrival in the Philippines were probably not only of a higher plane of intelligence than any who had preceded them in the occupation of the islands, but they appear to have had the advantages of contact with a highly developed culture that had appeared in the eastern archipelago some centuries earlier.

Early Contact of the Malays and Hindus.—When they arrived in the Philippines, these people were likely more intelligent than anyone who had been there before them. They seemed to benefit from their interactions with a sophisticated culture that had emerged in the eastern archipelago several centuries earlier.

Mindanao Brass Vessels.

Mindanao Brass Vessels.

Mindanao Brassware.

Early Civilization in India.—More than two thousand years ago, India produced a remarkable civilization. There were great cities of stone, magnificent palaces, a life of splendid luxury, and a highly organized social and political system. Writing, known as the Sanskrit, had been developed, and a great literature of poetry [37]and philosophy produced. Two great religions, Brahminism and Buddhism, arose, the latter still the dominant religion of Tibet, China, and Japan. The people who produced this civilization are known as the Hindus. Fourteen or fifteen hundred years ago Hinduism spread over Burma, Siam, and Java. Great cities were erected with splendid temples and huge idols, the ruins of which still remain, though their magnificence has gone and they are covered to-day with the growth of the jungle.

Early Civilization in India.—More than two thousand years ago, India had an impressive civilization. There were large stone cities, magnificent palaces, a life of great luxury, and a well-organized social and political system. Writing, known as Sanskrit, had been developed, and a substantial body of poetry and philosophy was created. Two major religions, Brahminism and Buddhism, emerged, with Buddhism still being the main religion in Tibet, China, and Japan. The people who created this civilization are called the Hindus. Around fourteen or fifteen hundred years ago, Hinduism spread to Burma, Siam, and Java. Great cities were built with amazing temples and large idols, the ruins of which still exist today, although their former glory has faded and they are now covered by the jungle.

Influence of Hindu Culture on the Malayan Peoples.—This powerful civilization of the Hindus, established thus in Malaysia, greatly affected the Malayan people on these islands, as well as those who came to the Philippines. Many words in the Tagálog have been shown to have a Sanskrit origin, and the systems of writing which the Spaniards found in use among several of the Filipino peoples had certainly been developed from the alphabet then in use among these Hindu peoples of Java.

Influence of Hindu Culture on the Malayan Peoples.—This strong Hindu civilization, established in Malaysia, had a significant impact on the Malayan people on these islands, as well as those who moved to the Philippines. Many words in Tagálog have been found to have Sanskrit roots, and the writing systems that the Spaniards discovered in use among several Filipino groups were certainly derived from the alphabet used by these Hindu communities in Java.

The Rise of Mohammedanism.Mohammed.—A few hundred years later another great change, due to religious faith, came over the Malayan race,—a change which has had a great effect upon the history of the Philippines, and is still destined to modify events far into the future. This was the conversion to Mohammedanism. Of all the great religions of the world, Mohammedanism was the last to arise, and its career has in some ways been the most remarkable. Mohammed, its founder, was an Arab, born about 572 A.D. At that time Christianity was established entirely around the Mediterranean and throughout most of Europe, but Arabia was idolatrous. Mohammed was one of those great, prophetic souls which arise from time to time in the world’s history. All he could learn from [38]Hebrewism and Christianity, together with the result of his own thought and prayers, led him to the belief in one God, the Almighty, the Compassionate, the Merciful, who as he believed would win all men to His knowledge through the teachings of Mohammed himself. Thus inspired, Mohammed became a teacher or prophet, and by the end of his life he had won his people to his faith and inaugurated one of the greatest eras of conquest the world has seen.

The Rise of Islam.Mohammed.—A few hundred years later, another significant change, driven by religious belief, emerged among the Malay people—a change that has greatly influenced the history of the Philippines and is set to shape events for years to come. This change was the conversion to Islam. Of all the major religions in the world, Islam was the last to develop, and its journey has been uniquely remarkable. Mohammed, its founder, was an Arab, born around 572 CE At that time, Christianity was firmly established around the Mediterranean and much of Europe, while Arabia practiced idolatry. Mohammed was one of those extraordinary, prophetic figures that appear throughout history. Everything he learned from [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Judaism and Christianity, combined with his own reflections and prayers, led him to believe in one God, the Almighty, the Compassionate, the Merciful, who he believed would guide all people to His understanding through the teachings of Mohammed himself. Inspired by this vision, Mohammed became a teacher or prophet, and by the end of his life, he had brought his people to his faith and initiated one of the greatest periods of conquest the world has ever witnessed.

Spread of Mohammedanism to Africa and Europe.—The armies of Arabian horsemen, full of fanatical enthusiasm to convert the world to their faith, in a century’s time wrested from Christendom all Judea, Syria, and Asia Minor, the sacred land where Jesus lived and taught, and the countries where Paul and the other apostles had first established Christianity. Thence they swept along the north coast of Africa, bringing to an end all that survived of Roman power and religion, and by 720 they had crossed into Europe and were in possession of Spain. For nearly the eight hundred years that followed, the Christian Spaniards fought to drive Mohammedanism from the peninsula, before they were successful.

Spread of Mohammedanism to Africa and Europe.—The armies of Arabian horsemen, driven by a passionate desire to convert the world to their faith, in just a century took all of Judea, Syria, and Asia Minor from Christendom—the sacred land where Jesus lived and taught, and the regions where Paul and the other apostles first established Christianity. They continued along the northern coast of Africa, effectively ending what remained of Roman power and religion, and by 720, they had crossed into Europe and taken control of Spain. For nearly eight hundred years after that, the Christian Spaniards fought to expel Mohammedanism from the peninsula before they finally succeeded.

The Spread of Mohammedanism

The Spread of Mohammedanism

The Spread of Islam

The Conversion of the Malayans to Mohammedanism.—Not only did Mohammedanism move westward over Africa and Europe, it was carried eastward as well. Animated by their faith, the Arabs became the greatest sailors, explorers, merchants, and geographers of the age. They sailed from the Red Sea down the coast of Africa as far as Madagascar, and eastward to India, where they had settlements on both the Malabar and Coromandel coasts. Thence Arab missionaries brought their faith to Malaysia.

The Conversion of the Malayans to Mohammedanism.—Not only did Mohammedanism move westward into Africa and Europe, but it also spread eastward. Driven by their beliefs, the Arabs became the leading sailors, explorers, merchants, and geographers of their time. They navigated from the Red Sea along the coast of Africa all the way to Madagascar, and eastward to India, where they established settlements on both the Malabar and Coromandel coasts. From there, Arab missionaries carried their faith to Malaysia.

At that time the true Malays, the tribe from which the common term “Malayan” has been derived, were a [40]small people of Sumatra. At least as early as 1250 they were converted to Mohammedanism, brought to them by these Arabian missionaries, and under the impulse of this mighty faith they broke from their obscurity and commenced that great conquest and expansion that has diffused their power, language, and religion throughout the East Indies.

At that time, the true Malays, the group from which the general term "Malayan" comes, were a [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]small people from Sumatra. They were converted to Islam as early as 1250 by Arabian missionaries, and driven by this powerful faith, they emerged from obscurity and started a significant conquest and expansion that spread their influence, language, and religion throughout the East Indies.

Mohammedan Settlement in Borneo.—A powerful Mohammedan Malay settlement was established on the western coasts of Borneo certainly as early as 1400. The more primitive inhabitants, like the Dyaks, who were a tribe of the primitive Malayans, were defeated, and the possession of the coast largely taken from them. From this coast of Borneo came many of the adventurers who were traversing the seas of the Philippines when the Spaniards arrived.

Muslim Settlement in Borneo.—A strong Muslim Malay settlement was established on the western coasts of Borneo as early as 1400. The more primitive inhabitants, such as the Dyaks, a tribe of early Malays, were defeated, and control of the coast was mostly taken from them. Many of the adventurers who were exploring the seas of the Philippines when the Spaniards arrived came from this coast of Borneo.

The Mohammedan Population of Mindanao and Jolo owes something certainly to this same Malay migration which founded the colony of Borneo. But the Maguindanao and Illano Moros seem to be largely descendants of primitive tribes, such as the Manobo and Tiruray, who were converted to Mohammedanism by Malay and Arab proselyters. The traditions of the Maguindanao Moros ascribe their conversion to Kabunsuan, a native of Johore, the son of an Arab father and Malay mother. He came to Maguindanao with a band of followers, and from him the datos of Maguindanao trace their lineage. Kabunsuan is supposed to be descended from Mohammed through his Arab father, Ali, and so the datos of Maguindanao to the present day proudly believe that in their veins flows the blood of the Prophet.

The Muslim Population of Mindanao and Jolo definitely owes something to the same Malay migration that established the colony of Borneo. However, the Maguindanao and Ilano Moros appear to be primarily descendants of ancient tribes like the Manobo and Tiruray, who were converted to Islam by Malay and Arab missionaries. The traditions of the Maguindanao Moros attribute their conversion to Kabunsuan, a native of Johore, who was the son of an Arab father and a Malay mother. He arrived in Maguindanao with a group of followers, and the datos of Maguindanao trace their lineage back to him. Kabunsuan is believed to be a descendant of Mohammed through his Arab father, Ali, and so the datos of Maguindanao today proudly believe that they carry the blood of the Prophet in their veins.

The Coming of the Spaniards.—Mohammedanism was still increasing in the Philippines when the Spaniards arrived. [41]The Mohammedans already had a foothold on Manila Bay, and their gradual conquest of the archipelago was interrupted only by the coming of the Europeans. It is a strange historical occurrence that the Spaniards, having fought with the Mohammedans for nearly eight centuries for the possession of Spain, should have come westward around the globe to the Philippine Islands and there resumed the ancient conflict with them. Thus the Spaniards were the most determined opponents of Mohammedanism on both its western and eastern frontiers. Their ancient foes who crossed into Spain from Morocco had been always known as “Moros” or “Moors,” and quite naturally they gave to these new Mohammedan enemies the same title, and Moros they are called to the present day.

The Coming of the Spaniards.—Islam was still growing in the Philippines when the Spaniards arrived. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]The Muslims already had a presence in Manila Bay, and their slow takeover of the islands was only interrupted by the arrival of Europeans. It's an unusual twist of history that the Spaniards, after battling Muslims for nearly eight centuries over Spain, traveled west around the globe to the Philippine Islands and there continued the age-old conflict with them. Thus, the Spaniards became the most determined opponents of Islam on both its western and eastern borders. Their longstanding adversaries who entered Spain from Morocco were always referred to as “Moros” or “Moors,” so it was natural for them to give the same name to these new Muslim foes, and they are still called Moros to this day.

Summary.—Such, then, are the elements which form the population of these islands,—a few thousands of the little Negritos; many wild mountain tribes of the primitive Malayans; a later immigration of Malayans of higher cultivation and possibilities than any that preceded them, who had been influenced by the Hinduism of Java and who have had in recent centuries an astonishing growth both in numbers and in culture; and last, the fierce Mohammedan sea-rovers, the true Malays. [42]

Summary.—These are the groups that make up the population of these islands: a few thousand of the small Negritos; many wild mountain tribes of the primitive Malayans; a later wave of more advanced Malayans who had been influenced by the Hinduism of Java and have experienced significant growth in both numbers and culture in recent centuries; and finally, the fierce Muslim sea raiders, the true Malays. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Relacion de las Islas Filipinas, 2d ed., p. 38.

1 Relationship of the Philippine Islands, 2nd ed., p. 38.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter III.

Europe and the Far East about 1400 A.D.

The Mediæval Period in Europe.Length of the Middle Age.—By the Middle Ages we mean the centuries between 500 and 1300 A.D. This period begins with the fall of the Roman Empire and the looting of the Imperial City by the rude German tribes, and ends with the rise of a new literature, a new way of looking at the world in general, and a passion for discovery of every kind.

The Medieval Period in Europe.Length of the Middle Ages.—By the Middle Ages, we refer to the centuries between 500 and 1300 CE This period starts with the fall of the Roman Empire and the plundering of the Imperial City by the rough German tribes, and it concludes with the emergence of new literature, a fresh perspective on the world, and a strong desire for exploration of all kinds.

These eight hundred years had been centuries of cruel struggle, intellectual darkness, and social depression, but also of great religious devotion. Edward Gibbon, one of the greatest historians, speaks of this period as “the triumph of barbarism and religion.”

These eight hundred years were centuries of brutal conflict, intellectual stagnation, and social decline, but also of deep religious faith. Edward Gibbon, one of the greatest historians, refers to this period as “the triumph of barbarism and religion.”

The population of Europe was largely changed, during the first few centuries of the Christian Era, as the Roman Empire, that greatest political institution of all history, slowly decayed. New peoples of German or Teutonic origin came, fighting their way into western Europe and settling wherever the land attracted them. Thus Spain and Italy received the Goths; France, the Burgundians and Franks; England, the Saxons and Angles or English.

The population of Europe changed significantly during the first few centuries of the Christian Era as the Roman Empire, the greatest political institution in history, slowly declined. New groups of Germanic or Teutonic people entered, battling their way into Western Europe and settling in areas that appealed to them. As a result, Spain and Italy welcomed the Goths; France, the Burgundians and Franks; and England, the Saxons and Angles or English.

These peoples were all fierce, warlike, free, unlettered barbarians. Fortunately, they were all converted to Christianity by Roman priests and missionaries. They embraced this faith with ardor, at the same time that other peoples and lands were being lost to Christendom. Thus it has resulted that the countries where Christianity [43]arose and first established itself, are now no longer Christian, and this religion, which had an Asiatic and Semitic origin, has become the distinguishing faith of the people of western Europe. For centuries the countries of Europe were fiercely raided and disturbed by pillaging and murdering hordes; by the Huns, who followed in the Germans from the East; by the Northmen, cruel pirating seamen from Scandinavia; and, as we have already seen, by the Mohammedans, or Saracens as they were called, who came into central Europe by way of Spain.

These groups were all tough, warlike, independent, uneducated tribes. Luckily, they were all converted to Christianity by Roman priests and missionaries. They accepted this faith passionately, even as other groups and regions were turning away from it. As a result, the places where Christianity [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] originated and first took hold are now no longer Christian, and this religion, which had Asian and Semitic roots, has become the defining faith of the people of Western Europe. For centuries, European countries faced brutal raids and chaos from pillaging and murdering groups, including the Huns, who followed the Germans from the East, the Northmen, who were ruthless pirate sailors from Scandinavia, and, as we've seen, the Muslims, or Saracens as they were known, who entered central Europe through Spain.

Character of the Life during this Period.Feudalism.—Life was so beset with peril that independence or freedom became impossible, and there was developed a society which has lasted almost down to the present time, and which we call Feudalism. The free but weak man gave up his freedom and his lands to some stronger man, who became his lord. He swore obedience to this lord, while the lord engaged to furnish him protection and gave him back his lands to hold as a “fief,” both sharing in the product. This lord swore allegiance to some still more powerful man, or “overlord,” and became his “vassal,” pledged to follow him to war with a certain number of armed men; and this overlord, on his part, owed allegiance to the prince, who was, perhaps, a duke or bishop (bishops at this time were also feudal lords), or to the king or emperor. Thus were men united into large groups or nations for help or protection. There was little understanding of love of country. Patriotism, as we feel it, was replaced by the passion of fidelity or allegiance to one’s feudal superior.

Character of the Life during this Period.Feudalism.—Life was so filled with danger that independence or freedom became impossible, leading to the development of a society that has lasted almost to the present day, which we call Feudalism. The free but vulnerable person surrendered his freedom and land to a stronger man, who became his lord. He pledged loyalty to this lord, while the lord promised to provide protection and returned his lands to him to hold as a “fief,” with both sharing in the profits. This lord swore allegiance to an even more powerful man, or “overlord,” and became his “vassal,” committed to following him into battle with a specific number of armed troops; in turn, this overlord owed allegiance to the prince, who might be a duke or a bishop (bishops at this time were also feudal lords), or to the king or emperor. In this way, people formed large groups or nations for mutual support or protection. There was little sense of love for one’s country. Patriotism, as we know it today, was replaced by the loyalty and allegiance to one’s feudal superior.

Disadvantages of Feudalism.—The great curse of this system was that the feudal lords possessed the power to make war upon one another, and so continuous were [45]their jealousies and quarrelings that the land was never free from armed bands, who laid waste an opponent’s country, killing the miserable serfs who tilled the soil, and destroying their homes and cattle.

Disadvantages of Feudalism.—The major downside of this system was that the feudal lords had the authority to go to war against each other, and their constant jealousies and disputes meant that the land was never safe from armed groups that ravaged their rivals' territories, killing the unfortunate serfs who worked the land, and destroying their homes and livestock.

Europe about 1400 AD.

Europe about 1400 AD.

Europe around 1400 AD.

There was little joy in life and no popular learning. If a man did not enjoy warfare, but one other life was open to him, and that was in the Church. War and religion were the pursuits of life, and it is no wonder that many of the noblest and best turned their backs upon a life that promised only fighting and bloodshed and, renouncing the world, became monks. Monasticism developed in Europe under such conditions as these, and so strong were the religious feelings of the age that at one time a third of the land of France was owned by the religious orders.

There was little joy in life and no widespread education. If a man didn’t find fulfillment in warfare, the only other path open to him was the Church. War and religion were the main pursuits in life, so it's no surprise that many of the noblest individuals turned away from a life that promised only fighting and violence, choosing instead to renounce the world and become monks. Monasticism thrived in Europe under these circumstances, and the religious fervor of the time was so strong that at one point, a third of the land in France was owned by religious orders.

The Town.—The two typical institutions of the early Middle Age were the feudal castle, with its high stone walls and gloomy towers, with its fierce bands of warriors armed in mail and fighting on horseback with lance and sword, and the monastery, which represented inn, hospital, and school. Gradually, however, a third structure appeared. This was the town. And it is to these mediæval cities, with their busy trading life, their free citizenship, and their useful occupations, that the modern world owes much of its liberty and its intellectual light.

The Town.—The two main institutions of the early Middle Ages were the feudal castle, with its tall stone walls and dark towers, housing fierce groups of armored warriors who fought on horseback with lances and swords, and the monastery, which served as an inn, hospital, and school. Over time, however, a third type of structure emerged. This was the town. It is to these medieval cities, with their bustling trade, free citizenship, and practical jobs, that the modern world owes much of its freedom and intellectual enlightenment.

The Renaissance.Changes in Political Affairs.—By 1400, however, the Middle Age had nearly passed and a new life had appeared, a new epoch was in progress, which is called the Renaissance, which means “rebirth.” In political affairs the spirit of nationality had arisen, and feudalism was already declining. Men began to feel attachment to country, to king, and to fellow-citizens; and the national states, as we now know them, each with its [46]naturally bounded territory, its common language, and its approximately common race, were appearing.

The Renaissance.Changes in Political Affairs.—By 1400, the Middle Ages were almost over, and a new era had begun, known as the Renaissance, meaning “rebirth.” In politics, a sense of national identity emerged, and feudalism was already on the decline. People started to feel a connection to their country, their king, and their fellow citizens; the nation-states we recognize today, each with its [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]clearly defined borders, common language, and similar ethnicity, were taking shape.

France and England were, of these states, the two most advanced politically just previous to the fifteenth century. At this distant time they were still engaged in a struggle which lasted quite a century and is known as the Hundred Years’ War. In the end, England was forced to give up all her claims to territory on the continent, and the power of France was correspondingly increased. In France the monarchy (king and court) was becoming the supreme power in the land. The feudal nobles lost what power they had, while the common people gained nothing. In England, however, the foundations for a representative government had been laid. The powers of legislation and government were divided between the English king and a Parliament. The Parliament was first called in 1265 and consisted of two parts,—the Lords, representing the nobility; and the Commons, composed of persons chosen by the common people.

France and England were, among these states, the two most politically advanced just before the fifteenth century. At that time, they were still involved in a conflict that lasted nearly a century, known as the Hundred Years’ War. Ultimately, England had to abandon all her claims to land on the continent, which correspondingly increased France's power. In France, the monarchy (the king and court) was becoming the dominant force in the country. The feudal nobles lost the little power they had, while the common people saw no gains. In England, however, the groundwork for a representative government was being established. The powers of legislation and governance were split between the English king and a Parliament. The Parliament was first convened in 1265 and was made up of two parts: the Lords, representing the nobility, and the Commons, made up of individuals chosen by the common people.

Germany was divided into a number of small principalities,—Saxony, Bavaria, Franconia, Bohemia, Austria, the Rhine principalities, and many others,—which united in a great assembly, or Diet, the head of which was some prince, chosen to be emperor.

Germany was divided into several small states—Saxony, Bavaria, Franconia, Bohemia, Austria, the Rhine states, and many others—which came together in a large assembly, or Diet, led by a prince chosen to be emperor.

Italy was also divided. In the north, in the valley of the Po, or Lombardy, were the duchy of Milan and the Republic of Venice; south, on the western coast, were the Tuscan states, including the splendid city of Florence. Thence, stretching north and south across the peninsula, were states of the church, whose ruler was the pope, for until less than fifty years ago the pope was not only the head of the church but also a temporal ruler. Embracing the southern part of the peninsula was the principality of Naples. [47]

Italy was also divided. In the north, in the Po Valley, or Lombardy, were the Duchy of Milan and the Republic of Venice; to the south, along the western coast, were the Tuscan states, including the beautiful city of Florence. Stretching north and south across the peninsula were the Papal States, ruled by the pope, who, until less than fifty years ago, was not only the head of the church but also a secular ruler. Covering the southern part of the peninsula was the Kingdom of Naples. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

In the Spanish peninsula Christian states had arisen,—in the west, Portugal, in the center and east, Castile, Aragon, and Leon, from all of which the Mohammedans had been expelled. But they still held the southern parts of Spain, including the beautiful plain of Andalusia and Grenada.

In the Iberian Peninsula Christian kingdoms had emerged—Portugal in the west, and Castile, Aragon, and León in the center and east, all from which the Muslims had been driven out. However, they still controlled the southern regions of Spain, including the beautiful plains of Andalusia and Granada.

The Mohammedans, in the centuries of their life in Spain, had developed an elegant and prosperous civilization. By means of irrigation and skillful planting, they had converted southern Spain into a garden. They were the most skillful agriculturists and breeders of horses and sheep in Europe, and they carried to perfection many fine arts, while knowledge and learning were nowhere further advanced than here. Through contact with this remarkable people the Christian Spaniards gained much. Unfortunately, however, the spirit of religious intolerance was so strong, and the hatred engendered by the centuries of religious war was so violent, that in the end the Spaniard became imbued with so fierce a fanaticism that he has ever since appeared unable properly to appreciate or justly to treat any who differed from him in religious belief.

The Muslims, during their centuries in Spain, created a refined and thriving civilization. Through irrigation and skilled agriculture, they transformed southern Spain into a lush garden. They were the most talented farmers and breeders of horses and sheep in Europe, and they perfected many fine arts, while knowledge and learning flourished more here than anywhere else. The Christian Spaniards benefited significantly from their interactions with this remarkable culture. Sadly, the spirit of religious intolerance was so pervasive, and the animosity from centuries of religious conflict was so intense, that ultimately, the Spaniards developed such deep-rooted fanaticism that they have since struggled to fairly recognize or treat anyone who holds different religious beliefs.

The Conquests of the Mohammedans.—In the fifteenth century, religious toleration was but little known in the world, and the people of the great Mohammedan faith still threatened to overwhelm Christian Europe. Since the first great conquests of Islam in the eighth century had been repulsed from central Europe, that faith had shown a wonderful power of winning its way. In the tenth century Asia Minor was invaded by hordes of Seljuks, or Turks, who poured down from central Asia in conquering bands. These tribes had overthrown the Arab’s power in Mesopotamia and Asia Minor only to become converts to his faith. With freshened zeal they [48]hurled themselves upon the old Christian empire, which at Constantinople had survived the fall of the rest of the Roman world.

The Conquests of the Mohammedans.—In the fifteenth century, religious tolerance was almost unheard of in the world, and the followers of the powerful Mohammedan faith still posed a threat to Christian Europe. Since the significant conquests of Islam in the eighth century were pushed back from central Europe, that faith had demonstrated an impressive ability to advance. In the tenth century, Asia Minor was invaded by waves of Seljuks, or Turks, who came down from central Asia in armies of conquest. These tribes had defeated the Arab’s influence in Mesopotamia and Asia Minor, only to eventually convert to his faith. With renewed enthusiasm, they [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]launched themselves at the ancient Christian empire, which had managed to survive in Constantinople after the fall of the rest of the Roman world.

The Crusades.—The Seljuk Turks had conquered most of Asia Minor, Syria, and the Holy Land. A great fear came over the people of Europe that the city of Constantinople would be captured and they, too, be overwhelmed by these new Mohammedan enemies. The passionate religious zeal of the Middle Age also roused the princes and knights of Europe to try to wrest from the infidel the Holy Land of Palestine, where were the birthplace of Christianity and the site of the Sepulcher of Christ. Palestine was recovered and Christian states were established there, which lasted for over a hundred and eighty years. Then the Arab power revived and, operating from Egypt, finally retook Jerusalem and expelled the Christian from the Holy Land, to which he has never yet returned as a conqueror.

The Crusades.—The Seljuk Turks had taken control of most of Asia Minor, Syria, and the Holy Land. A wave of fear swept through Europe as people worried that Constantinople would fall and they would also be overrun by these new Muslim enemies. The intense religious fervor of the Middle Ages pushed the princes and knights of Europe to try to reclaim the Holy Land of Palestine, the birthplace of Christianity and the site of Christ's tomb. Palestine was regained, and Christian states were established there, lasting for more than a hundred and eighty years. Then Arab power surged back, and from Egypt, they ultimately recaptured Jerusalem, driving the Christians out of the Holy Land, from which they have yet to return as conquerors.

Effects of the Crusades.—These long, holy wars, or “Crusades,” had a profound effect upon Europe. The rude Christian warrior from the west was astonished and delighted with the splendid and luxurious life which he met at Constantinople and the Arabian East. Even though he was a prince, his life at home was barren of comforts and beauty. Glass, linen, rugs, tapestries, silk, cotton, spices, and sugar were some of the things which the Franks and the Englishmen took home with them from the Holy Land. Demand for these treasures of the East became irresistible, and trade between western Europe and the East grew rapidly.

Effects of the Crusades.—These long, holy wars, or “Crusades,” had a significant impact on Europe. The rough Christian warrior from the west was amazed and thrilled by the rich and luxurious lifestyle he encountered in Constantinople and the Arabian East. Even as a prince, his life at home lacked comfort and beauty. Glass, linen, rugs, tapestries, silk, cotton, spices, and sugar were just a few of the items that the Franks and the Englishmen brought back with them from the Holy Land. The demand for these treasures from the East became unstoppable, and trade between western Europe and the East expanded rapidly.

The Commercial Cities of Italy.—The cities of Italy developed this commerce. They placed fleets upon the Mediterranean. They carried the crusaders out and brought [49]back the wares that Europe desired. In this way these cities grew and became very wealthy. On the west coast, where this trade began, were Amalfi, Pisa, Genoa, and Florence, and on the east, at the head of the Adriatic, was Venice. The rivalry between these cities of Italy was very fierce. They fought and plundered one another, each striving to win a monopoly for itself of this invaluable trade.

The Commercial Cities of Italy.—The cities of Italy were the pioneers of this trade. They established fleets on the Mediterranean Sea. They transported the crusaders and brought back [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] the goods that Europe wanted. Through this, these cities thrived and became extremely wealthy. On the west coast, where this trade began, were Amalfi, Pisa, Genoa, and Florence, and on the east, at the top of the Adriatic Sea, was Venice. The competition among these Italian cities was intense. They battled and raided each other, each one trying to secure a monopoly over this precious trade.

Venice, finally, was victorious. Her location was very favorable. From her docks the wares could be carried easily and by the shortest routes up the Po River and thence into France or northward over the Alps to the Danube. In Bavaria grew up in this trade the splendid German cities of Augsburg and Nuremberg, which passed these goods on to the cities of the Rhine, and so down this most beautiful river to the coast. Here the towns of Flanders and of the Low Countries, or Holland, received them and passed them on again to England and eastward to the countries of the Baltic.

Venice was finally successful. Its location was very advantageous. From its docks, goods could be easily transported along the shortest routes up the Po River and then into France or north over the Alps to the Danube. In Bavaria, this trade led to the rise of the magnificent German cities of Augsburg and Nuremberg, which forwarded these goods to the cities along the Rhine, and then down this beautiful river to the coast. Here, the towns in Flanders and the Low Countries, or Holland, received them and distributed them further to England and eastward to the Baltic countries.

Development of Modern Language.—Thus commerce and trade grew up in Europe, and, with trade and city life, greater intelligence, learning, and independence. Education became more common, and the universities of Europe were thronged. Latin in the Middle Age had been the only language that was written by the learned class. Now the modern languages of Europe took their form and began to be used for literary purposes. Italian was the first to be so used by the great Dante, and in the same half-century the English poet Chaucer sang in the homely English tongue, and soon in France, Germany, and Spain national literatures appeared. With this went greater freedom of expression. Authority began to have less weight.

Development of Modern Language.—As commerce and trade developed in Europe, alongside trade and urban life came greater intelligence, education, and independence. Education became more accessible, and European universities were crowded with students. During the Middle Ages, Latin had been the sole language written by the educated class. Now, the modern languages of Europe began to take shape and were used for literary purposes. Italian was the first, thanks to the great Dante, and in the same fifty years, the English poet Chaucer wrote in everyday English. Soon after, national literatures emerged in France, Germany, and Spain. This shift also brought about greater freedom of expression, as authority began to lose its influence.

Men began to inquire into causes and effects, to doubt [51]certain things, to seek themselves for the truth, and so the Renaissance came. With it came a greater love for the beautiful, a greater joy in life, a fresh zest for the good of this world, a new passion for discovery, a thirst for adventure, and, it must also be confessed a new laxity of living and a new greed for gold. Christian Europe was about to burst its narrow bounds. It could not be repressed nor confined to its old limitations. It could never turn backward. Of all the great changes which have come over life and thought, probably none are greater than those which saw the transition from the mediæval to the modern world.

Men started to explore the reasons behind things and question certain beliefs, looking within themselves for the truth, and that's how the Renaissance began. Along with it came a deeper appreciation for beauty, a greater enjoyment of life, a fresh enthusiasm for the good things in this world, a new passion for exploration, a craving for adventure, and, it must be admitted, a newfound leniency in behavior and a growing desire for wealth. Christian Europe was on the verge of breaking free from its narrow confines. It couldn't be held back or limited to its old boundaries. There was no turning back. Of all the significant shifts in life and thought, perhaps none are greater than those that marked the transition from the medieval to the modern world.

Routes of Trade to the Far East

Routes of Trade to the Far East

Routes of Trade to the Far East

Trade with the East.Articles of Trade.—Now we must go back for a moment and pursue an old inquiry further. Whence came all these beautiful and inviting wares that had produced new tastes and passions in Europe? The Italian traders drew them from the Levant, but the Levant had not produced them. Neither pepper, spices, sugarcane, costly gems, nor rich silks, were produced on the shores of the Mediterranean.

Trade with the East.Articles of Trade.—Now we need to pause for a moment and explore an old question further. Where did all these beautiful and enticing goods come from that sparked new tastes and desires in Europe? The Italian traders brought them from the Levant, but the Levant itself did not create them. Neither pepper, spices, sugarcane, expensive gems, nor luxurious silks were produced along the shores of the Mediterranean.

Only the rich tropical countries of the East were capable of growing these rare plants, and up to that time of delivering to the delver many precious stones. India, the rich Malaysian archipelago, the kingdom of China,—these are the lands and islands which from time immemorial have given up their treasures to be forwarded far and wide to amaze and delight the native of colder and less productive lands.

Only the wealthy tropical countries of the East could grow these rare plants, and until now, they had been able to provide many precious stones to the traders. India, the affluent Malaysian archipelago, the kingdom of China—these are the regions and islands that have long shared their treasures, sending them far and wide to astonish and please those from colder and less fertile lands.

Routes of Trade to the Far East.—Three old sailing and caravan routes connect the Mediterranean with the Far East. They are so old that we can not guess when men first used them. They were old in the days of Solomon and indeed very ancient when Alexander the [52]Great conquered the East. One of these routes passed through the Black Sea, and across the Caspian Sea to Turkestan to those strange and romantic ancient cities, Bokhara and Samarkand. Thence it ran northeasterly across Asia, entering China from the north. Another crossed Syria and went down through Mesopotamia to the Indian Ocean, A third began in Egypt and went through the Red Sea, passing along the coast of Arabia to India.

Routes of Trade to the Far East.—Three ancient sailing and caravan routes link the Mediterranean with the Far East. They are so old that we can't even guess when people first traveled them. They were already established in the days of Solomon and were very ancient when Alexander the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Great conquered the East. One of these routes went through the Black Sea and across the Caspian Sea to Turkestan, leading to the fascinating ancient cities of Bokhara and Samarkand. From there, it traveled northeast across Asia, entering China from the north. Another route passed through Syria and down through Mesopotamia to the Indian Ocean. A third route started in Egypt and went through the Red Sea, following the coast of Arabia to India.

All of these had been in use for centuries, but by the year 1400 two had been closed. A fresh immigration of Turks, the Ottomans, in the fourteenth century came down upon the scourged country of the Euphrates and Syria, and although these Turks also embraced Mohammedanism, their hostility closed the first two routes and commerce over them has never since been resumed.

All of these had been used for centuries, but by the year 1400, two had been shut down. A new wave of Turkish immigrants, the Ottomans, descended upon the devastated lands of the Euphrates and Syria in the fourteenth century, and although these Turks also followed Mohammedanism, their hostility caused the first two routes to close, and trade on them has never been restarted since.

Venetian Monopoly of Trade.—Thus all interest centered upon the southern route. By treaty with the sultan or ruler of Egypt, Venice secured a monopoly of the products which came over this route. Goods from the East now came in fleets up the Red Sea, went through the hands of the sultan of Egypt, who collected a duty for them, and then were passed on to the ships of the wealthy Venetian merchant princes, who carried them throughout Europe. Although the object of intense jealousy, it seemed impossible to wrest this monopoly from Venice. Her fleet was the strongest on the Mediterranean, and her rule extended along the Adriatic to the Grecian islands. All eager minds were bent upon the trade with the East, but no way was known, save that which now Venice had gained.

Venetian Monopoly of Trade.—So all the focus was on the southern route. Through a treaty with the ruler of Egypt, Venice secured exclusive rights to the products coming through this route. Goods from the East now arrived in fleets via the Red Sea, were handled by the sultan of Egypt, who charged a tax on them, and then were passed on to the ships of wealthy Venetian merchant princes, who distributed them across Europe. Though this monopoly sparked intense jealousy, it seemed impossible to take it away from Venice. Her fleet was the strongest in the Mediterranean, and her influence reached along the Adriatic to the Greek islands. Everyone was eager to engage in trade with the East, but there was no known alternative to the route Venice had established.

Extent of Geographical Knowledge.The Maps of this Period.—To realize how the problem looked to the sailor of Genoa or the merchant of Flanders at that time, [53]we must understand how scanty and erroneous was the geographical knowledge of even the fifteenth century. It was believed that Jerusalem was the center of the world, a belief founded upon a biblical passage. The maps of this and earlier dates represent the earth in this way: In the center, Palestine, and beneath it the Mediterranean Sea, the only body of water which was well known; on the left side is Europe; on the right, Africa; and at the top, Asia—the last two continents very indefinitely mapped. Around the whole was supposed to flow an ocean, beyond the first few miles of which it was perilous to proceed lest the ship be carried over the edge of the earth or encounter other perils.

Extent of Geographical Knowledge.The Maps of this Period.—To understand how the situation appeared to the sailor from Genoa or the merchant from Flanders at that time, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]we need to recognize how limited and inaccurate geographical knowledge was even in the fifteenth century. People believed that Jerusalem was the center of the world, a belief based on a biblical passage. The maps from this time and earlier depicted the earth like this: at the center, Palestine, with the Mediterranean Sea directly beneath it, the only body of water that was well known; Europe on the left, Africa on the right; and Asia at the top— the last two continents mapped very vaguely. Surrounding all of this was thought to be an ocean, beyond which it was dangerous to venture, as ships could plunge over the edge of the earth or face other dangers.

Ideas about the Earth.—The Greek philosophers before the time of Christ had discovered that the world is a globe, or ball, and had even computed rudely its circumference. But in the Middle Ages this knowledge had been disputed and contradicted by a geographer named Cosmas, who held that the world was a vast plane, twice as long as it was broad and surrounded by an ocean. This belief was generally adopted by churchmen, who were the only scholars of the Middle Ages, and came to be the universal belief of Christian Europe.

Ideas about the Earth.—The Greek philosophers before Christ recognized that the world is a globe and even estimated its circumference, though roughly. However, during the Middle Ages, this understanding was challenged by a geographer named Cosmas, who argued that the world was a huge flat surface, twice as long as it was wide and surrounded by an ocean. This view was widely accepted by church leaders, who were the primary scholars of the Middle Ages, and became the prevailing belief throughout Christian Europe.

The Renaissance revived the knowledge of the writings of the old Greek geographers who had demonstrated the earth’s shape to be round and had roughly calculated its size; but these writings did not have sufficient circulation in Europe to gain much acceptance among the Christian cosmographers. The Arabs, however, after conquering Egypt, Syria and northern Africa, translated into their own tongue the wisdom of the Greeks and became the best informed and most scientific geographers of the Middle Age, so that intercourse with the Arabs which [54]began with the Crusades helped to acquaint Europe somewhat with India and China.

The Renaissance brought back the knowledge from the writings of ancient Greek geographers, who had shown that the Earth is round and had made rough calculations of its size. However, these writings weren’t widely circulated in Europe, so they didn’t gain much acceptance among Christian cosmographers. The Arabs, on the other hand, after conquering Egypt, Syria, and northern Africa, translated the wisdom of the Greeks into their language and became the most knowledgeable and scientific geographers of the Middle Ages. This interaction with the Arabs, which began with the Crusades, helped Europe become somewhat familiar with India and China.

The Far East.The Tartar Mongols.—Then in the thirteenth century all northern Asia and China fell under the power of the Tartar Mongols. Russia was overrun by them and western Europe threatened. At the Danube, however, this tide of Asiatic conquest stopped, and then a long period when Europe came into diplomatic and commercial relations with these Mongols and through them learned something of China.

The Far East.The Tartar Mongols.—In the thirteenth century, all of northern Asia and China came under the control of the Tartar Mongols. They invaded Russia and posed a threat to western Europe. However, the wave of Asian conquest halted at the Danube, leading to a long period during which Europe established diplomatic and trade relations with these Mongols and, through them, gained some knowledge about China.

Marco Polo Visits the Great Kaan.—Several Europeans visited the court of the Great Kaan, or Mongol king, and of one of them, Marco Polo, we must speak in particular. He was a Venetian, and when a young man started in 1271 with his father and uncle on a visit to the Great Kaan. They passed from Italy to Syria, across to Bagdad, and so up to Turkestan, where they saw the wonderful cities of this strange oasis, thence across the Pamirs and the Desert of Gobi to Lake Baikal, where the Kaan had his court. Here in the service of this prince Marco Polo spent over seventeen years. So valuable indeed were his services that the Kaan would not permit him to return. Year after year he remained in the East. He traversed most of China, and was for a time “taotai,” or magistrate, of the city of Yang Chan near the Yangtze River. He saw the amazing wonders of the East. He heard of “Zipangu,” or Japan. He probably heard of the Philippines.

Marco Polo Visits the Great Kaan.—Several Europeans visited the court of the Great Kaan, or Mongol king, and one of them, Marco Polo, stands out in particular. He was from Venice, and as a young man, he set out in 1271 with his father and uncle to visit the Great Kaan. They traveled from Italy to Syria, then across to Baghdad, and onward to Turkestan, where they encountered the incredible cities of this unique oasis. From there, they crossed the Pamirs and the Gobi Desert to Lake Baikal, where the Kaan held his court. Marco Polo spent over seventeen years in the service of this ruler. His contributions were so valuable that the Kaan didn’t let him return home. Year after year, he stayed in the East. He traveled extensively throughout China and served for a time as the “taotai,” or magistrate, of the city of Yang Chan near the Yangtze River. He witnessed the amazing wonders of the East and heard about “Zipangu,” or Japan. He likely also learned about the Philippines.

Finally the opportunity came for the three Venetians to return. The Great Kaan had a relative who was a ruler of Persia, and ambassadors came from this ruler to secure a Mongol princess for him to marry. The dangers and hardships of the travel overland were considered too [55]difficult for the delicate princess, and it was decided to send her by water. Marco Polo and his father and uncle were commissioned to accompany the expedition to Persia.

Finally, the chance came for the three Venetians to go back. The Great Kaan had a relative who ruled Persia, and ambassadors arrived from this ruler to arrange a marriage with a Mongol princess. The risks and challenges of traveling overland were deemed too tough for the delicate princess, so it was decided to send her by water. Marco Polo and his father and uncle were tasked with joining the expedition to Persia.

History of Marco Polo’s Travels.—They sailed from the port of Chin Cheu, probably near Amoy,1 in the year 1292. They skirted the coasts of Cambodia and Siam and reached the eastern coasts of Sumatra, where they waited five months for the changing of the monsoon. Of the Malay people of Sumatra, as well as of these islands, their animals and productions, Marco Polo has left us most interesting and quite accurate accounts. The Malays on Sumatra were beginning to be converted to Mohammedanism, for Marco Polo says that many of them were “Saracens.” He gained a good knowledge of the rich and mysterious Indian Isles, where the spices and flavorings grew. It was two years before the party, having crossed the Indian Ocean, reached Persia and the court of the Persian king. When they arrived they found that while they were making this long voyage the Persian king had died; but they married the Mongol princess to his son, the young prince, who had succeeded him, and that did just as well.

History of Marco Polo’s Travels.—They set sail from the port of Chin Cheu, probably near Amoy, in the year 1292. They navigated along the coasts of Cambodia and Siam and arrived at the eastern coasts of Sumatra, where they waited five months for the monsoon to change. Marco Polo provided us with fascinating and fairly accurate descriptions of the Malay people of Sumatra and these islands, including their animals and products. The Malays on Sumatra were starting to convert to Islam, as Marco Polo noted that many of them were “Saracens.” He gained a strong understanding of the rich and enigmatic Indian Isles, where spices and flavorings grew. It took them two years to cross the Indian Ocean and reach Persia, arriving at the court of the Persian king. When they got there, they found that the Persian king had died during their long journey; however, they married the Mongol princess to his son, the young prince who had succeeded him, and that worked out just fine.

From Persia the Venetians crossed to Syria and thence sailed to Italy, and at last reached home after an absence of twenty-six years. But Marco Polo’s adventures did not end with his return to Venice. In a fierce sea fight between the Venetians and Genoese, he was made [56]a prisoner and confined in Genoa. Here a fellow captive wrote down from Marco’s own words the story of his eastern adventures, and this book we have to-day. It is a record of adventure, travel, and description, so wonderful that for years it was doubted and its accuracy disbelieved. But since, in our own time, men have been able to traverse again the routes over which Marco Polo passed, fact after fact has been established, quite as he truthfully stated them centuries ago. To have been the first European to make this mighty circuit of travel is certainly a strong title to enduring fame.

From Persia, the Venetians moved to Syria and then sailed to Italy, finally returning home after an absence of twenty-six years. But Marco Polo’s adventures didn’t end with his return to Venice. In a brutal sea battle between the Venetians and the Genoese, he was captured and imprisoned in Genoa. While there, another captive documented Marco’s own stories of his eastern adventures, and this book is what we have today. It’s a record of adventure, travel, and description so incredible that for many years, people doubted its accuracy. However, in our own time, as travelers have retraced Marco Polo's routes, fact after fact has been confirmed, just as he truthfully reported centuries ago. Being the first European to complete this vast journey is certainly a solid claim to lasting fame.

Countries of the Far East.India.—Let us now briefly look at the countries of the Far East, which by the year 1400 had come to exercise over the mind of the European so irresistible a fascination. First of all, India, as we have seen, had for centuries been the principal source of the western commerce. But long before the date we are considering, the scepter of India had fallen from the hand of the Hindu. From the seventh century, India was a prey to Mohammedan conquerors, who entered from the northwest into the valley of the Indus. At first these were Saracens or Arabs; later they were the same Mongol converts to Mohammedanism, whose attacks upon Europe we have already noticed.

Countries of the Far East.India.—Let’s take a quick look at the countries of the Far East, which by the year 1400 had captivated the minds of Europeans in a powerful way. First up is India, which, as we’ve seen, had been the main source of Western trade for centuries. However, long before the time we’re discussing, the control of India had shifted away from the Hindus. Since the seventh century, India had fallen to Muslim conquerors coming in from the northwest into the Indus Valley. Initially, these were the Saracens or Arabs; later, they became the same Mongol converts to Islam whose invasions of Europe we’ve already noted.

In 1398 came the furious and bloody warrior, the greatest of all Mongols,—Timour, or Tamerlane. He founded, with capital at Delhi, the empire of the Great Mogul, whose rule over India was only broken by the white man. Eastward across the Ganges and in the Dekkan, or southern part of India, were states ruled over by Indian princes.

In 1398, the fierce and brutal warrior, the greatest of all Mongols—Timour, or Tamerlane—emerged. He established the empire of the Great Mogul with its capital in Delhi, a reign over India that was only disrupted by European colonizers. To the east, across the Ganges, and in the Dekkan, or southern part of India, there were states governed by Indian princes.

China.—We have seen how, at the time of Marco Polo, China also was ruled by the Tartar Mongols. The [57]Chinese have ever been subject to attack from the wandering horse-riding tribes of Siberia. Two hundred years before Christ one of the Chinese kings built the Great Wall that stretches across the northern frontier for one thousand three hundred miles, for a defense against northern foes. Through much of her history the Chinese have been ruled by aliens, as they are to-day. About 1368, however, the Chinese overthrew the Mongol rulers and established the Ming dynasty, the last Chinese house of emperors, who ruled China until 1644, when the Manchus, the present rulers, conquered the country.

China.—We have seen how, during Marco Polo's time, China was also governed by the Tartar Mongols. The [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Chinese have always been vulnerable to attacks from the nomadic horse-riding tribes of Siberia. Two hundred years before Christ, one of the Chinese kings constructed the Great Wall, which spans the northern border for thirteen hundred miles, as a defense against northern enemies. Throughout much of its history, China has been ruled by outsiders, just as it is today. However, around 1368, the Chinese overthrew the Mongol rulers and established the Ming dynasty, the last Chinese imperial dynasty, which governed China until 1644, when the Manchus, the current rulers, took control of the country.

China was great and prosperous under the Mings. Commerce flourished and the fleets of Chinese junks sailed to India, the Malay Islands, and to the Philippines for trade. The Grand Canal, which connects Peking with the Yangtze River basin and Hangchau, was completed. It was an age of fine productions of literature.

China was prosperous and thriving during the Ming dynasty. Trade boomed, and Chinese ships traveled to India, the Malay Islands, and the Philippines for commerce. The Grand Canal, linking Beijing with the Yangtze River basin and Hangzhou, was completed. It was a time known for excellent literary works.

The Chinese seem to have been much less exclusive then than they are at the present time; much less a peculiar, isolated people than now. They did not then shave their heads nor wear a queue. These customs, as well as that hostility to foreign intercourse which they have to-day, has been forced upon China by the Manchus. China appeared at that time ready to assume a position of enormous influence among the peoples of the earth,—a position for which she was well fitted by the great industry of all classes and the high intellectual power of her learned men.

The Chinese were much less exclusive back then than they are today; they were less of a peculiar, isolated people than they are now. They didn’t shave their heads or wear queues. These customs, along with the hostility towards foreign interaction that they have now, were imposed on China by the Manchus. At that time, China seemed ready to take on a significant role among the world's peoples—a role suited to her due to the great industriousness of all social classes and the high intellectual capacity of her scholars.

The Countries of the Far East

The Countries of the Far East

The Countries of the Far East

In the 15th century.

In the 1400s.

Japan.—Compared with China or India, or even some minor states, the development of Japan at this time was very backward. Her people were divided and there was constant civil war. The Japanese borrowed their civilization from the Chinese. From them they learned writing [59]and literature, and the Buddhist religion, which was introduced about 550 A.D. But in temperament they are a very different people, being spirited, warlike, and, until recent years, despising trading and commerce.

Japan.—Compared to China or India, or even some smaller countries, Japan's development at this time was quite behind. Its people were divided and there was ongoing civil war. The Japanese adapted their civilization from the Chinese. They learned writing [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__], literature, and Buddhism, which was introduced around 550 AD However, in terms of temperament, they are very different, being spirited, warlike, and, until recent years, looking down on trade and commerce.

Since the beginning of her history, Japan has been an empire. The ruler, the Mikado, is believed to be of heavenly descent; but in the centuries we are discussing the government was controlled by powerful nobles, known as the Shogun, who kept the emperors in retirement in the palaces of Kyoto, and themselves directed the State. The greatest of these shoguns was Iyeyásu, who ruled Japan about 1600, soon after Manila was founded. They developed in Japan a species of feudalism, the great lords, or “daimios,” owning allegiance to the shoguns, and about the daimios, as feudal retainers, bodies of samurai, who formed a partly noble class of their own. The samurai carried arms, fought at their lords’ command, were students and literati, and among them developed that proud, loyal, and elevated code of morality known as “Búshido,” which has done so much for the Japanese people. It is this samurai class who in modern times have effected the immense revolution in the condition and power of Japan.

Since the beginning of its history, Japan has been an empire. The ruler, the Mikado, is thought to be of divine descent; however, during the centuries we're discussing, powerful nobles known as the Shogun controlled the government, keeping the emperors in seclusion in the palaces of Kyoto while directing the state themselves. The greatest of these shoguns was Iyeyásu, who ruled Japan around 1600, shortly after Manila was founded. They established a form of feudalism in Japan, with the great lords, or “daimios,” pledging loyalty to the shoguns, and around the daimios were samurai, who formed a partly noble class of their own. The samurai carried weapons, fought at their lords’ command, studied, and engaged in literature, and among them developed the proud, loyal, and elevated code of ethics known as “Búshido,” which has greatly influenced the Japanese people. It is this samurai class that, in modern times, has brought about the tremendous revolution in Japan's condition and power.

The Malay Archipelago.—If now we look at the Malay Islands, we find, as we have already seen, that changes had been effected there. Hinduism had first elevated and civilized at least a portion of the race, and Mohammedanism and the daring seamanship of the Malay had united these islands under a common language and religion. There was, however, no political union. The Malay peninsula was divided. Java formed a central Malay power. Eastward among the beautiful Celebes and Moluccas, the true Spice Islands, were a multitude of small native rulers, rajas or datos, who surrounded themselves with retainers, [60]kept rude courts, and gathered wealthy tributes of cinnamon, pepper, and cloves. The sultans of Ternate, Tidor, and Amboina were especially powerful, and the islands they ruled the most rich and productive.

The Malay Archipelago.—If we now look at the Malay Islands, we see, as we’ve already noted, that changes have taken place there. Hinduism first uplifted and civilized at least part of the population, and then Islam and the adventurous sailing skills of the Malays brought these islands together under a common language and religion. However, there was no political unity. The Malay peninsula was divided. Java emerged as a central Malay power. To the east, among the beautiful Celebes and Moluccas, the true Spice Islands, were many small native rulers, rajas or datos, who surrounded themselves with followers, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]maintained simple courts, and collected lucrative tributes of cinnamon, pepper, and cloves. The sultans of Ternate, Tidor, and Amboina were particularly powerful, and the islands they governed were the richest and most productive.

Between all these islands there was a busy commerce. The Malay is an intrepid sailor, and an eager trader. Fleets of praos, laden with goods, passed with the changing monsoons from part to part, risking the perils of piracy, which have always troubled this archipelago. Borneo, while the largest of all these islands, was the least developed, and down to the present day has been hardly explored. The Philippines were also outside of most of this busy intercourse and had at that date few products to offer for trade. Their only connection with the rest of the Malay race was through the Mohammedan Malays of Jolo and Borneo. The fame of the Spice Islands had long filled Europe, but the existence of the Philippines was unknown.

Between all these islands, there was busy trade. The Malay is a bold sailor and an eager trader. Fleets of praos, loaded with goods, moved with the changing monsoons from place to place, risking the dangers of piracy that have always plagued this archipelago. Borneo, while the largest of these islands, was the least developed and has remained largely unexplored to this day. The Philippines were also mostly outside this bustling trade and at that time offered few products for exchange. Their only link to the rest of the Malay people was through the Muslim Malays of Jolo and Borneo. The reputation of the Spice Islands had long spread throughout Europe, but the existence of the Philippines was unknown.

Summary.—We have now reviewed the condition of Europe and of farther Asia as they were before the period of modern discovery and colonization opened. The East had reached a condition of quiet stability. Mohammedanism, though still spreading, did not promise to effect great social changes. The institutions of the East had become fixed in custom and her peoples neither made changes nor desired them. On the other hand western Europe had become aroused to an excess of ambition. New ideas, new discoveries and inventions were moving the nations to activity and change. That era of modern discovery and progress, of which we cannot yet perceive the end, had begun. [61]

Summary.—We have now looked at the state of Europe and further Asia before the age of modern exploration and colonization began. The East was in a state of calm stability. While Islam was still spreading, it wasn't expected to bring about major social changes. Eastern institutions had become fixed in tradition, and its people neither made nor wanted changes. In contrast, Western Europe had become energized by overwhelming ambition. New ideas, discoveries, and inventions were driving nations to be active and embrace change. The era of modern exploration and progress, which we still can’t see the end of, had started. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 See Yule’s Marco Polo for a discussion of this point and for the entire history of this great explorer, as well as a translation of his narrative. This book of Ser Marco Polo has been most critically edited with introduction and voluminous notes by the English scholar, Sir Henry Yule. In this edition the accounts of Marco Polo, covering so many countries and peoples of the Far East, can be studied.

1 Check out Yule’s Marco Polo for a discussion on this topic and for the complete history of this great explorer, along with a translation of his story. This book by Sir Marco Polo has been thoroughly edited, featuring an introduction and extensive notes by the English scholar, Sir Henry Yule. In this edition, you can explore Marco Polo’s accounts, which detail many countries and cultures of the Far East.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter IV.

The Great Geographical Discoveries.

An Eastern Passage to India.The Portuguese.—We have seen in the last chapter how Venice held a monopoly of the only trading-route with the Far East. Some new way of reaching India must be sought, that would permit the traders of other Christian powers to reach the marts of the Orient without passing through Mohammedan lands. This surpassing achievement was accomplished by the Portuguese. So low at the present day has the power of Portugal fallen that few realize the daring and courage once displayed by her seamen and soldiers and the enormous colonial empire that she established.

An Eastern Passage to India.The Portuguese.—We have seen in the last chapter how Venice held a monopoly on the only trading route with the Far East. A new way to reach India needed to be found, one that would allow traders from other Christian nations to access the markets of the East without going through Muslim territories. This remarkable feat was achieved by the Portuguese. Today, the power of Portugal has declined so much that few recognize the bravery and boldness once shown by its sailors and soldiers, along with the vast colonial empire it built.

Portugal freed her territory of the Mohammedan Moors nearly a century earlier than Spain; and the vigor and intelligence of a great king, John I., brought Portugal, about the year 1400, to an important place among the states of Europe. This king captured from the Moors the city of Ceuta, in Morocco; and this was the beginning of modern European colonial possessions, and the first bit of land outside of Europe to be held by a European power since the times of the Crusades. King John’s youngest son was Prince Henry, famous in history under the title of “the Navigator.” This young prince, with something of the same adventurous spirit that filled the Crusaders, was ardent to extend the power of his father’s kingdom and to widen the sway of the religion which he devotedly professed. The power of the Mohammedans in the Mediterranean was too great for him hopefully to oppose and so he planned the conquest of the west coast [62]of Africa, and its conversion to Christianity. With these ends in view, he established at Point Sagres, on the southwestern coast of Portugal, a naval academy and observatory. Here he brought together skilled navigators, charts, and geographies, and all scientific knowledge that would assist in his undertaking.1

Portugal freed its territory from the Muslim Moors nearly a century earlier than Spain; and the strength and intelligence of a great king, John I, elevated Portugal to an important position among European states around the year 1400. This king captured the city of Ceuta in Morocco from the Moors, marking the beginning of modern European colonial possessions and the first land outside of Europe to be controlled by a European power since the Crusades. King John’s youngest son was Prince Henry, famously known in history as “the Navigator.” This young prince, filled with a similar adventurous spirit as the Crusaders, was eager to expand his father’s kingdom and spread the religion he passionately believed in. The power of the Muslims in the Mediterranean was too overwhelming for him to confront head-on, so he planned to conquer the west coast of Africa and convert it to Christianity. To achieve these goals, he established a naval academy and observatory at Point Sagres, on the southwestern coast of Portugal. There, he gathered skilled navigators, charts, geographical knowledge, and all the scientific resources that would aid in his mission. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1

He began to construct ships larger and better than any in use. To us they would doubtless seem very clumsy and small, but this was the beginning of ocean ship-building. The compass and the astrolabe, or sextant, the little instrument with which, by calculating the height of the sun above the horizon, we can tell distance from the equator, were just coming into use. These, as well as every other practicable device for navigation known at that time, were supplied to these ships.

He started building ships that were bigger and better than any in use. To us, they might seem pretty clunky and small, but this was the start of ocean shipbuilding. The compass and the astrolabe, or sextant, which is the small tool that helps us calculate the height of the sun above the horizon to determine distance from the equator, were just beginning to be used. These tools, along with every other workable navigation device known at that time, were provided to these ships.

Exploration of the African Coast.—Thus equipped and ably manned, the little fleets began the exploration of the African coast, cautiously feeling their way southward and ever returning with reports of progress made. Year after year this work went on. In 1419 the Madeira Islands were rediscovered and colonized by Portuguese settlers. The growing of sugarcane was begun, and vines were brought from Burgundy and planted there. The [63]wine of the Madeiras has been famous to this day. Then were discovered the Canaries and in 1444 the Azores. The southward exploration of the coast of the mainland steadily continued until in 1445 the Portuguese reached the mouth of the Senegal River. Up to this point the African shore had not yielded much of interest to the Portuguese explorer or trader. Below Morocco the great Sahara Desert reaches to the sea and renders barren the coast for hundreds of miles.

Exploration of the African Coast.—With their ships ready and a skilled crew, the small fleets began exploring the African coast, carefully navigating their way south while consistently reporting on their progress. This effort continued year after year. In 1419, the Madeira Islands were rediscovered and colonized by Portuguese settlers. They started cultivating sugarcane and brought vines from Burgundy to plant there. The [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]wine from Madeira has remained famous to this day. Following this, they discovered the Canary Islands and, in 1444, the Azores. The southward exploration of the mainland's coast carried on steadily until, in 1445, the Portuguese reached the mouth of the Senegal River. Up to this point, the African shore hadn’t provided much of interest to Portuguese explorers or traders. South of Morocco, the vast Sahara Desert stretches to the sea, making the coastline barren for hundreds of miles.

South of the mouth of the Senegal and comprising the whole Guinea coast, Africa is tropical, well watered, and populous. This is the home of the true African Negro. Here, for almost the first time, since the beginning of the Middle Ages, Christian Europe came in contact with a race of ruder culture and different color than its own. This coast was found to be worth exploiting; for it yielded, besides various desirable resinous gums, three articles which have distinguished the exploitation of Africa, namely, gold, ivory, and slaves.

South of the mouth of the Senegal River and covering the entire Guinea coast, Africa is tropical, well-watered, and densely populated. This is the home of the true African Black population. Here, for almost the first time since the start of the Middle Ages, Christian Europe encountered a race with a rougher culture and a different skin color. This coast was seen as valuable for exploitation because it produced, in addition to various sought-after resinous gums, three key commodities that have defined the exploitation of Africa: gold, ivory, and slaves.

Beginning of Negro Slavery in Europe.—At this point begins the horrible and revolting story of European Negro slavery. The ancient world had practiced this ownership of human chattels, and the Roman Empire had declined under a burden of half the population sunk in bondage. To the enormous detriment and suffering of mankind, Mohammed had tolerated the institution, and slavery is permitted by the Koran. But it is the glory of the mediæval church that it abolished human slavery from Christian Europe. However dreary and unjust feudalism may have been, it knew nothing of that institution which degrades men and women to the level of cattle and remorselessly sells the husband from his family, the mother from her child. [64]

Beginning of Black Slavery in Europe.—At this point, we start the awful and disturbing tale of Black slavery in Europe. The ancient world had engaged in this ownership of people, and the Roman Empire had declined under the weight of nearly half its population enslaved. To the great harm and suffering of humanity, Mohammed had accepted the practice, and slavery is allowed by the Koran. Yet, it is a proud achievement of the medieval church that it ended human slavery in Christian Europe. No matter how bleak and unfair feudalism was, it did not include this institution that reduces men and women to the status of animals and mercilessly tears husbands from their families and mothers from their children. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Slaves in Portugal.—The arrival of the Portuguese upon the coast of Guinea now revived not the bondage of one white man to another, but that of the black to the white. The first slaves carried to Portugal were regarded simply as objects of peculiar interest, captives to represent to the court the population of those shores which had been added to the Portuguese dominion. But southern Portugal, from which the Moors had been expelled, had suffered from a lack of laborers, and it was found profitable to introduce Negroes to work these fields.

Slaves in Portugal.—The arrival of the Portuguese on the coast of Guinea did not bring about the enslavement of white people by other white people, but rather the enslavement of black people by whites. The first slaves brought to Portugal were seen merely as objects of curiosity, captives who showcased the population of those lands that had come under Portuguese control. However, southern Portugal, from which the Moors had been driven out, faced a shortage of laborers, and it became profitable to bring in Black individuals to work the fields.

Arguments to Justify Slavery.—So arose the institution of Negro slavery, which a century later upon the shores of the New World was to develop into so tremendous and terrible a thing. Curiously enough, religion was evoked to justify this enslavement of the Africans. The Church taught that these people, being heathen, were fortunate to be captured by Christians, that they might thereby be brought to baptism and conversion; for it is better for the body to perish than for the soul to be cast into hell. At a later age, when the falsity of this teaching had been realized, men still sought to justify the institution by arguing that the Almighty had created the African of a lower state especially that he might serve the superior race.

Arguments to Justify Slavery.—This is how the institution of Black slavery began, which a century later would develop into something incredibly horrific on the shores of the New World. Interestingly, religion was used to justify the enslavement of Africans. The Church claimed that since these individuals were considered heathens, it was a blessing for them to be captured by Christians, so they could be baptized and converted; it was believed that it was better for the body to perish than for the soul to be damned to hell. Later on, when the falsehood of this teaching became clear, people still tried to justify the institution by arguing that God had created Africans to be of a lower status specifically so they could serve the superior race.

The coast of Guinea continued to be the resort of slavers down to the middle of the last century, and such scenes of cruelty, wickedness, and debauchery have occurred along its shores as can scarcely be paralleled in brutality in the history of any people.

The coast of Guinea remained a destination for slave traders until the middle of the last century, and incredible scenes of cruelty, evil, and depravity took place along its shores that are almost unmatched in their brutality in the history of any people.

The Portuguese can hardly be said to have colonized the coast in the sense of raising up there a Portuguese population. As he approached the equator the white man found that, in spite of his superior strength, he could not [65]permanently people the tropics. Diseases new to his experience attacked him. His energy declined. If he brought his family with him, his children were few or feeble and shortly his race had died out.

The Portuguese can hardly be said to have colonized the coast in the sense of establishing a Portuguese population there. As he got closer to the equator, the white man discovered that, despite his superior strength, he could not [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]permanently inhabit the tropics. New diseases attacked him. His energy faded. If he brought his family along, his children were few or weak, and soon his lineage disappeared.

The settlements of the Portuguese were largely for the purposes of trade. At Sierra Leone, Kamerun, or Loango, they built forts and established garrisons, mounting pieces of artillery that gave them advantage over the attacks of the natives, and erecting warehouses and the loathsome “barracoon,” where the slaves were confined to await shipment. Such decadent little settlements still linger along the African coast, although the slave-trade happily has ended.

The Portuguese settlements were mostly for trade. In places like Sierra Leone, Kamerun, and Loango, they built forts and set up garrisons, mounting artillery that gave them an edge against native attacks, as well as warehouses and the dreadful “barracoon,” where slaves were kept waiting for shipment. While these shabby little settlements still exist along the African coast, the slave trade has thankfully come to an end.

The Successful Voyage of Vasco da Gama.—Throughout the century Prince Henry’s policy of exploration was continued. Slowly the middle coast of Africa became known. At last in 1486, Bartholomew Diaz rounded the extremity of the continent. He named it the Cape of Storms; but the Portuguese king, with more prophetic sight, renamed it the Cape of Good Hope. It was ten years, however, before the Portuguese could send another expedition. Then Vasco da Gama rounded the cape again, followed up the eastern coast until the Arab trading-stations were reached. Then he struck across the sea, landed at the Malabar coast of India, and in 1498 arrived at Calcutta. The end dreamed of by all of Europe had been achieved. A sea-route to the Far East had been discovered.

The Successful Voyage of Vasco da Gama.—Throughout the century, Prince Henry’s exploration policy continued. Gradually, the middle coast of Africa became known. Finally, in 1486, Bartholomew Diaz rounded the southern tip of the continent. He named it the Cape of Storms; however, the Portuguese king, with more foresight, renamed it the Cape of Good Hope. It took another ten years before the Portuguese could send out another expedition. Then Vasco da Gama rounded the cape again, traveled up the eastern coast until he reached the Arab trading stations. After that, he crossed the sea, landed on the Malabar coast of India, and arrived in Calcutta in 1498. The goal that everyone in Europe had dreamed of was realized. A sea route to the Far East had been found.

Results of Da Gama’s Voyage.—The importance of this performance was instantly recognized in Europe. Venice was ruined. “It was a terrible day,” said a contemporary writer, “when the word reached Venice. Bells were rung, men wept in the streets, and even the bravest [66]were silent.” The Arabs and the native rulers made a desperate effort to expel the Portuguese from the Indian Ocean, but their opponents were too powerful. In the course of twenty years Portugal had founded an empire that had its forts and trading-marts from the coast of Arabia to Malaysia. Zanzibar, Aden, Oman, Goa, Calicut, and Madras were all Portuguese stations, fortified and secured. In the Malay peninsula was founded the colony of Malacca. It retained its importance and power until in the last century, when it dwindled before the competition of Singapore.

Results of Da Gama’s Voyage.—The significance of this achievement was quickly acknowledged in Europe. Venice was devastated. “It was a terrible day,” said a contemporary writer, “when the news reached Venice. Bells were rung, men cried in the streets, and even the bravest [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]were silent.” The Arabs and local leaders made a desperate attempt to drive the Portuguese out of the Indian Ocean, but their enemies were too strong. Over the span of twenty years, Portugal established an empire with forts and trading posts from the coast of Arabia to Malaysia. Zanzibar, Aden, Oman, Goa, Calicut, and Madras were all Portuguese outposts, fortified and secured. In the Malay Peninsula, the colony of Malacca was established. It maintained its significance and power until the last century when it declined due to the competition from Singapore.

The work of building up this great domain was largely that of one man, the intrepid Albuquerque. Think what his task was! He was thousands of miles from home and supplies, he had only such forces and munitions as he could bring with him in his little ships, and opposed to him were millions of inhabitants and a multitude of Mohammedan princes. Yet this great captain built up an Indian empire. Portugal at one bound became the greatest trading and colonizing power in the world. Her sources of wealth appeared fabulous, and, like Venice, she made every effort to secure her monopoly. The fleets of other nations were warned that they could not make use of the Cape of Good Hope route, on penalty of being captured or destroyed.

The work of building this vast territory was mainly done by one man, the fearless Albuquerque. Just think about the challenge he faced! He was thousands of miles away from home and supplies, with only the troops and weapons he could fit on his small ships, while he was up against millions of locals and numerous Muslim rulers. Yet this incredible leader built an Indian empire. Portugal instantly became the largest trading and colonizing power in the world. Her wealth sources seemed unbelievable, and like Venice, she did everything possible to maintain her monopoly. Other nations' fleets were warned that they couldn't use the Cape of Good Hope route, or they risked being captured or destroyed.

Reaching India by Sailing West.The Earth as a Sphere.—Meanwhile, just as Portugal was carrying to completion her project of reaching India by sailing east, Europe was electrified by the supposed successful attempt of reaching India by sailing directly west, across the Atlantic. This was the plan daringly attempted in 1492 by Christopher Columbus. Columbus was an Italian sailor and cosmographer of Genoa. The idea of sailing west to [67]India did not originate with him, but his is the immortal glory of having persistently sought the means and put the idea into execution.

Reaching India by Sailing West.The Earth as a Sphere.—At the same time that Portugal was busy completing its project to reach India by sailing east, Europe was buzzing with excitement over the supposed successful attempt to reach India by sailing directly west, across the Atlantic. This bold plan was undertaken in 1492 by Christopher Columbus. Columbus was an Italian sailor and navigator from Genoa. The idea of sailing west to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]India didn’t originate with him, but he achieved lasting fame for his relentless pursuit of the means to make it happen and for carrying the idea into action.

The Portuguese discoveries along the African coast gradually revealed the extension of this continent and the presence of people beyond the equator, and the possibility of passing safely through the tropics. This knowledge was a great stimulus to the peoples of Europe. The geographical theory of the Greeks, that the world is round, was revived. The geographers, however, in making their calculations of the earth’s circumference, had fallen into an error of some thousands of miles; that is, instead of finding that it is fully twelve thousand miles from Europe around to the East Indies, they had supposed it about four thousand, or even less. Marco Polo too had exaggerated the distance he had traveled and from his accounts men had been led to believe that China, Japan, and the Spice Islands lie much further to the east than they actually do.

The Portuguese discoveries along the African coast gradually revealed the size of the continent and the presence of people beyond the equator, as well as the possibility of safely navigating through the tropics. This knowledge provided a great incentive to the people of Europe. The Greek geographical theory that the world is round was revived. However, the geographers, in calculating the Earth's circumference, had made an error of several thousand miles; instead of discovering that it is nearly twelve thousand miles from Europe to the East Indies, they underestimated it to about four thousand miles or even less. Marco Polo also exaggerated the distance he traveled, leading people to believe that China, Japan, and the Spice Islands were much farther east than they actually are.

By sailing west across one wide ocean, with no intervening lands, it was thought that one could arrive at the island-world off the continent of Asia. This was the theory that was revived in Italy and which clung in men’s minds for years and years, even after America was discovered.

By sailing west across one vast ocean, with no land in between, it was believed that you could reach the island world near the continent of Asia. This theory was revived in Italy and lingered in people's minds for many years, even after America was discovered.

An Italian, named Toscanelli, drew a map showing how this voyage could be made, and sent Columbus a copy. By sailing first to the Azores, a considerable portion of the journey would be passed, with a convenient resting-stage. Then about thirty-five days’ favorable sailing would bring one to the islands of “Cipango,” or Japan, which Marco Polo had said lay off the continent of Asia. From here the passage could readily be pursued to Cathay and India. [68]

An Italian named Toscanelli created a map outlining how this journey could be accomplished and sent Columbus a copy. By first sailing to the Azores, a significant part of the trip would be covered, providing a convenient stop. Then, about thirty-five days of favorable sailing would lead to the islands of “Cipango,” or Japan, which Marco Polo mentioned were located near the Asian continent. From there, the route to Cathay and India could easily be continued. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Voyage of Christopher Columbus.—The romantic and inspiring story of Columbus is told in many books,—his poverty, his genius, his long and discouraging pursuit of the means to carry out his plan. He first applied to Portugal; but, as we have seen, this country had been pursuing another plan steadily for a century, and, now that success appeared almost at hand, naturally the Portuguese king would not turn aside to favor Columbus’s plan.

The Voyage of Christopher Columbus.—The inspiring and adventurous tale of Columbus is told in many books—his struggles with poverty, his brilliant mind, and his lengthy and frustrating search for the resources to execute his vision. He initially reached out to Portugal; however, as we've noted, this country had been focused on a different plan for a hundred years, and with success finally in sight, it was natural for the Portuguese king to stick to his own agenda rather than support Columbus’s proposal.

For years Columbus labored to interest the Spanish court. A great event had happened in Spanish history. Ferdinand, king of Aragon, had wedded Isabella of Castile, and this marriage united these two kingdoms into the modern country of Spain. Soon the smaller states except Portugal were added, and the war for the expulsion of the Moors was prosecuted with new vigor. In 1492, Grenada, the last splendid stronghold of the Mohammedans in the peninsula, surrendered, and in the same year Isabella furnished Columbus with the ships for his voyage of discovery.

For years, Columbus worked to get the Spanish court's attention. A significant event had taken place in Spanish history. Ferdinand, king of Aragon, had married Isabella of Castile, and this union brought these two kingdoms together into what we know today as Spain. Soon, the smaller states, except for Portugal, were incorporated, and the campaign to drive out the Moors was pursued with renewed energy. In 1492, Grenada, the last major stronghold of the Muslims on the peninsula, gave up, and in that same year, Isabella provided Columbus with the ships for his voyage of discovery.

Restoration of Toscanelli’s Map

Restoration of Toscanelli’s Map

Restoring Toscanelli’s Map

Illustrating the most advanced geographical ideas of Europe previous to the voyages of Columbus and Magellan.

Illustrating the most advanced geographical concepts of Europe before the voyages of Columbus and Magellan.

The position of North America and South America is shown by the dotted lines.

The location of North America and South America is indicated by the dotted lines.

Columbus sailed from Palos, August 3, 1492, reached the Canaries August 24, and sailed westward on September 6. Day after day, pushed by the strong winds, called the “trades,” they went forward. Many doubts and fears beset the crews, but Columbus was stout-hearted. At the end of thirty-four days from the Canaries, on October 12, they sighted land. It was one of the groups of beautiful islands lying between the two continents of America. But Columbus thought that he had reached the East Indies that really lay many thousands of miles farther west. Columbus sailed among the islands of the archipelago, discovered Cuba and Hispaniola (Haiti), and then returned to convulse Europe with excitement over the new-found way [70]to the East. He had not found the rich Spice Islands, the peninsula of India, Cathay or Japan, but every one believed that these must be close to the islands on which Columbus had landed.

Columbus set sail from Palos on August 3, 1492, reached the Canary Islands by August 24, and continued westward on September 6. Day after day, driven by the strong winds known as the “trades,” they made progress. The crew faced many doubts and fears, but Columbus remained courageous. After thirty-four days since leaving the Canaries, on October 12, they spotted land. It was one of the beautiful island groups located between the two continents of America. However, Columbus believed he had arrived in the East Indies, which were actually many thousands of miles further west. He sailed among the islands of the archipelago, discovered Cuba and Hispaniola (Haiti), and then returned to stir up excitement in Europe about the newly found route [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] to the East. He hadn’t found the rich Spice Islands, India, Cathay, or Japan, but everyone believed that these must be close to the islands where Columbus had landed.

The tall, straight-haired, copper-colored natives, whom Columbus met on the islands, he naturally called “Indians”; and this name they still bear. Afterwards the islands were called the “West Indies.” Columbus made three more voyages for Spain. On the fourth, in 1498, he touched on the coast of South America. Here he discovered the great Orinoco River. Because of its large size, he must have realized that a large body of land opposed the passage to the Orient. He died in 1506, disappointed at his failure to find India, but never knowing what he had found, nor that the history of a new hemisphere had begun with him.

The tall, straight-haired, copper-colored natives that Columbus encountered on the islands were naturally called "Indians" by him, and this name still sticks. Later, the islands became known as the "West Indies." Columbus went on three more voyages for Spain. On his fourth trip, in 1498, he reached the coast of South America and discovered the vast Orinoco River. Given its size, he must have realized that a large landmass was blocking the way to the Orient. He died in 1506, feeling disappointed at not finding India, yet he never knew what he had actually discovered or that he had started the history of a new continent.

The Voyage of the Cabots.—In the same year that Columbus discovered the Orinoco, Sebastian Cabot, of Italian parentage, like Columbus, secured ships from the king of England, hoping to reach China and Japan by sailing west on a northern route. What he did discover was a rugged and uninviting coast, with stormy headlands, cold climate, and gloomy forests of pine reaching down to the sandy shores. For nine hundred miles he sailed southward, but everywhere this unprofitable coast closed the passage to China. It was the coast of Labrador and the United States. Yet for years and years it was not known that a continent three thousand miles wide and the greatest of all oceans lay between Cathay and the shore visited by Cabot’s ships. This land was thought to be a long peninsula, an island, or series of islands, belonging to Asia. No one supposed or could suppose that there was a continent here. [71]

The Voyage of the Cabots.—In the same year that Columbus discovered the Orinoco, Sebastian Cabot, who was of Italian descent like Columbus, secured ships from the king of England, aiming to reach China and Japan by sailing west on a northern route. What he actually found was a rugged and uninviting coastline, with stormy headlands, a cold climate, and dark pine forests stretching down to the sandy shores. He sailed southward for nine hundred miles, but this barren coast always blocked the way to China. It was the coast of Labrador and the United States. Yet for many years, it wasn't known that a continent three thousand miles wide and the largest ocean lay between Cathay and the shore visited by Cabot’s ships. This land was believed to be a long peninsula, an island, or a series of islands belonging to Asia. No one imagined—nor could anyone have imagined—that there was a continent here. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Naming the New World.—But in a few years Europe did realize that a new continent had been discovered in South America. If you will look at your maps, you will see that South America lies far to the eastward of North America and in Brazil approaches very close to Africa. This Brazilian coast was visited by a Portuguese fleet on the African route in 1499, and two years later an Italian fleet traversed the coast from the Orinoco to the harbor of Rio Janeiro. Their voyage was a veritable revelation. They entered the mighty current of the Amazon, the greatest river of the earth. They saw the wondrous tropical forests, full of monkeys, great snakes, and stranger animals. They dealt and fought with the wild and ferocious inhabitants, whose ways startled and appalled the European. All that they saw filled them with greatest wonder. This evidently was not Asia, nor was it the Indies. Here, in fact, was a new continent, a veritable “Mundus Novus.”

Naming the New World.—But within a few years, Europe recognized that a new continent had been discovered in South America. If you look at your maps, you'll see that South America is far east of North America and that Brazil is very close to Africa. This Brazilian coast was visited by a Portuguese fleet on the African route in 1499, and two years later, an Italian fleet sailed along the coast from the Orinoco to the harbor of Rio de Janeiro. Their journey was truly groundbreaking. They entered the powerful current of the Amazon, the largest river in the world. They witnessed the amazing tropical forests, filled with monkeys, large snakes, and strange animals. They interacted with and fought against the wild and fierce inhabitants, whose customs shocked and horrified the Europeans. Everything they saw filled them with immense wonder. This was clearly not Asia, nor was it the Indies. Here, indeed, was a new continent, a true “Mundus Novus.”

The pilot of this expedition was an Italian, named Amerigo Vespucci. On the return this man wrote a very interesting letter or little pamphlet, describing this new world, which was widely read, and brought the writer fame. A few years later a German cosmographer, in preparing a new edition of Ptolemy’s geography, proposed to give to this new continent the name of the man who had made known its wonders in Europe, So it was called “America.” Long after, when the northern shores were also proved to be those of a continent, this great land was named “North America.” No injustice was intended to Columbus when America was so named. It was not then supposed that Columbus had discovered a continent. The people then believed that Columbus had found a new route to India and had discovered some new islands that lay off the coast of Asia. [72]

The pilot of this expedition was an Italian named Amerigo Vespucci. Upon returning, he wrote an interesting letter or pamphlet describing this new world, which gained widespread attention and brought him fame. A few years later, a German cartographer, while preparing a new edition of Ptolemy’s geography, suggested naming this new continent after the man who revealed its wonders to Europe. So, it was named "America." Much later, when the northern shores were also confirmed to be part of a continent, this vast land was called "North America." There was no intention to do injustice to Columbus when America received its name. At that time, it was not believed that Columbus had discovered a continent. People thought Columbus had found a new route to India and encountered some islands off the coast of Asia. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Spain Takes Possession of the New Lands.—Of these newly found islands and whatever wealth they might be found to contain, Spain claimed the possession by right of discovery. And of the European nations, it was Spain which first began the exploration and colonization of America. Spain was now free from her long Mohammedan wars, and the nation was being united under Ferdinand and Isabella. The Spaniards were brave, adventurous, and too proud to engage in commerce or agriculture, but ready enough to risk life and treasure in quest of riches abroad. The Spaniards were devotedly religious, and the Church encouraged conquest, that missionary work might be extended. So Spain began her career that was soon to make her the foremost power of Europe and one of the greatest colonial empires the world has seen. It is amazing what the Spaniards accomplished in the fifty years following Columbus’s first voyage.

Spain Takes Possession of the New Lands.—Spain claimed ownership of the newly found islands and any wealth they might contain based on the right of discovery. Among European nations, Spain was the first to explore and colonize America. Now free from lengthy conflicts with the Moors, the nation was uniting under Ferdinand and Isabella. The Spaniards were brave, adventurous, and too proud to focus on trade or farming, but willing to risk their lives and resources in pursuit of riches overseas. They were deeply religious, and the Church supported conquest to expand missionary efforts. Thus, Spain began a journey that would soon position it as the leading power in Europe and one of the greatest colonial empires in history. It's remarkable what the Spaniards achieved in the fifty years following Columbus’s first voyage.

Hispaniola was made the center from which the Spaniards extended their explorations to the continents of both North and South America. On these islands of the West Indies they found a great tribe of Indians,—the Caribs. They were fierce and cruel. The Spaniards waged a warfare of extermination against them, killing many, and enslaving others for work in the mines. The Indian proved unable to exist as a slave. And his sufferings drew the attention of a Spanish priest, Las Casas, who by vigorous efforts at the court succeeded in having Indian slavery abolished and African slavery introduced to take its place. This remedy was in the end worse than the disease, for it gave an immense impetus to the African slave-trade and peopled America with a race of Africans in bondage.

Hispaniola became the hub from which the Spaniards expanded their explorations into both North and South America. On these islands of the West Indies, they encountered a powerful tribe of Indians—the Caribs. They were fierce and brutal. The Spaniards launched a campaign of extermination against them, killing many and enslaving others to work in the mines. The Native Americans struggled to survive as slaves. Their suffering caught the attention of a Spanish priest, Las Casas, who worked hard at court to get Indian slavery abolished and replace it with African slavery. This solution ultimately turned out to be worse than the original problem, as it greatly boosted the African slave trade and filled America with a population of enslaved Africans.

Other Spanish Explorations and Discoveries.—Meanwhile, the Spanish soldier, with incredible energy, courage, [73]and daring, pushed his conquests. In 1513, Florida was discovered, and in the same year, Balboa crossed the narrow isthmus of Panama and saw the Pacific Ocean. Contrary to what is often supposed, he did not dream of its vast extent, but supposed it to be a narrow body of water lying between Panama, and the Asian islands. He named it the “South Sea,” a name that survived after its true character was revealed by Magellan. Then followed the two most romantic and surprising conquests of colonial history,—that of Mexico by Cortes in 1521, and of Peru by Pizarro in 1533–34. These great countries were inhabited by Indians, the most advanced and cultured on the American continents. And here the Spaniards found enormous treasures of gold and silver. Then, the discovery of the mines of Bogota opened the greatest source of the precious metal that Europe had ever known. Spaniards flocked to the New World, and in New Spain, as Mexico was called, was established a great vice-royalty. Year after year enormous wealth was poured into Spain from these American possessions.

Other Spanish Explorations and Discoveries.—Meanwhile, the Spanish soldier, with incredible energy, courage, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and daring, pushed his conquests. In 1513, Florida was discovered, and in the same year, Balboa crossed the narrow isthmus of Panama and saw the Pacific Ocean. Contrary to popular belief, he didn't envision its vastness but thought it was a narrow body of water between Panama and the Asian islands. He named it the “South Sea,” a name that lasted until its true nature was revealed by Magellan. Then came the two most romantic and surprising conquests in colonial history—Cortes took Mexico in 1521, and Pizarro conquered Peru in 1533–34. These great countries were home to the most advanced and cultured Native American civilizations. Here, the Spaniards discovered enormous treasures of gold and silver. The discovery of the mines in Bogota opened the largest source of precious metals that Europe had ever seen. Spaniards flocked to the New World, and a great vice-royalty was established in New Spain, as Mexico was called. Year after year, immense wealth flowed into Spain from these American possessions.

Emperor Charles V.—Meanwhile great political power had been added to Spain in Europe. In 1520 the throne of Spain fell to a young man, Charles, the grandson of Ferdinand and Isabella. His mother was Juana, the Spanish princess, and his father was Philip the Handsome, of Burgundy. Philip the Handsome was the son of Maximilian, the Archduke of Austria. Now it curiously happened that the thrones of each of these three countries was left without other heirs than Charles, and in 1520 he was King of Spain, Archduke of Austria, and Duke of Burgundy and the Low Countries, including the rich commercial cities of Holland and Belgium. In addition to all this, the German princes elected him German [74]emperor, and although he was King Charles the First of Spain, he is better known in history as Emperor Charles the Fifth.2

Emperor Charles V.—Meanwhile, Spain gained significant political power in Europe. In 1520, the Spanish throne passed to a young man named Charles, the grandson of Ferdinand and Isabella. His mother was Juana, a Spanish princess, and his father was Philip the Handsome from Burgundy. Philip the Handsome was the son of Maximilian, the Archduke of Austria. Interestingly, the thrones of all three of these regions had no other heirs besides Charles, so in 1520, he became King of Spain, Archduke of Austria, and Duke of Burgundy and the Low Countries, which included the wealthy trading cities of Holland and Belgium. Additionally, the German princes elected him as the German [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] emperor, and although he was King Charles the First of Spain, he is more commonly recognized in history as Emperor Charles the Fifth.2

He was then an untried boy of twenty years, and no one expected to find in him a man of resolute energy, cold persistence, and great executive ability. But so it proved, and this was the man that made of Spain the greatest power of the time. He was in constant warfare. He fought four wars with King Francis I. of France, five wars with the Turks, both in the Danube valley and in Africa, and an unending succession of contests with the Protestant princes of Germany. For Charles, besides many other important changes, saw the rise of Protestantism, and the revolt of Germany, Switzerland, and England from Catholicism. The first event in his emperorship was the assembling of the famous German Diet at Worms, where was tried and condemned the real founder of the Protestant religion, Martin Luther.

He was just a young guy at twenty, and no one expected him to be so determined, stubborn, and highly skilled in leadership. But that's exactly what happened, and this was the man who turned Spain into the greatest power of the time. He was constantly at war. He fought four wars against King Francis I of France, five wars with the Turks, both in the Danube Valley and in Africa, and an ongoing series of conflicts with the Protestant princes of Germany. During his reign, Charles witnessed many significant changes, including the rise of Protestantism and the revolt of Germany, Switzerland, and England from Catholicism. The first major event of his emperorship was the gathering of the famous German Diet at Worms, where the real founder of the Protestant religion, Martin Luther, was tried and condemned.

The Voyage of Hernando Magellan.—In the mean time a way had at last been found to reach the Orient from Europe by sailing west. This discovery, the greatest voyage ever made by man, was accomplished, in 1521, by the fleet of Hernando Magellan. Magellan was a Portuguese, who had been in the East with Albuquerque. He had fought with the Malays in Malacca, and had helped to establish the Portuguese power in India.

The Voyage of Hernando Magellan.—Meanwhile, a way had finally been discovered to get to the Orient from Europe by sailing west. This groundbreaking journey, the greatest ever undertaken by mankind, was completed in 1521 by Hernando Magellan's fleet. Magellan was Portuguese and had previously been in the East with Albuquerque. He had battled the Malays in Malacca and had assisted in establishing Portuguese dominance in India.

On his return to Portugal, the injustice of the court drove him from his native country, and he entered the service of Spain. Charles the Fifth commissioned him to attempt a voyage of discovery down the coast of South [75]America, with the hope of finding a passage to the East. This was Magellan’s great hope and faith,—that south of the new continent of America must lie a passage westward, by which ships could sail to China. As long as Portugal was able to keep closed the African route to all other ships than her own, the discovery of some other way was imperative.

On his return to Portugal, the injustice he faced in court drove him away from his homeland, and he joined the Spanish service. Charles the Fifth commissioned him to embark on a voyage of discovery along the coast of South [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]America, hoping to find a passage to the East. This was Magellan’s big hope and belief—that south of the new continent of America, there must be a passage westward, allowing ships to sail to China. As long as Portugal could keep the African route closed to all ships except its own, finding an alternative route was crucial.

On the 20th of September, 1519, Magellan’s fleet of five ships set sail from Seville, which was the great Spanish shipping-port for the dispatch of the colonial fleets. On December 13 they reached the coast of Brazil and then coasted southward. They traded with the natives, and at the mouth of the Rio de la Plata stayed some days to fish.

On September 20, 1519, Magellan’s fleet of five ships left Seville, the main Spanish port for sending out colonial fleets. On December 13, they arrived at the coast of Brazil and then sailed south. They exchanged goods with the locals, and at the mouth of the Rio de la Plata, they spent several days fishing.

The weather grew rapidly colder and more stormy as they went farther south, and Magellan decided to stop and winter in the Bay of San Julian. Here the cold of the winter, the storms, and the lack of food caused a conspiracy among his captains to mutiny and return to Spain. Magellan acted with swift and terrible energy. He went himself on board one of the mutinous vessels, killed the chief conspirator with his own hand, executed another, and then “marooned,” or left to their fate on the shore, a friar and one other, who were leaders in the plot.

The weather quickly turned colder and stormier as they traveled further south, and Magellan decided to stop and spend the winter in the Bay of San Julian. There, the harsh winter cold, the storms, and the food shortages led his captains to conspire to mutiny and head back to Spain. Magellan responded with swift and ruthless action. He personally boarded one of the rebellious ships, killed the main conspirator himself, executed another, and then "marooned"—or left to fend for themselves on the shore—a friar and one other person who were leaders in the conspiracy.

The Straits of Magellan.—The fleet sailed southward again in August but it was not until November 1, 1520, that Magellan entered the long and stormy straits that bear his name and which connect the Atlantic and Pacific oceans. South of them were great bleak islands, cold and desolate. They were inhabited by Indians, who are probably the lowest and most wretched savages on the earth. They live on fish and mussels. As they go at all times naked, they carry with them in their [76]boats brands and coals of fire. Seeing the numerous lights on the shore, Magellan named these islands Tierra del Fuego (the Land of Fire). For twenty days the ships struggled with the contrary and shifting winds that prevail in this channel, during which time one ship deserted and returned to Spain. Then the remaining four ships passed out onto the boundless waters of the Pacific.

The Straits of Magellan.—The fleet headed south again in August, but it wasn't until November 1, 1520, that Magellan entered the long and turbulent straits named after him, which connect the Atlantic and Pacific oceans. South of the straits lay vast, desolate islands, cold and barren. They were home to Indigenous people who were likely among the most primitive and miserable communities on Earth. They survived on fish and mussels. Always naked, they carried brands and embers of fire in their [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]boats. Noticing the many lights along the shore, Magellan named these islands Tierra del Fuego (the Land of Fire). For twenty days, the ships battled the unpredictable winds in this channel, during which one ship deserted and returned to Spain. Eventually, the remaining four ships emerged into the vast waters of the Pacific.

Westward on the Pacific Ocean.—But we must not make the mistake of supposing that Magellan and his followers imagined that a great ocean confronted them. They expected that simply sailing northward to the latitude of the Spice Islands would bring them to these desired places. This they did, and then turned westward, expecting each day to find the Indies; but no land appeared. The days lengthened into weeks, the weeks into months, and still they went forward, carried by the trade winds over a sea so smooth and free from tempests that Magellan named it the “Pacific.”

Westward on the Pacific Ocean.—However, we shouldn't assume that Magellan and his crew thought they were facing a vast ocean. They believed that by simply sailing north to the latitude of the Spice Islands, they would reach their desired destination. They did this and then turned west, expecting to find the Indies each day, but no land showed up. Days turned into weeks, weeks into months, and still, they continued on, propelled by the trade winds across a sea that was so calm and devoid of storms that Magellan called it the “Pacific.”

But they suffered horribly from lack of food, even eating in their starvation the leather slings on the masts. It was a terrible trial of their courage. Twenty of their number died. The South Pacific is studded with islands, but curiously their route lay just too far north to behold them. From November 28, when they emerged from the Straits of Magellan, until March 7, when they reached the Ladrones, they encountered only two islands, and these were small uninhabited rocks, without water or food, which in their bitter disappointment they named las Desventuradas (the Unfortunate Islands).

But they suffered greatly from hunger, even resorting to eating the leather slings from the masts. It was a severe test of their courage. Twenty of them died. The South Pacific is filled with islands, but interestingly their route was just too far north to see any of them. From November 28, when they came out of the Straits of Magellan, until March 7, when they reached the Ladrones, they only encountered two islands, and these were small, uninhabited rocks, without any water or food, which in their deep disappointment they named las Desventuradas (the Unfortunate Islands).

Early Spanish Discoveries in the Philippines

Early Spanish Discoveries in the Philippines

Early Spanish Discoveries in the Philippines

The Ladrone Islands.—Their relief must have been inexpressible when, on coming up to land on March the 7th, they found inhabitants and food, yams, cocoanuts, and rice. At these islands the Spaniards first saw the [78]prao, with its light outrigger, and pointed sail. So numerous were these craft that they named the group las Islas de las Velas (the Islands of Sails); but the loss of a ship’s boat and other annoying thefts led the sailors to designate the islands Los Ladrones (the Thieves), a name which they still retain.

The Ladrone Islands.—Their relief must have been unimaginable when, upon landing on March 7th, they discovered inhabitants and food like yams, coconuts, and rice. At these islands, the Spaniards first encountered the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]prao, with its light outrigger and pointed sail. There were so many of these boats that they named the area las Islas de las Velas (the Islands of Sails); however, the loss of a ship’s boat and other frustrating thefts led the sailors to call the islands Los Ladrones (the Thieves), a name that still sticks today.

The Philippine Islands.Samar.—Leaving the Ladrones Magellan sailed on westward looking for the Moluccas, and the first land that he sighted was the eastern coast of Samar. Pigafetta says: “Saturday, the 16th of March, we sighted an island which has very lofty mountains. Soon after we learned that it was Zamal, distant three hundred leagues from the islands of the Ladrones.”3

The Philippine Islands.Samar.—After leaving the Ladrones, Magellan continued sailing west in search of the Moluccas, and the first land he spotted was the eastern coast of Samar. Pigafetta writes: “On Saturday, March 16th, we saw an island with very tall mountains. Shortly after, we found out it was Zamal, located three hundred leagues from the islands of the Ladrones.”3

Homonhón.—On the following day the sea-worn expedition, landed on a little uninhabited island south of Samar which Pigafetta called Humunu, and which is still known as Homonhón or Jomonjól.

Homonhón.—The next day, the sea-weathered expedition landed on a small uninhabited island south of Samar, which Pigafetta named Humunu, and which is still called Homonhón or Jomonjól.

It was while staying at this little island that the Spaniards first saw the people of the Philippines. A prao which contained nine men approached their ship. They saw other boats fishing near and learned that all of these people came from the island of Suluan, which lies off to the eastward from Jomonjól about twenty kilometres. In their life and appearance these fishing people were much like the present Samal laut of southern Mindanao and the Sulu Archipelago.

It was while visiting this small island that the Spaniards first encountered the people of the Philippines. A fishing boat with nine men approached their ship. They noticed other boats nearby and discovered that all these people were from the island of Suluan, which is located about twenty kilometers east of Jomonjól. In their lifestyle and appearance, these fishermen were quite similar to the current Samal laut of southern Mindanao and the Sulu Archipelago.

Limasaua.—Pigafetta says that they stayed on the island of Jomonjól eight days but had great difficulty in securing food. The natives brought them a few cocoanuts and oranges, palm wine, and a chicken or two, but this was all that could be spared, so, on the 25th, the [79]Spaniards sailed again, and near the south end of Leyte landed on the little island of Limasaua. Here there was a village, where they met two chieftains, whom Pigafetta calls “kings,” and whose names were Raja Calambú and Raja Ciagu. These two chieftains were visiting Limasaua and had their residences one at Butúan and one at Cagayan on the island of Mindanao. Some histories have stated that the Spaniards accompanied one of these chieftains to Butúan, but this does not appear to have been the case.

Limasaua.—Pigafetta notes that they spent eight days on the island of Jomonjól but faced significant challenges in finding food. The locals provided them with a few coconuts and oranges, palm wine, and a couple of chickens, but that was all they could spare. So, on the 25th, the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Spaniards set sail again and landed on the small island of Limasaua near the southern tip of Leyte. There was a village there, and they met two chieftains, whom Pigafetta refers to as “kings,” named Raja Calambú and Raja Ciagu. These two chieftains were visiting Limasaua; their homes were in Butúan and Cagayan on the island of Mindanao. Some historical accounts suggest that the Spaniards accompanied one of these chieftains to Butúan, but that doesn’t seem to be true.

On the island of Limasaua the natives had dogs, cats, hogs, goats, and fowls. They were cultivating rice, maize, breadfruit, and had also cocoanuts, oranges, bananas, citron, and ginger. Pigafetta tells how he visited one of the chieftains at his home on the shore. The house was built as Filipino houses are today, raised on posts and thatched. Pigafetta thought it looked “like a haystack.”

On Limasaua Island, the locals had dogs, cats, pigs, goats, and chickens. They were growing rice, corn, breadfruit, and also had coconuts, oranges, bananas, citron, and ginger. Pigafetta recounts visiting one of the chiefs at his home by the shore. The house was built like modern Filipino homes, raised on posts and covered with thatch. Pigafetta thought it resembled "a haystack."

It had been the day of San Lazarus when the Spaniards first reached these islands, so that Magellan gave to the group the name of the Archipelago of Saint Lazarus, the name under which the Philippines were frequently described in the early writings, although another title, Islas del Poniente or Islands of the West, was more common up to the time when the title Filipinas became fixed.

It was the day of San Lazarus when the Spaniards first arrived in these islands, which is why Magellan named the group the Archipelago of Saint Lazarus. This name was often used in early writings about the Philippines, although another name, Islas del Poniente or Islands of the West, was more commonly used until the name Filipinas became established.

Cebu.—Magellan’s people were now getting desperately in need of food, and the population on Limasaua had very inadequate supplies; consequently the natives directed him to the island of Cebu, and provided him with guides.

Cebu.—Magellan's crew was now in urgent need of food, and the supplies on Limasaua were very limited; as a result, the locals directed him to the island of Cebu and offered him guides.

Leaving Limasaua the fleet sailed for Cebu, passing several large islands, among them Bohol, and reaching Cebu harbor on Sunday, the 7th of April. A junk from Siam was anchored at Cebu when Magellan’s ships arrived [80]there; and this, together with the knowledge that the Filipinos showed of the surrounding countries, including China on the one side and the Moluccas on the other, is additional evidence of the extensive trade relations at the time of the discovery.

Leaving Limasaua, the fleet sailed to Cebu, passing several large islands, including Bohol, and reached Cebu harbor on Sunday, April 7th. A junk from Siam was anchored at Cebu when Magellan’s ships arrived [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]; this, along with the Filipinos' knowledge of the surrounding countries, including China on one side and the Moluccas on the other, is further proof of the extensive trade relations at the time of the discovery.

Cebu seems to have been a large town and it is reported that more than two thousand warriors with their lances appeared to resist the landing of the Spaniards, but assurances of friendliness finally won the Filipinos, and Magellan formed a compact with the dato of Cebu, whose name was Hamalbar.

Cebu appears to have been a sizable town, and reports indicate that over two thousand warriors with their lances showed up to resist the arrival of the Spaniards. However, promises of friendship eventually convinced the Filipinos, and Magellan made an agreement with the local leader of Cebu, named Hamalbar.

The Blood Compact.—The dato invited Magellan to seal this compact in accordance with a curious custom of the Filipinos. Each chief wounded himself in the breast and from the wound each sucked and drank the other’s blood. It is not certain whether Magellan participated in this “blood compact,” as it has been called; but later it was observed many times in the Spanish settlement of the islands, especially by Legaspi.

The Blood Compact.—The chief invited Magellan to finalize this pact according to a unique Filipino tradition. Each leader made a small cut in his chest and then sucked and drank each other's blood from the wound. It's unclear if Magellan took part in this "blood compact," as it's known; however, it was seen many times later in the Spanish settlement of the islands, especially by Legaspi.

The natives were much struck by the service of the mass, which the Spaniards celebrated on their landing, and after some encouragement desired to be admitted to the Spaniards’ religion. More than eight hundred were baptized, including Hamalbar. The Spaniards established a kind of “factory” or trading-post on Cebu, and for some time a profitable trade was engaged in. The Filipinos well understood trading, had scales, weights, and measures, and were fair dealers.

The locals were really impressed by the mass service that the Spaniards held when they landed, and with a little encouragement, they wanted to join the Spaniards’ religion. Over eight hundred people, including Hamalbar, were baptized. The Spaniards set up a sort of “factory” or trading post on Cebu, and for a while, they engaged in a profitable trade. The Filipinos understood trading well; they had scales, weights, and measures, and they were honest dealers.

Death of Magellan.—And now follows the great tragedy of the expedition. The dato of Cebu, or the “Christian king,” as Pigafetta called their new ally, was at war with the islanders of Mactán. Magellan, eager to assist one who had adopted the Christian faith, landed on Mactán [81]with fifty men and in the battle that ensued was killed by an arrow through the leg and spear-thrust through the breast. So died the one who was unquestionably the greatest explorer and most daring adventurer of all time. “Thus,” says Pigafetta, “perished our guide, our light, and our support.” It was the crowning disaster of the expedition.

Death of Magellan.—And now comes the great tragedy of the expedition. The dato of Cebu, or the “Christian king,” as Pigafetta referred to their new ally, was at war with the islanders of Mactán. Magellan, eager to help someone who had embraced the Christian faith, landed on Mactán [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]with fifty men, and in the battle that followed, he was killed by an arrow to the leg and a spear thrust through his chest. So died the one who was undoubtedly the greatest explorer and most daring adventurer of all time. “Thus,” says Pigafetta, “perished our guide, our light, and our support.” It was the ultimate disaster of the expedition.

Magellan Monument, Manila.

Magellan Monument, Manila.

Magellan Monument, Manila.

The Fleet Visits Other Islands.—After Magellan’s death, the natives of Cebu rose and killed the newly elected leader, Serrano, and the fleet in fear lifted its anchors and sailed southward from the Bisayas. They had lost thirty-five men and their numbers were reduced to one hundred and fifteen. One of the ships was burned, there being too few men surviving to handle three vessels. After touching at western Mindanao, they sailed westward, and saw the small group of Cagayan Sulu. The [82]few inhabitants they learned were Moros, exiled from Borneo. They landed on Paragua, called Puluan (hence Palawan), where they observed the sport of cock-fighting, indulged in by the natives.

The Fleet Visits Other Islands.—After Magellan’s death, the people of Cebu turned against the newly elected leader, Serrano, killing him. The fleet, in fear, lifted its anchors and sailed southward from the Bisayas. They had lost thirty-five men, leaving them with only one hundred and fifteen. One of the ships was burned because there weren't enough men left to manage three vessels. After stopping at western Mindanao, they sailed westward and spotted the small group of Cagayan Sulu. The [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]few residents they encountered were Moros, exiled from Borneo. They landed on Paragua, also known as Puluan (which is where the name Palawan comes from), where they witnessed the local pastime of cock-fighting, enjoyed by the natives.

From here, still searching for the Moluccas, they were guided to Borneo, the present city of Brunei. Here was the powerful Mohammedan colony, whose adventurers were already in communication with Luzon and had established a colony on the site of Manila. The city was divided into two sections, that of the Mohammedan Malays, the conquerors, and that of the Dyaks, the primitive population of the island. Pigafetta exclaims over the riches and power of this Mohammedan city. It contained twenty-five thousand families, the houses built for most part on piles over the water. The king’s house was of stone, and beside it was a great brick fort, with over sixty brass and iron cannon. Here the Spaniards saw elephants and camels, and there was a rich trade in ginger, camphor, gums, and in pearls from Sulu.

From here, still looking for the Moluccas, they were led to Borneo, now known as the city of Brunei. This was the powerful Muslim colony, whose explorers were already in touch with Luzon and had set up a colony on the site of Manila. The city was divided into two parts: one for the Muslim Malays, the conquerors, and the other for the Dyaks, the island's indigenous people. Pigafetta marvels at the wealth and power of this Muslim city. It had twenty-five thousand families, with most houses built on stilts over the water. The king's house was made of stone, and next to it was a large brick fort, equipped with over sixty brass and iron cannons. Here, the Spaniards saw elephants and camels, and there was a thriving trade in ginger, camphor, gums, and pearls from Sulu.

Hostilities cut short their stay here and they sailed eastward along the north coast of Borneo through the Sulu Archipelago, where their cupidity was excited by the pearl fisheries, and on to Maguindanao. Here they took some prisoners, who piloted them south to the Moluccas, and finally, on November 8, they anchored at Tidor. These Molucca islands, at this time, were at the height of the Malayan power. The ruler, or raja of Tidor was Almanzar, of Ternate Corala; the “king” of Gilolo was Yusef. With all these rulers the Spaniards exchanged presents, and the rajas are said by the Spaniards to have sworn perpetual amnesty to the Spaniards and acknowledged themselves vassals of the king. In exchange for cloths, the Spaniards laid in a rich cargo of [83]cloves, sandalwood, ginger, cinnamon, and gold. They established here a trading-post and hoped to hold these islands against the Portuguese.

Hostilities cut their stay short, and they sailed east along the north coast of Borneo through the Sulu Archipelago, where they were drawn in by the pearl fisheries, and continued to Maguindanao. There, they captured some prisoners who guided them south to the Moluccas, and finally, on November 8, they anchored at Tidor. At that time, the Molucca islands were at the peak of Malayan power. The ruler, or raja, of Tidor was Almanzar, from Ternate Corala; the “king” of Gilolo was Yusef. The Spaniards exchanged gifts with all these rulers, and they claimed that the rajas pledged eternal amnesty to the Spaniards and recognized themselves as vassals of the king. In exchange for cloth, the Spaniards acquired a rich cargo of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]cloves, sandalwood, ginger, cinnamon, and gold. They established a trading post here and aimed to maintain control of these islands against the Portuguese.

The Return to Spain.—It was decided to send one ship, the “Victoria,” to Spain by way of the Portuguese route and the Cape of Good Hope, while the other would return to America. Accordingly the “Victoria,” with a little crew of sixty men, thirteen of them natives, under the command of Juan Sebastian del Cano, set sail. The passage was unknown to the Spaniards and full of perils. They sailed to Timor and thence out into the Indian Ocean. They rounded Africa, sailing as far south as 42 degrees. Then they went northward, in constant peril of capture by some Portuguese fleet, encountering storms and with scarcity of food. Their distress must have been extreme, for on this final passage twenty-one of their small number died.

The Return to Spain.—It was decided to send one ship, the “Victoria,” to Spain by way of the Portuguese route and the Cape of Good Hope, while the other would return to America. So, the “Victoria,” with a small crew of sixty men, thirteen of whom were natives, under the command of Juan Sebastian del Cano, set sail. The route was unknown to the Spaniards and full of dangers. They sailed to Timor and then out into the Indian Ocean. They rounded Africa, sailing as far south as 42 degrees. Then they traveled northward, constantly at risk of being captured by some Portuguese fleet, facing storms and dealing with a shortage of food. Their distress must have been extreme, as on this final passage twenty-one of their small number died.

At Cape Verdi they entered the Portuguese port for supplies, trusting that at so northern a point their real voyage would not be suspected. But some one of the party, who went ashore for food, in an hour of intoxication boasted of the wonderful journey they had performed and showed some of the products of the Spice Islands. Immediately the Portuguese governor gave orders for the seizure of the Spanish vessel and El Cano, learning of his danger, left his men, who had gone on shore, raised sail, and put out for Spain.

At Cape Verdi, they docked at the Portuguese port to restock, hoping that being so far north would keep their true mission under wraps. However, someone in the group, who went ashore to get food, drunkenly bragged about their amazing journey and displayed some of the Spice Islands’ goods. As a result, the Portuguese governor ordered the seizure of the Spanish ship, and El Cano, realizing he was in danger, abandoned his crew on land, hoisted the sails, and headed back to Spain.

On the 6th of September, 1522, they arrived at San Lucar, at the mouth of the Guadalquivir River, on which is situated Seville, one ship out of the five, and eighteen men out of the company of 234, who had set sail almost three full years before. Spain welcomed her worn and tired seamen with splendid acclaim. To El Cano was [84]given a title of nobility and the famous coat-of-arms, showing the sprays of clove, cinnamon, and nutmeg, and the effigy of the globe with the motto, the proudest and worthiest ever displayed on any adventurer’s shield, “Hic primus circumdedisti me.”

On September 6, 1522, they reached San Lucar, at the mouth of the Guadalquivir River, where Seville is located, with just one ship out of five and eighteen men out of the original 234 who had set sail nearly three years earlier. Spain greeted her weary and exhausted sailors with great acclaim. El Cano was [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]awarded a title of nobility and a distinguished coat-of-arms, featuring sprays of clove, cinnamon, and nutmeg, along with the image of the globe and the motto, the proudest and most deserving ever shown on an adventurer’s shield, “You surrounded me first..”

The First Circumnavigation of the Earth.—Thus with enormous suffering and loss of life was accomplished the first circumnavigation of the earth. It proved that Asia could be reached, although by a long and circuitous route, by sailing westward from Europe. It made known to Europe that the greatest of all oceans lies between the New World and Asia, and it showed that the earth is incomparably larger than had been believed and supposed. It was the greatest voyage of discovery that has ever been accomplished, and greater than can ever be performed again.

The First Circumnavigation of the Earth.—So, with immense suffering and loss of life, the first circumnavigation of the earth was achieved. It demonstrated that Asia could be reached, although through a long and winding route, by sailing west from Europe. It revealed to Europe that the largest of all oceans lies between the New World and Asia and showed that the earth is far bigger than had been thought. It was the greatest voyage of discovery ever undertaken and greater than can ever be accomplished again.

New Lands Divided between Spain and Portugal.—By this discovery of the Philippines and a new way to the Spice Islands, Spain became engaged in a long dispute with Portugal. At the beginning of the modern age, there was in Europe no system of rules by which to regulate conduct between states. That system of regulations and customs which we call International Law, and by which states at the present time are guided in their dealings, had not arisen. During the middle age, disputes between sovereigns were frequently settled by reference to the emperor or to the pope, and the latter had frequently asserted his right to determine all such questions as might arise. The pope had also claimed to have the right of disposing of all heathen and newly discovered lands and peoples.

New Lands Divided between Spain and Portugal.—With the discovery of the Philippines and a new route to the Spice Islands, Spain entered into a prolonged conflict with Portugal. At the start of the modern era, there was no established system in Europe to regulate interactions between nations. The framework of regulations and customs we now refer to as International Law, which currently guides states in their relations, had not yet developed. During the Middle Ages, disputes among monarchs were often resolved by appealing to the emperor or the pope, who frequently asserted his right to adjudicate such matters. The pope also claimed authority over all non-Christian and newly discovered lands and peoples.

So, after the discovery of the East Indies by Portugal and of the West Indies by Spain, Pope Alexander VI., divided the new lands between them. He declared that [86]all newly discovered countries halfway around the earth to the east of a meridian 100 leagues west of the Azores should be Portuguese, and all to the west Spanish. Subsequently he shifted this line to 270 leagues west of the Azores. This division, it was supposed, would give India and the Malay islands to Portugal, and to Spain the Indies that Columbus had discovered, and the New World, except Brazil.

So, after Portugal discovered the East Indies and Spain found the West Indies, Pope Alexander VI divided the new lands between them. He announced that [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] all newly discovered territories halfway around the world to the east of a line 100 leagues west of the Azores would belong to Portugal, while everything to the west would belong to Spain. Later, he moved this line to 270 leagues west of the Azores. This division was meant to give India and the Malay islands to Portugal, and to Spain the Indies that Columbus had found, along with the New World, except for Brazil.

As a matter of fact, 180 degrees west of the meridian last set by the pope extended to the western part of New Guinea, and not quite to the Moluccas; but in the absence of exact geographical knowledge both parties claimed the Spice Islands. Portugal denied to Spain all right to the Philippines as well, and, as we shall see, a conflict in the Far East began, which lasted nearly through the century. Portugal captured the traders, whom El Cano had left at Tidor, and broke up the Spanish station in the Spice Islands. The “Trinidad,” the other ship, which was intended to return to America, was unable to sail against the strong winds, and had to put back to Tidor, after cruising through the waters about New Guinea.

Actually, 180 degrees west of the meridian established by the pope extended to the western part of New Guinea, and not quite to the Moluccas; but without precise geographical knowledge, both sides claimed the Spice Islands. Portugal also rejected Spain's claims to the Philippines, and, as we'll see, a conflict in the Far East began that lasted nearly the entire century. Portugal captured the traders that El Cano had left at Tidor and dismantled the Spanish base in the Spice Islands. The "Trinidad," the other ship meant to return to America, couldn’t sail against the strong winds and had to return to Tidor after exploring the waters around New Guinea.

The New World and the Indies as divided between Spain and Portugal

The New World and the Indies as divided between Spain and Portugal

The New World and the Indies divided between Spain and Portugal

Half of World in which newly discovered countries were to be allotted to Spain.

Half of the world where newly discovered countries were to be given to Spain.

Half of World in which newly discovered countries were to be allotted to Portugal.

Half of the world where newly discovered lands were to be given to Portugal.

Effect of the Century of Discoveries.—This circumnavigation of the globe completed a period of discovery which had begun a hundred years before with the timid, slow attempts of the Portuguese along the coast of Africa. In these years a new era had opened. At its beginning the European knew little of any peoples outside of his own countries, and he held not one mile of land outside the continent of Europe. At the end of a hundred years the earth had become fairly well known, the African race, the Malay peoples, the American Indians, and the Pacific islanders had all been seen and described, and from now on the history of the white race was to be connected [87]with that of these other races. The age of colonization, of world-wide trade and intercourse, had begun. The white man, who had heretofore been narrowly pressed in upon Europe, threatened again and again with conquest by the Mohammedan, was now to cover the seas with his fleets and all lands with his power. [88]

Effect of the Century of Discoveries.—This circumnavigation of the globe marked the end of a period of exploration that started a hundred years earlier with the cautious, slow efforts of the Portuguese along the African coast. In those years, a new era began. Initially, Europeans knew very little about any people outside their own nations, and they didn't control any land beyond Europe. By the end of a hundred years, the world was relatively well mapped out; the African people, Malay cultures, American Indians, and Pacific islanders had all been encountered and documented, and from this point on, the history of the white race became intertwined [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] with that of these other races. The age of colonization and global trade had started. The white man, who had previously been confined to Europe and often threatened by conquest from the Muslims, was now set to navigate the seas with his fleets and spread his influence across all lands. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 See the noted work The Life of Prince Henry of Portugal, surnamed the Navigator, and its Results, by Richard Henry Major, London, 1868. Many of the views of Mr. Major upon the importance of Prince Henry’s work and especially its early aims, have been contradicted in more recent writings. The importance of the Sagres Observatory is belittled. Doubts are expressed as to the farsightedness of Prince Henry’s plans, and the best opinion of to-day holds that he did not hope to discover a new route to India by way of Africa, but sought simply the conquest of the “Guinea,” which was known to the Europeans through the Arab Geographers, who called it “Bilad Ghana” or “Land of Wealth.” The students, if possible, should read the essay of Mr. E. J. Payne, The Age of Discovery, in the Cambridge Modern History, Vol I.

1 Check out the work The Life of Prince Henry of Portugal, called the Navigator, and its Results by Richard Henry Major, London, 1868. Many of Mr. Major's views on the significance of Prince Henry’s work, especially its initial goals, have been challenged in more recent writings. The importance of the Sagres Observatory is downplayed. There are doubts about the foresight of Prince Henry’s plans, and the current consensus suggests he did not aim to find a new route to India through Africa, but rather sought the conquest of “Guinea,” known to Europeans through Arab Geographers as “Bilad Ghana” or “Land of Wealth.” Students should, if possible, read Mr. E. J. Payne's essay, The Age of Discovery, in Cambridge Modern History, Vol I.

2 The classical work on this famous ruler is Robertson’s Life of Charles the Fifth, but the student should consult if possible more recent works.

2 The classic book about this well-known ruler is Robertson’s Life of Charles the Fifth, but students should try to check out more recent works if they can.

3 Primer Viaje alrededor del Mundo, Spanish translation by Amoretti, Madrid, 1899, page 27.

3 First Trip Around the World, Spanish translation by Amoretti, Madrid, 1899, page 27.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter V.

The Filipino People Before the Arrival of the Spaniards.

Position of Tribes.—On the arrival of the Spaniards, the population of the Philippines seems to have been distributed by tribes in much the same manner as at present. Then, as now, the Bisaya occupied the central islands of the archipelago and some of the northern coast of Mindanao. The Bicol, Tagálog, and Pampango were in the same parts of Luzon as we find them to-day. The Ilocano occupied the coastal plain facing the China Sea, but since the arrival of the Spaniards they have expanded considerably and their settlements are now numerous in Pangasinan, Nueva Vizcaya, and the valley of the Cagayan.

Position of Tribes.—When the Spaniards arrived, the population of the Philippines seemed to be organized by tribes much like it is today. Back then, as now, the Bisaya were located in the central islands of the archipelago and along some of the northern coast of Mindanao. The Bicol, Tagálog, and Pampango were in the same areas of Luzon where we find them today. The Ilocano occupied the coastal plain facing the China Sea, but since the arrival of the Spaniards, they have grown significantly, and their settlements are now widespread in Pangasinan, Nueva Vizcaya, and the valley of the Cagayan.

The Number of People.—These tribes which to-day number nearly 7,000,000 souls, at the time of Magellan’s discovery were, probably, not more than 500,000. The first enumeration of the population made by the Spaniards in 1591, and which included practically all of these tribes, gives a population of less than 700,000. (See Chapter VIII., The Philippines Three Hundred Years Ago.)

The Number of People.—These tribes, which today have nearly 7,000,000 members, were likely no more than 500,000 at the time of Magellan’s discovery. The first population count conducted by the Spaniards in 1591, which included almost all of these tribes, recorded a population of fewer than 700,000. (See Chapter VIII., The Philippines Three Hundred Years Ago.)

There are other facts too that show us how sparse the population must have been. The Spanish expeditions found many coasts and islands in the Bisayan group without inhabitants. Occasionally a sail or a canoe would be seen, and then these would disappear in some small “estero” or mangrove swamp and the land seem as unpopulated as before. At certain points, like Limasaua, Butúan, and Bohol, the natives were more numerous, and Cebu was a large and thriving community; but [89]the Spaniards had nearly everywhere to search for settled places and cultivated lands.

There are other facts that show how sparse the population must have been. The Spanish expeditions found many coasts and islands in the Bisayan group that were uninhabited. Occasionally, a sail or a canoe would be spotted, but then these would vanish into some small creek or mangrove swamp, making the land seem just as empty as before. At certain locations, like Limasaua, Butúan, and Bohol, the natives were more numerous, and Cebu was a large and thriving community; but [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] the Spaniards had to search almost everywhere for settled areas and cultivated land.

The sparsity of population is also well indicated by the great scarcity of food. The Spaniards had much difficulty in securing sufficient provisions. A small amount of rice, a pig and a few chickens, were obtainable here and there, but the Filipinos had no large supplies. After the settlement of Manila was made, a large part of the food of the city was drawn from China. The very ease with which the Spaniards marched where they willed and reduced the Filipinos to obedience shows that the latter were weak in numbers. Laguna and the Camarines seem to have been the most populous portions of the archipelago. All of these things and others show that the Filipinos were but a small fraction of their present number.

The low population is clearly reflected in the severe lack of food. The Spaniards struggled to find enough supplies. A small amount of rice, a pig, and a few chickens were available here and there, but the Filipinos didn't have large reserves. After Manila was established, a significant portion of the city's food came from China. The ease with which the Spaniards marched wherever they wanted and forced the Filipinos into submission indicates that the latter were low in numbers. Laguna and the Camarines appear to have been the most populated areas of the archipelago. All of these factors and others demonstrate that the Filipinos were just a small fraction of their current population.

On the other hand, the Negritos seem to have been more numerous, or at least more in evidence. They were immediately noticed on the island of Negros, where at the present they are few and confined to the interior; and in the vicinity of Manila and in Batangas, where they are no longer found, they were mingling with the Tagálog population.

On the other hand, the Negritos appear to have been more numerous, or at least more visible. They were quickly noticed on the island of Negros, where they are now few and limited to the interior; and in the areas around Manila and in Batangas, where they are no longer present, they were mixing with the Tagálog population.

Conditions of Culture.—The culture of the various tribes, which is now quite the same throughout the archipelago, presented some differences. In the southern Bisayas, where the Spaniards first entered the archipelago, there seem to have been two kinds of natives: the hill dwellers, who lived in the interior of the islands in small numbers, who wore garments of tree bark and who sometimes built their houses in the trees; and the sea dwellers, who were very much like the present day Moro tribes south of Mindanao, who are known as the Sámal, and who built their villages over the sea or on the shore and [90]lived much in boats. These were probably later arrivals than the forest people. From both of these elements the Bisaya Filipinos are descended, but while the coast people have been entirely absorbed, some of the hill-folk are still pagan and uncivilized, and must be very much as they were when the Spaniards first came.

Conditions of Culture.—The cultures of the different tribes, which are now quite similar throughout the archipelago, showed some differences. In the southern Bisayas, where the Spaniards first came into the archipelago, there appeared to be two types of natives: the hill dwellers, who lived in small groups in the interior of the islands, wore clothes made from tree bark, and occasionally built their homes in the trees; and the sea dwellers, who resembled the modern-day Moro tribes south of Mindanao, known as the Sámal, who constructed their villages over the water or along the shore and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]spent a lot of time in boats. These sea dwellers likely arrived later than the forest people. The Bisaya Filipinos are descended from both groups, but while the coastal people have completely integrated, some of the hill folk still practice paganism and remain uncivilized, likely unchanged since the Spaniards first arrived.

The highest grade of culture was in the settlements where there was regular trade with Borneo, Siam, and China, and especially about Manila, where many Mohammedan Malays had colonies.

The highest level of culture was found in the areas that engaged in regular trade with Borneo, Siam, and China, particularly around Manila, where many Muslim Malays had communities.

Languages of the Malayan Peoples.—With the exception of the Negrito, all the languages of the Philippines belong to one great family, which has been called the “Malayo-Polynesian.” All are believed to be derived from one very ancient mother-tongue. It is astonishing how widely this Malayo-Polynesian speech has spread. Farthest east in the Pacific there is the Polynesian, then in the groups of small islands, known as Micronesian; then Melanesian or Papuan; the Malayan throughout the East Indian archipelago, and to the north the languages of the Philippines. But this is not all; for far westward on the coast of Africa is the island of Madagascar, many of whose languages have no connection with African but belong to the Malayo-Polynesian family.1

Languages of the Malayan Peoples.—Except for the Negrito, all the languages in the Philippines are part of one large family known as "Malayo-Polynesian." They are thought to have originated from a single very ancient mother tongue. It's remarkable how far this Malayo-Polynesian language has spread. To the farthest east in the Pacific, you find Polynesian, then in the small islands known as Micronesian; then Melanesian or Papuan; the Malayan languages throughout the East Indian archipelago, and to the north, the languages of the Philippines. But that's not all; far to the west on the coast of Africa is the island of Madagascar, where many of the languages have no relation to African languages but belong to the Malayo-Polynesian family.1

The Tagálog Language.—It should be a matter of great interest to Filipinos that the great scientist, Baron [91]William von Humboldt, considered the Tagálog to be the richest and most perfect of all the languages of the Malayo-Polynesian family, and perhaps the type of them all. “It possesses,” he said, “all the forms collectively of which particular ones are found singly in other dialects; and it has preserved them all with very trifling exceptions unbroken, and in entire harmony and symmetry.” The Spanish friars, on their arrival in the Philippines, devoted themselves at once to learning the native dialects and to the preparation of prayers and catechisms in these native tongues. They were very successful in their studies. Father Chirino tells us of one Jesuit who learned sufficient Tagálog in seventy days to preach and hear confession. In this way the Bisayan, the Tagálog, and the Ilocano were soon mastered.

The Tagálog Language.—It should be of great interest to Filipinos that the renowned scientist, Baron [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]William von Humboldt, regarded Tagálog as the richest and most complete of all the languages in the Malayo-Polynesian family, and possibly the prototype of them all. “It has,” he stated, “all the forms combined that specific ones are found individually in other dialects; and it has preserved them all with very few exceptions intact, in complete harmony and symmetry.” When the Spanish friars arrived in the Philippines, they immediately focused on learning the local dialects and creating prayers and catechisms in these native languages. They were quite successful in their efforts. Father Chirino mentions a Jesuit who learned enough Tagálog in seventy days to preach and hear confessions. In this way, they quickly mastered Bisayan, Tagálog, and Ilocano.

In the light of the opinion of Von Humboldt, it is interesting to find these early Spaniards pronouncing the Tagálog the most difficult and the most admirable. “Of all of them,” says Padre Chirino, “the one which most pleased me and filled me with admiration was the Tagálog. Because, as I said to the first archbishop, and afterwards to other serious persons, both there and here, I found in it four qualities of the four best languages of the world: Hebrew, Greek, Latin, and Spanish; of the Hebrew, the mysteries and obscurities; of the Greek, the articles and the precision not only of the appellative but also of the proper nouns; of the Latin, the wealth and elegance; and of the Spanish, the good breeding, politeness, and courtesy.”2

In light of Von Humboldt's views, it's interesting to see that these early Spaniards regarded Tagálog as the most challenging and impressive language. “Of all the languages,” Padre Chirino says, “the one that delighted me the most and filled me with admiration was Tagálog. As I mentioned to the first archbishop and later to other serious individuals, both there and here, I discovered in it four qualities from the four greatest languages in the world: Hebrew, Greek, Latin, and Spanish; from Hebrew, the mysteries and complexities; from Greek, the articles and precision, not just in common nouns but also in proper nouns; from Latin, the richness and elegance; and from Spanish, the refinement, politeness, and courtesy.”2

An Early Connection with the Hindus.—The Malayan languages contain also a considerable proportion of words borrowed from the Sanskrit, and in this the Tagálog, [92]Bisayan, and Ilocano are included. Whether these words were passed along from one Malayan group to another, or whether they were introduced by the actual presence and power of the Hindu in this archipelago, may be fair ground for debate; but the case for the latter position has been so well and brilliantly put by Dr. Pardo de Tavera that his conclusions are here given in his own words. “The words which Tagálog borrowed,” he says, “are those which signify intellectual acts, moral conceptions, emotions, superstitions, names of deities, of planets, of numerals of high number, of botany, of war and its results and consequences, and finally of titles and dignities, some animals, instruments of industry, and the names of money.”

An Early Connection with the Hindus.—The Malayan languages also have a significant number of words borrowed from Sanskrit, including those found in Tagálog, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Bisayan, and Ilocano. It's open to debate whether these words were passed from one Malayan group to another or introduced through the actual presence and influence of Hindus in this region. However, Dr. Pardo de Tavera has presented a compelling case for the latter, and his conclusions are shared here in his own words. “The words that Tagálog borrowed,” he states, “are those that express intellectual activities, moral concepts, feelings, superstitions, names of deities, planets, large numbers, botany, war and its outcomes, as well as titles and dignities, some animals, tools of industry, and names for money.”

From the evidence of these works, Dr. Pardo argues for a period in the early history of the Filipinos, not merely of commercial intercourse, like that of the Chinese, but of Hindu political and social domination. “I do not believe,” he says, “and I base my opinion on the same words that I have brought together in this vocabulary, that the Hindus were here simply as merchants, but that they dominated different parts of the archipelago, where to-day are spoken the most cultured languages,—the Tagálo, the Visayan, the Pampanga, and the Ilocano; and that the higher culture of these languages comes precisely from the influence of the Hindu race over the Filipino.”

From the evidence of these works, Dr. Pardo argues for a time in the early history of the Filipinos, not just of trade like that of the Chinese, but of Hindu political and social control. “I do not believe,” he says, “and I base my opinion on the same words that I have gathered in this vocabulary, that the Hindus were here merely as traders, but that they dominated various parts of the archipelago, where today the most developed languages are spoken—the Tagálo, the Visayan, the Pampanga, and the Ilocano; and that the advanced culture of these languages is precisely due to the influence of the Hindu race on the Filipino.”

The Hindus in the Philippines.—“It is impossible to believe that the Hindus, if they came only as merchants, however great their number, would have impressed themselves in such a way as to give to these islanders the number and the kind of words which they did give. These names of dignitaries, of caciques, of high functionaries of the court, of noble ladies, indicate that all of these high positions with names of Sanskrit origin were occupied at [93]one time by men who spoke that language. The words of a similar origin for objects of war, fortresses, and battle-songs, for designating objects of religious belief, for superstitions, emotions, feelings, industrial and farming activities, show us clearly that the warfare, religion, literature, industry, and agriculture were at one time in the hands of the Hindus, and that this race was effectively dominant in the Philippines.”3

The Hindus in the Philippines.—“It's hard to believe that the Hindus, even if they came just as merchants, no matter how numerous, would have made such a strong impact that they influenced the islanders to the extent of providing them with the number and types of words they did. The names of dignitaries, chieftains, high-ranking officials, and noble ladies suggest that these prestigious positions, all with names derived from Sanskrit, were once held by people who spoke that language. The similar origins of words associated with warfare, fortifications, battle songs, religious beliefs, superstitions, emotions, feelings, and both industrial and agricultural activities make it clear that warfare, religion, literature, industry, and agriculture were once under the control of the Hindus, and that this group was indeed dominant in the Philippines.”3

Systems of Writing among the Filipinos.—When the Spaniards arrived in the Philippines, the Filipinos were using systems of writing borrowed from Hindu or Javanese sources. This matter is so interesting that one can not do better than to quote in full Padre Chirino’s account, as he is the first of the Spanish writers to mention it and as his notice is quite complete.

Writing Systems in the Philippines.—When the Spaniards arrived in the Philippines, Filipinos were using writing systems borrowed from Hindu or Javanese sources. This topic is so intriguing that it's best to quote Padre Chirino’s account in full, as he is the first Spanish writer to mention it and his description is quite thorough.

“So given are these islanders to reading and writing that there is hardly a man, and much less a woman, that does not read and write in letters peculiar to the island of Manila, very different from those of China, Japan, and of India, as will be seen from the following alphabet.

“So dedicated are these islanders to reading and writing that there is hardly a man, and even fewer women, who do not read and write in characters unique to the island of Manila, which are very different from those of China, Japan, and India, as will be seen from the following alphabet.

“The vowels are three; but they serve for five, and are,

“The vowels are three; but they represent five, and are,

a e, i o, u

The consonants are no more than twelve, and they serve to write both consonant and vowel, in this form. The letter alone, without any point either above or below, sounds with a. [94]

The consonants are just twelve, and they are used to write both consonants and vowels like this. A letter by itself, without any dots above or below, sounds like a. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Ba ca da ga ha la
ma na pa sa ta ya

Placing the point above, each one sounds with e or with i.

Placing the point above, each one sounds with e or with i.

ᜊᜒ ᜃᜒ ᜇᜒ ᜄᜒ ᜑᜒ ᜎᜒ
Bi qui di gui hi li
be que de gue he le
ᜋᜒ ᜈᜒ ᜉᜒ ᜐᜒ ᜎᜒ ᜌᜒ
mi ni pi si ti yi
me ne pe se te ye

Placing the point below, it sounds with o or with u.

Placing the point below, it sounds with o or with u.

ᜊᜓ ᜃᜓ ᜇᜓ ᜄᜓ ᜑᜓ ᜎᜓ
bo co do go ho lo
bu cu du gu hu lu
ᜋᜓ ᜈᜓ ᜉᜓ ᜐᜓ ᜎᜓ ᜌᜓ
mo no po so to yo
mu nu pu su tu yu

For instance, in order to say ‘cama,’ the two letters alone suffice. [95]

For example, just the two letters are enough to say ‘cama.’ [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

ca ma

If to the there is placed a point above, it will say

If a point is placed above the , it will indicate

ᜃᜒ
que ma

If it is given to both below, it will say

If it is given to both below, it will say

ᜃᜓ ᜋᜓ
co mo

The final consonants are supplied or understood in all cases, and so to say ‘cantar,’ they write

The final consonants are provided or assumed in all situations, so to say ‘sing,’ they write

ca ta

barba,

beard,

ba ba

But with all, and that without many evasions, they make themselves understood, and they themselves understand marvellously. And the reader supplies, with much skill and ease, the consonants that are lacking. They have learned from us to write running the lines from the left hand to the right, but formerly they only wrote from above downwards, placing the first line (if I remember rightly) at the left hand, and continuing with the others to the right, the opposite of the Chinese and Japanese.... They write upon canes or on leaves of a palm, using for a pen a point of iron. Nowadays in writing not only [96]their own but also our letters, they use a feather very well cut, and paper like ourselves.

But overall, and without too many dodges, they manage to make themselves understood, and they understand each other remarkably well. The reader skillfully and easily fills in the missing consonants. They’ve learned from us to write from left to right, but in the past, they only wrote from top to bottom, starting the first line (if I remember correctly) on the left and continuing to the right, which is the opposite of how the Chinese and Japanese do it. They wrote on canes or palm leaves, using an iron point as a pen. Nowadays, when writing not only [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] their own letters but also ours, they use a well-cut feather and paper just like we do.

They have learned our language and pronunciation, and write as well as we do, and even better; for they are so bright that they learn everything with the greatest ease. I have brought with me handwriting with very good and correct lettering. In Tigbauan, I had in school a very small child, who in three months’ time learned, by copying from well-written letters that I set him, to write enough better than I, and transcribed for me writings of importance very faithfully, and without errors or mistakes. But enough of languages and letters; now let us return to our occupation with human souls.”4

They have learned our language and pronunciation, and write just as well as we do—if not better—because they are so clever that they grasp everything with great ease. I brought with me handwriting that is very neat and correct. In Tigbauan, I had a very small child in my class who, in just three months, learned to write even better than I did by copying from well-written letters I gave him. He faithfully transcribed important documents for me without any errors or mistakes. But enough about languages and writing; let’s get back to our work with human souls.”4

Sanskrit Source of the Filipino Alphabet.—Besides the Tagálog, the Bisaya, Pampango, Pangasinan, and Ilocano had alphabets, or more properly syllabaries similar to this one. Dr. Pardo de Tavera has gathered many data concerning them, and shows that they were undoubtedly received by the Filipinos from a Sanskrit source.

Sanskrit Source of the Filipino Alphabet.—In addition to the Tagálog, the Bisaya, Pampango, Pangasinan, and Ilocano also had alphabets, or more accurately, syllabaries that were similar to this one. Dr. Pardo de Tavera has collected a lot of information about them and demonstrates that they were definitely passed down to the Filipinos from a Sanskrit source.

Early Filipino Writings.—The Filipinos used this writing for setting down their poems and songs, which were their only literature. None of this, however, has come down to us, and the Filipinos soon adopted the Spanish alphabet, forming the syllables necessary to write their language from these letters. As all these have phonetic values, it is still very easy for a Filipino to learn to pronounce and so read his own tongue. These old characters lingered for a couple of centuries, in certain places. Padre Totanes5 tells us that it was rare in 1705 to find a person who could use them; but the Tagbanua, a pagan [97]people on the island of Paragua, use a similar syllabary to this day. Besides poems, they had songs which they sang as they rowed their canoes, as they pounded the rice from its husk, and as they gathered for feast or entertainment; and especially there were songs for the dead. In these songs, says Chirino, they recounted the deeds of their ancestors or of their deities.

Early Filipino Writings.—The Filipinos used this writing to record their poems and songs, which were their only form of literature. Unfortunately, none of this has survived, and the Filipinos quickly adopted the Spanish alphabet, creating the syllables needed to write their language using these letters. Since all these letters have phonetic sounds, it’s still quite easy for a Filipino to learn to pronounce and read their own language. These old characters remained in use for a couple of centuries in some areas. Padre Totanes5 tells us that it was rare in 1705 to find someone who could use them; however, the Tagbanua, a pagan [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] people on the island of Paragua, still use a similar syllabary today. In addition to poems, they had songs that they sang while rowing their canoes, pounding rice from its husk, and gathering for feasts or entertainment; especially, there were songs for the deceased. In these songs, Chirino notes, they recounted the deeds of their ancestors or their deities.

Chinese in the Philippines.Early Trade.—Very different from the Hindu was the early influence of the Chinese. There is no evidence that, previous to the Spanish conquest, the Chinese settled or colonized in these islands at all; and yet three hundred years before the arrival of Magellan their trading-fleets were coming here regularly and several of the islands were well known to them. One evidence of this prehistoric trade is in the ancient Chinese jars and pottery which have been exhumed in the vicinity of Manila, but the Chinese writings themselves furnish us even better proof. About the beginning of the thirteenth century, though not earlier than 1205, a Chinese author named Chao Ju-kua wrote a work upon the maritime commerce of the Chinese people. One chapter of his work is devoted to the Philippines, which he calls the country of Mayi.6 According to this record it is indicated that the Chinese were familiar with the islands of the archipelago seven hundred years ago.7 [98]

Chinese in the Philippines.Early Trade.—The early influence of the Chinese was very different from that of the Hindus. There’s no evidence that, before the Spanish conquest, the Chinese settled or colonized these islands at all; however, three hundred years before Magellan arrived, their trading fleets were coming here regularly, and several of the islands were well known to them. A sign of this ancient trade is found in the old Chinese jars and pottery that have been dug up around Manila, but the Chinese writings provide even stronger evidence. Around the start of the thirteenth century, though no earlier than 1205, a Chinese author named Chao Ju-kua wrote a book about Chinese maritime commerce. One chapter of his work is devoted to the Philippines, which he refers to as the country of Mayi.6 This record shows that the Chinese were familiar with the islands of the archipelago seven hundred years ago.7 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chinese, Description of the People.—“The country of Mayi,” says this interesting classic, “is situated to the north of Poni (Burney, or Borneo). About a thousand families inhabit the banks of a very winding stream. The natives clothe themselves in sheets of cloth resembling bed sheets, or cover their bodies with sarongs. (The sarong is the gay colored, typical garment of the Malay.) Scattered through the extensive forests are copper Buddha images, but no one knows how they got there.8

Chinese, Description of the People.—“The country of Mayi,” says this interesting classic, “is located north of Poni (Burney, or Borneo). About a thousand families live along the banks of a very winding river. The locals dress in cloth that looks like bed sheets, or they wrap themselves in sarongs. (The sarong is the brightly colored, traditional garment of the Malay.) Scattered throughout the vast forests are copper Buddha statues, but no one knows how they arrived there.8

Moro Brass Betel Box.

Moro Brass Betel Box.

Moro Brass Betel Box.

“When the merchant (Chinese) ships arrive at this port they anchor in front of an open place ... which serves as a market, where they trade in the produce of the country. When a ship enters this port, the captain makes presents of white umbrellas (to the mandarins). The merchants are obliged to pay this tribute in order to obtain the good will of these lords.” The products of the country are stated to be yellow wax, cotton, pearls, shells, betel nuts, and yuta cloth, which was perhaps one of the several cloths still woven of abacá, or piña. The articles imported by the Chinese were “porcelain, trade gold, objects of lead, glass beads of all colors, iron cooking-pans, and iron needles.”

“When the Chinese merchant ships arrive at this port, they anchor in front of an open area that serves as a marketplace, where they trade local goods. When a ship enters the port, the captain gives white umbrellas as gifts to the mandarins. The merchants are required to pay this tribute to gain the favor of these lords.” The local products include yellow wax, cotton, pearls, shells, betel nuts, and yuta cloth, which may be one of the various fabrics still woven from abacá or piña. The items imported by the Chinese include “porcelain, trade gold, lead objects, glass beads in all colors, iron cooking pans, and iron needles.”

The Negritos.—Very curious is the accurate mention in this Chinese writing, of the Negritos, the first of all [99]accounts to be made of the little blacks. “In the interior of the valleys lives a race called Hai-tan (Acta). They are, of low stature, have round eyes of a yellow color, curly hair, and their teeth are easily seen between their lips. (That is, probably, not darkened by betel-chewing or artificial stains.) They build their nests in the treetops and in each nest lives a family, which only consists of from three to five persons. They travel about in the densest thickets of the forests, and, without being seen themselves, shoot their arrows at the passers-by; for this reason they are much feared. If the trader (Chinese) throws them a small porcelain bowl, they will stoop down to catch it and then run away with it, shouting joyfully.”

The Negritos.—It's quite interesting that this Chinese text accurately mentions the Negritos, the first accounts we have of these little black people. “In the interior valleys lives a group called Hai-tan (Acta). They are short, have round yellowish eyes, curly hair, and their teeth are visible between their lips. (This likely means their teeth aren't stained by chewing betel or other substances.) They make their homes in the treetops, with each nest housing a family of three to five members. They move through the thickest parts of the forests, and without being spotted, shoot arrows at those passing by; because of this, they are greatly feared. If a trader (Chinese) tosses them a small porcelain bowl, they’ll bend down to grab it and then run off with it, cheering happily.”

Increase in Chinese Trade.—These junks also visited the more central islands, but here traffic was conducted on the ships, the Chinese on arrival announcing themselves by beating gongs and the Filipinos coming out to them in their light boats. Among other things here offered by the natives for trade are mentioned “strange cloth,” perhaps cinamay or jusi, and fine mats.

Increase in Chinese Trade.—These junks also went to the more central islands, but here the trading happened on the ships. The Chinese announced their arrival by beating gongs, and the Filipinos came out to them in their small boats. Among other items offered by the locals for trade were “strange cloth,” possibly cinamay or jusi, and fine mats.

This Chinese trade continued probably quite steadily until the arrival of the Spaniards. Then it received an enormous increase through the demand for Chinese food-products and wares made by the Spaniards, and because of the value of the Mexican silver which the Spaniards offered in exchange.

This Chinese trade likely continued fairly consistently until the arrival of the Spaniards. After that, it surged significantly due to the Spaniards' demand for Chinese food products and goods, and because of the worth of the Mexican silver that the Spaniards offered in exchange.

Trade with the Moro Malays of the South.—The spread of Mohammedanism and especially the foundation of the colony of Borneo brought the Philippines into important commercial relations with the Malays of the south. Previous to the arrival of the Spaniards these relations seem to have been friendly and peaceful. The Mohammedan [100]Malays sent their praos northward for purposes of trade, and they were also settling in the north Philippines as they had in Mindanao.

Trade with the Moro Malays of the South.—The spread of Islam and especially the establishment of the colony in Borneo connected the Philippines with significant trading relationships with the Malays to the south. Before the Spaniards arrived, these relationships appeared to be friendly and peaceful. The Muslim [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Malays sent their boats north for trade and were also settling in northern Philippines just as they had in Mindanao.

When Legaspi’s fleet, soon after its arrival, lay near the island of Bohol, the “Maestro de Campo” had a hard fight with a Moro vessel which had come up for trade, and took six prisoners. One of them, whom they call the “pilot,” was closely interrogated by the Adelantado and some interesting information obtained, which is recorded by Padre San Augustin.9 Legaspi had a Malay slave interpreter with him and San Augustin says that Padre Urdaneta “knew well the Malayan language.” The pilot said that “those of Borneo brought for trade with the Filipinos, copper and tin, which was brought to Borneo from China, porcelain, dishes, and bells made in their fashion, very different from those that the Christians use, and benzoin, and colored blankets from India, and cooking-pans made in China, and that they also brought iron lances very well tempered, and knives and other articles of barter, and that in exchange for them they took away from the islands gold, slaves, wax, and a kind of small seashell which they call ‘sijueyes,’ and which passes for money in the kingdom of Siam and other places; and also they carry off some white cloths, of which there is a great quantity in the islands.”

When Legaspi’s fleet arrived near the island of Bohol, the “Maestro de Campo” had a tough battle with a Moro vessel that came for trade and captured six prisoners. One of them, known as the “pilot,” was thoroughly questioned by the Adelantado, which led to some interesting information that Padre San Augustin recorded. Legaspi had a Malay slave interpreter with him, and San Augustin noted that Padre Urdaneta “knew well the Malayan language.” The pilot mentioned that “those from Borneo brought for trade with the Filipinos copper and tin, which were imported from China, along with porcelain, dishes, and bells made in their own style, very different from those used by Christians, as well as benzoin, colored blankets from India, and cooking pans made in China. They also brought well-tempered iron lances, knives, and other trade goods, and in exchange, they took gold, slaves, wax, and a type of small seashell called ‘sijueyes,’ which is used as currency in the kingdom of Siam and other places. They also took some white cloths, of which there is an abundance in the islands.”

Butúan, on the north coast of Mindanao, seems to have been quite a trading-place resorted to by vessels from all quarters. This country, like many other parts of the Philippines, has produced from time immemorial small quantities of gold, and all the early voyagers speak of the gold earrings and ornaments of the natives. Butúan also produced sugarcane and was a trading-port for [101]slaves. This unfortunate traffic in human life seems to have been not unusual, and was doubtless stimulated by the commerce with Borneo. Junks from Siam trading with Cebu were also encountered by the Spaniards.

Butúan, on the north coast of Mindanao, appears to have been a popular trading spot for ships from all over. This area, like many other parts of the Philippines, has produced small amounts of gold for a long time, and early explorers noted the gold earrings and jewelry worn by the locals. Butúan also grew sugarcane and served as a trading port for [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] slaves. This tragic trade in human lives seems to have been quite common and was likely fueled by commerce with Borneo. The Spaniards also encountered junks from Siam that were trading with Cebu.

Moro Brass Cannon, or “Lantaka.”

Moro Brass Cannon, or “Lantaka.”

Moro Brass Cannon, or "Lantaka."

Result of this Intercourse and Commerce.—This intercourse and traffic had acquainted the Filipinos with many of the accessories of civilized life long before the arrival of the Spaniards. Their chiefs and datos dressed in silks, and maintained some splendor of surroundings; nearly the whole population of the tribes of the coast wrote and communicated by means of a syllabary; vessels from Luzon traded as far south as Mindanao and Borneo, although the products of Asia proper came through the fleets of foreigners; and perhaps what indicates more clearly than anything else the advance the Filipinos were making through their communication with outside people is their use of firearms. Of this point there is no question. Everywhere in the vicinity of Manila, on Lubang, in Pampanga, at Cainta and Laguna de Bay, the Spaniards encountered forts mounting small cannon, or “lantakas.”10 The Filipinos seem to have understood, moreover, [102]the arts of casting cannon and of making powder. The first gun-factory established by the Spaniards was in charge of a Filipino from Pampanga.

Result of this Intercourse and Commerce.—This interaction and trade had introduced the Filipinos to many aspects of civilized life long before the Spaniards arrived. Their leaders and chiefs wore silk and enjoyed a degree of opulence; almost the entire coastal population used a syllabary for writing and communication. Ships from Luzon traded as far south as Mindanao and Borneo, even though goods from mainland Asia were brought in by foreign fleets. Perhaps the most telling sign of the Filipinos' advancement through their interactions with outsiders is their use of firearms. This is undisputed. All around Manila, in Lubang, Pampanga, Cainta, and Laguna de Bay, the Spaniards found forts equipped with small cannons, known as “lantakas.” 10 The Filipinos also seemed to have knowledge of casting cannons and creating gunpowder. The first gun factory set up by the Spaniards was run by a Filipino from Pampanga.

Early Political and Social Life.The Barangay.—The weakest side of the culture of the early Filipinos was their political and social organization, and they were weak here in precisely the same way that the now uncivilized peoples of northern Luzon are still weak. Their state did not embrace the whole tribe or nation; it included simply the community. Outside of the settlers in one immediate vicinity, all others were enemies or at most foreigners. There were in the Philippines no large states, nor even great rajas and sultans such as were found in the Malay Archipelago, but instead on every island were a multitude of small communities, each independent of the other and frequently waging war.

Early Political and Social Life.The Barangay.—The weakest aspect of early Filipino culture was their political and social organization, and they were weak in the same way that the now-uncivilized groups in northern Luzon still are. Their state didn't encompass the entire tribe or nation; it only included the community. Beyond the settlers in one immediate area, everyone else was either an enemy or at most a foreigner. In the Philippines, there were no large states or even significant rajas and sultans like those in the Malay Archipelago; instead, every island had numerous small communities, each independent from the others and often in conflict.

The unit of their political order was a little cluster of houses from thirty to one hundred families, called a “barangay,” and which still exists in the Philippines as the “barrio.” At the head of each barangay was a chief known as the “dato,” a word no longer used in the northern Philippines, though it persists among the Moros of Mindanao. The powers of these datos within their small areas appear to have been great, and they were treated with utmost respect by the people.

The basic unit of their political system was a small group of houses made up of thirty to one hundred families, called a “barangay,” which still exists in the Philippines as the “barrio.” At the head of each barangay was a leader known as the “dato,” a term that is no longer used in the northern Philippines, although it is still common among the Moros of Mindanao. The authority of these datos within their communities seemed to be significant, and they were treated with the highest respect by the people.

The barangays were grouped together in tiny federations including about as much territory as the present towns, whose affairs were conducted by the chiefs or datos, although sometimes they seem to have all been in obedience to a single chief, known in some places as the “hari,” at other times by the Hindu word “raja,” or the Mohammedan term “sultan.” Sometimes the power of one of these rajas seems to have extended over the [103]whole of a small island, but usually their “kingdoms” embraced only a few miles.

The barangays were organized into small federations covering about the same area as today’s towns, with their affairs managed by chiefs or datos. However, there were times when they all seemed to answer to a single leader, known in some areas as "hari," in others by the Hindu term "raja," or the Muslim term "sultan." Occasionally, the authority of one of these rajas appeared to extend over an entire small island, but typically their "kingdoms" covered just a few miles.

Changes Made by the Spaniards.—The Spaniards, in enforcing their authority through the islands, took away the real power from the datos, grouping the barangays into towns, or “pueblos,” but making the datos “cabezas de barrio,” or “gobernadorcillos.” Something of the old distinction between the dato, or “principal,” and the common man may be still represented in the “gente illustrada,” or the more wealthy, educated, and influential class found in each town, and the “gente baja,” or the poor and uneducated.

Changes Made by the Spaniards.—The Spaniards, in asserting their control over the islands, stripped the datos of their real power, combining the barangays into towns, or “pueblos,” while designating the datos as “cabezas de barrio,” or “gobernadorcillos.” Some of the old distinctions between the dato, or “principal,” and the common people may still be reflected in the “gente ilustrada,” or the wealthier, educated, and influential class found in each town, and the “gente baja,” or the poor and uneducated.

Classes of Filipinos under the Datos.—Beneath the datos, according to Chirino and Morga, there were three classes of Filipinos; the free persons, or “maharlica,” who paid no tribute to the dato, but who accompanied him to war, rowed his boat when he went on a journey, and attended him in his house. This class is called by Morga “timauas.”11

Classes of Filipinos under the Datos.—According to Chirino and Morga, below the datos there were three classes of Filipinos: the free people, or “maharlica,” who didn’t pay tribute to the dato but accompanied him in battles, paddled his boat during journeys, and served him in his home. Morga refers to this class as “timauas.”11

Then there was a very large class, who appear to have been freedmen or liberated slaves, who had acquired their own homes and lived with their families, but who owed to dato or maharlica heavy debts of service; to sow and harvest in his ricefields, to tend his fish-traps, to row his canoe, to build his house, to attend him when he had guests, and to perform any other duties that the chief might command. These semi-free were called “aliping namamahay,” and their condition of bondage descended to their children.

Then there was a very large group of people who seemed to be freedmen or former slaves. They had their own homes and lived with their families, but they were heavily in debt to a landowner. They were obligated to work in his rice fields, manage his fish traps, row his canoe, build his house, help him when he had guests, and perform any other tasks the chief asked them to do. These semi-free individuals were called “aliping namamahay,” and their state of bondage was passed down to their children.

Beneath these existed a class of slaves. These were the “siguiguiliris,” and they were numerous. Their slavery [104]arose in several ways. Some were those who as children had been captured in war and their lives spared. Some became slaves by selling their freedom in times of hunger. But most of them became slaves through debt, which descended from father to son. The sum of five or six pesos was enough in some cases to deprive a man of his freedom.

Beneath these was a class of slaves. These were the “siguiguiliris,” and there were many of them. Their slavery [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]came about in various ways. Some were children who had been captured in war and their lives were spared. Some became slaves by selling their freedom during times of hunger. But most of them became slaves due to debt, which passed from father to son. In some cases, just five or six pesos was enough to take away a man's freedom.

These slaves were absolutely owned by their lord, who could theoretically sell them like cattle; but, in spite of its bad possibilities, this Filipino slavery was ordinarily not of a cruel or distressing nature. The slaves frequently associated on kindly relations with their masters and were not overworked. This form of slavery still persists in the Philippines among the Moros of Mindanao and Jolo. Children of slaves inherited their parents’ slavery. If one parent was free and the other slave, the first, third, and fifth children were free and the second, fourth, and sixth slaves. This whole matter of inheritance of slavery was curiously worked out in minute details.

These slaves were completely owned by their master, who could theoretically sell them like livestock; however, despite its negative aspects, this form of Filipino slavery was usually not cruel or harsh. The slaves often had friendly relationships with their masters and were not overworked. This type of slavery still exists in the Philippines among the Moros of Mindanao and Jolo. The children of slaves inherited their parents' status; if one parent was free and the other was a slave, the first, third, and fifth children would be free while the second, fourth, and sixth would be slaves. The whole issue of inheriting slavery was carefully detailed and worked out.

Life in the Barangay.—Community feeling was very strong within the barangay. A man could not leave his own barangay for life in another without the consent of the community and the payment of money. If a man of one barrio married a woman of another, their children were divided between the two barangays. The barangay was responsible for the good conduct of its members, and if one of them suffered an injury from a man outside, the whole barangay had to be appeased. Disputes and wrongs between members of the same barangay were referred to a number of old men, who decided the matter in accordance with the customs of the tribe, which were handed down by tradition.12 [105]

Life in the Barangay.—The sense of community was really strong in the barangay. A person couldn’t just leave their barangay to live in another without the community's permission and some payment. If a man from one barangay married a woman from another, their children were split between the two barangays. The barangay was responsible for the behavior of its members, and if one of them got hurt by someone outside, the whole barangay had to make amends. Conflicts and issues between members of the same barangay were brought to a group of elders, who would resolve the situation based on the tribe’s customs, which were passed down through tradition.12 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Religion of the Filipinos.—The Filipinos on the arrival of the Spaniards were fetish-worshipers, but they had one spirit whom they believed was the greatest of all and the creator or maker of things. The Tagálog called this deity Bathala,13 the Bisaya, Laon, and the Ilocano, Kabunian. They also worshiped the spirits of their ancestors, which were represented by small images called “anitos.” Fetishes, which are any objects believed to possess miraculous power, were common among the people, and idols or images were worshiped. Pigafetta describes some idols which he saw in Cebu, and Chirino tells us that, within the memory of Filipinos whom he knew, they had idols of stone, wood, bone, or the tooth of a crocodile, and that there were some of gold.

The Religion of the Filipinos.—When the Spaniards arrived, the Filipinos practiced fetish worship, but they believed in one supreme spirit who was the greatest of all and the creator of everything. The Tagálog referred to this deity as Bathala, the Bisaya called it Laon, and the Ilocano named it Kabunian. They also honored the spirits of their ancestors, represented by small figures called “anitos.” Fetishes, which are objects thought to have miraculous powers, were common among the people, and they worshiped idols or images. Pigafetta describes some of the idols he saw in Cebu, and Chirino tells us that, within the memory of Filipinos he knew, there were idols made of stone, wood, bone, or crocodile teeth, and that some were made of gold.

They also reverenced animals and birds, especially the crocodile, the raven, and a mythical bird of blue or yellow color, which was called by the name of their deity Bathala.14 They had no temples or public places of worship, but each one had his anitos in his own house and performed his sacrifices and acts of worship there. As sacrifices they killed pigs or chickens, and made such occasions times of feasting, song, and drunkenness. The life of the [106]Filipino was undoubtedly filled with superstitious fears and imaginings.

They also respected animals and birds, especially the crocodile, the raven, and a mythical bird that was blue or yellow, which was named after their deity Bathala. 14 They didn't have temples or public places of worship; instead, each person had their own anitos in their home and conducted their sacrifices and acts of worship there. For sacrifices, they would kill pigs or chickens and turned these occasions into times of feasting, singing, and drinking. The life of the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Filipino was undoubtedly filled with superstitious fears and imaginations.

The Mohammedan Malays.—The Mohammedans outside of southern Mindanao and Jolo, had settled in the vicinity of Manila Bay and on Mindoro, Lubang, and adjacent coasts of Luzon. The spread of Mohammedanism was stopped by the Spaniards, although it is narrated that for a long time many of those living on the shores of Manila Bay refused to eat pork, which is forbidden by the Koran, and practiced the rite of circumcision. As late as 1583, Bishop Salazar, in writing to the king of affairs in the Philippines, says the Moros had preached the law of Mohammed to great numbers in these islands and by this preaching many of the Gentiles had become Mohammedans; and further he adds, “Those who have received this foul law guard it with much persistence and there is great difficulty in making them abandon it; and with cause too, for the reasons they give, to our shame and confusion, are that they were better treated by the preachers of Mohammed than they have been by the preachers of Christ.”15

The Muslim Malays.—The Muslims outside of southern Mindanao and Jolo had settled around Manila Bay and on Mindoro, Lubang, and nearby coasts of Luzon. The spread of Islam was halted by the Spaniards, although it's reported that for a long time many of those living along the shores of Manila Bay refused to eat pork, which is forbidden by the Quran, and practiced circumcision. As late as 1583, Bishop Salazar, in a letter to the king regarding issues in the Philippines, noted that the Moros had preached the law of Muhammad to many people in these islands and that through this preaching, many of the non-believers had converted to Islam. He further stated, “Those who have accepted this misguided law hold on to it fiercely, and it is very difficult to convince them to give it up; and with good reason too, for the reasons they provide, to our shame and embarrassment, are that they were treated better by the preachers of Muhammad than they have been by the preachers of Christ.”15

Material Progress of the Filipinos.—The material surroundings of the Filipino before the arrival of the Spaniards were in nearly every way quite as they are to-day. The “center of population” of each town to-day, with its great church, tribunal, stores and houses of stone and wood, is certainly in marked contrast; but the appearance of a barrio a little distance from the center is to-day probably much as it was then. Then, as now, the bulk of the people lived in humble houses of bamboo [107]and nipa raised on piles above the dampness of the soil; then, as now, the food was largely rice and the excellent fish which abound in river and sea. There were on the water the same familiar bancas and fish corrals, and on land the rice fields and cocoanut groves. The Filipinos had then most of the present domesticated animals,—dogs, cats, goats, chickens, and pigs,—and perhaps in Luzon the domesticated buffalo, although this animal was widely introduced into the Philippines from China after the Spanish conquest. Horses came with the Spaniards and their numbers were increased by the bringing in of Chinese mares, whose importation is frequently mentioned.

Material Progress of the Filipinos.—The living conditions of Filipinos before the Spaniards arrived were mostly similar to how they are today. The “center of population” in each town now, with its large church, government buildings, shops, and houses made of stone and wood, stands in stark contrast; however, the look of a barrio a short distance from the center is likely much the same as it was back then. Just like now, most people lived in simple bamboo and nipa houses raised on stilts above the damp ground; just like now, the diet mostly consisted of rice and the excellent fish found in rivers and the sea. Familiar boats and fish traps were present in the water, and on land, there were rice fields and coconut groves. Back then, Filipinos had most of the domesticated animals we see today—dogs, cats, goats, chickens, and pigs—and possibly in Luzon, they had domesticated buffalo, although this animal was largely introduced from China after the Spanish conquest. Horses came with the Spaniards and their numbers were boosted by the importation of Chinese mares, which was often noted.

The Spaniards introduced also the cultivation of tobacco, coffee, and cacao, and perhaps also the native corn of America, the maize, although Pigafetta says they found it already growing in the Bisayas.

The Spaniards also introduced the growing of tobacco, coffee, and cacao, and possibly the native corn of America, maize, although Pigafetta mentions they found it already growing in the Bisayas.

The Filipino has been affected by these centuries of Spanish sovereignty far less on his material side than he has on his spiritual, and it is mainly in the deepening and elevating of his emotional and mental life and not in the bettering of his material condition that advance has been made. [108]

The Filipino has been impacted by centuries of Spanish rule much more in his spiritual life than in his material world. Progress has primarily been seen in the enrichment and elevation of his emotional and mental life, rather than in improvements to his material conditions. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 The discovery of this famous relationship is attributed to the Spanish Jesuit Abbé, Lorenzo Hervas, whose notable Catalogo de las Lenguas de las Naciones conocidas was published in 1800–05; but the similarity of Malay and Polynesian had been earlier shown by naturalists who accompanied the second voyage of the famous Englishman, Captain Cook (1772–75). The full proof, and the relation also of Malagasy, the language of Madagascar, was given in 1838 by the work of the great German philologist, Baron William von Humboldt.

1 The discovery of this well-known connection is credited to the Spanish Jesuit Abbé, Lorenzo Hervas, whose remarkable Catalogo de las Lenguas de las Naciones conocidas was published between 1800 and 1805; however, the similarities between Malay and Polynesian had already been pointed out by naturalists who were part of Captain Cook's second voyage (1772–75). The complete evidence, along with the connection to Malagasy, the language spoken in Madagascar, was provided in 1838 by the influential German philologist, Baron William von Humboldt.

2 Relacion de las Islas Filipinas, 2d ed., p. 52.

2 Report on the Philippine Islands, 2nd ed., p. 52.

3 Another possible explanation of the many Sanskrit terms which are found in the Philippine languages, is that the period of contact between Filipinos and Hindus occurred not in the Philippines but in Java and Sumatra, whence the ancestors of the Filipinos came.

3 Another possible reason for the many Sanskrit terms found in the Philippine languages is that the contact between Filipinos and Hindus may not have happened in the Philippines but in Java and Sumatra, from where the ancestors of the Filipinos originated.

4 Relacion de las Islas Filipinas, 2d ed., pp. 58, 59, chap. XVII.

4 Relation of the Philippine Islands, 2nd ed., pp. 58, 59, chap. XVII.

5 Arte de la Lengua Tagala.

5 Art of the Tagalog Language.

6 This name is derived, in the opinion of Professor Blumentritt, from Bayi, or Bay, meaning Laguna de Bay. Professor Meyer, in his Distribution of the Negritos, suggests an identification from this Chinese record, of the islands of Mindanao, Palawan (called Pa-lao-yu) and Panay, Negros, Cebu, Leyte, Samar, Bohol, and Luzon.

6 According to Professor Blumentritt, this name comes from Bayi, or Bay, which means Laguna de Bay. Professor Meyer, in his Distribution of the Negritos, proposes that this Chinese record identifies the islands of Mindanao, Palawan (referred to as Pa-lao-yu), and Panay, Negros, Cebu, Leyte, Samar, Bohol, and Luzon.

7 Through the courtesy of Professor Zulueta, of the Manila Liceo, permission was given to use from Chao Ju-kua’s work these quotations, translated from the Chinese manuscript by Professor Blumentritt. The English translation is by Mr. P. L. Stangl.

7 Thanks to Professor Zulueta from the Manila Liceo, we have permission to use these quotes from Chao Ju-kua’s work, translated from the Chinese manuscript by Professor Blumentritt. The English translation is done by Mr. P. L. Stangl.

8 “This would confirm,” says Professor Blumentritt, “Dr. Pardo de Tavera’s view that in ancient times the Philippines were under the influence of Buddhism from India.”

8 “This would confirm,” says Professor Blumentritt, “Dr. Pardo de Tavera’s belief that in ancient times, the Philippines were influenced by Buddhism from India.”

9 Conquista de las Islas Filipinas, p. 95.

9 Conquest of the Philippine Islands, p. 95.

10 Relacion de la Conquista de la Isla de Luzón, 1572; in Retana, Archivo del Bibliófilo Filipino, vol. I.

10 Account of the Conquest of the Island of Luzón, 1572; in Retana, Archive of the Filipino Bibliophile, vol. I.

11 Sucesos de las Filipinas, p. 297.

11 Events of the Philippines, p. 297.

12 These data are largely taken from the account of the customs of the Tagálog prepared by Friar Juan de Plasencia, in 1589, at the [93n]request of Dr. Santiago de Vera, the governor and president of the Audiencia. Although there are references to it by the early historians of the Philippines, this little code did not see the light until a few years ago, when a manuscript copy was discovered in the convent of the Franciscans at Manila, by Dr. Pardo de Tavera, and was by him published. It treats of slave-holding, penalties for crime, inheritances, adoption, dowry, and marriage. (Las Costumbres de los Tagálog en Filipinas, segun el Padre Plasencia, by T. H. Pardo de Tavera. Madrid, 1892.)

12 This information mainly comes from the account of the customs of the Tagálog written by Friar Juan de Plasencia in 1589, at the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]request of Dr. Santiago de Vera, the governor and president of the Audiencia. Although early historians of the Philippines referred to it, this small code was not published until a few years ago when Dr. Pardo de Tavera discovered a manuscript copy in the Franciscans' convent in Manila and published it. It covers topics like slavery, criminal penalties, inheritance, adoption, dowry, and marriage. (Las Costumbres de los Tagálog en Filipinas, segun el Padre Plasencia, by T. H. Pardo de Tavera. Madrid, 1892.)

13 See on this matter Diccionario Mitologico de Filipinas, by Blumentritt; Retana, Archivo del Bibliófilo Filipino, vol. II.

13 For more on this topic, see Diccionario Mitologico de Filipinas by Blumentritt; Retana, Archivo del Bibliófilo Filipino, vol. II.

14 This word is of Sanskrit origin and is common throughout Malaysia.

14 This word comes from Sanskrit and is widely used in Malaysia.

15 Relacion de las Cosas de las Filipinas hecha por Sr. Domingo de Salazar, Primer obispo de dichas islas, 1583; in Retana, Archivo, vol. III.

15 Account of the Things of the Philippines by Mr. Domingo de Salazar, First Bishop of those islands, 1583; in Retana, Archive, vol. III.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter VI.

The Spanish Soldier and the Spanish Missionary.

History of the Philippines as a Part of the History of the Spanish Colonies.—We have already seen how the Philippines were discovered by Magellan in his search for the Spice Islands. Brilliant and romantic as is the story of that voyage, it brought no immediate reward to Spain. Portugal remained in her enjoyment of the Eastern trade and nearly half a century elapsed before Spain obtained a settlement in these islands. But if for a time he neglected the Far East, the Spaniard from the Peninsula threw himself with almost incredible energy and devotion into the material and spiritual conquest of America. All the greatest achievements of the Spanish soldier and the Spanish missionary had been secured within fifty years from the day when Columbus sighted the West Indies.

History of the Philippines as a Part of the History of the Spanish Colonies.—We've already seen how Magellan discovered the Philippines while searching for the Spice Islands. As captivating and adventurous as that journey was, it didn't bring any immediate benefits to Spain. Portugal continued to enjoy the Eastern trade, and it took nearly fifty years before Spain established a settlement in these islands. However, while he temporarily overlooked the Far East, the Spanish from the Peninsula energetically and devotedly pursued the material and spiritual conquest of America. All the major accomplishments of the Spanish soldier and missionary were achieved within fifty years from the moment Columbus spotted the West Indies.

In order to understand the history of the Philippines, we must not forget that these islands formed a part of this great colonial empire and were under the same administration; that for over two centuries the Philippines were reached through Mexico and to a certain extent governed by Mexico; that the same governors, judges, and soldiers held office in both hemispheres, passing from America to the Philippines and being promoted from the Islands to the higher official positions of Mexico and Peru. So to understand the rule of Spain in the Philippines, we must study the great administrative machinery and the [109]great body of laws which she developed for the government of the Indies.1

To grasp the history of the Philippines, we must remember that these islands were part of a vast colonial empire and were managed under the same administration. For over two centuries, the Philippines were accessed through Mexico and were partially governed by it. The same governors, judges, and soldiers served in both regions, moving from America to the Philippines and being promoted from the Islands to higher official roles in Mexico and Peru. Therefore, to understand Spain's rule in the Philippines, we need to examine the extensive administrative system and the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]comprehensive set of laws she established for governing the Indies.1

Character of the Spanish Explorers.—The conquests themselves were largely effected through the enterprise and wealth of private individuals; but these men held commissions from the Spanish crown, their actions were subject to strict royal control, and a large proportion of the profits and plunder of their expeditions were paid to the royal treasury. Upon some of these conquerors the crown bestowed the proud title of “adelantado.” The Spanish nobility threw themselves into these hazardous undertakings with the courage and fixed determination born of their long struggle with the Moors. Out of the soul-trying circumstances of Western conquest many obscure men rose, through their brilliant qualities of spirit, to positions of eminence and power; but the exalted offices of viceroy and governor were reserved for the titled favorites of the king.

Character of the Spanish Explorers.—The conquests themselves were largely achieved through the efforts and wealth of private individuals; however, these men held commissions from the Spanish crown, their actions were under strict royal oversight, and a significant portion of the profits and plunder from their expeditions went to the royal treasury. Some of these conquerors were granted the prestigious title of “adelantado” by the crown. The Spanish nobility eagerly engaged in these risky ventures with the courage and determination stemming from their long conflict with the Moors. From the challenging circumstances of Western conquest, many lesser-known individuals rose to prominence and power due to their remarkable qualities; however, the high-ranking positions of viceroy and governor were reserved for the king's favored nobles.

The Royal Audiencia.—Very early the Spanish court, in order to protect its own authority, found it necessary to succeed the ambitious and adventurous conqueror by a ruler in close relationship with and absolute dependence on the royal will. Thus in Mexico, Cortes the conqueror was removed and replaced by the viceroy Mendoza, who established upon the conquests of the former the great Spanish colony of New Spain, to this day the most successful of all the states planted by Spain in America.

The Royal Audiencia.—In the early days, the Spanish court realized it needed to establish control over its authority by appointing a ruler who was closely tied to and completely dependent on royal decisions. So, in Mexico, the conqueror Cortes was ousted and replaced by Viceroy Mendoza, who built on Cortes’s conquests to create the vast Spanish colony of New Spain, which remains the most successful of all the territories established by Spain in the Americas.

To limit the power of the governor or viceroy, as well [110]as to act as a supreme court for the settlement of actions and legal questions, Spain created the “Royal Audiencia.” This was a body of men of noble rank and learned in the law, sent out from Spain to form in each country a colonial court; but their powers were not alone judicial; they were also administrative. In the absence of the governor they assumed his duties.

To restrict the authority of the governor or viceroy, as well [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]as to serve as a supreme court for resolving disputes and legal issues, Spain established the “Royal Audiencia.” This was a group of noblemen who were well-versed in the law, dispatched from Spain to create a colonial court in each country; however, their powers weren’t just judicial; they also had administrative authority. In the governor's absence, they took on his responsibilities.

Treatment of the Natives by the Spanish.—In his treatment of the natives, whose lands he captured, the Spanish king attempted three things,—first, to secure to the colonist and to the crown the advantages of his labor, second, to convert the Indians to the Christian religion as maintained by the Roman Catholic Church, and third, to protect them from cruelty and inhumanity. Edict after edict, law after law, issued from the Spanish throne with these ends in view. As they stand upon the greatest of colonial law-books, the Recopilacion de Leyes de las Indias, they display an admirable sensitiveness to the needs of the Indian and an appreciation of the dangers to which he was subjected; but in the actual practice these beneficent provisions were largely useless.

Treatment of the Natives by the Spanish.—In his treatment of the native people whose lands he seized, the Spanish king aimed for three main things: first, to ensure that both the settlers and the crown benefited from their labor; second, to convert the Indigenous people to the Christian faith as practiced by the Roman Catholic Church; and third, to protect them from cruelty and inhumanity. Numerous edicts and laws were issued by the Spanish throne with these goals in mind. When outlined in the most comprehensive colonial law books, the Recopilacion de Leyes de las Indias, they show a commendable awareness of the needs of the Indigenous people and an understanding of the threats they faced; however, in practice, these well-intentioned provisions were largely ineffective.

The first and third of Spain’s purposes in her treatment of the native proved incompatible. History has shown that liberty and enlightenment can not be taken from a race with one hand and protection given it with the other. All classes of Spain’s colonial government were frankly in pursuit of wealth. Greed filled them all, and was the mainspring of every discovery and every settlement. The king wanted revenue for his treasury; the noble and the soldier, booty for their private purse; the friar, wealth for his order; the bishop, power for his church. All this wealth had to come out of the native toiler on the lands which the Spanish conqueror had seized; and while noble [111]motives were probably never absent and at certain times prevailed, yet in the main the native of America and of the Philippines was a sufferer under the hand and power of the Spaniard.

The first and third goals of Spain in dealing with the natives were at odds. History has shown that you can’t take away freedom and enlightenment from a people while claiming to protect them. Every level of Spain’s colonial government was clearly focused on wealth. Greed drove them all, fueling every discovery and settlement. The king wanted money for his treasury; the nobles and soldiers sought loot for their personal gain; the friars aimed for riches for their orders; the bishops wanted power for their church. All this wealth had to come from the native workers on the lands that the Spanish conquerors had taken; and while noble motivations were likely never completely absent and sometimes took precedence, the reality was that the natives of America and the Philippines suffered under the power of the Spaniards.

“The Encomenderos.”—Spain’s system of controlling the lives and the labor of the Indians was based to a certain extent on the feudal system, still surviving in the Peninsula at the time of her colonial conquests. The captains and soldiers and priests of her successful conquests had assigned to them great estates or fruitful lands with their native inhabitants, which they managed and ruled for their own profit. Such estates were called first “repartimientos.” But very soon it became the practice, in America, to grant large numbers of Indians to the service of a Spaniard, who had over them the power of a master and who enjoyed the profits of their labor. In return he was supposed to provide for the conversion of the Indians and their religious instruction. Such a grant of Indians was called an “encomienda.” The “encomendero” was not absolute lord of the lives and properties of the Indians, for elaborate laws were framed for the latter’s protection. Yet the granting of subjects without the land on which they lived made possible their transfer and sale from one encomendero to another, and in this way thousands of Indians of America were made practically slaves, and were forced into labor in the mines.

“The Encomenderos.”—Spain’s system of controlling the lives and labor of the Native Americans was partly based on the feudal system, which was still present in the Peninsula during her colonial conquests. The captains, soldiers, and priests of these successful conquests were given large estates or fertile lands along with their native inhabitants, which they managed and ruled for their own benefit. These estates were initially called “repartimientos.” However, it quickly became common in America to grant a large number of Indians to a Spaniard, who had master-like power over them and reaped the benefits of their labor. In exchange, he was expected to take care of their conversion to Christianity and their religious education. This arrangement of granting Indians was called an “encomienda.” The “encomendero” did not have absolute control over the lives and properties of the Indians, as there were detailed laws designed to protect them. Yet, granting people without the land they lived on allowed for their transfer and sale from one encomendero to another, which effectively turned thousands of Native Americans into virtual slaves, forcing them to work in the mines.

As we have already seen, the whole system was attacked by the Dominican priest, Las Casas, a truly noble character in the history of American colonization, and various efforts were made in America to limit the encomiendas and to prevent their introduction into Mexico and Peru; but the great power of the encomendero in America, together with the influence of the Church, which held extensive [112]encomiendas, had been sufficient to extend the institution, even against Las Casas’ impassioned remonstrances. Its abolition in Mexico was decreed in 1544, but “commissioners representing the municipality of Mexico and the religious orders were sent to Spain to ask the king to revoke at least those parts of the ‘New Laws’ which threatened the interests of the settlers. By a royal decree of October 20, 1545, the desired revocation was granted. This action filled the Spanish settlers with joy and the enslaved Indians with despair.”2

As we've already seen, the whole system was challenged by the Dominican priest, Las Casas, a truly noble figure in the history of American colonization. Various attempts were made in America to limit the encomiendas and to stop their introduction into Mexico and Peru; however, the immense power of the encomendero in America, along with the Church's influence, which had extensive [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]encomiendas, was enough to maintain the institution, even against Las Casas’ passionate protests. Its abolition in Mexico was ordered in 1544, but “commissioners representing the municipality of Mexico and the religious orders were sent to Spain to request the king to revoke at least those parts of the ‘New Laws’ that threatened the settlers' interests. By a royal decree dated October 20, 1545, the requested revocation was granted. This decision filled the Spanish settlers with joy and left the enslaved Indians in despair.”2

Thus was the institution early established as a part of the colonial system and came with the conquerors to the Philippines.

Thus, the institution was established early as part of the colonial system and arrived with the conquerors in the Philippines.

Restrictions on Colonization and Commerce.—For the management of all colonial affairs the king created a great board, or bureau, known as the “Council of the Indies,” which sat in Madrid and whose members were among the highest officials of Spain. The Spanish government exercised the closest supervision over all colonial matters, and colonization was never free. All persons, wares, and ships, passing from Spain to any of her colonial possessions, were obliged to pass through Seville, and this one port alone.

Restrictions on Colonization and Commerce.—To manage all colonial affairs, the king established a large board or bureau known as the “Council of the Indies,” which met in Madrid and included some of the highest officials of Spain. The Spanish government maintained strict oversight over all colonial issues, and colonization was never unrestricted. Everyone, along with goods and ships, traveling from Spain to any of its colonies had to go through Seville, and this was the only port allowed.

This wealthy ancient city, situated on the river Guadalquivir in southwestern Spain, was the gateway to the Spanish Empire. From this port went forth the mailed soldier, the robed friar, the adventurous noble, and the brave and highborn Spanish ladies, who accompanied their husbands to such great distances over the sea. And back to this port were brought the gold of Peru, the silver of Mexico, and the silks and embroideries of China, dispatched through the Philippines. [113]

This rich ancient city, located on the Guadalquivir River in southwestern Spain, was the entry point to the Spanish Empire. From this port set out the armored soldier, the robed friar, the daring noble, and the brave and noble Spanish women who traveled great distances across the sea with their husbands. And back to this port came the gold from Peru, the silver from Mexico, and the silks and embroideries from China, sent through the Philippines. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

It must be observed that all intercourse between Spain and her colonies was rigidly controlled by the government. Spain sought to create and maintain an exclusive monopoly of her colonial trade. To enforce and direct this monopoly, there was at Seville the Commercial House, or “Casa de Contratacion.” No one could sail from Spain to a colonial possession without a permit and after government registration. No one could send out goods or import them except through the Commercial House and upon the payment of extraordinary imposts. Trade was absolutely forbidden to any except Spaniards. And by her forts and fleets Spain strove to isolate her colonies from the approach of Portuguese, Dutch, or English, whose ships, no less daringly manned than those of Spain herself, were beginning to traverse the seas in search of the plunder and spoils of foreign conquest and trade.

It should be noted that all interactions between Spain and its colonies were strictly controlled by the government. Spain aimed to establish and maintain a complete monopoly on its colonial trade. To enforce and manage this monopoly, there was the Commercial House, or “Casa de Contratacion,” located in Seville. No one could sail from Spain to a colonial possession without a permit and after government registration. No one could ship goods out or import them except through the Commercial House and after paying high taxes. Trade was completely restricted to Spaniards only. Through its forts and fleets, Spain worked to keep its colonies isolated from the approaches of the Portuguese, Dutch, or English, whose ships, just as bold as Spain's own, were beginning to explore the seas in search of the wealth and resources of foreign conquests and trade.

Summary of the Colonial Policy of Spain.—Spain sought foreign colonies, first, for the spoils of accumulated wealth that could be seized and carried away at once, and, secondly, for the income that could be procured through the labor of the inhabitants of the lands she gained. In framing her government and administration of her colonies, she sought primarily the political enlightenment and welfare neither of the Spanish colonist nor the native race, but the glory, power, and patronage of the crown. The commercial and trade regulations were devised, not to develop the resources and increase the prosperity of the colonies, but to add wealth to the Peninsula. Yet the purposes of Spain were far from being wholly selfish. With zeal and success she sought the conversion of the heathen natives, whom she subjected, and in this showed a humanitarian interest in advance of the Dutch and English, who rivaled her in colonial empire. [114]

Summary of the Colonial Policy of Spain.—Spain aimed to acquire foreign colonies primarily for the immediate wealth they could provide and for the ongoing income generated by the labor of the local populations in those territories. When establishing governance and administration in her colonies, Spain focused not on the well-being of the Spanish settlers or the native people, but rather on the glory, power, and support of the crown. The trade and commercial regulations were designed not to enhance the colonies' resources or prosperity, but to increase wealth for the mainland. However, Spain's objectives weren't entirely self-serving. She actively pursued the conversion of the native populations to Christianity, demonstrating a humanitarian interest that was more advanced than that of the Dutch and English, who were her competitors in building a colonial empire. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The colonial ideals under which the policy of Spain was framed were those of the times. In the centuries that have succeeded, public wisdom and conscience on these matters have immeasurably improved. Nations no longer make conquests frankly to exploit them, but the public opinion of the world demands that the welfare of the colonial subject be sought and that he be protected from official greed. There is great advance still to be made. It can hardly be said that the world yet recognizes that a stronger people should assist a weaker without assurance of material reward, but this is the direction in which the most enlightened feeling is advancing. Every undertaking of the white race, which has such aims in view, is an experiment worthy of the most profound interest and most solicitous sympathy.

The colonial ideals that shaped Spain's policy were reflective of that era. Since then, our understanding and conscience regarding these issues have greatly improved. Countries no longer conquer territories solely for exploitation; today, global public opinion demands that the well-being of colonized people is prioritized and that they are shielded from official corruption. There's still considerable progress to be made. It can hardly be claimed that the world fully acknowledges that stronger nations should support weaker ones without expecting a tangible reward, but this is the direction in which the most progressive thinking is moving. Every initiative by the white race with these goals in mind is an experiment deserving of deep interest and heartfelt support.

Result of the Voyage of Magellan and El Cano.—The mind of the Spanish adventurer was greatly excited by the results of Sebastian del Cano’s voyage. Here was the opportunity for rich trade and great profit. Numerous plans were laid before the king, one of them for the building of an Indian trading-fleet and an annual voyage to the Moluccas to gather a great harvest of spices.

Result of the Voyage of Magellan and El Cano.—The Spanish adventurer was highly enthusiastic about the outcomes of Sebastian del Cano’s journey. This was a chance for lucrative trade and significant profit. Many proposals were presented to the king, including one for creating an Indian trading fleet and taking an annual trip to the Moluccas to collect a large bounty of spices.

Portugal protested against this move until the question of her claim to the Moluccas, under the division of Pope Alexander, could be settled. The exact longitude of Ternate west from the line 370 leagues beyond the Verde Islands was not well known. Spaniards argued that it was less than 180 degrees, and, therefore, in spite of Portugal’s earlier discovery, belonged to them. The pilot, Medina, for example, explained to Charles V. that from the meridian 370 leagues west of San Anton (the most westerly island of the Verde group) to the city of Mexico was 59 degrees, from Mexico to Navidad, 9 degrees, and [115]from this port to Cebu, 100 degrees, a total of only 168 degrees, leaving a margin of 12 degrees; therefore by the pope’s decision the Indies, Moluccas, Borneo, Gilolo, and the Philippines were Spain’s.3 A great council of embassadors and cosmographers was held at Badajoz in 1524, but reached no agreement. Spain announced her resolution to occupy the Moluccas, and Portugal threatened with death the Spanish adventurers who should be found there.

Portugal protested against this action until the dispute over its claim to the Moluccas, established by Pope Alexander's division, could be resolved. The exact longitude of Ternate, located 370 leagues west of the Verde Islands, wasn't clearly defined. The Spaniards argued that it was less than 180 degrees, and thus, despite Portugal's prior discovery, it belonged to them. For instance, pilot Medina explained to Charles V that from the meridian 370 leagues west of San Anton (the most westerly island of the Verde group) to Mexico City was 59 degrees, from Mexico to Navidad was 9 degrees, and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]from this port to Cebu was 100 degrees, totaling only 168 degrees, leaving a margin of 12 degrees; therefore, according to the pope’s decision, the Indies, Moluccas, Borneo, Gilolo, and the Philippines belonged to Spain.3 A major council of ambassadors and cosmographers was convened at Badajoz in 1524, but they couldn't reach any agreement. Spain declared its intention to take control of the Moluccas, and Portugal threatened to execute any Spanish adventurers found there.

The First Expedition to the Philippines.—Spain acted immediately upon her determination, and in 1525 dispatched an expedition under Jofre de Loaisa to reap the fruits of Magellan’s discoveries.4 The captain of one vessel was Sebastian del Cano, who completed the voyage of Magellan. On his ship sailed Andres de Urdaneta, who later became an Augustinian friar and accompanied the expedition of Legaspi that finally effected the settlement of the Philippines. Not without great hardship and losses did the fleet pass the Straits of Magellan and enter the Pacific Ocean. In mid-ocean Loaisa died, and four days later the heroic Sebastian del Cano. Following a route somewhat similar to that of Magellan, the fleet reached first the Ladrone Islands and later the coast of Mindanao. From here they attempted to sail to Cebu, but the strong northeast monsoon drove them southward to the Moluccas, and they landed on Tidor the last day of the year 1526. [116]

The First Expedition to the Philippines.—Spain quickly acted on its decision and sent an expedition led by Jofre de Loaisa in 1525 to take advantage of Magellan’s discoveries.4 The captain of one ship was Sebastian del Cano, who completed Magellan's voyage. On his ship was Andres de Urdaneta, who later became an Augustinian friar and joined Legaspi’s expedition that ultimately led to the settlement of the Philippines. The fleet faced considerable hardships and losses as they navigated the Straits of Magellan and entered the Pacific Ocean. In mid-ocean, Loaisa passed away, followed four days later by the brave Sebastian del Cano. Following a path similar to Magellan's, the fleet first reached the Ladrone Islands and then the coast of Mindanao. From there, they tried to sail to Cebu, but the strong northeast monsoon pushed them south to the Moluccas, where they landed on Tidor on the last day of 1526. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Failure of the Expedition.—The Portuguese were at this moment fighting to reduce the native rajas of these islands to subjection. They regarded the Spaniards as enemies, and each party of Europeans was shortly engaged in fighting and in inciting the natives against the other. The condition of the Spaniards became desperate in the extreme, and indicates at what cost of life the conquests of the sixteenth century were made. Their ships had become so battered by storm as to be no longer sea-worthy. The two officers, who had successively followed Loaisa and El Cano in command, had likewise perished. Of the 450 men who had sailed from Spain, but 120 now survived. These, under the leadership of Hernando de la Torre, threw up a fort on the island of Tidor, unable to go farther or to retire, and awaited hoped-for succor from Spain.

The Failure of the Expedition.—At this moment, the Portuguese were fighting to bring the native rajas of these islands under control. They saw the Spaniards as enemies, and each group of Europeans was soon involved in battles and encouraging the locals to turn against the other. The situation for the Spaniards became extremely desperate, highlighting the heavy toll on life that the conquests of the sixteenth century demanded. Their ships had been so damaged by storms that they were no longer seaworthy. The two officers who had taken command after Loaisa and El Cano had also died. Out of the 450 men who had sailed from Spain, only 120 were still alive. Led by Hernando de la Torre, they built a fort on the island of Tidor, unable to move forward or retreat, and awaited the hoped-for help from Spain.

Relief came, not from the Peninsula, but from Mexico. Under the instructions of the Spanish king, in October, 1527, Cortes dispatched from Mexico a small expedition in charge of D. Alvaro de Saavedra. Swept rapidly by the equatorial trades, in a few months Saavedra had traversed the Carolines, reprovisioned on Mindanao, and reached the survivors on Tidor. Twice they attempted to return to New Spain, but strong trade winds blow without cessation north and south on either side of the equator for the space of more than twelve hundred miles, and the northern latitude of calms and prevailing westerly winds were not yet known.

Relief didn’t come from the Peninsula, but from Mexico. Following instructions from the Spanish king, in October 1527, Cortes sent a small expedition from Mexico led by D. Alvaro de Saavedra. Quickly carried by the equatorial trade winds, Saavedra crossed the Carolines, restocked supplies in Mindanao, and reached the survivors on Tidor within a few months. They tried to return to New Spain twice, but strong trade winds constantly blow north and south on either side of the equator for over twelve hundred miles, and the northern area of calm and prevailing westerly winds was not yet known.

Twice Saavedra beat his way eastward among the strange islands of Papua and Melanesia, only to be at last driven back upon Tidor and there to die. The survivors were forced to abandon the Moluccas. By surrendering to the Portuguese they were assisted to return [117]to Europe by way of Malacca, Ceylon, and Africa, and they arrived at Lisbon in 1536, the survivors of Loaisa’s expedition, having been gone from Spain eleven years.

Twice, Saavedra fought his way east through the unusual islands of Papua and Melanesia, only to ultimately be forced back to Tidor, where he died. The remaining crew members had to leave the Moluccas. By giving in to the Portuguese, they got help to get back to Europe via Malacca, Ceylon, and Africa, arriving in Lisbon in 1536 as the survivors of Loaisa’s expedition, having been away from Spain for eleven years.

The efforts of the Spanish crown to obtain possession of the Spice Islands, the Celebes and Moluccas, with their coveted products of nutmeg, cinnamon, and pepper, were for the time being ended. By the Treaty of Zaragoza (1529) the Emperor, Charles V., for the sum of three hundred and fifty thousand gold ducats, renounced all claim to the Moluccas. For thirteen years the provisions of this treaty were respected by the Spaniards, and then another attempt was made to obtain a foothold in the East Indies.

The Spanish crown's attempts to take control of the Spice Islands, including the Celebes and Moluccas, known for their valuable nutmeg, cinnamon, and pepper, had come to a halt for the moment. In the Treaty of Zaragoza (1529), Emperor Charles V agreed to give up all claims to the Moluccas for a payment of three hundred and fifty thousand gold ducats. The Spaniards adhered to this treaty for thirteen years, and then they made another attempt to establish a presence in the East Indies.

The Second Expedition to the Philippines.—The facts that disaster had overwhelmed so many, that two oceans must be crossed, and that no sailing-route from Asia back to America was known, did not deter the Spaniards from their perilous conquests; and in 1542 another expedition sailed from Mexico, under command of Lopez de Villalobos, to explore the Philippines and if possible to reach China.

The Second Expedition to the Philippines.—The reality that disaster had affected so many, that two oceans needed to be crossed, and that there was no known sailing route from Asia back to America didn’t stop the Spaniards from their dangerous conquests; in 1542, another expedition set sail from Mexico, led by Lopez de Villalobos, to explore the Philippines and, if possible, reach China.

Across the Pacific they made a safe and pleasant voyage. In the warm waters of the Pacific they sailed among those wonderful coral atolls, rings of low shore, decked with palms, grouped in beautiful archipelagoes, whose appearance has never failed to delight the navigator, and whose composition is one of the most interesting subjects known to students of the earth’s structure and history. Some of these coral islands Villalobos took possession of in the name of Spain. These were perhaps the Pelew Islands or the Carolines.

They had a safe and enjoyable journey across the Pacific. In the warm waters of the Pacific, they sailed among beautiful coral atolls, which are circles of low land covered in palm trees, arranged in stunning archipelagos that never fail to amaze sailors. The makeup of these islands is one of the most fascinating topics for those studying the Earth's structure and history. Villalobos claimed some of these coral islands for Spain. These were probably the Pelew Islands or the Carolines.

At last Villalobos reached the east coast of Mindanao, but after some deaths and sickness they sailed again and [118]were carried south by the monsoon to the little island of Sarangani, south of the southern peninsula of Mindanao. The natives were hostile, but the Spaniards drove them from their stronghold and made some captures of musk, amber, oil, and gold-dust. In need of provisions, they planted the maize, or Indian corn, the wonderful cereal of America, which yields so bounteously, and so soon after planting. Food was greatly needed by the Spaniards and was very difficult to obtain.

At last, Villalobos reached the east coast of Mindanao, but after some deaths and illnesses, they set sail again and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]were pushed south by the monsoon to the small island of Sarangani, located south of the southern tip of Mindanao. The locals were hostile, but the Spaniards managed to drive them out of their stronghold and seized some musk, amber, oil, and gold dust. In need of supplies, they planted maize, or Indian corn, the amazing crop from America that produces a generous harvest soon after planting. The Spaniards desperately needed food, which was very hard to come by.

The Naming of the Islands.—Villalobos equipped a small vessel and sent it northward to try to reach Cebu. This vessel reached the coast of Samar. Villalobos gave to the island the name of Filipina, in honor of the Spanish Infante, or heir apparent, Philip, who was soon to succeed his father Charles V. as King Philip the Second of Spain. Later in his correspondence with the Portuguese Villalobos speaks of the archipelago as Las Filipinas. Although for many years the title of the Islas del Poniente continued in use, Villalobos’ name of Filipinas gradually gained place and has lived.

The Naming of the Islands.—Villalobos equipped a small vessel and sent it northward to try to reach Cebu. This vessel reached the coast of Samar. Villalobos named the island Filipina, in honor of the Spanish heir apparent, Philip, who was soon to succeed his father Charles V as King Philip II of Spain. Later in his correspondence with the Portuguese, Villalobos refers to the archipelago as Las Filipinas. Although the title Islas del Poniente was used for many years, Villalobos’ name, Filipinas, gradually took hold and has persisted.

The End of the Expedition.—While on Sarangani demands were made by the Portuguese, who claimed that Mindanao belonged with the Celebes, that the Spaniards should leave. Driven from Mindanao by lack of food and hostility of the natives, Villalobos was blown southward by storms to Gilolo. Here, after long negotiations, the Portuguese compelled him to surrender. The survivors of the expedition dispersed, some remaining in the Indies, and some eventually reaching Spain; but Villalobos, overwhelmed by discouragement, died on the island of Amboyna. The priest who ministered to him in his last hours was the famous Jesuit missionary to the Indies, Saint Francis Xavier. [119]

The End of the Expedition.—While in Sarangani, the Portuguese made demands, claiming that Mindanao was part of the Celebes and that the Spaniards should leave. Driven out of Mindanao due to lack of food and hostility from the locals, Villalobos was blown southward by storms to Gilolo. There, after lengthy negotiations, the Portuguese forced him to surrender. The surviving members of the expedition scattered, with some staying in the Indies and others eventually making their way back to Spain; however, Villalobos, overwhelmed by despair, died on the island of Amboyna. The priest who cared for him in his final hours was the renowned Jesuit missionary to the Indies, Saint Francis Xavier. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Twenty-three years were to elapse after the sailing of Villalobos’ fleet before another Spanish expedition should reach the Philippines. The year 1565 dates the permanent occupation of the archipelago by the Spanish.

Twenty-three years would pass after Villalobos’ fleet set sail before another Spanish expedition arrived in the Philippines. The year 1565 marks the beginning of the permanent Spanish occupation of the archipelago.

Increase in Political Power of the Church.—Under Philip the Second, the champion of ecclesiasticism, the Spanish crown cemented the union of the monarchy with the church and devoted the resources of the empire, not only to colonial acquisition, but to combating the Protestant revolution on the one hand and heathenism on the other. The Spanish king effected so close a union of the church and state in Spain, that from this time on churchmen rose higher and higher in the Spanish councils, and profoundly influenced the policy and fate of the nation. The policy of Philip the Second, however, brought upon Spain the revolt of the Dutch Lowlands and the wars with England, and her struggle with these two nations drained her resources both on land and sea, and occasioned a physical and moral decline. But while Spain was constantly losing power and prestige in Europe, the king was extending his colonial domain, lending royal aid to the ambitious adventurer and to the ardent missionary friar. Spain’s object being to christianize as well as to conquer, the missionary became a very important figure in the history of every colonial enterprise, and these great orders to whom missions were intrusted thus became the central institutions in the history of the Philippines.

Increase in Political Power of the Church.—Under Philip the Second, the supporter of church authority, the Spanish crown solidified the alliance between the monarchy and the church, dedicating the empire's resources not only to colonial expansion but also to fighting the Protestant Reformation on one side and paganism on the other. The Spanish king created such a close connection between church and state in Spain that from this point forward, church leaders rose higher in the Spanish councils and had a significant impact on the nation's policy and destiny. However, Philip the Second's approach led Spain to face the revolt in the Dutch Lowlands and conflicts with England, and the battles against these two nations drained Spain's resources both on land and at sea, causing a decline both physically and morally. While Spain continuously lost influence and respect in Europe, the king was expanding his colonial territory, supporting both ambitious adventurers and passionate missionary friars. Spain aimed to not only conquer but also to spread Christianity, making the missionary a crucial figure in every colonial venture, and the major religious orders entrusted with such missions became the focal institutions in the history of the Philippines.

The Rise of Monasticism.—Monasticism was introduced into Europe from the East at the very commencement of the Middle Ages. The fundamental idea of the old monasticism was retirement from human society in the belief that the world was bad and could not be bettered, and [120]that men could lead holier lives and better please God by forsaking secular employments and family relations, and devoting all their attention to purifying their characters. The first monastic order in Europe were the Benedictines, organized in the seventh century, whose rule and organization were the pattern for those that followed.

The Rise of Monasticism.—Monasticism was brought to Europe from the East at the very beginning of the Middle Ages. The main idea behind the early monasticism was to withdraw from society, believing that the world was corrupt and could not be improved, and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]that people could live more holy lives and better serve God by leaving behind secular jobs and family ties, focusing entirely on purifying their souls. The first monastic order in Europe was the Benedictines, established in the seventh century, whose rules and structure became the blueprint for those that came after.

The clergy of the church were divided thus into two groups,—first, the parish priests, or ministers, who lived among the people over whom they exercised the care of souls, and who, because they were of the people themselves and lived their lives in association with the community, were known as the “secular clergy,” and second, the monks, or “regular clergy,” were so called because they lived under the “rule” of their order.

The church clergy were split into two groups: first, the parish priests or ministers, who lived among the people they cared for and were known as the “secular clergy” because they were part of the community and shared their lives with them. Second, the monks, or “regular clergy,” were called that because they lived by the specific “rule” of their order.

In the early part of the thirteenth century monasticism, which had waned somewhat during the preceding two centuries, received a new impetus and inspiration from the organization of new orders known as brethren or “Friars.” The idea underlying their organization was noble, and above that of the old monasticism; for it was the idea of service, of ministry both to the hearts and bodies of depressed and suffering men.

In the early part of the thirteenth century, monasticism, which had declined somewhat over the previous two centuries, gained new energy and inspiration from the formation of new groups known as brethren or “Friars.” The core idea behind their organization was noble, even more so than that of traditional monasticism; it focused on service, on ministering to both the hearts and bodies of struggling and suffering people.

The Dominicans.—The Order of Dominicans was organized by Saint Dominic, an Italian, about 1215. The primary object of its members was to defend the doctrines of the Church and, by teaching and preaching, destroy the doubts and protests which in the thirteenth century were beginning to disturb the claims of the Catholic Church and the Papacy. The Dominican friars did not live in communities, but traveled about, humbly clad, preaching in the villages and towns, and seeking to expose and punish the heretic. The mediæval universities, through their study of philosophy and the Roman law, [121]were producing a class of men disposed to hold opinions contrary to the teachings of the Church. The Dominicans realized the importance of these great centers of instruction and entered them as teachers and masters, and by the beginning of the fifteenth century had made them strongholds of conservatism and orthodoxy.

The Dominicans.—The Order of Dominicans was established by Saint Dominic, an Italian, around 1215. The main goal of its members was to defend the Church's teachings and, through teaching and preaching, eliminate the doubts and protests that were starting to challenge the claims of the Catholic Church and the Papacy in the thirteenth century. The Dominican friars didn’t live in communities; instead, they traveled around, dressed humbly, preaching in villages and towns, and working to identify and punish heretics. The medieval universities, through their studies of philosophy and Roman law, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] were producing a group of people inclined to hold views against the Church's teachings. The Dominicans recognized the significance of these major centers of education and entered them as teachers and scholars, and by the early fifteenth century, they had turned them into bastions of conservatism and orthodoxy.

The Franciscans.—A few years after this organization, the Order of Franciscans was founded by Saint Francis of Assisi, of Spain. The aims of this order were not only to preach and administer the sacraments, but to nurse the sick, provide for the destitute, and alleviate the dreadful misery which affected whole classes in the Middle Ages. They took vows of absolute poverty, and so humble was the garb prescribed by their rule that they went barefooted from place to place.

The Franciscans.—A few years after this organization, the Order of Franciscans was established by Saint Francis of Assisi from Spain. The goals of this order were not just to preach and administer the sacraments, but also to care for the sick, support the needy, and relieve the terrible suffering that affected entire groups during the Middle Ages. They took vows of complete poverty, and their rule required such a humble dress that they traveled barefoot from one place to another.

The Augustinian Order was founded by Pope Alexander IV., in 1265, and still other orders came later.

The Augustinian Order was established by Pope Alexander IV in 1265, and additional orders followed later.

The Degeneration of the Orders.—Without doubt the early ministrations of these friars were productive of great good both on the religious and humanitarian sides. But, as the orders became wealthy, the friars lost their spirituality and their lives grew vicious. By the beginning of the sixteenth century the administration of the Church throughout Europe had become so corrupt, the economic burden of the religious orders so great, and religious teaching and belief so material, that the best and noblest minds in all countries were agitating for reform.

The Decline of the Orders.—Undoubtedly, the early work of these friars had a significant positive impact on both religious and humanitarian levels. However, as the orders gained wealth, the friars lost their spirituality and their lives became corrupt. By the early sixteenth century, the Church's administration across Europe had become so corrupt, the financial strain of the religious orders so heavy, and religious teachings and beliefs so focused on materialism, that the best and most noble minds in every nation were calling for reform.

The Reformation.—In addition to changes in church administration, many Christians were demanding a greater freedom of religious thinking and radical changes in the Church doctrine which had taken form in the Middle Ages. Thus, while all the best minds in the Church were united in seeking a reformation of character and of administration, [122]great differences arose between them as to the possibility of change in Church doctrines. These differences accordingly separated them into two parties, the Papacy adhering strongly to the doctrine as it was then accepted, while various leaders in the north of Europe, including Martin Luther in Germany, Swingli in Switzerland, and John Calvin in France and Geneva, broke with the authority of the Pope and declared for a liberation of the individual conscience.

The Reformation.—Alongside changes in church management, many Christians were calling for more freedom in religious beliefs and significant changes to the Church doctrines that had developed during the Middle Ages. While the greatest thinkers in the Church were united in wanting to reform character and administration, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] they had major disagreements about the possibility of changing Church doctrines. These disagreements ultimately split them into two groups: the Papacy, which strongly supported the existing doctrine, and various leaders in Northern Europe, including Martin Luther in Germany, Zwingli in Switzerland, and John Calvin in France and Geneva, who broke away from the Pope's authority and advocated for the freedom of individual conscience.

Upon the side of the Papacy, the Emperor Charles the Fifth threw the weight of the Spanish monarchy, and to enforce the Papal authority he attacked the German princes by force of arms. The result was a great revolt from the Roman Catholic Church, which spread all over northern Germany, a large portion of Switzerland, the lowlands of the Rhine, and England, and which included a numerous and very influential element among the French people. These countries, with the exception of France, have remained Protestant to the present day; and the great expansion of the English people in America and the East has established Protestantism in all parts of the world.

On the side of the Papacy, Emperor Charles the Fifth supported the Spanish monarchy, and to reinforce Papal authority, he attacked the German princes with military force. This led to a significant revolt against the Roman Catholic Church that spread across northern Germany, a large part of Switzerland, the Rhine lowlands, and England, and included a substantial and influential group among the French people. Except for France, these countries have remained Protestant to this day, and the extensive expansion of the English people in America and the East has established Protestantism in various parts of the world.

Effects of the Reformation in the Roman Catholic Church.—The reform movement, which lasted through the century, brought about a great improvement in the Roman Catholic Church. Many, who remained devoted to Roman Catholic orthodoxy, were zealous for administrative reform. A great assembly of Churchmen, the Council of Trent, for years devoted itself to legislation to correct abuses. The Inquisition was revived and put into force against Protestants, especially in the dominions of Spain, and the religious orders were reformed and stimulated to new sacrifices and great undertakings.

Effects of the Reformation in the Roman Catholic Church.—The reform movement, which continued throughout the century, led to significant improvements in the Roman Catholic Church. Many who remained loyal to Roman Catholic beliefs were eager for administrative reform. A large gathering of Church leaders, the Council of Trent, spent years working on laws to address issues. The Inquisition was revived and targeted Protestants, particularly in Spain, and the religious orders were revamped and motivated to make new sacrifices and take on major efforts.

But greater, perhaps, than any of these agencies in re-establishing [123]the power of the Pope and reviving the life of the Roman Catholic Church was the organization of a new order, the “Society of Jesus.” The founder was a Spaniard, Ignatius Loyola, The Jesuits devoted themselves especially to education and missionary activity. Their schools soon covered Europe, while their mission stations were to be found in both North and South America, India, the East Indies, China, and Japan.

But perhaps more significant than any of these efforts in restoring the power of the Pope and reviving the Roman Catholic Church was the establishment of a new order, the “Society of Jesus.” The founder was a Spaniard, Ignatius Loyola. The Jesuits focused particularly on education and missionary work. Their schools quickly spread across Europe, and their mission stations were established in North and South America, India, the East Indies, China, and Japan.

The Spanish Missionary.—The Roman Catholic Church, having lost a large part of Europe, thus strove to make up the loss by gaining converts in heathen lands. Spain, being the power most rapidly advancing her conquests abroad, was the source of the most tireless missionary effort. From the time of Columbus, every fleet that sailed to gain plunder and lands for the Spanish kingdom carried bands of friars and churchmen to convert to Christianity the heathen peoples whom the sword of the soldier should reduce to obedience.

The Spanish Missionary.—The Roman Catholic Church, having lost a significant portion of Europe, worked hard to make up for that loss by converting people in pagan lands. Spain, being the nation that was quickly expanding its conquests overseas, was the main force behind relentless missionary efforts. Since the time of Columbus, every fleet that set off to seek wealth and territory for the Spanish kingdom included groups of friars and clergy to convert the non-believers whom the soldiers' swords would bring into submission.

“The Laws of the Indies” gave special power and prominence to the priest. In these early days of Spain’s colonial empire many priests were men of piety, learning, and unselfish devotion. Their efforts softened somewhat the violence and brutality that often marred the Spanish treatment of the native, and they became the civilizing agents among the peoples whom the Spanish soldiers had conquered.

“The Laws of the Indies” gave special power and importance to the priest. In the early days of Spain’s colonial empire, many priests were pious, educated, and selfless. Their efforts helped reduce some of the violence and brutality that often characterized the Spanish treatment of the natives, and they became the civilizing forces among the people the Spanish soldiers had conquered.

In Paraguay, California, and the Philippines the power and importance of the Spanish missionary outweighed that of the soldier or governor in the settlement of those countries and the control of the native inhabitants. Churchmen, full of the missionary spirit, pressed upon the king the duties of the crown in advancing the cross, and more than one country was opened to Spanish settlement through the enthusiasm of the priest.

In Paraguay, California, and the Philippines, the influence and significance of the Spanish missionary were greater than that of the soldier or governor in establishing those areas and managing the local population. Religious leaders, driven by the missionary zeal, urged the king to fulfill the crown's responsibilities in promoting Christianity, and more than one region was made accessible for Spanish settlement thanks to the passion of the priests.

Conquest and Settlement by the Spaniards in the Philippines, 1565–1590

Conquest and Settlement by the Spaniards in the Philippines, 1565–1590

Conquest and Settlement by the Spaniards in the Philippines, 1565–1590

[125]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 The foundation and character of this great colonial administration have been admirably described by the Honorable Bernard Moses, United States Philippine Commissioner and the first Secretary of Public Instruction, in his work, The Establishment of Spanish Rule in America.

1 The foundation and character of this remarkable colonial administration have been excellently described by Honorable Bernard Moses, United States Philippine Commissioner and the first Secretary of Public Instruction, in his work, The Establishment of Spanish Rule in America.

2 Moses: Establishment of Spanish Rule in America, p. 12.

2 Moses: Setting Up Spanish Rule in America, p. 12.

3 Demarcación del Maluco, hecha por el maestro Medina, in Documentos inéditos, vol. V., p. 552.

3 Boundary of Maluco, made by Master Medina, in Unpublished Documents, vol. V., p. 552.

4 This and subsequent voyages are given in the Documentos inéditos, vol. V., and a graphic account is in Argensola’s Conquista de las Islas Molucas. They are also well narrated in English by Burney, Discoveries in the South Sea, vol. I., chapters V., XII., and XIV.

4 This and later voyages are detailed in the Documentos inéditos, vol. V., and there is a vivid account in Argensola’s Conquista de las Islas Molucas. They are also nicely described in English by Burney in Discoveries in the South Sea, vol. I., chapters V., XII., and XIV.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter VII.

Period of Conquest and Settlement, 1565–1600.

Cause of Settlement and Conquest of the Philippines.—The previous Spanish expeditions whose misfortunes have been narrated, seemed to have proved to the Court of Spain that they could not drive the Portuguese from the Moluccas. But to the east of the Moluccas lay great unexplored archipelagoes, which might lie within the Spanish demarcation and which might yield spices and other valuable articles of trade; and as the Portuguese had made no effective occupation of the Philippines, the minds of Spanish conquerors turned to this group also as a coveted field of conquest, even though it was pretty well understood that they lay in the latitude of the Moluccas, and so were denied by treaty to Spain.

Cause of Settlement and Conquest of the Philippines.—The earlier Spanish expeditions, which faced many difficulties, seemed to show the Court of Spain that they couldn't push the Portuguese out of the Moluccas. However, east of the Moluccas were large, unexplored archipelagos that might fall within Spanish territory and potentially provide spices and other valuable trade goods. Since the Portuguese had not established a significant presence in the Philippines, Spanish conquerors began to see this area as a desirable target for conquest, even though it was generally understood that it was located in the latitude of the Moluccas and therefore prohibited to Spain by treaty.

In 1559 the Spanish king, Felipe II., commanded the viceroy of Mexico to undertake again the discovery of the islands lying “toward the Moluccas,” but the rights of Portugal to islands within her demarcation were to be respected. Five years passed before ships and equipments could be prepared, and during these years the objects of the expedition received considerable discussion and underwent some change.

In 1559, King Felipe II of Spain instructed the viceroy of Mexico to resume the search for the islands "toward the Moluccas," while making sure to respect Portugal's rights to the islands within its designated area. It took five years to get the ships and equipment ready, and during that time, the goals of the expedition were debated and evolved.

The king invited Andres de Urdaneta, who years before had been a captain in the expedition of Loaisa, to accompany the expedition as a guide and director. Urdaneta, after his return from the previous expedition, had renounced military life and had become an Augustinian friar. He was known to be a man of wise judgment, [126]with good knowledge of cosmography, and as a missionary he was able to give to the expedition that religious strength which characterized all Spanish undertakings.

The king invited Andres de Urdaneta, who had been a captain in the Loaisa expedition years earlier, to join the expedition as a guide and director. After returning from that previous expedition, Urdaneta had given up military life and become an Augustinian friar. He was recognized for his wise judgment, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] strong knowledge of cosmography, and as a missionary, he brought the religious fervor that was typical of all Spanish endeavors.

It was Urdaneta’s plan to colonize, not the Philippines, but New Guinea; but the Audiencia of Mexico, which had charge of fitting out the expedition, charged it in minute instructions to reach and if possible colonize the Philippines, to trade for spices and to discover the return sailing route back across the Pacific to New Spain. The natives of the islands were to be converted to Christianity, and missionaries were to accompany the expedition. In the quaint language of Fray Gaspar de San Augustin, there were sent “holy guides to unfurl and wave the banners of Christ, even to the remotest portions of the islands, and to drive the devil from the tyrannical possession, which he had held for so many ages, usurping to himself the adoration of those peoples.”1

It was Urdaneta’s plan to colonize not the Philippines, but New Guinea; however, the Audiencia of Mexico, in charge of preparing the expedition, gave him detailed instructions to reach and, if possible, colonize the Philippines, trade for spices, and find the return sailing route back across the Pacific to New Spain. The islanders were to be converted to Christianity, and missionaries were to accompany the expedition. In the old-fashioned words of Fray Gaspar de San Augustin, they sent “holy guides to unfurl and wave the banners of Christ, even to the furthest parts of the islands, and to drive the devil from the tyrannical control he had held for so many ages, claiming the worship of those peoples.”1

The Third Expedition to the Philippines.—The expedition sailed from the port of Natividad, Mexico, November 21, 1564, under the command of Miguel Lopez de Legaspi. The ships followed for a part of the way a course further south than was necessary, and touched at some inhabited islands of Micronesia. About the 22d of January they reached the Ladrones and had some trouble with the natives. They reached the southern end of Samar about February the 13th. Possession of Samar was taken by Legaspi in the name of the king, and small parties were sent both north and south to look for villages of the Filipinos.

The Third Expedition to the Philippines.—The expedition set sail from the port of Natividad, Mexico, on November 21, 1564, led by Miguel Lopez de Legaspi. The ships took a course further south than necessary for part of the journey and stopped at some inhabited islands in Micronesia. Around January 22, they arrived at the Ladrones and had some conflicts with the locals. They reached the southern tip of Samar around February 13. Legaspi claimed Samar in the king's name and sent out small teams both north and south to search for Filipino villages.

A few days later they rounded the southern part of Samar, crossed the strait to the coast of southern Leyte, [127]and the field-marshal, Goyti, discovered the town of Cabalian, and on the 5th of March the fleet sailed to this town. Provisions were scarce on the Spanish vessels, and great difficulty was experienced in getting food from the few natives met in boats or in the small settlements discovered.

A few days later, they passed the southern part of Samar and crossed the strait to the southern coast of Leyte. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Field Marshal Goyti discovered the town of Cabalian, and on March 5th, the fleet sailed to this town. Food supplies were low on the Spanish ships, and it was very hard to get food from the few locals they encountered in boats or at the small settlements they found.

Legaspi.

Legaspi.

Legazpi.

(From a painting by Luna, in the Malacañan palace at Manila.)

(From a painting by Luna, in the Malacañan palace at Manila.)

Legaspi at Bohol.—About the middle of March the fleet arrived at Bohol, doubtless the southern or eastern shore. While near here Goyti in a small boat captured a Moro prao from Borneo and after a hard fight brought back the Moros as prisoners to Legaspi. There proved to be quite a trade existing between the Moros from Borneo and the natives of Bohol and Mindanao.

Legaspi at Bohol.—Around mid-March, the fleet reached Bohol, likely on the southern or eastern shore. While nearby, Goyti, in a small boat, captured a Moro prao from Borneo and, after a tough battle, returned with the Moros as prisoners to Legaspi. It turned out that there was a significant trade happening between the Moros from Borneo and the locals of Bohol and Mindanao.

Here on Bohol they were able to make friendly terms with the natives, and with Sicatuna, the dato of Bohol, Legaspi performed the ceremony of blood covenant. The Spanish leader and the Filipino chief each made a small [128]cut in his own arm or breast and drank the blood of the other. According to Gaspar de San Augustin, the blood was mixed with a little wine or water and drunk from a goblet.2 This custom was the most sacred bond of friendship among the Filipinos, and friendship so pledged was usually kept with great fidelity.

Here on Bohol, they managed to make friendly relations with the locals, and with Sicatuna, the leader of Bohol, Legaspi carried out the blood covenant ceremony. Both the Spanish leader and the Filipino chief made a small [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]cut on their arms or chests and drank each other’s blood. According to Gaspar de San Augustin, the blood was mixed with a bit of wine or water and drank from a goblet.2 This tradition was the most sacred bond of friendship among Filipinos, and such commitments were typically kept with high loyalty.

The Blood Compact.

The Blood Compact.

The Blood Compact.

(Painting by Juan Luna.)

(Artwork by Juan Luna.)

Legaspi in Cebu.—On the 27th of April, 1565, Legaspi’s fleet reached Cebu. Here, in this beautiful strait and fine anchoring-ground, Magellan’s ships had lingered until the death of their leader forty-four years before. A splendid native settlement lined the shore, so Father Chirino tells us, for a distance of more than a league. The natives of Cebu were fearful and greatly agitated, [129]and seemed determined to resist the landing of the Spaniards. But at the first discharge of the guns of the ships, the natives abandoned the shore, and, setting fire to the town, retreated into the jungles and hills. Without loss of life the Spaniards landed, and occupied the harbor and town.

Legaspi in Cebu.—On April 27, 1565, Legaspi’s fleet arrived in Cebu. Here, in this beautiful strait and excellent anchoring area, Magellan’s ships had stayed until their leader's death forty-four years earlier. A thriving native settlement stretched along the shore, as Father Chirino recounts, for over a league. The people of Cebu were afraid and very agitated, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and seemed set on resisting the Spaniards' landing. However, with the first fire from the ships' guns, the natives fled the shore, setting their town ablaze and retreating into the jungles and hills. Without any loss of life, the Spaniards landed and took control of the harbor and town.

The Holy Child (Santo Niño) of Cebu.

The Holy Child (Santo Niño) of Cebu.

The Holy Child (Santo Niño) of Cebu.

Finding of “the Holy Child of Cebu.”—The Spanish soldiers found in one of the houses of the natives a small wooden image of the Child Jesus. A similar image, Pigafetta tells us, he had himself given to a native while in the island with Magellan. It had been preserved by the natives and was regarded by them as an object of veneration. To the pious Spaniards the discovery of this sacred object was hailed as an event of great good fortune. It was taken by the monks, and carried to a shrine especially erected for it. It still rests in the church of the Augustinians, an object of great devotion.

Finding of “the Holy Child of Cebu.”—The Spanish soldiers discovered a small wooden statue of the Child Jesus in one of the native houses. Pigafetta mentions that he had given a similar statue to a native while on the island with Magellan. The natives had preserved it and viewed it as a sacred object. To the devout Spaniards, finding this holy item was celebrated as a significant blessing. It was taken by the monks and brought to a shrine created specifically for it. It still remains in the Augustinian church, a focal point of deep devotion.

Settlement Made at Cebu.—In honor of this image this first settlement of the Spaniards in the Philippines [130]received the name of “City of the Most Holy Name of Jesus.” Here Legaspi established himself, and, by great tact and skill, gradually won the confidence and friendship of the inhabitants. A formal peace was at last concluded in which the dato, Tupas, recognized the sovereignty of Spain; and the people of Cebu and the Spaniards bound themselves to assist each other against the enemies of either.

Settlement Made at Cebu.—In honor of this image, the first settlement of the Spaniards in the Philippines [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]was named the “City of the Most Holy Name of Jesus.” Here, Legaspi established himself and, through great tact and skill, gradually earned the trust and friendship of the locals. A formal peace was eventually reached in which the dato, Tupas, acknowledged the sovereignty of Spain; and the people of Cebu and the Spaniards agreed to support each other against their mutual enemies.

They had some difficulty in understanding one another, but the Spaniards had with them a Mohammedan Malay of Borneo, called Cid-Hamal, who had been taken from the East Indies to the Peninsula and thence to Mexico and Legaspi’s expedition. The languages of Malaysia and the Philippines are so closely related that this man was able to interpret. Almost immediately, however, the missionaries began the study of the native dialect, and Padre Chirino tells us that Friar Martin Herrada made here the first Filipino vocabulary, and was soon preaching the Gospel to the natives in their own language.

They had some trouble understanding each other, but the Spaniards had with them a Muslim Malay from Borneo named Cid-Hamal, who had been brought from the East Indies to the Peninsula and then to Mexico as part of Legaspi’s expedition. The languages of Malaysia and the Philippines are so closely related that this man was able to translate. Almost immediately, though, the missionaries started learning the local dialect, and Padre Chirino tells us that Friar Martin Herrada created the first Filipino vocabulary here and soon began preaching the Gospel to the natives in their own language.

The great difficulty experienced by Legaspi was to procure sufficient food for his expedition. At different times he sent a ship to the nearest islands, and twice his ship went south to Mindanao to procure a cargo of cinnamon to be sent back to New Spain.

The major challenge faced by Legaspi was getting enough food for his expedition. He sent a ship to the nearest islands several times, and twice his ship went south to Mindanao to gather a load of cinnamon to send back to New Spain.

Thus month by month the Spaniards gained acquaintance with the beautiful island sea of the archipelago, with its green islands and brilliant sheets of water, its safe harbors and picturesque settlements.

Thus, month by month, the Spaniards became familiar with the beautiful island sea of the archipelago, with its green islands and sparkling waters, its safe harbors and charming settlements.

The Bisayans.—In 1569, Legaspi discovered the great island of Panay. Here they were fortunate in securing a great abundance of supplies and the friendship of the natives, who received them well. These beautiful central islands of the Philippines are inhabited by Bisaya. The [131]Spaniards found this tribe tattooing their bodies with ornamental designs, a practice widespread throughout Oceanica, and which still is common among the tribes of northern Luzon. This practice caused the Spaniards to give to the Bisayas the title of “Islas de los Pintados” (the Islands of the Painted).

The Bisayans.—In 1569, Legaspi discovered the large island of Panay. Here, they were lucky to find plenty of supplies and the friendship of the locals, who welcomed them warmly. These beautiful central islands of the Philippines are home to the Bisaya. The [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Spaniards found this tribe tattooing their bodies with decorative designs, a practice that was common throughout Oceania and is still seen among the tribes of northern Luzon today. This practice led the Spaniards to call the Bisayas “Islas de los Pintados” (the Islands of the Painted).

Discovery of the Northern Return Route across the Pacific.—Before the arrival of the expedition in the Philippines, the captain of one of Legaspi’s ships, inspired by ungenerous ambition and the hopes of getting a reward, outsailed the rest of the fleet. Having arrived first in the islands, he started at once upon the return voyage. Unlike preceding captains who had tried to return to New Spain by sailing eastward from the islands against both wind and ocean current, this captain sailed northward beyond the trades into the more favorable westerly winds, and found his way back to America and New Spain.

Discovery of the Northern Return Route across the Pacific.—Before the expedition reached the Philippines, the captain of one of Legaspi’s ships, driven by selfish ambition and the desire for a reward, sailed ahead of the rest of the fleet. He arrived first in the islands and immediately started his journey back. Unlike previous captains who attempted to return to New Spain by going eastward from the islands against both the wind and ocean currents, this captain headed north beyond the trade winds into more favorable westerly winds, successfully making his way back to America and New Spain.

Soon after arriving in the Philippines, Legaspi’s instructions required him to dispatch at least one vessel on the return voyage to New Spain. Accordingly on June 1st the San Pablo set sail, carrying about two hundred men, including Urdenata and another friar. This vessel also followed the northern route across the Pacific, and after a voyage of great hardship, occupying three and a half months, it reached the coast of North America at California and followed it southward to Acapulco.

Soon after arriving in the Philippines, Legaspi was instructed to send at least one ship back to New Spain. So, on June 1st, the San Pablo set off, carrying about two hundred men, including Urdenata and another friar. This ship also took the northern route across the Pacific, and after a tough journey lasting three and a half months, it reached the coast of North America in California and traveled south to Acapulco.

The discovery made by these captains of a favorable route for vessels returning from the islands to New Spain safe from capture by the Portuguese, completed the plans of the Spanish for the occupation of the Philippines. In 1567 another vessel was dispatched by Legaspi and made this voyage successfully. [132]

The discovery by these captains of a safe route for ships returning from the islands to New Spain, protected from being captured by the Portuguese, finalized the Spanish plans for occupying the Philippines. In 1567, Legaspi sent out another ship that completed this journey successfully. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The sailing of these vessels left Legaspi in Cebu with a colony of only one hundred and fifty Spaniards, poorly provided with resources, to commence the conquest of the Philippines. But he won the friendship and respect of the inhabitants, and in 1568 two galleons with reinforcements arrived from Acapulco. From this time on nearly yearly communication was maintained, fresh troops with munitions and supplies arriving with each expedition.

The departure of these ships from Legaspi in Cebu included a colony of just one hundred and fifty Spaniards, who were poorly equipped for the conquest of the Philippines. However, he gained the friendship and respect of the locals, and in 1568, two galleons with reinforcements came from Acapulco. From then on, almost every year, there was communication maintained, with fresh troops, weapons, and supplies arriving with each expedition.

The First Expedition against the Moro Pirates.Pirates of Mindoro.—The Spaniards found the Straits of San Bernardino and the Mindoro Sea swarming with the fleets of Mohammedan Malays from Borneo and the Jolo Archipelago. To a race living so continuously upon the water, piracy has always possessed irresistible attractions. In the days of Legaspi, the island of Mindoro had been partially settled by Malays from the south, and many of these settlements were devoted to piracy, preying especially upon the towns on the north coast of Panay. In January, 1570, Legaspi dispatched his grandson, Juan de Salcedo, to punish these marauders.3

The First Expedition against the Moro Pirates.Pirates of Mindoro.—The Spaniards discovered that the Straits of San Bernardino and the Mindoro Sea were crowded with fleets of Muslim Malays from Borneo and the Jolo Archipelago. For a people who constantly lived on the water, the thrill of piracy was always irresistible. During Legaspi's time, the island of Mindoro had seen some settlement by Malays from the south, and many of these communities were engaged in piracy, particularly targeting the towns along the northern coast of Panay. In January 1570, Legaspi sent his grandson, Juan de Salcedo, to deal with these raiders.3

Capture of Pirate Strongholds.—Salcedo had a force of forty Spaniards and a large number of Bisaya. He landed on the western coast of Mindoro and took the pirate town of Mamburao. The main stronghold of the Moros he found to be on the small island of Lubang, northwest of Mindanao. Here they had three strong forts with high walls, on which were mounted small brass cannon, or “lantakas.” Two of these forts were surrounded by moats. There were several days of fighting before Lubang was conquered. The possession of Lubang brought [133]the Spaniards almost to the entrance of Manila Bay, Meanwhile, a captain, Enriquez de Guzman, had discovered Masbate, Burias, and Ticao, and had landed on Luzon in the neighborhood of Albay, called then, “Italon.”

Capture of Pirate Strongholds.—Salcedo had a team of forty Spaniards and many Bisaya. He landed on the western coast of Mindoro and took over the pirate town of Mamburao. He found the main stronghold of the Moros to be on the small island of Lubang, northwest of Mindanao. There, they had three strong forts with high walls, equipped with small brass cannons, or “lantakas.” Two of these forts were surrounded by moats. It took several days of fighting before Lubang was captured. Taking Lubang brought [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the Spaniards almost to the entrance of Manila Bay. Meanwhile, a captain, Enriquez de Guzman, had discovered Masbate, Burias, and Ticao, and had landed on Luzon near Albay, which was then called, “Italon.”

Straits of Manila.

Straits of Manila.

Manila Strait.

Conquest of the Moro City of Manila.Expedition from Panay.—Reports had come to Legaspi of an important Mohammedan settlement named “May-nila,” on the shore of a great bay, and a Mohammedan chieftain, called Maomat, was procured to guide the Spaniards on their conquest of this region.4 For this purpose Legaspi sent his field-marshal, Martin de Goiti, with Salcedo, one hundred and twenty Spanish soldiers, and fourteen or fifteen boats filled with Bisayan allies. They left Panay early in May, and, after stopping at Mindoro, came to anchor in Manila Bay, off the mouth of the Pasig River.

Conquest of the Moro City of Manila.Expedition from Panay.—Legaspi received reports about a significant Muslim settlement called “May-nila,” situated along the coast of a large bay. A Muslim leader named Maomat was recruited to guide the Spaniards in their conquest of this area.4 To achieve this, Legaspi sent his field marshal, Martin de Goiti, along with Salcedo, one hundred and twenty Spanish soldiers, and fourteen or fifteen boats filled with Bisayan allies. They departed from Panay in early May and, after a stop at Mindoro, arrived in Manila Bay, anchoring near the mouth of the Pasig River.

The Mohammedan City.—On the south bank of the river was the fortified town of the Mohammedan chieftain, Raja Soliman; on the north bank was the town of Tondo, under the Raja Alcandora, or Lacandola. Morga5 tells us that these Mohammedan settlers from the island [135]of Borneo had commenced to arrive on the island only a few years before the coming of the Spaniards. They had settled and married among the Filipino population already occupying Manila Bay, and had introduced some of the forms and practices of the Mohammedan religion. The city of Manila was defended by a fort, apparently on the exact sight of the present fort of Santiago. It was built of the trunks of palms, and had embrasures where were mounted a considerable number of cannon, or lantakas.

The Muslim City.—On the south side of the river was the fortified town of the Muslim leader, Raja Soliman; on the north side was the town of Tondo, led by Raja Alcandora, or Lacandola. Morga5 tells us that these Muslim settlers from the island [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] of Borneo began arriving on the island just a few years before the Spaniards showed up. They settled and married into the Filipino population already living around Manila Bay and brought some of the customs and practices of the Muslim religion. The city of Manila was protected by a fort, apparently on the exact site of the current fort of Santiago. It was built from palm trunks and had openings for a significant number of cannons, or lantakas.

The City of Manila

The City of Manila

Manila City

(Adapted from Buzeta Diccionario de las Islas Filipinas)

(Adapted from Buzeta Dictionary of the Philippines)

Reference

Reference

  • 1. Artillery and Naval Store House
  • 2. Arsenal
  • 3. Audiencia or Court House
  • 4. Military Hospital
  • 5. University of St. Thomas
  • 6. Ayuntamiento or Palace
  • 7. Archbishop’s Palace
  • 8. Intendencia
  • 9. Consulate
  • 10. College of Santa Potenciana
  • 11. Church of Santo Domingo
  • 12. Cathedral
  • 13. College of San Juan de Letran
  • 14. Church and College of Santa Isabel
  • 15. Hospital of S Juan de Dios
  • 16. Church and Convent of San Augustin
  • 17. Orden Tercera
  • 18. Church of San Francisco
  • 19. Church of Recoletos
  • 20. Santo Domingo Gate
  • 21. Parian Gate
  • 22. Real Gate
  • 23. Santa Lucia Gate
  • 24. Postern Gate
  • 25. Isabel II Gate

Capture of the City.—The natives received the foreigners at first with a show of friendliness, but after they had landed on the banks of the Pasig, Soliman, with a large force, assaulted them. The impetuous Spaniards charged, and carried the fortifications, and the natives fled, setting fire to their settlement. When the fight was over the Spaniards found among the dead the body of a Portuguese artillerist, who had directed the defense. Doubtless he was one who had deserted from the Portuguese garrison far south in the Indian archipelago to cast in his fortunes with the Malays. It being the commencement of the season of rains and typhoons, the Spaniards decided to defer the occupation of Manila, and, after exploring Cavite harbor, they returned to Panay.

Capture of the City.—The locals initially welcomed the foreigners with apparent friendliness, but once they had landed on the shores of the Pasig, Soliman, leading a large army, attacked them. The eager Spaniards charged forward and took the fortifications, causing the locals to flee while setting their settlement ablaze. When the battle ended, the Spaniards discovered among the dead the body of a Portuguese artilleryman who had led the defense. He was likely someone who had deserted from the Portuguese garrison far to the south in the Indian archipelago to join forces with the Malays. As it was the start of the rainy and typhoon season, the Spaniards decided to postpone their occupation of Manila, and after exploring Cavite harbor, they returned to Panay.

A year was spent in strengthening their hold on the Bisayas and in arranging for their conquest of Luzon. On Masbate was placed a friar and six soldiers, so small was the number that could be spared.

A year was dedicated to tightening their control over the Bisayas and planning their conquest of Luzon. They assigned a friar and six soldiers to Masbate, as that was all the reinforcements they could afford.

Founding of the Spanish City of Manila.—With a force of 280 men Legaspi returned in the spring of 1571 to the conquest of Luzon. It was a bloodless victory. The Filipino rajas declared themselves vassals of the Spanish king, and in the months of May and June the Spaniards established themselves in the present site of the city. [136]

Founding of the Spanish City of Manila.—In the spring of 1571, Legaspi returned with a force of 280 men to conquer Luzon. It was a peaceful victory. The Filipino rajas accepted Spanish rule and, during May and June, the Spaniards set up their base at the current location of the city. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

At once Legaspi gave orders for the reconstruction of the fort, the building of a palace, a convent for the Augustinian monks, a church, and 150 houses. The boundaries of this city followed closely the outlines of the Tagálog city “Maynila,” and it seems probable that the location of buildings then established have been adhered to until the present time. This settlement appeared so desirable to Legaspi that he at once designated it as the capital of the archipelago. Almost immediately he organized its governing assembly, or ayuntamiento.

Legaspi quickly ordered the reconstruction of the fort, the construction of a palace, a convent for the Augustinian monks, a church, and 150 houses. The city’s boundaries closely followed the layout of the Tagálog city “Maynila,” and it’s likely that the locations of the buildings established then have been maintained to this day. This settlement seemed so appealing to Legaspi that he immediately designated it as the capital of the archipelago. Almost right away, he organized its governing assembly, or town hall.

The First Battle on Manila Bay.—In spite of their ready submission, the rajas, Soliman and Lacandola, did not yield their sovereignty without a struggle. They were able to secure assistance in the Tagálog and Pampanga settlements of Macabebe and Hagonoy. A great fleet of forty war-praos gathered in palm-lined estuaries on the north shore of Manila Bay, and came sweeping down the shallow coast to drive the Spaniards from the island. Against them were sent Goiti and fifty men. The protective mail armor, the heavy swords and lances, the horrible firearms, coupled with the persistent courage and fierce resolution of the Spanish soldier of the sixteenth century, swept back this native armament. The chieftain Soliman was killed.

The First Battle on Manila Bay.—Despite their willingness to submit, the rulers, Soliman and Lacandola, didn’t give up their rule without a fight. They managed to get help from the Tagálog and Pampanga communities of Macabebe and Hagonoy. A large fleet of forty war-praos gathered in palm-fringed estuaries on the north shore of Manila Bay and advanced down the shallow coast to drive the Spaniards from the island. Goiti and fifty men were sent against them. The protective mail armor, heavy swords, and lances, along with the terrifying firearms, combined with the determination and fierce resolve of the Spanish soldiers of the sixteenth century, pushed back this native force. The chieftain Soliman was killed.

The Conquest of Central Luzon.—Goiti continued his marching and conquering northward until nearly the whole great plain of central Luzon, that stretches from Manila Bay to the Gulf of Lingayen, lay submissive before him. A little later the raja Lacandola died, having accepted Christian baptism, and the only powerful resistance on the island of Luzon was ended.

The Conquest of Central Luzon.—Goiti continued his march and conquest northward until almost the entire vast plain of central Luzon, which stretches from Manila Bay to the Gulf of Lingayen, was submissive to him. Soon after, Raja Lacandola passed away after being baptized, and the only significant resistance on the island of Luzon was over.

Goiti was sent back to the Bisayas, and the command of the army of Luzon fell to Salcedo, the brilliant and [137]daring grandson of Legaspi, at this time only twenty-two years of age. This young knight led his command up the Pasig River. Cainta and Taytay, at that time important Tagálog towns, were conquered, and then the country south of Laguna de Bay. The town of Cainta was fortified and defended by small cannon, and although Salcedo spent three days in negotiations, it was only taken by storm, in which four hundred Filipino men and women perished.6 From here Salcedo marched over the mountains to the Pacific coast and south into the Camarines, where he discovered the gold mines of Paracale and Mamburao.

Goiti was sent back to the Visayas, and command of the army of Luzon went to Salcedo, the brilliant and daring grandson of Legaspi, who was only twenty-two years old at the time. This young leader took his forces up the Pasig River. Cainta and Taytay, which were important Tagálog towns back then, were conquered, along with the area south of Laguna de Bay. The town of Cainta was fortified and defended with small cannons, and even though Salcedo spent three days negotiating, it was only taken by storm, resulting in the deaths of four hundred Filipino men and women. From there, Salcedo marched over the mountains to the Pacific coast and south into the Camarines, where he found the gold mines of Paracale and Mamburao.

At about this time the Spaniards conquered the Cuyos and Calamianes islands and the northern part of Paragua.

At around this time, the Spaniards conquered the Cuyos and Calamianes islands and the northern part of Paragua.

Exploration of the Coast of Northern Luzon.—In 1572, Salcedo, with a force of only forty-five men, sailed northward from Manila, landed in Zambales and Pangasinan, and on the long and rich Ilocos coast effected a permanent submission of the inhabitants. He also visited the coast farther north, where the great and fertile valley of the Cagayan, the largest river of the archipelago, reaches to the sea. From here he continued his adventurous journey down the Pacific coast of Luzon to the island of Polillo, and returned by way of Laguna de Bay to Manila.

Exploration of the Coast of Northern Luzon.—In 1572, Salcedo, with only forty-five men, sailed north from Manila, landed in Zambales and Pangasinan, and managed to secure the permanent loyalty of the people along the long and prosperous Ilocos coast. He also explored further north, where the vast and fertile Cagayan Valley, the largest river in the archipelago, reaches the ocean. From there, he continued his adventurous journey down the Pacific coast of Luzon to the island of Polillo and returned to Manila via Laguna de Bay.

Death of Legaspi.—He arrived in September, 1572, to find that his grandfather and commander, Legaspi, had died a month before (August 20, 1572). After seven years of labor the conqueror of difficulties was dead, but almost the entire archipelago had been added to the crown of Spain. Three hundred years of Spanish dominion secured little more territory than that traversed and pacified [138]by the conquerors of those early years. In spite of their slender forces, the daring of the Spaniards induced them to follow a policy of widely extending their power, effecting settlements, and enforcing submission wherever rich coasts and the gathering of population attracted them.

Death of Legaspi.—He arrived in September 1572 to learn that his grandfather and leader, Legaspi, had passed away a month earlier (August 20, 1572). After seven years of hard work, the conqueror of challenges was gone, but nearly the entire archipelago had been added to the Spanish crown. Three hundred years of Spanish rule secured little more territory than what was covered and pacified [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] by the conquerors of those early years. Despite their limited numbers, the bravery of the Spaniards drove them to pursue a strategy of broadly extending their power, establishing settlements, and enforcing submission wherever rich coasts and growing populations drew them.

Within a single year’s time most of the coast country of Luzon had been traversed, important positions seized, and the inhabitants portioned out in encomiendas. On the death of Legaspi, the command fell to Guido de Lavezares.

Within a single year, most of the coastal areas of Luzon had been explored, key locations captured, and the inhabitants assigned to encomiendas. After Legaspi's death, command passed to Guido de Lavezares.

Legaspi Monument, Luneta.

Legaspi Monument, Luneta.

Rizal Monument, Luneta.

Reasons for this Easy Conquest of the Philippines.—The explanation of how so small a number of Europeans could so rapidly and successfully reduce to subjection the inhabitants of a territory like the Philippines, separated into so many different islands, is to be found in several things.

Reasons for this Easy Conquest of the Philippines.—The reason why such a small number of Europeans were able to quickly and successfully subdue the people of a territory like the Philippines, which is divided into so many different islands, can be attributed to several factors.

First.—The expedition had a great leader, one of those knights combining sagacity with resolution, who glorify the brief period when Spanish prestige was highest. No policy could ever be successful in the Philippines which did not depend for its strength upon giving a measure of satisfaction to the Filipino people. Legaspi did this. He [139]appears to have won the native datos, treating them with consideration, and holding out to them the expectations of a better and more prosperous era, which the sovereignty of the Spaniard would bring. Almost from the beginning, the natives of an island already reduced flocked to his standard to assist in the conquest of another. The small forces of the Spanish soldiers were augmented by hundreds of Filipino allies.

First.—The expedition had a great leader, one of those knights who combined wisdom with determination, making the most of the brief time when Spanish prestige was at its peak. No strategy could succeed in the Philippines unless it relied on providing some level of satisfaction to the Filipino people. Legaspi did this. He [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]appears to have gained the support of the native leaders, treating them with respect and promising them a better and more prosperous future under Spanish rule. Almost from the start, the natives of an already subdued island rallied to his cause to help conquer another. The small numbers of Spanish soldiers were bolstered by hundreds of Filipino allies.

Second.—Another reason is found in the wonderful courage and great fighting power of the Spanish soldier. Each man, splendidly armored and weaponed, deadly with either sword or spear, carrying in addition the arquebus, the most efficient firearm of the time, was equal in combat to many natives who might press upon him with their naked bodies and inferior weapons.

Second.—Another reason is the incredible bravery and strong fighting ability of the Spanish soldier. Each man, superbly armored and armed, lethal with either sword or spear, and additionally carrying the arquebus, the most effective firearm of the time, was on par in battle with many natives who might charge at him with their bare bodies and less effective weapons.

Third.—Legaspi was extremely fortunate in his captains, who included such old campaigners as the field-marshal Martin de Goiti, who had been to the Philippines before with Villalobos, and such gallant youths as Salcedo, one of the most attractive military figures in all Spanish history.

Third.—Legaspi was very lucky to have great captains, including experienced veterans like field-marshal Martin de Goiti, who had previously traveled to the Philippines with Villalobos, and courageous young leaders like Salcedo, one of the most captivating military figures in all of Spanish history.

Fourth.—In considering this Spanish conquest, we must understand that the islands were far more sparsely inhabited than they are to-day. The Bisayan islands, the rich Camarines, the island of Luzon, had, in Legaspi’s time, only a small fraction of their present great populations. This population was not only small, but it was also extremely disunited. Not only were the great tribes separated by the differences of language, but, as we have already seen, each tiny community was practically independent, and the power of a dato very limited. There were no great princes, with large forces of fighting retainers whom they could call to arms, such as the Portuguese [140]had encountered among the Malays south in the Moluccas.

Fourth.—When we think about this Spanish conquest, we need to realize that the islands were much less populated than they are today. The Bisayan islands, the rich Camarines, and the island of Luzon had only a small fraction of their current large populations during Legaspi’s time. This population was not only small but also very fragmented. The major tribes were divided by language differences, and, as we’ve already seen, each tiny community was almost completely independent, with the authority of a dato being very limited. There were no powerful princes with large armies of loyal fighters ready to be called upon, unlike what the Portuguese [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]had encountered among the Malays in the Moluccas to the south.

Fifth.—But certainly one of the greatest factors in the yielding of the Filipino to the Spaniard was the preaching of the missionary friars. No man is so strong with an unenlightened and barbarous race as he who claims power from God. And the preaching of the Catholic faith, with its impressive and dramatic services, its holy sacraments, its power to arrest the attention and to admit at once the rude mind into the circle of its ministry, won the heart of the Filipino. Without doubt he was ready and eager for a loftier and truer religious belief and ceremonial. There was no powerful native priesthood to oppose the introduction of Christianity. The preaching of the faith and the baptism of converts proceeded almost as rapidly as the marching of Salcedo’s soldiers.

Fifth.—One of the biggest reasons the Filipino people submitted to Spanish rule was the influence of the missionary friars. No one has more power over an uninformed and uncivilized people than someone who claims to have authority from God. The preaching of the Catholic faith, with its captivating and dramatic ceremonies, its sacred rituals, and its ability to catch the attention of even the most unrefined minds, won over the hearts of the Filipinos. Without a doubt, they were ready and eager for a higher and more authentic religious belief and practice. There was no strong native priesthood to challenge the spread of Christianity. The preaching of the faith and the baptizing of converts happened almost as quickly as the march of Salcedo’s soldiers.

The Dangers of the Spanish Occupation.—Such conditions assured the success of the Spanish occupation, provided the small colony could be protected from outside attacks. But even from the beginning the position of this little band of conquerors was perilous. Their numbers were small and of necessity much scattered, and their only source of succor lay thousands of miles away, across the greatest body of water on the earth, in a land itself a colony newly wrested from the hand of the Indian. Across the narrow waters of the China Sea, only a few days’ distant, even in the slow-sailing junks, lay the teeming shores of the most populous country in the world, in those days not averse to foreign conquest.

The Dangers of the Spanish Occupation.—These conditions ensured the success of the Spanish occupation, as long as the small colony could be defended against outside attacks. However, from the start, the situation of this small group of conquerors was risky. Their numbers were limited and inevitably spread out, and their only source of support was thousands of miles away, across the largest body of water on the planet, in a land that was also a colony recently taken from the Indigenous peoples. Just across the narrow waters of the China Sea, only a few days away even on the slow-sailing boats, were the bustling shores of the most populous country in the world, which at that time was not opposed to foreign conquest.

Attempt of the Chinese under Limahong to Capture Manila.Activity of the Southern Chinese.—It was from the Chinese that the first heavy blow fell. The southeastern coast of China, comprising the provinces of [141]Kwangtung and Fukien, has always exhibited a restlessness and passion for emigration not displayed by other parts of the country. From these two provinces, through the ports of Amoy and Canton, have gone those Chinese traders and coolies to be found in every part of the East and many other countries of the world. Two hundred years before the arrival of the Spaniards, Chinese junks traversed the straits and seas and visited regularly the coast of Mindanao.

Attempt of the Chinese under Limahong to Capture Manila.Activity of the Southern Chinese.—The first major strike came from the Chinese. The southeastern coast of China, including the provinces of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Kwangtung and Fukien, has always shown a restlessness and desire for emigration that other areas of the country do not exhibit. From these provinces, through the ports of Amoy and Canton, Chinese traders and laborers have spread to every corner of the East and many other countries around the world. Two hundred years before the Spaniards arrived, Chinese ships regularly sailed through the straits and seas, visiting the coast of Mindanao.

Limahong’s Expedition to the Philippines.—This coast of China has always been notorious for its piracy. The distance of the capital at Peking and the weakness of the provincial viceroys have made impossible its suppression. It was one of these bold filibusters of the China Sea, called Limahong, who two years after the death of Legaspi attempted the conquest of the Philippines. The stronghold of this corsair was the island of Pehon, where he fortified himself and developed his power.

Limahong’s Expedition to the Philippines.—This coast of China has always been known for its piracy. The distance from the capital in Beijing and the weakness of the provincial governors have made it impossible to stop. It was one of these daring pirates of the China Sea, named Limahong, who, two years after Legaspi's death, tried to conquer the Philippines. The base of this corsair was the island of Pehon, where he fortified himself and strengthened his power.

Here, reports of the prosperous condition of Manila reached him, and he prepared a fleet of sixty-two war-junks, with four thousand soldiers and sailors. The accounts even state that a large number of women and artisans were taken on board to form the nucleus of the settlement, as soon as the Spaniards should be destroyed. In the latter part of November, 1574, this powerful fleet came sweeping down the western coast of Luzon and on the 29th gathered in the little harbor of Mariveles, at the entrance to Manila Bay. Eight miles south of Manila is the town of Parañaque, on an estuary which affords a good landing-place for boats entering from the bay. Here on the night following, Limahong put ashore six hundred men, under one of his generals, Sioco, who was a Japanese.

Here, reports about the thriving state of Manila reached him, and he got ready a fleet of sixty-two war junks, with four thousand soldiers and sailors. The accounts even mention that a large number of women and craftsmen were taken on board to create the foundation of the settlement, as soon as the Spaniards were defeated. In late November 1574, this powerful fleet came sweeping down the western coast of Luzon and on the 29th gathered in the small harbor of Mariveles, at the entrance to Manila Bay. Eight miles south of Manila is the town of Parañaque, situated on an estuary that provides a good landing spot for boats coming in from the bay. Here, on the following night, Limahong landed six hundred men, led by one of his generals, Sioco, who was Japanese.

The Attack upon Manila.—From here they marched [142]rapidly up the beach and fell furiously upon the city. Almost their first victim was the field-marshal Goiti. The fort of Manila was at this date a weak affair, without ditches or escarpment, and it was here that the struggle took place. The Spaniards, although greatly outnumbered, were able to drive back the Chinese; but they themselves lost heavily. Limahong now sent ashore heavy reinforcements, and prepared to overwhelm the garrison. The Spaniards were saved from defeat by the timely arrival of Salcedo with fifty musketeers. From his station at Vigan he had seen the sails of Limahong’s fleet, cruising southward along the Luzon coast, and, suspecting that so great an expedition could have no other purpose than the capture of Manila, he embarked in seven small boats, and reached the city in six days, just in time to participate in the furious battle between the Spaniards and the entire forces of the Chinese pirate. The result was the complete defeat of the Chinese, who were driven back upon their boats at Parañaque.

The Attack on Manila.—From here, they quickly marched up the beach and launched a fierce assault on the city. Almost their first victim was the field marshal Goiti. At this time, the fort of Manila was quite weak, lacking ditches or embankments, and it was here that the battle unfolded. The Spaniards, despite being heavily outnumbered, managed to push back the Chinese; however, they suffered significant losses themselves. Limahong then sent strong reinforcements ashore to overwhelm the garrison. The Spaniards were saved from defeat by the timely arrival of Salcedo with fifty musketeers. From his position in Vigan, he had spotted the sails of Limahong’s fleet heading south along the Luzon coast and, suspecting that such a large expedition had no other goal than to capture Manila, he set out in seven small boats and reached the city in six days, just in time to join the intense battle between the Spaniards and the full forces of the Chinese pirate. The outcome was a complete defeat for the Chinese, who were forced back to their boats at Parañaque.

The Result of Limahong’s Expedition.—Although defeated in his attack on Manila, Limahong was yet determined on a settlement in Luzon, and, sailing northward, he landed in Pangasinan and began constructing fortifications at the mouth of the river Lingayen. The Spaniards did not wait for him to strengthen himself and to dispute with them afresh for the possession of the island, but organized in March an expedition of two hundred and fifty Spaniards and fifteen hundred Filipinos under Salcedo. They landed suddenly in the Gulf of Lingayen, burned the entire fleet of the Chinese, and scattered a part of the forces in the surrounding mountains. The rest, though hemmed in by the Spaniards, were able to construct small boats, in which they escaped from the islands. [143]

The Result of Limahong’s Expedition.—Even though he was beaten in his attack on Manila, Limahong was still determined to settle in Luzon. Sailing north, he landed in Pangasinan and started building fortifications at the mouth of the Lingayen River. The Spaniards didn’t wait for him to strengthen his position or challenge them again for control of the island. Instead, they organized an expedition in March with two hundred and fifty Spaniards and fifteen hundred Filipinos under Salcedo. They landed unexpectedly in the Gulf of Lingayen, burned the entire Chinese fleet, and scattered part of the forces into the nearby mountains. The rest, although trapped by the Spaniards, managed to build small boats and escaped from the islands. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Thus ended this formidable attack, which threatened for a time to overthrow the power of Spain in the East. It was the beginning, however, of important relations with China. Before Limahong’s escape a junk arrived from the viceroy of Fukien, petitioning for the delivery of the Chinese pirate. Two Augustinian friars accompanied his junk back to China, eager for such great fields of missionary conquest. They carried letters from Lavezares inviting Chinese friendship and intercourse.

Thus ended this intense attack, which at one point threatened to topple Spain's power in the East. However, it marked the start of significant relations with China. Before Limahong's escape, a junk arrived from the viceroy of Fukien, requesting the surrender of the Chinese pirate. Two Augustinian friars went back to China on that junk, eager for the vast opportunities for missionary work. They brought letters from Lavezares inviting Chinese friendship and interaction.

Beginning of a New Period of Conquest.—In the spring of 1576, Salcedo died at Vigan, at the age of twenty-seven. With his death may be said to close the first period of the history in the Philippines,—that of the Conquest, extending from 1565 to 1576. For the next twenty-five years the ambitions of the Spaniards were not content with the exploration of this archipelago, but there were greater and more striking conquests, to which the minds of both soldier and priest aspired.

Beginning of a New Period of Conquest.—In the spring of 1576, Salcedo died in Vigan at the age of twenty-seven. His death marks the end of the first period in Philippine history—the Conquest, which lasted from 1565 to 1576. For the next twenty-five years, the ambitions of the Spaniards went beyond just exploring this archipelago; they sought greater and more remarkable conquests that both soldiers and priests aimed for.

Despite the settlement with Portugal, the rich Spice Islands to the south still attracted them, and there were soon revealed the fertile coasts of Siam and Cambodia, the great empire of China, the beautiful island of Formosa, and the Japanese archipelago. These, with their great populations and wealth, were more alluring fields than the poor and sparsely populated coasts of the Philippines. So, for the next quarter of a century, the policy of the Spaniards in the Philippines was not so much to develop these islands themselves, as to make them a center for the commercial and spiritual conquest of the Orient.7 [144]

Despite the agreement with Portugal, the wealthy Spice Islands to the south still caught their interest, and soon the fertile coasts of Siam and Cambodia, the vast empire of China, the stunning island of Formosa, and the Japanese archipelago were revealed. These regions, with their large populations and wealth, were more attractive than the poor and sparsely populated coasts of the Philippines. Therefore, for the next twenty-five years, the Spaniards' approach in the Philippines was less about developing these islands themselves and more about using them as a hub for the commercial and spiritual conquest of the East. 7 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

A Treaty with the Chinese.—The new governor arrived in the Islands in August, 1575. He was Dr. Francisco La-Sande. In October there returned the ambassadors who had been sent to China by Lavezares. The viceroy of Fukien had received them with much ceremony. He had not permitted the friars to remain, but had forwarded the governor’s letter to the Chinese emperor. In February following came a Chinese embassy, granting a port of the empire with which the Spaniards could trade. This port, probably, was Amoy, which continued to be the chief port of communication with China to the present day.

A Treaty with the Chinese.—The new governor arrived in the Islands in August 1575. He was Dr. Francisco La-Sande. In October, the ambassadors sent to China by Lavezares returned. The viceroy of Fukien welcomed them formally. He didn't allow the friars to stay but sent the governor's letter to the Chinese emperor. In February, a Chinese embassy visited, offering a port in the empire for Spanish trade. This port was probably Amoy, which has remained the main port of communication with China to this day.

It was undoubtedly commerce and not the missionaries that the Chinese desired. Two Augustinians attempted to return with this embassy to China, but the Chinese on leaving the harbor of Manila landed on the coast of Zambales, where they whipped the missionaries, killed their servants and interpreter, and left the friars bound to trees, whence they were rescued by a small party of Spaniards who happened to pass that way.

It was clearly trade, not the missionaries, that the Chinese wanted. Two Augustinians tried to come back with this embassy to China, but the Chinese, after leaving the port of Manila, landed on the coast of Zambales, where they beat the missionaries, killed their servants and interpreter, and left the friars tied to trees, from where they were rescued by a small group of Spaniards who happened to be passing by.

Sir Francis Drake’s Noted Voyage.—The year 1577 is notable for the appearance in the East of the great English sea-captain, freebooter, and naval hero, Francis Drake. England and Spain, at this moment, while not actually at war, were rapidly approaching the conflict which made them for centuries traditional enemies. Spain was the champion of Roman ecclesiasticism. Her king, Philip the Second, was not only a cruel bigot, but a politician of sweeping ambition. His schemes included the conquest of France and England, the extermination of Protestantism, and the subjection of Europe to his own and the Roman authority.

Sir Francis Drake’s Noted Voyage.—The year 1577 is significant for the arrival of the great English sea captain, pirate, and naval hero, Francis Drake, in the East. Although England and Spain were not officially at war at this time, they were quickly heading towards a conflict that would establish them as traditional enemies for centuries. Spain was the stronghold of Roman Catholicism. Her king, Philip the Second, was not only a ruthless bigot but also an ambitious politician. His plans included conquering France and England, eradicating Protestantism, and imposing his own and the Roman authority over Europe.

The English people scented the danger from afar, and [145]while the two courts nominally maintained peace, the daring seamen of British Devon were quietly putting to sea in their swift and terrible vessels, for the crippling of the Spanish power. The history of naval warfare records no more reckless adventures than those of the English mariners during this period. Audacity could not rise higher.

The English sensed the danger from a distance, and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]while the two courts officially kept the peace, the bold sailors from British Devon were stealthily setting out into the sea in their fast and powerful ships, aiming to undermine Spanish power. The history of naval warfare has no more daring exploits than those of the English sailors during this time. Their boldness reached new heights.

Drake’s is the most famous and romantic figure of them all. In the year 1577, he sailed from England with the avowed purpose of sweeping the Spanish Main. He passed the Straits of Magellan, and came up the western coast of South America, despoiling the Spanish shipping from Valparaiso to Panama. Thence he came on across the Pacific, touched the coast of Mindanao, and turned south to the Moluccas.

Drake is the most renowned and romantic figure of them all. In 1577, he set sail from England with the declared goal of taking on the Spanish Main. He navigated through the Straits of Magellan and traveled up the western coast of South America, plundering Spanish ships from Valparaiso to Panama. From there, he crossed the Pacific, reached the coast of Mindanao, and headed south to the Moluccas.

The Portuguese had nominally annexed the Moluccas in 1522, but at the time of Drake’s visit they had been driven from Ternate, though still holding Tidor. Drake entered into friendly relations with the sultan of Ternate, and secured a cargo of cloves. From here he sailed boldly homeward, daring the Portuguese fleets, as he had defied the Spanish, and by way of Good Hope returned to England, his fleet the first after Magellan’s to circumnavigate the globe.

The Portuguese had officially claimed the Moluccas in 1522, but by the time Drake arrived, they had been pushed out of Ternate, although they still controlled Tidor. Drake formed friendly ties with the sultan of Ternate and managed to get a cargo of cloves. From there, he confidently sailed back home, challenging the Portuguese fleets just as he had previously done with the Spanish. He returned to England via the Cape of Good Hope, with his fleet being the first since Magellan's to circumnavigate the globe.

A Spanish Expedition to Borneo.—The appearance of Drake in the Moluccas roused La-Sande to ambitious action. The attraction of the southern archipelagoes was overpowering, and at this moment the opportunity seemed to open to the governor to force southward his power. One of the Malay kings of Borneo, Sirela, arrived in Manila, petitioning aid against his brother, and promising to acknowledge the sovereignty of the king of Spain over the island of Borneo. La-Sande went in person to restore [146]this chieftain to power. He had a fleet of galleys and frigates, and, according to Padre Gaspar de San Augustin, more than fifteen hundred Filipino bowmen from Pangasinan, Cagayan, and the Bisayas accompanied the expedition. He landed on the coast of Borneo, destroyed the fleet of praos and the city of the usurper, and endeavored to secure Sirela in his principality. Sickness among his fleet and the lack of provisions forced him to return to Manila.

A Spanish Expedition to Borneo.—The arrival of Drake in the Moluccas spurred La-Sande into action. The allure of the southern archipelagos was irresistible, and at that moment, the chance seemed ripe for the governor to expand his power southward. One of the Malay kings of Borneo, Sirela, came to Manila seeking help against his brother, promising to recognize the sovereignty of the king of Spain over Borneo. La-Sande personally went to restore [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] this leader to power. He had a fleet of galleys and frigates, and according to Padre Gaspar de San Augustin, over fifteen hundred Filipino archers from Pangasinan, Cagayan, and the Bisayas joined the expedition. He landed on the coast of Borneo, destroyed the fleet of praos and the city of the usurper, and tried to secure Sirela in his principality. However, sickness among his crew and a shortage of supplies forced him to return to Manila.

The First Attack upon the Moros of Jolo.—On his return he sent an officer against the island of Jolo. This officer forced the Joloanos to recognize his power, and from there he passed to the island of Mindanao, where he further enforced obedience upon the natives. This was the beginning of the Spanish expeditions against the Moros, which had the effect of arousing in these Mohammedan pirates such terrible retaliatory vengeance. Under La-Sande the conquest of the Camarines was completed by Captain Juan Chavés and the city of Nueva Caceres founded.

The First Attack on the Moros of Jolo.—On his return, he sent an officer to the island of Jolo. This officer forced the Joloanos to acknowledge his authority, and from there he moved on to the island of Mindanao, where he further enforced obedience among the locals. This marked the beginning of the Spanish expeditions against the Moros, which provoked a fierce retaliatory response from these Muslim pirates. Under La-Sande, Captain Juan Chavés completed the conquest of the Camarines and established the city of Nueva Caceres.

The Appointment of Governor Ronquillo.—It was the uniform policy of the Spanish government to limit the term of office of the governor to a short period of years. This was one of the futile provisions by which Spain attempted to control both the ambition and the avarice of her colonial captains. But Don Gonzalo Ronquillo had granted to him the governorship of the Philippines for life, on the condition of his raising and equipping a force of six hundred in Spain, largely at his own expense, for the better protection and pacification of the archipelago. This Ronquillo did, bringing his expedition by way of Panama. He arrived in April, 1580, and although he died at the end of three years, his rule came at an important time. [147]

The Appointment of Governor Ronquillo.—The Spanish government consistently enforced a policy that limited a governor's term to a few short years. This was one of the ineffective measures Spain used to control the ambitions and greed of its colonial leaders. However, Don Gonzalo Ronquillo was appointed governor of the Philippines for life, on the condition that he raised and outfitted a force of six hundred in Spain, mostly at his own expense, to better protect and pacify the archipelago. Ronquillo fulfilled this requirement, bringing his expedition through Panama. He arrived in April 1580, and although he passed away after three years, his leadership occurred during a pivotal time. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Spanish and the Portuguese Colonies Combined.—In 1580, Philip II, conquered and annexed to Spain the kingdom of Portugal, and with Portugal came necessarily to the Spanish crown those rich eastern colonies which the valor of Da Gama and Albuquerque had won. Portugal rewon her independence in 1640, but for years Manila was the capital of a colonial empire, extending from Goa in India to Formosa.

The Spanish and the Portuguese Colonies Combined.—In 1580, Philip II conquered and annexed the kingdom of Portugal to Spain, bringing along the rich eastern colonies won by the bravery of Da Gama and Albuquerque. Portugal regained its independence in 1640, but for years, Manila served as the capital of a colonial empire that stretched from Goa in India to Formosa.

Events of Ronquillo’s Rule.—Ronquillo, under orders from the crown, entered into correspondence with the captain of the Portuguese fortress on the island of Tidor, and the captain of Tidor petitioned Ronquillo for assistance in reconquering the tempting island of Ternate. Ronquillo sent south a considerable expedition, but after arriving in the Moluccas the disease of beri-beri in the Spanish camp defeated the undertaking. Ronquillo also sent a small armada to the coasts of Borneo and Malacca, where a limited amount of pepper was obtained.

Events of Ronquillo’s Rule.—Ronquillo, following orders from the crown, started communicating with the captain of the Portuguese fortress on the island of Tidor. The captain of Tidor asked Ronquillo for help in taking back the alluring island of Ternate. Ronquillo launched a significant expedition to the south, but upon reaching the Moluccas, an outbreak of beri-beri in the Spanish camp thwarted the mission. Ronquillo also dispatched a small fleet to the coasts of Borneo and Malacca, where they managed to collect a limited amount of pepper.

The few years of Ronquillo’s reign were in other ways important. A colony of Spaniards was established at Oton, on the island of Panay, which was given the name of Arévalo (Iloilo). And under Ronquillo was pacified for the first time the great valley of the Cagayan. At the mouth of the river a Japanese adventurer, Tayfusa, or Tayzufu, had established himself and was attempting the subjugation of this important part of northern Luzon. Ronquillo sent against him Captain Carreon, who expelled the intruder and established on the present site of Lao-lo the city of Nueva Segovia. Two friars accompanied this expedition and the occupation of this valley by the Spaniards was made permanent.

The few years of Ronquillo’s rule were significant in other ways. A group of Spaniards was established at Oton, on the island of Panay, which was named Arévalo (Iloilo). Also under Ronquillo, the great valley of Cagayan was pacified for the first time. At the mouth of the river, a Japanese adventurer named Tayfusa, or Tayzufu, had settled and was trying to take control of this important area in northern Luzon. Ronquillo sent Captain Carreon to deal with him, who expelled the intruder and founded the city of Nueva Segovia at the current site of Lao-lo. Two friars joined this expedition, making the Spanish occupation of this valley permanent.

The First Conflicts between the Church and the State.—In March, 1581, there arrived the first Bishop of Manila, [148]Domingo de Salazar. Almost immediately began those conflicts between the spiritual and civil authorities, and between bishop and the regular orders, which have filled to such an extent the history of the islands. The bishop was one of those authoritative, ambitious, and arrogant characters, so typical in the history of the Church. It was largely due to his protests against the autocratic power of the governor that the king was induced to appoint the first Audiencia. The character and power of these courts have already been explained. The president and judges arrived the year following the death of Ronquillo, and the president, Dr. Santiago de Vera, became acting governor during the succeeding five years.

The First Conflicts between the Church and the State.—In March 1581, the first Bishop of Manila, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Domingo de Salazar, arrived. Conflicts between the spiritual and civil authorities, as well as between the bishop and the regular orders, began almost immediately and have significantly shaped the history of the islands. The bishop was an authoritative, ambitious, and arrogant individual, a typical figure in the history of the Church. His protests against the governor's autocratic power largely led the king to appoint the first Audiencia. The character and power of these courts have already been explained. The president and judges arrived the year after Ronquillo's death, and the president, Dr. Santiago de Vera, acted as governor for the next five years.

Moro Spear.

Moro Spear.

Moro Spear.

In 1587, the first Dominicans, fifteen in number, arrived, and founded their celebrated mission, La Provincia del Santisimo Rosario.

In 1587, the first Dominicans, totaling fifteen, arrived and established their famous mission, La Provincia del Santisimo Rosario.

Moro Shield.

Moro Shield.

Moro Shield.

Increasing Strength of the Malays.—De Vera continued the policy of his predecessors and another fruitless attack was made on Ternate in 1585. The power of the Malay people was increasing, while that of the Europeans was decreasing. The sultans had expelled their foreign masters, [149]and neither Spaniard nor Portuguese were able to effect the conquest of the Moluccas. There were uprisings of the natives in Manila and in Cagayan and Ilocos.

Increasing Strength of the Malays.—De Vera continued the approach of those before him, and another unsuccessful attack on Ternate took place in 1585. The power of the Malay people was growing, while the Europeans were losing their influence. The sultans had driven out their foreign rulers, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and neither the Spaniards nor the Portuguese could successfully conquer the Moluccas. There were revolts by the locals in Manila, Cagayan, and Ilocos.

The Decree of 1589.—Affairs in the Islands did not yet, however, suit Bishop Salazar, and as the representative of both governor and bishop, the Jesuit, Alonso Sanchez, was dispatched in 1586 to lay the needs of the colony before the king. Philip was apparently impressed with the necessity of putting the government of the Islands upon a better administrative basis. To this end he published the important decree of 1589.

The Decree of 1589.—Things in the Islands weren’t working out for Bishop Salazar, and in 1586, the Jesuit Alonso Sanchez was sent as the representative of both the governor and the bishop to present the colony's needs to the king. Philip seemed to realize the importance of improving the Islands' governance. For this reason, he issued the significant decree of 1589.

Moro Shield.

Moro Shield.

Moro Shield.

The governor now became a paid officer of the crown, at a salary of ten thousand ducats. For the proper protection of the colony and the conquest of the Moluccas, a regular force of four hundred soldiers accompanied the governor. His powers were extended to those of an actual viceregent of the king, and the Audiencia was abolished. The man selected to occupy this important post was Don Gomez Perez Dasmariñas, who arrived with the new constitution in May, 1590. So great was the chagrin of the bishop at the abolition of the Audiencia and the increase of the governor’s power, that he himself set out for Spain to lay his wishes before the court.

The governor became a paid official of the crown, earning a salary of ten thousand ducats. To properly protect the colony and conquer the Moluccas, a regular force of four hundred soldiers accompanied him. His powers were expanded to those of a true viceroy, and the Audiencia was abolished. The individual chosen for this vital position was Don Gomez Perez Dasmariñas, who arrived with the new constitution in May 1590. The bishop was so upset about the abolition of the Audiencia and the increase in the governor’s power that he decided to go to Spain to present his concerns to the court.

The Missionary Efforts of the Friars.—Twenty-four [150]Franciscans came with Dasmariñas and the presence of the three orders necessitated the partition of the Islands among them. The keenest rivalry and jealousy existed among them over the prosecution of missions in still more foreign lands. To the missionaries of this age it seemed a possible thing to convert the great and conservative nations of China and Japan to the Western religion.

The Missionary Efforts of the Friars.—Twenty-four [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Franciscans arrived with Dasmariñas, and the presence of the three orders required dividing the Islands among them. Intense rivalry and jealousy existed among them regarding the expansion of missions into even more foreign territories. Missionaries of this era believed it was possible to convert the significant and traditional nations of China and Japan to Western religion.

In the month of Dasmariñas’ arrival, a company of Dominicans attempted to found a mission in China, and, an embassy coming from Japan to demand vassalage from the Philippines, four of the newly arrived Franciscans accompanied the Japanese on their return.

In the month that Dasmariñas arrived, a group of Dominicans tried to establish a mission in China. At the same time, an embassy from Japan came to request loyalty from the Philippines, and four of the recently arrived Franciscans went back with the Japanese.

A year later, in 1592, another embassy from the king of Cambodia arrived, bringing gifts that included two elephants, and petitioning for succor against the king of Siam. This was the beginning of an alliance between Cambodia and the Philippines which lasted for many years, and which occasioned frequent military aid and many efforts to convert that country.

A year later, in 1592, another envoy from the king of Cambodia arrived, bringing gifts that included two elephants, and requesting help against the king of Siam. This marked the start of a long alliance between Cambodia and the Philippines, which involved regular military support and numerous attempts to convert that country.

Death of Dasmariñas.—But the center of Dasmariñas’ ambitions was the effective conquest of the East Indies and the extension of Spanish power and his own rule through the Moluccas. With this end in view, for three years he made preparations. For months the shores were lined with the yards of the shipbuilders, and the great forests of Bulacan fell before the axes of the Indians. More than two hundred vessels, “galeras,” “galeotas,” and “virrayes,” were built, and assembled at Cavite.

Death of Dasmariñas.—The main focus of Dasmariñas' ambitions was to effectively conquer the East Indies and expand Spanish power along with his own control over the Moluccas. To achieve this, he spent three years preparing. For months, the coast was filled with the work of shipbuilders, and the vast forests of Bulacan were cleared by the Indigenous people. Over two hundred ships, including “galeras,” “galeotas,” and “virrayes,” were constructed and gathered at Cavite.

In the fall of 1593, the expedition, consisting of over nine hundred Spaniards, Filipino bowmen and rowers, was ready. Many of the Filipinos, procured to row these boats, were said to have been slaves, purchased through the Indian chiefs by the Spanish encomenderos. The [151]governor sent forward this great fleet under the command of his son, Don Luis, and in the month of October he himself set sail in a galley with Chinese rowers. But on the night of the second day, while off the island of Maricaban, the Chinese oarsmen rose against the Spaniards, of whom there were about forty on the ship, and killed almost the entire number, including the governor. They then escaped in the boat to the Ilocos coast and thence to China.

In the fall of 1593, the expedition made up of over nine hundred Spaniards, Filipino archers, and rowers was ready. Many of the Filipinos who were brought in to row these boats were said to have been enslaved, bought by Spanish encomenderos through Indian chiefs. The [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]governor sent this large fleet forward under the command of his son, Don Luis, and in October he set sail in a galley with Chinese rowers. But on the night of the second day, near the island of Maricaban, the Chinese rowers turned against the about forty Spaniards aboard the ship and killed nearly all of them, including the governor. They then escaped in the boat to the Ilocos coast and headed to China.

The murder of this active and illustrious general was a determining blow to the ambitious projects for the conquest of the East Indies. Among other papers which Dasmariñas brought from Spain was a royal cedula giving him power to nominate his successor, who proved to be his son, Don Luis, who after some difficulty succeeded temporarily to his father’s position.

The murder of this active and prominent general dealt a significant blow to the ambitious plans for conquering the East Indies. Along with other documents that Dasmariñas brought from Spain was a royal decree that allowed him to choose his successor, who turned out to be his son, Don Luis, who, after some challenges, temporarily took over his father’s role.

Arrival of the Jesuits.—In June, 1595, there arrived Don Antonio de Morga, who had been appointed assessor and lieutenant-governor of the Islands, to succeed Don Luis. With Morga came the first Jesuit missionaries. He was also the bearer of an order granting to the Jesuits the exclusive privilege of conducting missions in China and Japan. The other orders were forbidden to pass outside the Islands.

Arrival of the Jesuits.—In June 1595, Don Antonio de Morga arrived, having been appointed as the assessor and lieutenant-governor of the Islands to replace Don Luis. Along with Morga came the first Jesuit missionaries. He was also carrying an order that gave the Jesuits the exclusive right to conduct missions in China and Japan. Other religious orders were prohibited from leaving the Islands.

An attempt to Colonize Mindanao.—In the year 1596, the Captain Rodriguez de Figueroa received the title of governor of Mindanao, with exclusive right to colonize the island for “the space of two lives.” He left Iloilo in April with 214 Spaniards, two Jesuit priests, and many natives. They landed in the Rio Grande of Mindanao, where the defiant dato, Silonga, fortified himself and resisted them. Almost immediately Figueroa rashly ventured on shore and was killed by Moros. Reinforcements were sent under Don Juan Ronquillo, who, after nearly [152]bringing the datos to submission, abandoned all he had gained. The Spaniards burned their forts on the Rio Grande and retired to Caldera, near Zamboanga, where they built a presidio.

An attempt to Colonize Mindanao.—In 1596, Captain Rodriguez de Figueroa was appointed governor of Mindanao, given exclusive rights to colonize the island for “the duration of two lives.” He set off from Iloilo in April with 214 Spaniards, two Jesuit priests, and numerous natives. They arrived at the Rio Grande of Mindanao, where the defiant leader, Silonga, fortified himself and resisted them. Almost immediately, Figueroa recklessly went ashore and was killed by Moros. Reinforcements were sent under Don Juan Ronquillo, who, after nearly [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]submitting the leaders, ultimately abandoned all he had achieved. The Spaniards burned their forts along the Rio Grande and withdrew to Caldera, near Zamboanga, where they constructed a presidio.

Death of Franciscans in Japan.—The new governor, Don Francisco Tello de Guzman, arrived on June 1, 1596. He had previously been treasurer of the Casa de Contratacion in Seville. Soon after his arrival an important and serious tragedy occurred in Japan. The ship for Acapulco went ashore on the Japanese coast and its rich cargo was seized by the feudal prince where the vessel sought assistance. The Franciscans had already missions in these islands, and a quarrel existed between them and the Portuguese Jesuits over this missionary field. The latter succeeded in prejudicing the Japanese court against the Franciscans, and when they injudiciously pressed for the return of the property of the wrecked galleon, “San Felipe,” the emperor, greedy for the rich plunder, and exasperated by their preaching, met their petitions with the sentence of death. They were horribly crucified at the port of Nagasaki, February 5, 1597. This emperor was the proud and cruel ruler, Taycosama. He was planning the conquest of the Philippines themselves, when death ended his plans.

Death of Franciscans in Japan.—The new governor, Don Francisco Tello de Guzman, arrived on June 1, 1596. He had previously been the treasurer of the Casa de Contratacion in Seville. Soon after he arrived, a significant and tragic event took place in Japan. A ship heading for Acapulco came ashore on the Japanese coast, and its valuable cargo was seized by the feudal prince in the area where the ship sought help. The Franciscans had already established missions in these islands, and there was a conflict between them and the Portuguese Jesuits over this missionary territory. The Jesuits managed to sway the Japanese court against the Franciscans, and when the Franciscans foolishly insisted on the return of the property from the wrecked galleon, “San Felipe,” the emperor, eager for the valuable loot and frustrated by their preaching, responded to their requests with a death sentence. They were horrifically crucified at the port of Nagasaki on February 5, 1597. This emperor was the proud and cruel ruler, Taycosama. He was planning to conquer the Philippines themselves when death interrupted his ambitions.

The First Archbishop in the Philippines.—Meanwhile the efforts of Salazar at the Spanish court had effected further important changes for the Islands. The reëstablishment of the Royal Audiencia was ordered, and his own position was elevated to that of archbishop, with the three episcopal sees of Ilocos, Cebu, and the Camarines. He did not live to assume this office, and the first archbishop of the Philippines was Ignacio Santibañez, who also died three months after his arrival, on May 28, 1598. [153]

The First Archbishop in the Philippines.—Meanwhile, Salazar's efforts at the Spanish court led to significant changes for the Islands. The Royal Audiencia was reestablished, and he was promoted to the position of archbishop, overseeing the three dioceses of Ilocos, Cebu, and the Camarines. He did not live to take on this role, and the first archbishop of the Philippines was Ignacio Santibañez, who also passed away three months after his arrival, on May 28, 1598. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Reëstablishment of the Audiencia.—The Audiencia was reëstablished with great pomp and ceremony. The royal seal was borne on a magnificently caparisoned horse to the cathedral, where a Te Deum was chanted, and then to the Casas Reales, where was inaugurated the famous court that continued without interruption down to the end of Spanish rule. Dr. Morga was one of the first oidores, and the earliest judicial record which can now be found in the archives of this court is a sentence bearing his signature.

Reestablishment of the Audiencia.—The Audiencia was reestablished with great fanfare. The royal seal was carried on a beautifully decorated horse to the cathedral, where a Te Deum was sung, and then to the Casas Reales, where the famous court was inaugurated, continuing without interruption until the end of Spanish rule. Dr. Morga was one of the first judges, and the earliest judicial record currently found in the archives of this court is a ruling signed by him.

The Rise of Moro Piracy.—The last years of De Guzman’s governorship were filled with troubles ominous for the future of the Islands. The presidio of Caldera was destroyed by the Moros. Following this victory, in the year 1599, the Moros of Jolo and Maguindanao equipped a piratical fleet of fifty caracoas, and swept the coasts of the Bisayas. Cebu, Negros, and Panay were ravaged, their towns burned, and their inhabitants carried off as slaves.

The Rise of Moro Piracy.—The final years of De Guzman’s governorship were troubled and foreshadowed a grim future for the Islands. The fortress of Caldera was destroyed by the Moros. After this win, in 1599, the Moros from Jolo and Maguindanao formed a pirate fleet of fifty caracoas and raided the coasts of the Visayas. Cebu, Negros, and Panay were devastated, their towns burned, and their people taken as slaves.

The following year saw the return of a larger and still more dreadful expedition. The people of Panay abandoned their towns and fled into the mountains, under the belief that these terrible attacks had been inspired by the Spaniards. To check these pirates, Juan Gallinato, with a force of two hundred Spaniards, was sent against Jolo, but, like so many expeditions that followed his, he accomplished nothing. The inability of the Spaniards was now revealed and the era of Moro piracy had begun. “From this time until the present day” (about the year 1800), wrote Zuñiga, “these Moros have not ceased to infest our colonies; innumerable are the Indians they have captured, the towns they have looted, the rancherias they have destroyed, the vessels they have taken. It seems as if God has preserved them for [154]vengeance on the Spaniards that they have not been able to subject them in two hundred years, in spite of the expeditions sent against them, the armaments sent almost very year to pursue them. In a very little while we conquered all the islands of the Philippines; but the little island of Jolo, a part of Mindanao, and other islands near by we have not been able to subjugate to this day.”8

The next year saw the return of a larger and even more terrifying expedition. The people of Panay abandoned their towns and fled into the mountains, believing that these brutal attacks were driven by the Spaniards. To confront these pirates, Juan Gallinato was sent with a force of two hundred Spaniards against Jolo, but, like many expeditions that followed his, he achieved nothing. The Spaniards' inability was now evident, marking the start of the Moro piracy era. “From this time until today” (around the year 1800), Zuñiga wrote, “these Moros have not stopped infesting our colonies; countless are the Indians they have captured, the towns they have plundered, the rancherias they have destroyed, and the vessels they have seized. It seems as if God has kept them around for revenge on the Spaniards, as they have not been able to conquer them in two hundred years, despite the expeditions sent against them and the military campaigns launched almost every year to track them down. We quickly conquered all the islands of the Philippines; however, the small island of Jolo, part of Mindanao, and other nearby islands remain unconquered to this day.”8

Moro “Vinta.”

Moro “Vinta.”

Moro “Vinta.”

Battle at Mariveles with the Dutch.—In October, 1600, two Dutch vessels appeared in the Islands; it was the famous expedition of the Dutch admiral, Van Noort. They had come through the Straits of Magellan, on a voyage around the world. The Dutch were in great need of provisions. As they were in their great enemy’s colony, they captured and sunk several boats, Spanish and Chinese, [155]bound for Manila with rice, poultry, palm-wine, and other stores of food. At Mariveles, a Japanese vessel from Japan was overhauled. Meanwhile in Manila great excitement and activity prevailed. The Spaniards fitted up two galleons and the “Oidor” Morga himself took command with a large crew of fighting men.

Battle at Mariveles with the Dutch.—In October 1600, two Dutch ships showed up in the Islands; it was the famous expedition led by Dutch admiral Van Noort. They had navigated through the Straits of Magellan, aiming to circumnavigate the globe. The Dutch desperately needed supplies. Since they were in the territory of their main enemy, they seized and sank several boats, Spanish and Chinese, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] headed for Manila carrying rice, poultry, palm wine, and other food supplies. At Mariveles, they intercepted a Japanese vessel coming from Japan. Meanwhile, in Manila, there was a lot of excitement and activity. The Spaniards outfitted two galleons and Oidor Morga himself took command with a large crew of fighters.

On November 14, they attacked the Dutch, whose crews were greatly reduced to only eighty men on both ships. The vessel commanded by Morga ran down the flagship of Van Noort, and for hours the ships lay side by side while a hand-to-hand fight raged on the deck and in the hold. The ships taking fire, Morga disengaged his ship, which was so badly shattered that it sank, with great loss of life; but Morga and some others reached the little island of Fortuna. Van Noort was able to extinguish the fire on his vessel, and escape from the Islands. He eventually reached Holland. His smaller vessel was captured with its crew of twenty-five men, who were all hung at Cavite.9

On November 14, they attacked the Dutch, whose crews had been reduced to just eighty men across both ships. The ship led by Morga rammed the flagship of Van Noort, and for hours the ships stayed next to each other while a fierce hand-to-hand battle took place on the deck and in the hold. As the ships caught fire, Morga pulled back his ship, which was so badly damaged that it sank, resulting in a significant loss of life; however, Morga and a few others made it to the small island of Fortuna. Van Noort managed to put out the fire on his vessel and escaped from the Islands. He ultimately made his way back to Holland. His smaller ship was captured along with its crew of twenty-five men, all of whom were hanged at Cavite.9

Other Troubles of the Spanish.—In the year 1600, two ships sailed for Acapulco, but one went down off the Catanduanes and the other was shipwrecked on the Ladrones. “On top of all other misfortunes, Manila suffered, in the last months of this government, a terrible earthquake, which destroyed many houses and the church of the Jesuits.”10

Other Troubles of the Spanish.—In the year 1600, two ships set sail for Acapulco, but one sank off Catanduanes and the other wrecked on the Ladrones. “On top of all the other misfortunes, Manila experienced, in the final months of this administration, a devastating earthquake that destroyed many houses and the Jesuit church.”10

The Moros, the Dutch, anxieties and losses by sea, the visitations of God,—how much of the history of the seventeenth century in the Philippines is filled with these four things! [156]

The Moros, the Dutch, worries and losses at sea, the interventions of God—so much of the seventeenth-century history in the Philippines revolves around these four elements! [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Fray Gaspar de San Agustin: Conquista de las Islas Filipinas, lib. I., c. 13.

1 Fray Gaspar de San Agustin: Conquista de las Islas Filipinas, book I, chapter 13.

2 One of the best paintings of the Filipino artist Juan Luna, which hangs in the Ayuntamiento in Manila, represents Legaspi in the act of the “Pacto de Sangre” with this Filipino chieftain.

2 One of the best paintings by Filipino artist Juan Luna, located in the Ayuntamiento in Manila, depicts Legaspi during the “Pacto de Sangre” with this Filipino chieftain.

3 There is an old account of this interesting expedition by one who participated. (Relacion de la Conquista de la Isla de Luzon, Manila, 1572; Retana, Archivo del Bibliofilo Filipino, vol. IV.)

3 There’s an old story about this fascinating expedition from someone who was part of it. (Relation of the Conquest of the Island of Luzon, Manila, 1572; Retana, Archive of the Filipino Bibliophile, vol. IV.)

4 Morga: Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas, 2d ed., p. 10.

4 Morga: Events of the Philippine Islands, 2nd ed., p. 10.

5 Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas. P. 316.

5 Events of the Philippines. P. 316.

6 Conquista de la Isla de Luzon, p. 24.

6 Conquest of the Island of Luzon, p. 24.

7 See the letter of Bishop Salazar to the king, explaining his motives, in coming to the Philippines. Retana, Biblioteca Filipina, vol, I.; Relacion, 1583, p. 4.

7 Check out the letter from Bishop Salazar to the king where he explains his reasons for coming to the Philippines. Retana, Biblioteca Filipina, vol, I.; Relacion, 1583, p. 4.

8 Zuñiga: Historia de Filipinas, pp. 195, 196.

8 Zuñiga: Historia de Filipinas, pp. 195, 196.

9 Both Van Noort and Morga have left us accounts of this sea-fight, the former in his journal, Description of the Failsome Voyage Made Round the World, and the latter in his famous, Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas.

9 Both Van Noort and Morga have shared their accounts of this naval battle, with the former documenting it in his journal, Description of the Failsome Voyage Made Round the World, and the latter in his well-known work, Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas.

10 Montero y Vidal: Historia de Filipinas, vol. I., p. 199.

10 Montero and Vidal: History of the Philippines, vol. I., p. 199.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter VIII.

The Philippines Three Hundred Years Ago.

Condition of the Archipelago at the Beginning of the Seventeenth Century.The Spanish Rule Completely Established.—At the close of the sixteenth century the Spaniards had been in possession of the Philippines for a generation. In these thirty-five years the most striking of all the results of the long period of Spanish occupation were accomplished. The work of these first soldiers and missionaries established the limits and character of Spanish rule as it was to remain for 250 years. Into this first third of a century the Spaniard crowded all his heroic feats of arms, exploration, and conversion. Thereafter, down to 1850, new fields were explored, and only a few new tribes Christianized.

Condition of the Archipelago at the Beginning of the Seventeenth Century.The Spanish Rule Completely Established.—By the end of the sixteenth century, the Spaniards had controlled the Philippines for a generation. In these thirty-five years, the most significant outcomes of the long period of Spanish occupation were achieved. The efforts of these early soldiers and missionaries defined the boundaries and nature of Spanish rule that would last for 250 years. During this first third of a century, the Spaniards packed in all their heroic military achievements, explorations, and conversions. After that, until 1850, new territories were explored, and only a handful of new tribes were Christianized.

The survey of the archipelago given by Morga soon after 1600 reads like a narrative of approximately modern conditions. It reveals to us how great had been the activities of the early Spaniard and how small the achievements of his countrymen after the seventeenth century began. All of the large islands, except Paragua and the Moro country, were, in that day, under encomiendas, their inhabitants paying tributes and for the most part professing the Catholic faith.

The survey of the archipelago by Morga shortly after 1600 reads like a story about conditions that are pretty modern. It shows us how much the early Spaniards accomplished and how little their countrymen achieved once the seventeenth century began. Back then, all the large islands, except for Paragua and the Moro territory, were under encomiendas, with their inhabitants paying tributes and mostly practicing the Catholic faith.

The smaller groups and islets were almost as thoroughly exploited. Even of the little Catanduanes, lying off the Pacific coast of Luzon, Morga could say, “They are well populated with natives,—a good race, all encomended [157]to Spaniards, with doctrine and churches, and an alcalde-mayor, who does justice among them.”

The smaller groups and islands were nearly as fully exploited. Even the small Catanduanes, located off the Pacific coast of Luzon, Morga could say, “They have a good population of natives—a strong race, all entrusted [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] to Spaniards, with religious teaching and churches, and an alcalde-mayor, who administers justice among them.”

Luzón

Luzón

Luzon

He says of the Babuyanes at the extreme north of the archipelago, “They are not encomended, nor is tribute collected among them, nor are there Spaniards among them, because they are of little reason and politeness, and there have neither been Christians made among them, nor have they justices.” They continued in this condition until a few years before the end of Spanish rule. In 1591, however, the Babuyanes had been given in encomienda to Esteban de la Serna and Francisco Castillo. They are put as having two thousand inhabitants and five hundred “tributantes,” but all unsubdued (“todos alçados”).

He talks about the Babuyanes at the far north of the archipelago, “They aren’t under encomienda, nor is tribute collected from them, and there are no Spaniards among them, because they lack reason and politeness. They haven’t had any Christians among them, nor have they had justices.” They remained in this situation until a few years before the end of Spanish rule. However, in 1591, the Babuyanes were given in encomienda to Esteban de la Serna and Francisco Castillo. They were reported to have two thousand inhabitants and five hundred “tributantes,” but all were unsubdued (“todos alçados”).

On some islands the hold of the Spaniards was more extensive in Morga’s day than at a later time. Then the island of Mindoro was regarded as important, and in the early years and decades of Spanish power appears to have been populous along the coasts. Later it was desolated by the Moro pirates and long remained wild and almost uninhabited except by a shifting population from the mainland of Luzon.

On some islands, the Spaniards had a stronger presence during Morga’s time than later on. At that time, Mindoro was considered significant, and in the early years of Spanish rule, it seemed to have a large population along the coasts. Later, it was ravaged by Moro pirates and stayed mostly deserted and nearly uninhabited, except for a transient population from the mainland of Luzon.

The Encomiendas.—The first vessels that followed the expedition of Legaspi had brought orders from the king that the Islands should be settled, and divided in encomiendas to those who had conquered and won them.1 On this instruction, Legaspi had given the Filipinos in encomienda to his captains and soldiers as fast as the conquest proceeded.

The Encomiendas.—The first ships that followed Legaspi's expedition brought orders from the king for the Islands to be settled and divided into encomiendas for those who had conquered and claimed them.1 Following this directive, Legaspi granted the Filipinos in encomienda to his captains and soldiers as quickly as the conquest moved forward.

We are fortunate to have a review of these encomiendas, made in 1591, about twenty-five years after the system was introduced into the Islands.2 There were then 267 [160]encomiendas in the Philippines, of which thirty-one were of the king, and the remainder of private persons.

We are lucky to have a review of these encomiendas from 1591, about twenty-five years after the system was introduced in the Islands.2 At that time, there were 267 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] encomiendas in the Philippines, of which thirty-one belonged to the king and the rest to private individuals.

Population under the Encomiendas.—From the enumeration of these encomiendas, we learn that the most populous parts of the archipelago were La Laguna, with 24,000 tributantes and 97,000 inhabitants, and the Camarines, which included all the Bicol territory, and the Catanduanes, where there were 21,670 tributantes and a population of over 86,000, In the vicinity of Manila and Tondo, which included Cavite and Marigondon, the south shore of the bay, and Pasig and Taguig, there were collected 9,410 tributes, and the population was estimated at about 30,000. In Ilocos were reported 17,130 tributes and 78,520 souls.

Population under the Encomiendas.—From the listing of these encomiendas, we find that the most populated areas of the archipelago were La Laguna, with 24,000 tribute payers and 97,000 residents, and the Camarines, which covered the entire Bicol region and Catanduanes, where there were 21,670 tribute payers and a population exceeding 86,000. Near Manila and Tondo, including Cavite and Marigondon on the south shore of the bay, as well as Pasig and Taguig, there were 9,410 tributes collected, with an estimated population of around 30,000. In Ilocos, there were 17,130 tributes and 78,520 individuals reported.

The entire valley of the Cagayan had been divided among the soldiers of the command which had effected the conquest. In the list of encomiendas a few can be recognized, such as Yguig and Tuguegarao, but most of the names are not to be found on maps of to-day. Most of the inhabitants were reported to be “rebellious” (alçados), and some were apparently the same wild tribes which still occupy all of this water-shed, except the very banks of the river; but none the less had the Spaniards divided them off into “repartimientos.” One soldier had even taken as an encomienda the inhabitants of the upper waters of the river, a region which is called in the Relacion “Pugao,” with little doubt the habitat of the same Igorrote tribe as the Ipugao, who still dwell in these mountains. The upper valley of the Magat, or Nueva Vizcaya, does not appear to have been occupied and probably was not until the missions of the eighteenth century.

The entire Cagayan valley had been split among the soldiers of the command that carried out the conquest. In the list of encomiendas, a few places can still be recognized, like Yguig and Tuguegarao, but most of the names aren’t on today's maps. Most of the inhabitants were described as “rebellious” (alçados), and some were likely the same wild tribes that continue to inhabit this watershed, except for the banks of the river; nonetheless, the Spaniards assigned them into “land grants.” One soldier even claimed the inhabitants of the upper reaches of the river as an encomienda, a region referred to in the Relacion as “Pugao,” which undoubtedly is home to the same Igorrote tribe as the Ipugao, who still live in these mountains. The upper valley of the Magat, or Nueva Vizcaya, doesn't seem to have been settled and likely wasn’t until the missions of the eighteenth century.

The population among the Bisayan islands was quite surprisingly small, considering its present proportions. [161]Masbate, for example, had but 1,600 souls; Burias, a like number; the whole central group, leaving out Panay, only 15,833 tributes, or about 35,000 souls. There was a single encomienda in Butúan, Mindanao, and another on the Caraga coast. There were a thousand tributes collected in the encomienda of Cuyo, and fifteen hundred in Calamianes, which, says the Relacion, included “los negrillos,” probably the mixed Negrito population of northern Palawan.

The population of the Bisayan islands was surprisingly small given its current size. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Masbate, for instance, had only 1,600 people; Burias had about the same. The entire central group, not counting Panay, had just 15,833 tributes, or roughly 35,000 people. There was one encomienda in Butúan, Mindanao, and another along the Caraga coast. In the encomienda of Cuyo, a thousand tributes were collected, and in Calamianes, there were fifteen hundred, which, according to the Relacion, included “los negrillos,” likely referring to the mixed Negrito population of northern Palawan.

The entire population under encomiendas is set down as 166,903 tributes, or 667,612 souls. This is, so far as known, the earliest enumeration of the population of the Philippines. Barring the Igorrotes of northern Luzon and the Moros and other tribes of Mindanao, it is a fair estimate of the number of the Filipino people three hundred years ago.

The total population under encomiendas is recorded as 166,903 tributes, or 667,612 people. This is, as far as we know, the earliest count of the population of the Philippines. Excluding the Igorrotes of northern Luzon and the Moros and other tribes of Mindanao, it provides a reasonable estimate of the number of Filipino people three hundred years ago.

It will be noticed that the numbers assigned to single encomenderos in the Philippines were large. In America the number was limited. As early as 1512, King Ferdinand had forbidden any single person, of whatever rank or grade, to hold more than three hundred Indians on one island.3 But in the Philippines, a thousand or twelve hundred “tributantes” were frequently held by a single Spaniard.

It will be noted that the numbers assigned to individual encomenderos in the Philippines were substantial. In America, the number was restricted. As early as 1512, King Ferdinand had prohibited any single person, regardless of rank or title, from holding more than three hundred Indians on one island.3 However, in the Philippines, a single Spaniard often managed a thousand or twelve hundred “tributantes.”

Condition of the Filipinos under the Encomiendas.—Frequent Revolts.—That the Filipinos on many of these islands bitterly resented their condition is evidenced by the frequent uprisings and rebellions. The encomenderos were often extortionate and cruel, and absolutely heedless of the restrictions and obligations imposed upon them by the Laws of the Indies. Occasionally a new governor, [162]under the first impulse of instructions from Mexico or Spain, did something to correct abuses. Revolts were almost continuous during the year 1583, and the condition of the natives very bad, many encomenderos regarding them and treating them almost as slaves, and keeping them at labor to the destruction of their own crops and the misery of their families. Gov. Santiago de Vera reached the Islands the following year and made a characteristic attempt to improve the system, which is thus related by Zuñiga:—

Condition of the Filipinos under the Encomiendas.—Frequent Revolts.—The Filipinos on many of these islands strongly resented their situation, as shown by the many uprisings and rebellions. The encomenderos were often greedy and cruel, completely disregarding the laws and obligations set for them by the Laws of the Indies. Sometimes, a new governor, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] acting on initial instructions from Mexico or Spain, took steps to fix these abuses. Revolts were nearly ongoing during the year 1583, and the conditions for the natives were terrible, with many encomenderos treating them almost like slaves, forcing them to work to the detriment of their own farms and the suffering of their families. Gov. Santiago de Vera arrived in the Islands the following year and made a typical effort to improve the system, as described by Zuñiga:—

“As soon as he had taken possession of the government, he studied to put into effect the orders which he brought from the king, to punish certain encomenderos, who had abused the favor they had received in being given encomiendas, whereby he deposed Bartolomé de Ledesma, encomendero of Abuyo (Leyte), and others of those most culpable, and punished the others in proportion to the offenses which they had committed, and which had been proven.

“As soon as he took control of the government, he worked to implement the orders he received from the king, which were aimed at punishing certain encomenderos who had misused the privileges granted to them through encomiendas. He removed Bartolomé de Ledesma, the encomendero of Abuyo (Leyte), along with others who were most at fault, and penalized the rest according to the severity of their proven offenses.”

“In the following year of 1585, he sent Juan de Morones and Pablo de Lima, with a well equipped squadron, to the Moluccas, which adventure was as unfortunate as those that had preceded it, and they returned to Manila without having been able to take the fortress of Ternate. The governor felt it very deeply that the expedition had failed, and wished to send another armada in accordance with the orders which the king had given him; but he could not execute this because the troops from New Spain did not arrive, and because of the Indians, who lost no occasion which presented itself to shake off the yoke of the Spaniards.

“In the following year of 1585, he sent Juan de Morones and Pablo de Lima with a well-equipped squadron to the Moluccas. Unfortunately, this venture turned out as disastrous as the previous ones, and they returned to Manila without being able to seize the fortress of Ternate. The governor was deeply affected by the failure of the expedition and wanted to send another fleet according to the orders the king had given him. However, he couldn’t carry this out because the troops from New Spain had not arrived, and because the Indians took every opportunity to shake off the Spanish control.”

“The Pampangos and many inhabitants of Manila confederated with the Moros of Borneo, who had come for [163]trade, and plotted to enter the city by night, set it on fire, and, in the confusion of the conflagration, slay all the Spaniards. This conspiracy was discovered through an Indian woman, who was married to a Spanish soldier, and measures to meet the conspiracy were taken, before the mine exploded, many being seized and suffering exemplary punishment.

“The Pampangos and many people from Manila teamed up with the Moros from Borneo, who had come for [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]trade, and planned to sneak into the city at night, set it on fire, and, in the chaos of the blaze, kill all the Spaniards. This plot was uncovered by an Indian woman married to a Spanish soldier, and actions were taken to thwart the conspiracy before it could be executed, resulting in many being captured and facing severe punishment.”

“The islands of Samar, Ybabao, and Leyte were also in disturbance, and the encomendero of Dagami, pueblo of Leyte, was in peril of losing his life, because the Indians were incensed by his thievings in the collection of tribute, which was paid in wax, and which he compelled them to have weighed with a steelyard which he had made double the legal amount, and wanted to kill him. They would have done so if he had not escaped into the mountains and afterwards passed by a banca to the island of Cebu. The governor sent Captain Lorenzo de la Mota to pacify these disturbances; he made some punishments, and with these everything quieted down.”4

“The islands of Samar, Ybabao, and Leyte were also in turmoil, and the encomendero of Dagami, a town in Leyte, was in danger of losing his life because the locals were furious over his thefts during the tribute collection, which was paid in wax. He forced them to weigh it on a steelyard that he had rigged to show double the legal amount, and they wanted to kill him. They would have succeeded if he hadn't escaped into the mountains and then taken a banca to the island of Cebu. The governor sent Captain Lorenzo de la Mota to calm these disturbances; he imposed some punishments, and with that, everything settled down.”4

Three years later, however, the natives of Leyte were again in revolt. In 1589 Cagayan rose and killed many Spaniards. The revolt seems to have spread from here to the town of Dingras, Ilocos, where the natives rose against the collectors of tribute, and slew six Spaniards of the pueblo of Fernandina. (Zuñiga, Historia de Filipinas, p. 165.)5

Three years later, however, the people of Leyte were in revolt again. In 1589, Cagayan rebelled and killed many Spaniards. This uprising seems to have spread to the town of Dingras, Ilocos, where the locals revolted against the tribute collectors and killed six Spaniards from the pueblo of Fernandina. (Zuñiga, Historia de Filipinas, p. 165.)5

Effects of the Spanish Government.—The Spanish occupation had brought ruin and misery to some parts of [164]the country. Salazar describes with bitterness the evil condition of the Filipinos. In the rich fields of Bulacan and Pampanga, great gangs of laborers had been impressed, felling the forests for the construction of the Spanish fleets and manning these fleets at the oars, on voyages which took them for four and six months from their homes. The governor, Don Gonzalez de Ronquillo, had forced many Indians of Pampanga into the mines of Ilocos, taking them from the sowing of their rice. Many had died in the mines and the rest returned so enfeebled that they could not plant. Hunger and famine had descended upon Pampanga, and on the encomienda of Guido de Lavazares over a thousand had died from starvation.6

Effects of the Spanish Government.—The Spanish occupation brought destruction and suffering to some areas of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the country. Salazar describes with bitterness the terrible situation of the Filipinos. In the fertile fields of Bulacan and Pampanga, large groups of laborers were forced to cut down forests to build the Spanish fleets and operate these fleets as rowers, on journeys that kept them away from home for four to six months. The governor, Don Gonzalez de Ronquillo, compelled many Indians from Pampanga to work in the mines of Ilocos, taking them away from planting their rice. Many died in the mines, and the others returned so weak that they couldn’t plant. Hunger and famine struck Pampanga, and under the encomienda of Guido de Lavazares, more than a thousand people died from starvation. 6

The Taxes.—The taxes were another source of abuse. Theoretically, the tax upon Indians was limited to the “tributo,” the sum of eight reales (about one dollar) yearly from the heads of all families, payable either in gold or in produce of the district. But in fixing the prices of these commodities there was much extortion, the encomenderos delaying the collection of the tribute until the season of scarcity, when prices were high, but insisting then on the same amount as at harvest-time.

The Taxes.—The taxes were another source of abuse. Technically, the tax on Indians was capped at the “tributo,” which was eight reales (about one dollar) per year from the heads of all families, payable either in gold or in local produce. However, when setting the prices of these goods, there was a lot of exploitation. The encomenderos would hold off on collecting the tribute until the time of scarcity, when prices were high, but would still demand the same amount as during the harvest season.

The principal, who occupied the place of the former dato, or “maharlica,” like the gobernadorcillo of recent times, was responsible for the collecting of the tribute, and his lot seems to have been a hard one. “If they do not give as much as they ask, or do not pay for as many Indians as they say there are, they abuse the poor principal, or throw him into the pillory (cepo de cabeza), because all the encomenderos, when they go to make collections, take their pillories with them, and there they keep [165]him and torment him, until forced to give all they ask. They are even said to take the wife and daughter of the principal, when he can not be found. “Many are the principales who have died under these torments, according to reports.”

The principal, who took the place of the previous dato, or “maharlica,” similar to the gobernadorcillo of more recent times, was in charge of collecting tribute, and his situation seems to have been quite difficult. “If they don’t give as much as they’re asked, or don’t pay for as many Indians as they claim are there, they abuse the poor principal, or throw him in the pillory (header tag), because all the encomenderos, when they go to collect, bring their pillories with them, and there they keep [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]him and torture him until he’s forced to give them everything they demand. It’s even said that they take the principal’s wife and daughter when he isn’t available. “Many principais have reportedly died from these torments.”

Salazar further states that he has known natives to be sold into slavery, in default of tribute. Neither did they impose upon adults alone, but “they collect tribute from infants, the aged and the slaves, and many do not marry because of the tribute, and others slay their children.”7

Salazar also mentions that he has seen natives sold into slavery for not paying their tribute. They didn’t just impose this on adults; “they collect tribute from infants, the elderly, and slaves, and many people don’t marry because of the tribute, while others end up killing their children.”7

Scarcity of Food.—Salazar further charges that the alcaldes mayores (the alcaldes of provinces), sixteen in number, were all corrupt, and, though their salaries were small, they accumulated fortunes. For further enumeration of economic ills, Salazar details how prices had evilly increased. In the first years of Spanish occupation, food was abundant. There was no lack of rice, beans, chickens, pigs, venison, buffalo, fish, cocoanuts, bananas, and other fruits, wine and honey; and a little money bought much. A hundred gantas (about three hundred pints) of rice could then be bought for a toston (a Portuguese coin, worth about a half-peso), eight to sixteen fowls for a like amount, a fat pig for from four to six reales. In the year of his writing (about 1583), products were scarce and prices exorbitant. Rice had doubled, chickens were worth a real, a good pig six to eight pesos. Population had decreased, and whole towns were deserted, their inhabitants having fled into the hills.

Scarcity of Food.—Salazar also claims that the alcaldes mayores (the mayors of provinces), totaling sixteen, were all corrupt, and even though their salaries were low, they built up considerable wealth. To outline more economic issues, Salazar notes how prices had risen sharply. In the early years of Spanish occupation, food was plentiful. There was an abundance of rice, beans, chickens, pigs, venison, buffalo, fish, coconuts, bananas, and other fruits, along with wine and honey; a little money could buy a lot. A hundred gantas (about three hundred pints) of rice could be purchased for a toston (a Portuguese coin, worth about half a peso), and you could get eight to sixteen chickens for the same amount, while a fat pig cost around four to six reales. In the year he wrote this (around 1583), products were scarce and prices had skyrocketed. Rice had doubled in price, chickens were worth a real, and a good pig cost six to eight pesos. The population had decreased, and entire towns were abandoned, with their inhabitants having fled to the hills.

General Improvement under Spanish Rule.—This is one side of the picture. It probably is overdrawn by the bishop, who was jealous of the civil authority and who began the first of those continuous clashes between the [166]church and political power in the Philippines. Doubtless if we could see the whole character of Spanish rule in these decades, we should see that the actual condition of the Filipino had improved and his grade of culture had arisen. No one can estimate the actual good that comes to a people in being brought under the power of a government able to maintain peace and dispense justice. Taxation is sometimes grievous, corruption without excuse; but almost anything is better than anarchy.

General Improvement under Spanish Rule.—This is one side of the story. It’s likely exaggerated by the bishop, who was envious of the civil authority and sparked the first of many ongoing conflicts between the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]church and political power in the Philippines. If we could see the full scope of Spanish rule during these decades, we would probably recognize that the actual situation for Filipinos improved and their level of education rose. It's hard to measure the real benefits a community gains from being governed by a power capable of maintaining peace and delivering justice. Taxation can be burdensome, and corruption is inexcusable; but almost anything is preferable to chaos.

Before the coming of the Spaniards, it seems unquestionable that the Filipinos suffered greatly under two terrible grievances that inflict barbarous society,—in the first place, warfare, with its murder, pillage, and destruction, not merely between tribe and tribe, but between town and town, such as even now prevails in the wild mountains of northern Luzon, among the primitive Malayan tribes; and in the second place, the weak and poor man was at the mercy of the strong and rich.

Before the arrival of the Spaniards, it’s clear that the Filipinos endured two significant hardships that plague barbaric societies. First, there was ongoing warfare, with its violence, looting, and devastation, not only between tribes but also between towns, much like what is still seen in the remote mountains of northern Luzon among the indigenous Malayan tribes. Second, the weak and poor were vulnerable to the whims of the strong and wealthy.

The establishment of Spanish sovereignty had certainly mitigated, if it did not wholly remedy, these conditions. “All of these provinces,” Morga could write, “are pacified and are governed from Manila, having alcaldes mayores, corregidors, and lieutenants, each one of whom governs in his district or province and dispenses justice. The chieftains (principales), who formerly held the other natives in subjection, no longer have power over them in the manner which they tyrannically employed, which is not the least benefit these natives have received in escaping from such slavery.”8

The establishment of Spanish rule definitely improved, if not completely fixed, these situations. “All of these provinces,” Morga wrote, “are settled and governed from Manila, with alcaldes mayores, corregidors, and lieutenants, each in charge of their own district or province and administering justice. The chieftains (principales), who used to oppress the other natives, no longer have control over them in the abusive way they used to, which is one of the key benefits these natives have gained by escaping such oppression.”8

Old Social Order of the Filipinos but Little Disturbed.—Some governors seem to have done their utmost to improve the condition of the people and to govern them [167]well. Santiago de Vera, as we have seen, even went so far as to commission the worthy priest, Padre Juan de Plasencia, to investigate the customs and social organization of the Filipinos, and to prepare an account of their laws, that they might be more suitably governed. This brief code—for so it is—was distributed to alcaldes, judges, and encomenderos, with orders to pattern their decisions in accordance with Filipino custom.9

The Old Social Order of the Filipinos but Little Disturbed.—Some governors seem to have done their best to improve the people's condition and to govern them [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] effectively. Santiago de Vera, as we've seen, even went so far as to commission the respected priest, Padre Juan de Plasencia, to investigate the customs and social structure of the Filipinos, and to prepare a report on their laws so they could be governed more appropriately. This brief code—for that's what it is—was distributed to alcaldes, judges, and encomenderos, with instructions to base their decisions on Filipino customs.9

In ordering local affairs, the Spaniards to some extent left the old social order of the Filipinos undisturbed. The several social classes were gradually suppressed, and at the head of each barrio, or small settlement, was appointed a head, or cabeza de barangay. As these barangays were grouped into pueblos, or towns, the former datos were appointed captains and gobernadorcillos.

In managing local affairs, the Spaniards somewhat maintained the traditional social structure of the Filipinos. The various social classes were slowly diminished, and a leader, or cabeza de barangay, was appointed at the head of each barrio, or small settlement. As these neighborhoods were organized into pueblos, or towns, the previous datos were designated as captains and gobernadorcillos.

The Payment of Tribute.—The tribute was introduced in 1570.10 It was supposed to be eight reales or a peso of silver for each family. Children under sixteen and those over sixty were exempt. In 1590 the amount was raised to ten reales. To this was added a real for the church, known as “sanctorum,” and, on the organization of the towns, a real for the caja de communidad or municipal treasury. Under the encomiendas the tribute was paid to the encomenderos, except on the royal encomiendas; but after two or three generations, as the encomiendas were suppressed, these collections went directly to the insular treasury. There was, in addition to the tribute, a compulsory service of labor on roads, bridges, and [168]public works, known as the “corvee,” a feudal term, or perhaps more generally as the “polos y servicios.” Those discharging this enforced labor were called “polistas.”

The Payment of Tribute.—The tribute was introduced in 1570.10 It was supposed to be eight reales or one peso of silver for each family. Children under sixteen and those over sixty were exempt. In 1590, the amount was raised to ten reales. A real was added for the church, known as “sanctorum,” and, upon the establishment of towns, another real for the community box or municipal treasury. Under the encomiendas, the tribute was paid to the encomenderos, except for royal encomiendas; but after two or three generations, as the encomiendas were abolished, these payments went directly to the insular treasury. In addition to the tribute, there was compulsory labor service on roads, bridges, and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]public works, known as the “corvee,” a feudal term, or more generally as the “poles and services.” Those performing this enforced labor were called “polistas.”

Conversion of the Filipinos to Christianity.—The population had been very rapidly Christianized. All accounts agree that almost no difficulty was encountered in baptizing the more advanced tribes. “There is not in these islands a province,” says Morga, “which resists conversion and does not desire it.”11 Indeed, the Islands seem to have been ripe for the preaching of a higher faith, either Christian or Mohammedan. For a time these two great religions struggled together in the vicinity of Manila,12 but at the end of three decades Spanish power and religion were alike established. Conversion was delayed ordinarily only by the lack of sufficient numbers of priests. We have seen that this conversion of the people was the work of the missionary friars. In 1591 there were 140 in the Islands, but the Relacion de Encomiendas calls for 160 more to properly supply the peoples which had been laid under tribute.

Conversion of the Filipinos to Christianity.—The population was quickly Christianized. All accounts agree that there was hardly any difficulty in baptizing the more advanced tribes. “There is not in these islands a province,” says Morga, “which resists conversion and does not desire it.”11 Indeed, the Islands seemed ready for the preaching of a higher faith, whether Christian or Muslim. For a time, these two major religions competed in the area around Manila,12 but after three decades, Spanish power and religion were firmly established. Conversion was usually postponed only due to a shortage of priests. We have seen that this conversion of the people was the work of missionary friars. In 1591, there were 140 in the Islands, but the Relacion de Encomiendas called for 160 more to properly serve the people who had been placed under tribute.

Coming of the Friars.—The Augustinians had been the first to come, accompanying Legaspi. Then came the barefooted friars of the Order of Saint Francis. The first Jesuits, padres Antonio Sedeño and Alonzo Sanchez, came with the first bishop of the Islands, Domingo de Salazar, in 1580. They came apparently without resources. Even their garments brought from Mexico had rotted on the voyage. They found a little, poor, narrow house in a suburb of Manila, called Laguio (probably Concepcion). “So poorly furnished was it,” says Chirino, “that the same chest which held their books was the table on which [169]they ate. Their food for many days was rice, cooked in water, without salt or oil or fish or meat or even an egg, or anything else except that sometimes as a regalo they enjoyed some salt sardines.”13 After the Jesuits, came, as we have seen, the friars of the Dominican order, and lastly the Recollects, or unshod Augustinians.

Arrival of the Friars.—The Augustinians were the first to arrive, accompanying Legaspi. Then came the barefoot friars from the Order of Saint Francis. The first Jesuits, Fathers Antonio Sedeño and Alonzo Sanchez, arrived with the first bishop of the Islands, Domingo de Salazar, in 1580. They seemed to have no resources. Even the clothes they brought from Mexico had decayed during the journey. They found a small, poor, narrow house in a suburb of Manila called Laguio (probably Concepcion). "It was so poorly furnished," says Chirino, "that the same chest which held their books was the table on which [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]they ate. For many days, their food consisted of rice, cooked in water, without salt, oil, fish, meat, or even eggs, and occasionally, as a treat, they had some salt sardines."13 After the Jesuits, as we have seen, came the friars of the Dominican order, and finally the Recollects, or unshod Augustinians.

Division of the Archipelago among the Religious Orders.—The archipelago was districted among these missionary bands. The Augustinians had many parishes in the Bisayas, on the Ilocano coast, some in Pangasinan, and all of those in Pampanga. The Dominicans had parts of Pangasinan and all of the valley of Cagayan. The Franciscans controlled the Camarines and nearly all of southern Luzon, and the region of Laguna de Bay. All of these orders had convents and monasteries both in the city of Manila and in the country round about. The imposing churches of brick and stone, which now characterize nearly every pueblo, had not in those early decades been erected; but Morga tells us that “the churches and monasteries were of wood, and well built, with furniture and beautiful ornaments, complete service, crosses, candlesticks, and chalices of silver and gold.”14

Division of the Archipelago among the Religious Orders.—The archipelago was divided among these missionary groups. The Augustinians had many parishes in the Visayas, along the Ilocano coast, some in Pangasinan, and all those in Pampanga. The Dominicans were in parts of Pangasinan and all of the Cagayan Valley. The Franciscans had control over the Camarines and almost all of southern Luzon, as well as the Laguna de Bay area. All of these orders had convents and monasteries in both Manila and the surrounding countryside. The impressive brick and stone churches that now define nearly every town hadn’t been built in those early decades; however, Morga tells us that “the churches and monasteries were made of wood, and well constructed, furnished beautifully, and equipped with complete services, crosses, candlesticks, and chalices made of silver and gold.”14

The First Schools.—Even in these early years there seem to have been some attempts at the education of the natives. The friars had schools in reading and writing for boys, who were also taught to serve in the church, to sing, to play the organ, the harp, guitar, and other instruments. We must remember, however, that the Filipino before the arrival of the Spaniard had a written language, and even in pre-Spanish times there must have been instruction given to the child. The type of humble school, [170]that is found to-day in remote barrios, conducted by an old man or woman, on the floor or in the yard of a home, where the ordinary family occupations are proceeding, probably does not owe its origin to the Spaniards, but dates from a period before their arrival. The higher education established by the Spaniards appears to have been exclusively for the children of Spaniards. In 1601 the Jesuits, pioneers of the Roman Catholic orders in education, established the College of San José.

The First Schools.—Even in these early years, there were some efforts to educate the natives. The friars had schools for boys to learn reading and writing, and they were also taught to serve in the church, to sing, and to play the organ, harp, guitar, and other instruments. It's important to note that before the Spaniards arrived, Filipinos already had a written language, and there must have been some form of instruction for children even in pre-Spanish times. The simple type of school, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] that we see today in remote villages, run by an older man or woman, often in the home or yard where everyday family activities are happening, likely did not originate with the Spaniards, but instead goes back to a time before they came. The higher education that the Spaniards set up seems to have been intended only for the children of Spaniards. In 1601, the Jesuits, who were the first Roman Catholic order to focus on education, founded the College of San José.

Establishment of Hospitals.—The city early had notable foundations of charity. The high mortality which visited the Spaniards in these islands and the frequency of diseases early called for the establishment of institutions for the orphan and the invalid. In Morga’s time there were the orphanages of San Andres and Santa Potenciana. There was the Royal Hospital, in charge of three Franciscans, which burned in the conflagration of 1603, but was reconstructed. There was also a Hospital of Mercy, in charge of Sisters of Charity from Lisbon and the Portuguese possessions of India.

Establishment of Hospitals.—The city quickly established significant charitable foundations. The high mortality rates among the Spaniards in these islands and the frequent outbreak of diseases led to the need for institutions for orphans and the sick. During Morga’s time, there were the orphanages of San Andres and Santa Potenciana. The Royal Hospital, managed by three Franciscans, was destroyed in the fire of 1603 but was rebuilt. There was also a Hospital of Mercy, run by Sisters of Charity from Lisbon and the Portuguese territories in India.

Close by the Monastery of Saint Francis stood then, where it stands to-day, the hospital for natives, San Juan de Dios. It was of royal patronage, but founded by a friar of the Franciscan order, Juan Clemente. “Here,” says Morga, “are cured a great number of natives of all kinds of sicknesses, with much charity and care. It has a good house and offices of stone, and is administered by the barefooted religious of Saint Francis. Three priests are there and four lay-brethren of exemplary life, who, with the doctors, surgeons, and apothecaries, are so dexterous and skilled that they work with their hands marvelous cures, both in medicine and surgery.”15 [171]

Near the Monastery of Saint Francis was, and still is today, the hospital for locals, San Juan de Dios. It was supported by the crown but established by a Franciscan friar, Juan Clemente. “Here,” says Morga, “many locals are treated for various illnesses with a lot of kindness and care. It has a sturdy stone building and is run by the barefoot friars of Saint Francis. There are three priests and four dedicated lay-brothers, who, along with the doctors, surgeons, and pharmacists, are so skilled and talented that they perform amazing cures using both medicine and surgery.”15 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Mortality among the Spaniards.—Mortality in the Philippines in these years of conquest was frightfully high. The waste of life in her colonial adventures, indeed, drained Spain of her best and most vigorous manhood. In the famous old English collection of voyages, published by Hakluyt in 1598, there is printed a captured Spanish letter of the famous sea-captain, Sebastian Biscaino, on the Philippine trade. Biscaino grieves over the loss of life which had accompanied the conquest of the Philippines, and the treacherous climate of the tropics. “The country is very unwholesome for us Spaniards. For within these 20 years, of 14,000 which have gone to the Philippines, there are 13,000 of them dead, and not past 1,000 of them left alive.”16

Mortality among the Spaniards.—Mortality in the Philippines during these years of conquest was alarmingly high. The loss of life in her colonial pursuits severely depleted Spain of some of its strongest and most capable men. In the well-known old English collection of voyages published by Hakluyt in 1598, there's a letter from the famous sea captain, Sebastian Biscaino, about the Philippine trade. Biscaino laments the loss of life that accompanied the conquest of the Philippines and the dangerous tropical climate. “This country is very unhealthy for us Spaniards. In the past 20 years, out of 14,000 who went to the Philippines, 13,000 have died, and only about 1,000 are still alive.”16

The Spanish Population.—The Spanish population of the Islands was always small,—at the beginning of the seventeenth century certainly not more than two thousand, and probably less later in the century. Morga divides them into five classes: the prelates and ecclesiastics; the encomenderos, colonizers, and conquerors; soldiers and officers of war and marine; merchants and men of business; and the officers of his Majesty’s government. “Very few are living now,” he says, “of those first conquistadores who won the land and effected the conquest with the Adelantado Miguel Lopez de Legaspi.”17

The Spanish Population.—The Spanish population of the Islands was always small—at the start of the seventeenth century, it was definitely no more than two thousand, and likely fewer later in the century. Morga categorizes them into five groups: the church leaders and clergy; the encomenderos, settlers, and conquerors; soldiers and military officers; merchants and businesspeople; and officials of His Majesty’s government. “Very few are still alive,” he says, “of those first conquistadors who won the land and carried out the conquest with the Adelantado Miguel Lopez de Legaspi.”17

The Largest Cities.—Most of this Spanish population dwelt in Manila or in the five other cities which the Spaniards [172]had founded in the first three decades of their occupation. Those were as follows:—

The Largest Cities.—Most of this Spanish population lived in Manila or in the five other cities that the Spaniards [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]established in the first thirty years of their presence. These were as follows:—

The City of Nueva Segovia, at the mouth of the Cagayan, was founded in the governorship of Ronquillo, when the valley of the Cagayan was first occupied and the Japanese colonists, who had settled there, were expelled. It had at the beginning of the seventeenth century two hundred Spaniards, living in houses of wood. There was a fort of stone, where some artillery was mounted. Besides the two hundred Spanish inhabitants there were one hundred regular Spanish soldiers, with their officers and the alcalde mayor of the province. Nueva Segovia was also the seat of a bishopric which included all northern Luzon. The importance of the then promising city has long ago disappeared, and the pueblo of Lallo, which marks its site, is an insignificant native town.

The City of Nueva Segovia, located at the mouth of the Cagayan River, was established during Ronquillo's governorship, when the Cagayan valley was first settled and the Japanese colonists living there were removed. By the early seventeenth century, it had two hundred Spaniards living in wooden houses. There was a stone fort equipped with some artillery. In addition to the two hundred Spanish residents, there were one hundred regular Spanish soldiers, along with their officers and the alcalde mayor of the province. Nueva Segovia was also the center of a bishopric that covered all of northern Luzon. The significance of this once-promising city has long faded, and the pueblo of Lallo, which marks its location, is now an unremarkable native town.

The City of Nueva Caceres, in the Camarines, was founded by Governor La-Sande. It, too, was the seat of a bishopric, and had one hundred Spanish inhabitants.

The City of Nueva Caceres, in Camarines, was established by Governor La-Sande. It was also the center of a bishopric and had one hundred Spanish residents.

The Cities of Cebu and Iloilo.—In the Bisayas were the Cities of the Holy Name of God (Cebu), and on the island of Panay, Arévalo (or Iloilo). The first maintained something of the importance attaching to the first Spanish settlement. It had its stone fort and was also the seat of a bishopric. It was visited by trading-vessels from the Moluccas, and by permit of the king enjoyed for a time the unusual privilege of sending annually a ship loaded with merchandise to New Spain. Arévalo had about eighty Spanish inhabitants, and a monastery of the Augustinians.

The Cities of Cebu and Iloilo.—In the Visayas were the Cities of the Holy Name of God (Cebu) and on the island of Panay, Arévalo (or Iloilo). Cebu retained some of the significance associated with the first Spanish settlement. It had its stone fort and was also the seat of a bishopric. It was visited by trading ships from the Moluccas and, with permission from the king, enjoyed the rare privilege of sending an annual ship loaded with goods to New Spain for a time. Arévalo had about eighty Spanish residents and a monastery of the Augustinians.

The City of Fernandina, or Vigan, which Salcedo had founded, was nearly without Spanish inhabitants. [173]Still, it was the political center of the great Ilocano coast, and it has held this position to the present day.

The City of Fernandina, or Vigan, which Salcedo founded, had almost no Spanish residents. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Even so, it was the political hub of the vast Ilocano coast, and it has maintained this status to this day.

Manila.—But all of these cities were far surpassed in importance by the capital on the banks of the Pasig. The wisdom of Legaspi’s choice had been more than justified. Manila, at the beginning of the seventeenth century, was unquestionably the most important European city of the East. As we have already seen, in 1580 Portugal had been annexed by Spain and with her had come all the Portuguese possessions in India, China, and Malaysia. After 1610, the Dutch were almost annually warring for this colonial empire, and Portugal regained her independence in 1640. But for the first few years of the seventeenth century, Manila was the political mistress of an empire that stretched from Goa to Formosa and embraced all those coveted lands which for a century and a half had been the desire of European states.

Manila.—However, all of these cities were greatly outshined in importance by the capital along the banks of the Pasig. Legaspi’s choice had proven to be wise. At the start of the seventeenth century, Manila was undoubtedly the most significant European city in the East. As we've seen, Portugal was annexed by Spain in 1580, which brought all of Portugal's territories in India, China, and Malaysia under Spanish control. After 1610, the Dutch were almost constantly fighting for this colonial empire, and Portugal regained independence in 1640. But for the first few years of the seventeenth century, Manila was the political center of an empire that stretched from Goa to Formosa and included all the coveted lands that European states had desired for a hundred and fifty years.

The governor of the Philippines was almost an independent king. Nominally, he was subordinate to the viceroy of Mexico, but practically he waged wars, concluded peaces, and received and sent embassies at his own discretion. The kingdom of Cambodia was his ally, and the states of China and Japan were his friends.

The governor of the Philippines was practically like an independent king. Officially, he reported to the viceroy of Mexico, but in reality, he led wars, made peace deals, and managed diplomatic relations entirely on his own. The kingdom of Cambodia was his ally, and he had friendly ties with the states of China and Japan.

The Commercial Importance of Manila.—Manila was also the commercial center of the Far East, and the entrepôt through which the kingdoms of eastern Asia exchanged their wares. Here came great fleets of junks from China laden with stores. Morga fills nearly two pages with an enumeration of their merchandise, which included all manner of silks, brocades, furniture, pearls and gems, fruits, nuts, tame buffalo, geese, horses and mules, all kinds of animals, “even to birds in cages, some of which talk and others sing, and which they make perform [174]a thousand tricks; there are innumerable other gew-gaws and knickknacks, which among Spaniards are in much esteem.”18

The Commercial Importance of Manila.—Manila was the commercial hub of the Far East and the key trading post where the kingdoms of Eastern Asia traded their goods. Huge fleets of junks from China arrived loaded with supplies. Morga spends almost two pages listing their products, which included all kinds of silks, brocades, furniture, pearls and gems, fruits, nuts, domesticated buffalo, geese, horses and mules, various animals, “even birds in cages, some of which can talk and others that sing, and which are trained to do [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]a thousand tricks; there are countless other trinkets and knickknacks that are highly valued among Spaniards.”18

Each year a fleet of thirty to forty vessels sailed with the new moon in March. The voyage across the China Sea, rough with the monsoons, occupied fifteen or twenty days, and the fleet returned at the end of May or the beginning of June. Between October and March there came, each year, Japanese ships from Nagasaki which brought wheat, silks, objects of art, and weapons, and took away from Manila the raw silk of China, gold, deer horns, woods, honey, wax, palm-wine, and wine of Castile.

Every year, a fleet of thirty to forty ships set sail with the new moon in March. The journey across the China Sea, turbulent from the monsoons, took about fifteen to twenty days, and the fleet returned at the end of May or the start of June. From October to March each year, Japanese ships arrived from Nagasaki, bringing wheat, silks, art pieces, and weapons, while taking back from Manila raw Chinese silk, gold, deer horns, wood, honey, wax, palm wine, and wine from Castile.

From Malacca and India came fleets of the Portuguese subjects of Spain, with spices, slaves, Negroes and Kafirs, and the rich productions of Bengal, India, Persia, and Turkey. From Borneo, too, came the smaller craft of the Malays, who from their boats sold the fine palm mats, the best of which still come from Cagayan de Sulu and Borneo, slaves, sago, water-pots and glazed earthenware, black and fine. From Siam and Cambodia also, but less often, there came trading-ships. Manila was thus a great emporium for all the countries of the East, the trade of which seems to have been conducted largely by and through the merchants of Manila.

From Malacca and India came fleets of Portuguese subjects of Spain, bringing spices, slaves, Black people, and Kafirs, along with the valuable goods from Bengal, India, Persia, and Turkey. Smaller boats from the Malays also arrived from Borneo, where they sold fine palm mats— the best still come from Cagayan de Sulu and Borneo— as well as slaves, sago, water pots, and black glazed pottery. Trade ships also came from Siam and Cambodia, though less frequently. Manila became a major trade hub for all the Eastern countries, with much of the commerce being carried out by the merchants of Manila.

Trade with Mexico and Spain Restricted.—The commerce between the Philippines, and Mexico and Spain, though it was of vast importance, was limited by action of the crown. It was a commerce which apparently admitted of infinite expansion, but the shortsighted merchants and manufacturers of the Peninsula clamored against its development, and it was subjected to the severest limitations. Four galleons were at first maintained [175]for this trade, which were dispatched two at a time in successive years from Manila to the port of Acapulco, Mexico. The letter on the Philippine trade, already quoted, states that these galleons were great ships of six hundred and eight hundred tons apiece.19 They went “very strong with soldiers,” and they carried the annual mail, reinforcements, and supplies of Mexican silver for trade with China, which has remained the commercial currency of the East to the present day. Later the number of galleons was reduced to one.

Trade with Mexico and Spain Restricted.—The trade between the Philippines and Mexico and Spain, although extremely important, was limited by the crown's actions. This trade seemed to have endless potential for growth, but the short-sighted merchants and manufacturers in the Peninsula protested against its expansion, and it faced strict limitations. Initially, four galleons were maintained [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] for this trade, which were sent out two at a time in consecutive years from Manila to the port of Acapulco, Mexico. The letter on the Philippine trade, previously mentioned, states that these galleons were large ships weighing six hundred and eight hundred tons each.19 They were “very strong with soldiers,” and they transported the annual mail, reinforcements, and supplies of Mexican silver for trade with China, which has remained the commercial currency of the East up to today. Eventually, the number of galleons was reduced to one.

The Rich Cargoes of the Galleons.—The track of the Philippine galleon lay from Luzon northeastward to about the forty-second degree of latitude, where the westerly winds prevail, thence nearly straight across the ocean to Cape Mendocino in northern California, which was discovered and mapped by Biscaino in 1602. Thence the course lay down the western coast of North America nearly three thousand miles to the port of Acapulco.

The Valuable Shipments of the Galleons.—The route of the Philippine galleon went from Luzon northeast to about the forty-second degree of latitude, where the westerly winds are dominant, and then nearly straight across the ocean to Cape Mendocino in northern California, which was discovered and mapped by Biscaino in 1602. From there, the course continued down the western coast of North America for nearly three thousand miles to the port of Acapulco.

We can imagine how carefully selected and rich in quality were the merchandises with which these solitary galleons were freighted, the pick of all the rich stores which came to Manila. The profits were enormous,—six and eight hundred per cent. Biscaino wrote that with two hundred ducats invested in Spanish wares and some Flemish commodities, he made fourteen hundred ducats; but, he added, in 1588 he lost a ship,—robbed and burned by Englishmen. On the safe arrival of these ships depended how much of the fortunes of the colony!

We can picture how carefully selected and high-quality the goods were that these solitary galleons carried, the best of all the valuable items that arrived in Manila. The profits were huge—six to eight hundred percent. Biscaino mentioned that with two hundred ducats invested in Spanish goods and some Flemish products, he made fourteen hundred ducats; however, he also noted that in 1588 he lost a ship—robbed and burned by the English. The financial success of the colony relied heavily on the safe arrival of these ships!

Capture of the Galleons.—For generations these galleons were probably the most tempting and romantic prize that ever aroused the cupidity of privateer. The first to profit by this rich booty was Thomas Cavendish, [176]who in 1584 came through the Straits of Magellan with a fleet of five vessels. Like Drake before him, he ravaged the coast of South America and then steered straight away across the sea to the Moluccas. Here he acquired information about the rich commerce of the Philippines and of the yearly voyage of the galleon. Back across the Pacific went the fleet of Cavendish for the coast of California.

Capture of the Galleons.—For generations, these galleons were probably the most tempting and exciting prize that ever ignited the greed of privateers. The first to benefit from this rich loot was Thomas Cavendish, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] who in 1584 navigated through the Straits of Magellan with a fleet of five ships. Like Drake before him, he plundered the coast of South America and then headed straight across the ocean to the Moluccas. There, he learned about the lucrative trade in the Philippines and the annual voyage of the galleon. Cavendish's fleet then sailed back across the Pacific to the coast of California.

Capture of the Galleon “Cabadonga,” off the Coast of Samar.

Capture of the Galleon “Cabadonga,” off the Coast of Samar.

Capture of the Galleon “Cabadonga” near the coast of Samar.

(From a print in Anson’s Voyage Around the World.)

(From a print in Anson’s Voyage Around the World.)

In his own narrative he tells how he beat up and down between Capes San Lucas and Mendocino until the galleon, heavy with her riches, appeared. She fell into his hands almost without a fray. She carried one hundred and twenty-two thousand pesos of gold and a great and rich store of satins, damask, and musk. Cavendish landed the Spanish on the California coast, burned the “Santa Anna,” and then returned to the Philippines and made an attack upon the shipyard of Iloilo, but was repulsed. [177]He sent a letter to the governor at Manila, boasting of his capture, and then sailed for the Cape of Good Hope and home.

In his own story, he describes how he sailed back and forth between Cape San Lucas and Cape Mendocino until the galleon, loaded with treasure, appeared. It fell into his hands almost without a fight. It held one hundred and twenty-two thousand pesos in gold and a vast collection of silks, damask, and musk. Cavendish took the Spaniards to the California coast, burned the “Santa Anna,” and then went back to the Philippines to attack the shipyard in Iloilo, but was driven off. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]He sent a letter to the governor in Manila, bragging about his capture, and then set sail for the Cape of Good Hope and home.

There is an old story that tells how his sea-worn ships came up the Thames, their masts hung with silk and damask sails. From this time on the venture was less safe. In 1588 there came to Spain the overwhelming disaster of her history,—the destruction of the Great Armada. From this date her power was gone, and her name was no longer a terror on the seas. English freebooters controlled the oceans, and in 1610 the Dutch appeared in the East, never to withdraw.

There’s an old story about how his weathered ships sailed up the Thames, their masts draped with silk and patterned sails. After this, the venture became much riskier. In 1588, Spain faced the greatest disaster in its history—the destruction of the Great Armada. From that point on, Spain lost its power, and its name was no longer feared on the seas. English pirates took over the oceans, and by 1610, the Dutch arrived in the East, never to leave.

The City of Manila Three Hundred Years Ago.—We can hardly close this chapter without some further reference to the city of Manila as it appeared three hundred years ago. Morga has fortunately left us a detailed description from which the following points in the main are drawn. As we have already seen, Legaspi had laid out the city on the blackened site of the town and fortress of the Mohammedan prince, which had been destroyed in the struggle for occupation. He gave it the same extent and dimensions that it possesses to this day.

The City of Manila Three Hundred Years Ago.—We can hardly wrap up this chapter without mentioning the city of Manila as it was three hundred years ago. Luckily, Morga has provided us with a detailed description, and the following points are mainly pulled from that. As we’ve seen, Legaspi established the city on the charred remains of the town and fortress of the Muslim prince, which had been destroyed during the fight for control. He gave it the same size and layout that it has today.

Like other colonial capitals in the Far East, it was primarily a citadel and refuge from attack. On the point between the sea and the river Legaspi had built the famous and permanent fortress of Santiago. In the time of the great Adelantado it was probably only a wooden stockade, but under the governor Santiago de Vera it was built up of stone. Cavendish (1587) describes Manila as “an unwalled town and of no great strength,” but under the improvements and completions made by Dasmariñas about 1590 it assumed much of its present appearance. Its guns thoroughly commanded the entrance [178]to the river Pasig and made the approach of hostile boats from the harbor side impossible.

Like other colonial capitals in the Far East, it was mainly a fortress and a safe place from attacks. On the point between the sea and the river, Legaspi built the famous and permanent fortress of Santiago. During the time of the great Adelantado, it was likely just a wooden stockade, but under Governor Santiago de Vera, it was constructed from stone. Cavendish (1587) describes Manila as “an unwalled town and of no great strength,” but thanks to the improvements and completions made by Dasmariñas around 1590, it took on much of its current look. Its cannons fully controlled the entrance [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]to the river Pasig and made it impossible for enemy boats to approach from the harbor side.

It is noteworthy, then, that all the assaults that have been made upon the city, from that of Limahong, to those of the British in 1763, and of the Americans in 1898, have been directed against the southern wall by an advance from Parañaque. Dasmariñas also inclosed the city with a stone wall, the base from which the present noble rampart has arisen. It had originally a width of from seven and a half to nine feet. Of its height no figure is given, Morga says simply that with its buttresses and turrets it was sufficiently high for the purposes of defense.

It’s important to note that all the attacks on the city, from Limahong’s assault to those of the British in 1763 and the Americans in 1898, targeted the southern wall with an approach from Parañaque. Dasmariñas also enclosed the city with a stone wall, which served as the foundation for the impressive rampart we see today. It originally measured seven and a half to nine feet wide. There’s no specific measurement for its height; Morga simply states that, with its buttresses and turrets, it was tall enough for defensive purposes.

The Old Fort.—There was a stone fort on the south side facing Ermita, known as the Fortress of Our Lady of Guidance; and there were two or more bastions, each with six pieces of artillery,—St. Andrew’s, now a powder magazine at the southeast corner, and St. Gabriel’s, over-looking the Parian district, where the Chinese were settled.

The Old Fort.—There was a stone fort on the south side facing Ermita, known as the Fortress of Our Lady of Guidance. There were also two or more bastions, each with six pieces of artillery—St. Andrew’s, which is now a powder magazine at the southeast corner, and St. Gabriel’s, overlooking the Parian district where the Chinese community was located.

The three principal gates to the city, with the smaller wickets and posterns, which opened on the river and sea, were regularly closed at night by the guard which made the rounds. At each gate and wicket was a permanent post of soldiers and artillerists.

The three main gates to the city, along with the smaller doors and side entrances that led to the river and sea, were typically locked at night by the patrolling guard. Each gate and door had a standing team of soldiers and artillerymen stationed there.

The Plaza de Armas adjacent to the fort had its arsenal, stores, powder-works, and a foundry for the casting of guns and artillery. The foundry, when established by Ronquillo, was in charge of a Pampangan Indian called Pandapira.

The Plaza de Armas next to the fort had its arsenal, stores, gunpowder facilities, and a foundry for making guns and artillery. The foundry, when set up by Ronquillo, was run by a Pampangan Indian named Pandapira.

The Spanish Buildings of the City.—The buildings of the city, especially the Casas Reales and the churches and monasteries, had been durably erected of stone. Chirino claims that the hewing of stone, the burning of lime, and [179]the training of native and Chinese artisans for this building, were the work of the Jesuit father, Sedeño. He himself fashioned the first clay tiles and built the first stone house, and so urged and encouraged others, himself directing, the building of public works, that the city, which a little before had been solely of timber and cane, had become one of the best constructed and most beautiful in the Indies.20 He it was also who sought out Chinese painters and decorators and ornamented the churches with images and paintings.

The Spanish Buildings of the City.—The city's buildings, particularly the Casas Reales and the churches and monasteries, were built to last out of stone. Chirino claims that the cutting of stone, the burning of lime, and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the training of local and Chinese craftsmen for this construction were all the efforts of Jesuit father, Sedeño. He personally created the first clay tiles and built the first stone house, inspiring and encouraging others while overseeing the construction of public works, transforming the city from one that had previously been made of timber and cane into one of the best-built and most beautiful in the Indies.20 He was also the one who sought out Chinese painters and decorators to embellish the churches with images and paintings.

Within the walls, there were some six hundred houses of a private nature, most of them built of stone and tile, and an equal number outside in the suburbs, or “arrabales,” all occupied by Spaniards (“todos son vivienda y poblacion de los Españoles”).21

Within the walls, there were around six hundred private houses, most made of stone and tile, and about the same number outside in the suburbs, or “suburbs,” all inhabited by Spaniards (“everyone is housing and the population of the Spaniards”).21

This gives some twelve hundred Spanish families or establishments, exclusive of the religious, who in Manila numbered at least one hundred and fifty,22 the garrison, at certain times, about four hundred trained Spanish soldiers who had seen service in Holland and the Low Countries, and the official classes.

This includes around twelve hundred Spanish families or businesses, not counting the religious community, which numbered at least one hundred and fifty in Manila, 22 along with the garrison, which sometimes had about four hundred trained Spanish soldiers who had served in Holland and the Low Countries, as well as the official classes.

The Malecon and the Luneta.—It is interesting at this early date to find mention of the famous recreation drive, the Paseo de Bagumbayan, now commonly known as the Malecon and Luneta. “Manila,” says our historian, “has two places of recreation on land; the one, which is clean and wide, extends from the point called Our Lady of Guidance for about a league along the sea, and through the street and village of natives, called Bagumbayan, to [180]a very devout hermitage (Ermita), called the Hermitage of Our Lady of Guidance, and from there a good distance to a monastery and mission (doctrina) of the Augustinians, called Mahalat (Malate).”23 The other drive lay out through the present suburb of Concepcion, then called Laguio, to Paco, where was a monastery of the Franciscans.

The Malecon and the Luneta.—It's interesting at this early point to mention the famous waterfront area, the Paseo de Bagumbayan, now commonly known as the Malecon and Luneta. “Manila,” says our historian, “has two land recreational areas; one is clean and spacious, stretching from the spot known as Our Lady of Guidance for about a league along the sea, through the street and village of locals called Bagumbayan, to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]a very reverent hermitage (Ermita), called the Hermitage of Our Lady of Guidance, and from there a good distance to a monastery and mission (doctrina) of the Augustinians, known as Mahalat (Malate).”23 The other route stretched through the current suburb of Concepcion, formerly called Laguio, to Paco, where there was a Franciscan monastery.

The Chinese in Manila.Early Chinese Commerce.—We have seen that even as long ago as three hundred years Manila was a metropolis of the Eastern world. Vessels from many lands dropped anchor at the mouth of the Pasig, and their merchants set up their booths within her markets. Slaves from far-distant India and Africa were sold under her walls. Surely it was a cosmopolitan population that the shifting monsoons carried to and from her gates.

The Chinese in Manila.Early Chinese Commerce.—We can see that as far back as three hundred years ago, Manila was a major hub in the Eastern world. Ships from various countries docked at the mouth of the Pasig, and their traders set up stalls in the markets. Slaves from distant India and Africa were sold within her walls. It was definitely a diverse population that the changing monsoons brought to and from her gates.

But of all these Eastern races only one has been a constant and important factor in the life of the Islands. This is the Chinese. It does not appear that they settled in the country or materially affected the life of the Filipinos until the establishment of Manila by the Spaniards. The Spaniards were early desirous of cultivating friendly relations with the Empire of China. Salcedo, on his first punitive expedition to Mindoro, had found a Chinese junk, which had gone ashore on the western coast. He was careful to rescue these voyagers and return them to their own land, with a friendly message inviting trading relations. Commerce and immigration followed immediately the founding of the city.

But among all these Eastern races, only one has been a constant and significant part of the life in the Islands: the Chinese. They didn’t really settle in the country or have a major impact on Filipino life until the Spaniards established Manila. The Spaniards were eager to build good relations with the Empire of China right from the start. Salcedo, during his first military expedition to Mindoro, discovered a Chinese junk that had washed ashore on the western coast. He took care to rescue these travelers and sent them back to their homeland with a friendly message inviting trade. Commerce and immigration quickly followed the founding of the city.

The Chinese are without question the most remarkable colonizers in the world. They seem able to thrive in any climate. They readily marry with every race. The [181]children that follow such unions are not only numerous but healthy and intelligent. The coasts of China teem with overcrowding populations. Emigration to almost any land means improvement of the Chinese of poor birth. These qualities and conditions, with their keen sense for trade and their indifference to physical hardship and danger, make the Chinese almost a dominant factor wherever political barriers have not been raised against their entrance.

The Chinese are undeniably the most extraordinary colonizers in the world. They seem to thrive in any climate. They easily marry individuals from every race. The [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]children from these unions are not only numerous but also healthy and smart. The coasts of China are filled with overpopulated areas. Emigrating to almost any country leads to an improvement for the Chinese from less fortunate backgrounds. These traits and conditions, along with their sharp sense for business and their resilience to physical challenges and danger, make the Chinese a significant presence wherever political barriers don't restrict their entry.

The Chinese had early gained an important place in the commercial and industrial life of Manila. A letter to the king from Bishop Salazar shows that he befriended them and was warm in their praise.24 This was in 1590, and there were then in Manila and Tondo about seven thousand resident Chinese, and they were indispensable to the prosperity of the city.

The Chinese had already established a significant role in the commercial and industrial life of Manila. A letter to the king from Bishop Salazar indicates that he supported them and praised them highly. This was in 1590, and at that time, there were about seven thousand Chinese living in Manila and Tondo, and they were essential to the city's prosperity.

Importance of Chinese Labor and Trade.—In the early decades of Spanish rule, the Philippines were poor in resources and the population was sparse, quite insufficient for the purposes of the Spanish colonizers. Thus the early development of the colony was based upon Chinese labor and Chinese trade. As the early writers are fond of emphasizing, from China came not only the finished silks and costly wares, which in large part were destined for the trade to New Spain and Europe, but also cattle, horses and mares, foodstuffs, metals, fruits, and even ink and paper. “And what is more,” says Chirino, “from China come those who supply every sort of service, all dexterous, prompt, and cheap, from physicians and barbers to burden-bearers and porters. They are the tailors and shoemakers, metal-workers, silversmiths, sculptors, locksmiths, painters, [182]masons, weavers, and finally every kind of servitors in the commonwealth.”25

Importance of Chinese Labor and Trade.—In the early years of Spanish rule, the Philippines were lacking in resources and had a small population, which was not enough for the needs of the Spanish colonizers. As a result, the initial growth of the colony relied heavily on Chinese labor and trade. As early writers often pointed out, China supplied not only finished silks and expensive goods, which were largely intended for trade with New Spain and Europe, but also cattle, horses, food, metals, fruits, and even ink and paper. “Moreover,” Chirino states, “from China come those who provide every kind of service, all skilled, quick, and affordable, from doctors and barbers to porters and laborers. They are the tailors and shoemakers, metal workers, silversmiths, sculptors, locksmiths, painters, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]masons, weavers, and in fact, all types of workers in the community.”25

Distrust of the Chinese.—In those days, not only were the Chinese artisans and traders, but they were also farmers and fishermen,—occupations in which they are now not often seen. But in spite of their economic necessity, the Chinese were always looked upon with disfavor and their presence with dread. Plots of murder and insurrection were supposedly rife among them. Writers object that their numbers were so great that there was no security in the land; their life was bad and vicious; through intercourse with them the natives advanced but little in Christianity and customs; they were such terrible eaters that they made foods scarce and prices high.

Distrust of the Chinese.—Back then, the Chinese were not only artisans and traders, but also farmers and fishermen—jobs that they aren’t as commonly associated with today. Despite their economic importance, they were often viewed negatively, and their presence was met with fear. There were rumors of plots for murder and rebellion among them. Critics argued that their large numbers created insecurity in the land; their lifestyle was seen as poor and immoral; interactions with them led to minimal progress for the natives in terms of Christianity and cultural customs; they were such voracious eaters that they caused food shortages and drove prices up.

If permitted, they went everywhere through the Islands and committed a thousand abuses and offenses. They explored every spot, river, estero, and harbor, and knew the country better even than the Spaniard himself, so that if any enemy should come they would be able to cause infinite mischief.26 When we find so just and high-minded a man as the president of the Audiencia, Morga, giving voice to such charges, we may be sure that the feeling was deep and terrible, and practically universal among all Spanish inhabitants.

If they were allowed, they traveled everywhere throughout the Islands and committed countless abuses and offenses. They explored every place, river, stream, and harbor, knowing the land even better than the Spaniards themselves, so that if any enemies appeared, they could cause endless trouble.26 When we see such a fair-minded and honorable person as the president of the Audiencia, Morga, expressing such accusations, we can be certain that the sentiment was intense and widespread among all Spanish residents.

The First Massacre of the Chinese.—Each race feared and suspected the other, and from this mutual cowardice came in 1603 a cruel outbreak and massacre. Three Chinese mandarins arrived in that year, stating that they had been sent by the emperor to investigate a report that there was a mountain in Cavite of solid precious metal. [183]This myth was no more absurd than many pursued by the Spaniards themselves in their early conquests, and it doubtless arose from the fact that Chinese wares were largely purchased by Mexican bullion; but the Spaniards were at once filled with suspicion of an invasion, and their distrust turned against the Chinese in the Islands.

The First Massacre of the Chinese.—Each race was afraid of and suspicious towards the other, and this mutual fear led to a brutal outbreak and massacre in 1603. Three Chinese officials arrived that year, claiming they had been sent by the emperor to look into a report about a mountain in Cavite made entirely of precious metal. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]This myth was no more ridiculous than many that the Spaniards themselves chased during their early conquests, and it likely came from the fact that Chinese goods were mostly bought with Mexican silver. However, the Spaniards immediately became suspicious of an invasion, and their distrust was directed at the Chinese in the Islands.

How far these latter were actually plotting sedition and how far they were driven into attack by their fears at the conduct of the Spaniards can hardly be decided. But the fact is, that on the evening of Saint Francis day the Chinese of the Parian rose. The dragon banners were raised, war-gongs were beaten, and that night the pueblos of Quiapo and Tondo were burned and many Filipinos murdered.

How much these individuals were truly planning rebellion and how much they were pushed into action by their fears about the Spaniards is hard to determine. However, the reality is that on the evening of Saint Francis Day, the Chinese in the Parian revolt. The dragon banners were raised, war gongs were sounded, and that night the towns of Quiapo and Tondo were set on fire and many Filipinos were killed.

In the morning a force of 130 Spaniards, under Don Luis Dasmariñas and Don Tomas Bravo, were sent across the river, and in the fight nearly every Spaniard was slain. The Chinese then assaulted the city, but, according to the tradition of the priests, they were driven back in terror by the apparition on the walls of Saint Francis. They threw up forts on the site of the Parian and in Dilao, but the power of their wild fury was gone and the Spaniards were able to dislodge and drive them into the country about San Pablo de Monte. From here they were dispersed with great slaughter. Twenty-three thousand Chinese are reported by Zuñiga to have perished in this sedition. If his report is true, the number of Chinese in the Islands must have increased very rapidly between 1590 and 1603.

In the morning, a group of 130 Spaniards, led by Don Luis Dasmariñas and Don Tomas Bravo, crossed the river, and in the battle, nearly every Spaniard was killed. The Chinese then attacked the city, but according to the priests' tradition, they were terrified and repelled by the appearance of Saint Francis on the walls. They built forts where the Parian and in Dilao were located, but their intense fury had faded, allowing the Spaniards to drive them into the area around San Pablo de Monte. From there, they were scattered with heavy losses. Zuñiga reports that twenty-three thousand Chinese died in this uprising. If his account is accurate, the number of Chinese in the Islands must have grown rapidly between 1590 and 1603.

Restriction of Chinese Immigration and Travel.—Commerce and immigration began again almost immediately. The number of Chinese, however, allowed to remain was reduced. The Chinese ships that came annually to trade [184]were obliged to take back with them the crews and passengers which they brought. Only a limited number of merchants and artisans were permitted to live in the Islands. They were confined to three districts in the city of Manila, and to the great market, the Alcayceria or Parian.

Restriction of Chinese Immigration and Travel.—Commerce and immigration started up again almost right away. However, the number of Chinese allowed to stay was reduced. The Chinese ships that arrived each year to trade [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]had to take back with them the crews and passengers they brought. Only a limited number of merchants and artisans were allowed to live in the Islands. They were restricted to three districts in the city of Manila and the main market, the Alcayceria or Parian.

The word “Parian” seems to have been also used for the Chinese quarter in and adjoining the walled city, but here is meant the district in Binondo about the present Calle San Fernando. A block of stores with small habitations above them had been built as early as the time of Gonsalez. It was in the form of a square, and here were the largest numbers of shops and stores.

The term “Parian” also appears to refer to the Chinese quarter in and around the walled city, but it specifically means the area in Binondo near what is now Calle San Fernando. A block of shops with small apartments above them was constructed as early as Gonsalez's time. It was laid out in a square shape, and this was where the most shops and stores were located.

They could not travel about the Islands, nor go two leagues from the city without a written license, nor remain over night within the city after the gates were closed, on penalty of their lives. They had their own alcalde and judge, a tribunal and jail; and on the north side of the river Dominican friars, who had learned the Chinese language, had erected a mission and hospital. There was a separate barrio for the baptized Chinese and their families, to the number of about five hundred.

They couldn’t move around the Islands or go more than two leagues from the city without a written permit, nor could they stay in the city overnight after the gates closed, under threat of death. They had their own mayor and judge, a court, and a jail. On the north side of the river, Dominican friars who spoke Chinese had set up a mission and a hospital. There was a separate neighborhood for the baptized Chinese and their families, totaling around five hundred people.

The Chinese in the Philippines from the earliest time to the present have been known by the name of “Sangleyes.” The derivation of this curious word is uncertain; but Navarrete, who must have understood Chinese well, says that the word arose from a misapprehension of the words spoken by the Chinese who first presented themselves at Manila. “Being asked what they came for, they answered, ‘Xang Lei,’ that is, ‘We come to trade.’ The Spaniards, who understood not their language, conceiving it to be the name of a country, and putting the two words together, made one of them, by which they still distinguish the Chinese, calling them Sangleyes.” [185]

The Chinese in the Philippines from the earliest times to now have been referred to as “Sangleyes.” The origin of this unusual term is unclear; however, Navarrete, who likely had a good understanding of Chinese, claims that the term came from a misunderstanding of what the Chinese said when they first arrived in Manila. “When asked what they came for, they replied, ‘Xang Lei,’ which means, ‘We come to trade.’ The Spaniards, not understanding their language, assumed it was the name of a country and combined the two words, creating a single term by which they still identify the Chinese, calling them Sangleyes.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Japanese Colony.—There was also in those early years quite a colony of Japanese. Their community lay between the Parian and the barrio of Laguio. There were about five hundred, and among them the Franciscans claimed a goodly number of converts.

The Japanese Colony.—In those early years, there was a significant community of Japanese. Their settlement was located between the Parian and the barrio of Laguio. There were around five hundred of them, and among them, the Franciscans reported a considerable number of converts.

The Filipino District of Tondo.—We have described at some length the city south of the river and the surrounding suburbs, most of them known by the names they hold to-day. North of the Pasig was the great district of Tondo, the center of that strong, independent Filipino feeling which at an early date was colored with Mohammedanism and to this day is strong in local feeling. This region has thriven and built up until it has long been by far the most important and populous part of the metropolis, but not until very recent times was it regarded as a part of the city of Manila, which name was reserved for the walled citadel alone.

The Filipino District of Tondo.—We have detailed the city south of the river and the nearby suburbs, most of which still go by their current names. North of the Pasig was the large district of Tondo, the heart of the strong, independent Filipino sentiment that was influenced by Islam early on and remains vibrant today. This area has flourished and developed until it has become the most significant and populated part of the metropolis, but it wasn't considered part of the city of Manila—the name that referred only to the walled fortress—until very recently.

A bridge across the Pasig, on the site of the present Puente de España, connected the two districts at a date later than Morga’s time. It was one of the first things noticed by Navarrete, who, without describing it well, says it was very fine. It was built during the governorship of Niño de Tabora, who died in 1632.27 Montero states that it was of stone, and that this same bridge stood for more than two centuries, resisting the incessant traffic and the strength of floods.28

A bridge over the Pasig, at the location of what is now Puente de España, connected the two districts sometime after Morga’s era. It was one of the first things that caught Navarrete's attention, who, although he didn't describe it well, claimed it was quite impressive. It was constructed during the governorship of Niño de Tabora, who passed away in 1632.27 Montero mentions that it was made of stone and that this same bridge lasted for over two centuries, enduring constant traffic and the force of floods.28

The Decline of Manila during the Next Century.—Such was Manila thirty-five and forty years after its foundation. It was at the zenith of its importance, the capital of the eastern colonies, the mart of Asia, more splendid than Goa, more powerful than Malacca or Macao, more [186]populous and far more securely held than Ternate and Tidor. “Truly,” exclaimed Chirino, “it is another Tyre, so magnified by Ezekiel.” It owed its great place to the genius and daring of the men who founded it, to the freedom of action which it had up to this point enjoyed, and to its superlative situation.

The Decline of Manila during the Next Century.—Manila was like this thirty-five to forty years after it was founded. It was at the peak of its significance, the capital of the eastern colonies, the trading hub of Asia, more magnificent than Goa, more powerful than Malacca or Macao, more [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]populated and much more securely held than Ternate and Tidor. “Truly,” exclaimed Chirino, “it is another Tyre, as magnified by Ezekiel.” Its prominence was due to the talent and boldness of the men who established it, the freedom it had enjoyed up until this point, and its exceptional location.

In the years that followed we have to recount for the most part only the process of decline. Spain herself was fast on the wane. A few years later and the English had almost driven her navies from the seas, the Portuguese had regained their independence and lost empire, the Dutch were in the East, harrying Portuguese and Spaniard alike and fast monopolizing the rich trade. The commerce and friendly relations with the Chinese, on which so much depended, were broken by massacre and reprisal; and, most terrible and piteous of all, the awful wrath and lust of the Malay pirate, for decade after decade, was to be visited upon the archipelago.

In the years that followed, we mostly have to talk about the decline. Spain was rapidly losing power. A few years later, the English had almost pushed her navies off the seas, the Portuguese had regained their independence but lost their empire, and the Dutch were in the East, bothering both the Portuguese and Spaniards while quickly taking over the lucrative trade. The commerce and friendly relations with the Chinese, which were so crucial, were shattered by violence and revenge; and, most terrifying and heartbreaking of all, the relentless anger and greed of the Malay pirates would be unleashed on the archipelago for decade after decade.

The colonial policy of the mother-land, selfish, shortsighted, and criminal, was soon to make its paralyzing influence felt upon trade and administration alike. These things were growing and taking place in the next period which we have to consider,—the years from 1600 to 1663. They left the Philippines despoiled and insignificant for a whole succeeding century, a decadent colony and an exploited treasure. [187]

The colonial policy of the motherland was selfish, shortsighted, and criminal, and it soon started to have a crippling effect on both trade and administration. These issues were emerging during the next period we need to look at—the years from 1600 to 1663. They left the Philippines plundered and unimportant for an entire century that followed, a declining colony and a exploited source of wealth. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Relacion de la Conquista de Luzon, 1572, p. 15.

1 Account of the Conquest of Luzon, 1572, p. 15.

2 Relacion de las Encomiendas, existentes en Filipinas, Retana, Archivo del Bibliófilo Filipino, vol. IV.

2 List of the Encomiendas in the Philippines, Retana, Archive of the Filipino Bibliophile, vol. IV.

3 Ordenanzas ... para la Reparticion de los Indios de la Isla Española, in Documentos Ineditas, vol. I., p. 236.

3 Ordinances ... for the Distribution of the Indians of Hispaniola, in Unpublished Documents, vol. I., p. 236.

4 Historia de Filipinos, p. 157, et sq.

4 Historia de Filipinos, p. 157, et seq.

5 Among other documents, which throw a most unfavorable light upon the condition of the Filipinos under the encomiendas, is the letter to the king from Domingo de Salazar, the first bishop of the Philippines, which describes the conditions about 1583.

5 Among other documents that reveal a very negative picture of the situation of the Filipinos under the encomiendas is a letter to the king from Domingo de Salazar, the first bishop of the Philippines, which outlines the conditions around 1583.

6 Domingo de Salazar, Relacion de las Cosas de las Filipinas, 1583, p. 5, in Retana Archives, vol. 3.

6 Domingo de Salazar, Report on the Things of the Philippines, 1583, p. 5, in Retana Archives, vol. 3.

7 Relacion, pp. 13, 14.

7 Relationship, pp. 13, 14.

8 Sucesos de las Filipinas, p. 334.

8 Sucesos de las Filipinas, p. 334.

9 Las Costumbres de los Tagalos en Filipinas segun el Padre Plasencia. Madrid, 1892.

9 The Customs of the Tagalog speakers in the Philippines according to Father Plasencia. Madrid, 1892.

10 Blumentritt: Organization Communale des Indigines des Philippines, traduis de l’Allemand, par A. Hugot. 1881.

10 Blumentritt: Local Organization of Indigenous People of the Philippines, translated from German, by A. Hugot. 1881.

11 Sucesos de las Filipinas, p. 332.

11 Events in the Philippines, p. 332.

12 See Salazar’s relation on this point.

12 Check out Salazar’s account on this.

13 Chirino: Relacion, pp. 19, 20.

13 Chirino: Relationship, pp. 19, 20.

14 Morga, p. 329.

14 Morga, p. 329.

15 Sucesos de las Filipinas, p. 323.

15 Events in the Philippines, p. 323.

16 The Principal Navigations, Voiages, Traffiques and Discoveries of the English Nation, ... by Richard Hakluyt, Master of Artes and sometime Student of Christ Church in Oxford. Imprinted at London, 1598. Vol. I., p. 560.

16 The Principal Navigations, Voyages, Trades, and Discoveries of the English Nation, ... by Richard Hakluyt, Master of Arts and former Student of Christ Church in Oxford. Published in London, 1598. Vol. I., p. 560.

17 Sucesos de las Filipinas, p. 347.

17 Events in the Philippines, p. 347.

18 Sucesos de las Filipinas, p. 352.]

18 Events in the Philippines, p. 352.]

19 Laws of the Indies, VIII., 45, 46.

19 Laws of the Indies, VIII., 45, 46.

20 Relacion de las Islas Filipinas, chap. V., p. 23, and chap. XIII. p. 47.

20 Relation of the Philippine Islands, chap. V, p. 23, and chap. XIII, p. 47.

21 Ibid., p. 323.

21 Same source, p. 323.

22 Ibid., p. 321.

22 Same source., p. 321.

23 Morga: Sucesos, p. 324.

23 Morga: Events, p. 324.

24 Carta Relacion de las Cosas de la China y de los Chinos del Parian de Manila, 1590; in Retana, Archivo, vol. III.

24 Letter Regarding the Things of China and the Chinese from the Parian of Manila, 1590; in Retana, Archive, vol. III.

25 Relacion de las Islas Filipinas, p. 18. See also Salazar, Carta Relacion.

25 Relation of the Philippine Islands, p. 18. See also Salazar, Letter Relation.

26 Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas, p. 364.

26 Events of the Philippine Islands, p. 364.

27 Zuñiga: Historia de las Filipinas, p. 252.

27 Zuñiga: Historia de las Filipinas, p. 252.

28 Historia General de Filipinas, vol. I., p. 187.

28 General History of the Philippines, vol. I., p. 187.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter IX.

The Dutch and Moro Wars. 1600–1663.

Loss of the Naval Power of Spain and Portugal.—The seizure of Portugal by Philip II. in 1580 was disastrous in its consequences to both Portugal and Spain. For Portugal it was humiliation and loss of colonial power. Spain was unequal to the task of defending the Portuguese possessions, and her jealousy of their prosperity seems to have caused her deliberately to neglect their interests and permit their decline. In one day Portugal lost possession of that splendid and daring navy which had first found a way to the Indies. Several hundred Portuguese ships, thousands of guns, and large sums of money were appropriated by Spain upon the annexation of Portugal.1 Most of these ill-fated ships went down in the English Channel with the Great Armada.

Loss of the Naval Power of Spain and Portugal.—The takeover of Portugal by Philip II in 1580 had disastrous effects for both Portugal and Spain. For Portugal, it meant humiliation and the loss of colonial power. Spain was unable to defend the Portuguese territories, and her jealousy of their success seems to have led her to neglect their interests, allowing them to decline. In one day, Portugal lost its impressive and bold navy that had first charted the route to the Indies. Several hundred Portuguese ships, thousands of cannons, and large amounts of money were taken by Spain after Portugal was annexed. 1 Most of these unfortunate ships sank in the English Channel with the Great Armada.

When the terrible news of the destruction of this powerful armament, on which rested Spanish hopes for the conquest and humiliation of England, was brought to the Escorial, the magnificent palace where the years of the king were passed, Philip II., that strange man, whose countenance never changed at tidings of either defeat or victory, is reported to have simply said, “I thank God that I have the power to replace the loss.” He was fatuously mistaken. The loss could never be made good. The navies of Spain and Portugal were never fully rebuilt. In that year (1588), preëminence on the sea passed to the English and the Dutch. [188]

When the shocking news of the destruction of this powerful weapon, which held Spanish hopes for conquering and humiliating England, reached the Escorial, the grand palace where the king spent his years, Philip II, that enigmatic man whose expression never changed in response to either defeat or victory, reportedly said, “I thank God that I have the power to replace the loss.” He was sadly mistaken. The loss could never be made up. The navies of Spain and Portugal were never fully rebuilt. In that year (1588), dominance at sea shifted to the English and the Dutch. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Netherlands Become an Independent Country.—Who were these Dutch, or Hollanders? How came they to wrest from Spain and Portugal a colonial empire, which they hold to-day without loss of prosperity or evidence of decline? In the north of Europe, facing the North Sea, is a low, rich land, intersected by rivers and washed far into its interior by the tides, known as Holland, the Low Countries, or the Netherlands. Its people have ever been famed for their industry and hardihood. In manufacture and trade in the latter Middle Age, they stood far in the lead in northern Europe, Their towns and cities were the thriftiest, most prosperous, and most cleanly.

The Netherlands Become an Independent Country.—Who were these Dutch, or Hollanders? How did they manage to take a colonial empire from Spain and Portugal, which they still maintain today without losing prosperity or showing any signs of decline? In northern Europe, facing the North Sea, lies a low, fertile land, crisscrossed by rivers and significantly influenced by tidal waters, known as Holland, the Low Countries, or the Netherlands. Its people have always been known for their hard work and resilience. During the late Middle Ages, they excelled in manufacturing and trade, leading northern Europe. Their towns and cities were the most thrifty, prosperous, and well-kept.

We have already explained the curious facts of succession by which these countries became a possession of the Spanish king, Emperor Charles the Fifth. The Low Countries were always greatly prized by Charles, and in spite of the severities of his rule he held their affection and loyalty until his death. It was in the city of Antwerp that he formally abdicated in favor of his son, Philip II., and, as described by contemporary historians, this solemn and imposing ceremony was witnessed with every mark of loyalty by the assembly.

We have already explained the interesting facts of succession that led to these countries becoming possessions of the Spanish king, Emperor Charles V. The Low Countries were always highly valued by Charles, and despite his harsh rule, he maintained their affection and loyalty until his death. It was in the city of Antwerp that he officially stepped down in favor of his son, Philip II, and as noted by contemporary historians, this solemn and grand ceremony was observed with great loyalty by the assembly.

The Rebellion.—But the oppressions and persecutions of Philip’s reign drove the people to rebellion. The Netherlands had embraced the Protestant religion, and when, in addition to plunder, intimidation, the quartering of Spanish soldiery, and the violation of sovereign promises, Philip imposed that terrible and merciless institution, the Spanish Inquisition, the Low Countries faced the tyrant in a passion of rebellion.

The Rebellion.—But the oppression and persecution during Philip’s reign pushed the people to rebel. The Netherlands had adopted the Protestant faith, and when, on top of looting, intimidation, housing Spanish soldiers, and breaking sovereign promises, Philip enforced the brutal and merciless institution of the Spanish Inquisition, the Low Countries confronted the tyrant with a fervent rebellion.

War, begun in 1556, dragged on for years. There was pitiless cruelty, and the sacking of cities was accompanied by fearful butchery. In 1575 the seven Dutch counties [189]declared their independence, and formed the republic of the Netherlands. Although the efforts of Spain to reconquer the territory continued until the end of the century, practical independence was gained some years before.

War, which started in 1556, went on for years. There was relentless cruelty, and the looting of cities was accompanied by horrifying slaughter. In 1575, the seven Dutch counties [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] declared their independence and formed the Republic of the Netherlands. Although Spain's attempts to reclaim the territory continued until the end of the century, real independence was achieved several years earlier.

Trade between Portugal and the Netherlands Forbidden.—A large portion of the commerce of the Low Countries had been with Lisbon. The Portuguese did not distribute to Europe the products which their navies brought from the Indies. Foreign merchants purchased in Lisbon and carried these wares to other lands, and to a very large degree this service had been performed by the Dutch. But on the annexation of Portugal, Philip forbade all commerce and trade between the two countries. By this act the Dutch, deprived of their Lisbon trade, had to face the alternative of commercial ruin or the gaining of those Eastern products for themselves. They chose the latter course with all its risks. It was soon made possible by the destruction of the Armada.

Trade between Portugal and the Netherlands Forbidden.—A significant part of the trade in the Low Countries had been with Lisbon. The Portuguese didn’t distribute the products their ships brought from the Indies to Europe. Foreign merchants bought these goods in Lisbon and transported them to other countries, with Dutch merchants handling a large portion of this trade. However, when Portugal was annexed, Philip banned all commerce and trade between the two nations. As a result, the Dutch, cut off from their Lisbon trade, faced the choice of either commercial disaster or securing those Eastern goods for themselves. They opted for the latter, despite the risks involved. This became feasible following the defeat of the Armada.

The Dutch Expeditions to the Indies.—In 1595 their first expedition, led by one Cornelius Houtman, who had sailed in Portuguese galleons, rounded the Cape of Good Hope and entered the Indian domain. The objective point was Java, where an alliance was formed with the native princes and a cargo of pepper secured. Two things were shown by the safe return of this fleet,—the great wealth and profit of the Indian trade, and the inability of Spain and Portugal to maintain their monopoly.

The Dutch Expeditions to the Indies.—In 1595, their first expedition, led by Cornelius Houtman, who had previously sailed on Portuguese galleons, rounded the Cape of Good Hope and entered the Indian Ocean. The target was Java, where they formed an alliance with the local princes and secured a cargo of pepper. The safe return of this fleet demonstrated two things: the immense wealth and profit of the Indian trade and the failure of Spain and Portugal to maintain their monopoly.

In 1598 the merchants of Amsterdam defeated a combined Spanish and Portuguese fleet in the East, and trading settlements were secured in Java and Johore. In 1605 they carried their factories to Amboina and Tidor.

In 1598, the merchants of Amsterdam defeated a combined Spanish and Portuguese fleet in the East, securing trading settlements in Java and Johore. By 1605, they established their factories in Amboina and Tidor.

Effect of the Success of the Dutch.—The exclusive monopoly over the waters of the Pacific and Indian Oceans, [190]which Portugal and Spain had maintained for a century, was broken. With the concurrence of the Roman See, they had tried to divide the New World and the Orient between them. That effort was now passed. They had claimed the right to exclude from the vast oceans they had discovered the vessels of every other nation but their own.

Effect of the Success of the Dutch.—The exclusive monopoly over the waters of the Pacific and Indian Oceans, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]which Portugal and Spain had held for a century, was disrupted. With the support of the Roman Church, they had attempted to split the New World and the Orient between them. That effort was now over. They had asserted the right to keep out the ships of every other nation from the vast oceans they had discovered, except their own.

This doctrine in the History of International Law is known as that of mare clausum, or “closed sea.” The death-blow to this domination was given by the entrance of the Dutch into the Indies, and it is not a mere coincidence that we find the doctrine of closed sea itself scientifically assailed, a few years later, by the great Dutch jurist, Grotius, the founder of the system of international law in his work, De Libero Mare.

This principle in the History of International Law is called mare clausum, or “closed sea.” The real challenge to this control came with the Dutch entering the Indies, and it’s no coincidence that shortly after, the doctrine of closed sea was critically examined by the prominent Dutch legal scholar Grotius, who is considered the founder of modern international law in his work, De Libero Mare.

The Trading Methods of the Dutch.—The Dutch made no attempts in the Indies to found great colonies for political domination and religious conversion. Commerce was their sole object. Their policy was to form alliances with native rulers, promising to assist them against the rule of the Portuguese or Spaniard in return for exclusive privileges of trade. In this they were more than successful.

The Trading Methods of the Dutch.—The Dutch didn't try to set up large colonies in the Indies for political control or religious conversion. Their only goal was commerce. They aimed to create partnerships with local leaders, pledging to help them against Portuguese or Spanish domination in exchange for exclusive trading rights. They were more than successful in this.

In 1602 they obtained permission to establish a factory at Bantam, on the island of Java. This was even then a considerable trading-point. “Chinese, Arabs, Persians, Moors, Turks, Malabars, Peguans, and merchants from all nations were established there,” the principal object of trade being pepper.2

In 1602, they got permission to set up a trading post in Bantam, on the island of Java. Even back then, it was a significant trading hub. “Chinese, Arabs, Persians, Moors, Turks, Malabars, Peguans, and merchants from all over were there,” with the main item of trade being pepper.2

The character of the treaty made by the Dutch with the king of Bantam is stated by Raffles. “The Dutch stipulated to assist him against foreign invaders, particularly [191]Spaniards and Portuguese; and the king, on his side, agreed to make over to the Dutch a good and strong fort, a free trade, and security for “their persons and property without payment of any duties or taxes, and to allow no other European nation to trade or reside in his territories.”

The terms of the treaty between the Dutch and the king of Bantam are outlined by Raffles. “The Dutch agreed to help him against foreign invaders, especially [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the Spaniards and Portuguese; in return, the king promised to hand over a solid and strong fort to the Dutch, ensure free trade, and protect 'their people and property without any duties or taxes, and to prevent any other European nation from trading or living in his lands.'”

Spanish Expedition against the Dutch in the Moluccas.—The Spaniards, however, did not relinquish the field to these new foes without a struggle, and the conflict fills the history of the eighteenth century. When the Dutch expelled the Portuguese from Amboina and Tidor in February, 1605, many of the Portuguese came to the Philippines and enlisted in the Spanish forces. The governor, Don Pedro Bravo de Acuña, filled with wrath at the loss of these important possessions, with great activity organized an expedition for their conquest.

Spanish Expedition against the Dutch in the Moluccas.—The Spaniards, however, didn't give up the fight against these new enemies without a struggle, and the conflict defines the history of the eighteenth century. When the Dutch drove the Portuguese out of Amboina and Tidor in February 1605, many Portuguese moved to the Philippines and joined the Spanish forces. The governor, Don Pedro Bravo de Acuña, furious about the loss of these vital territories, quickly organized an expedition to reclaim them.

In the previous year there had arrived from Spain eight hundred troops, two hundred of them being native Mexicans. Thus Acuña was able to organize a powerful fleet that mounted seventy-five pieces of artillery and carried over fourteen hundred Spaniards and sixteen hundred Indians.3 The fleet sailed in January, 1606. Tidor was taken without resistance and the Dutch factory seized, with a great store of money, goods, and weapons. The Spaniards then assailed Ternate; the fort and plaza were bombarded, and then the town was carried by storm.

In the previous year, eight hundred troops had arrived from Spain, including two hundred native Mexicans. This allowed Acuña to organize a strong fleet equipped with seventy-five pieces of artillery, carrying over fourteen hundred Spaniards and sixteen hundred Indians.3 The fleet sailed in January 1606. Tidor was taken without any resistance, and the Dutch factory was seized, along with a significant amount of money, goods, and weapons. The Spaniards then attacked Ternate; the fort and plaza were bombarded, and then the town was taken by storm.

Thus, at last was accomplished the adventure which for nearly a century had inspired the ambitions of the Spaniards, which had drawn the fleet of Magellan, which had wrecked the expeditions of Loyasa and Villalobos, for [192]which the Spaniards in the Philippines had prepared expedition after expedition, and for which Governor Dasmariñas had sacrificed his life. At last the Moluccas had been taken by the forces of Spain.

Thus, at last, the adventure that had inspired the ambitions of the Spaniards for nearly a century was achieved. It had motivated Magellan's fleet and caused the failures of Loyasa and Villalobos. For [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__], the Spaniards in the Philippines had organized expedition after expedition, and Governor Dasmariñas had given his life for this cause. Finally, the Moluccas were taken by Spanish forces.

Capture of a Dutch Fleet at Mariveles.—So far from disposing of their enemies, however, this action simply brought the Dutch into the Philippines. In 1609, Juan de Silva became governor of the Islands and in the same year arrived the Dutch admiral, Wittert, with a squadron. After an unsuccessful attack on Iloilo, the Dutch fleet anchored off Mariveles, to capture vessels arriving for the Manila trade.

Capture of a Dutch Fleet at Mariveles.—Instead of getting rid of their enemies, this action actually brought the Dutch to the Philippines. In 1609, Juan de Silva became governor of the Islands, and that same year, Dutch admiral Wittert arrived with a squadron. After an unsuccessful attack on Iloilo, the Dutch fleet anchored off Mariveles to seize ships coming for the Manila trade.

At this place, on the 25th of April, 1610, the Spanish fleet, which had been hastily fitted at Cavite, attacked the Dutch, killing the admiral and taking all the ships but one, two hundred and fifty prisoners, and a large amount of silver and merchandise. These prisoners seem to have been treated with more mercy than the captives of Van Noort’s fleet, who were hung at Cavite. The wounded are said to have been cared for, and the friars from all the religious orders vied with one another to convert these “Protestant pirates” from their heresy.

At this location, on April 25, 1610, the Spanish fleet, which had been quickly prepared at Cavite, launched an attack on the Dutch, killing the admiral and capturing all the ships except one, as well as two hundred and fifty prisoners and a large amount of silver and goods. These prisoners appeared to be treated more kindly than those from Van Noort’s fleet, who were hanged at Cavite. The wounded were reportedly cared for, and friars from various religious orders competed with each other to convert these “Protestant pirates” from their beliefs.

An Expedition against the Dutch in Java.—Spain made a truce of her European wars with Holland in 1609, but this cessation of hostilities was never recognized in the East. The Dutch and Spanish colonists continued to war upon and pillage each other until late in the century. Encouraged by his victory over Wittert, Silva negotiated with the Portuguese allies in Goa, India, to drive the Dutch from Java. A powerful squadron sailed from Cavite in 1616 for this purpose. It was the largest fleet which up to that date had ever been assembled in the Philippines. The expedition, however, failed to unite with [193]their Portuguese allies, and in April, Silva died at Malacca of malignant fever.

An Expedition against the Dutch in Java.—Spain made a truce in her European wars with Holland in 1609, but this halt in fighting was never acknowledged in the East. The Dutch and Spanish colonists continued to battle and raid each other until late in the century. Boosted by his win over Wittert, Silva made arrangements with his Portuguese allies in Goa, India, to expel the Dutch from Java. A powerful fleet set sail from Cavite in 1616 for this goal. It was the largest fleet that had ever been gathered in the Philippines up to that time. However, the expedition failed to join up with [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]their Portuguese allies, and in April, Silva died at Malacca from a severe fever.

The Dutch Fleets.Battles near Corregidor.—The fleet returned to Cavite to find that the city, while stripped of soldiers and artillery, had been in a fever of anxiety and apprehension over the proximity of Dutch vessels. They were those of Admiral Spilbergen, who had arrived by way of the Straits of Magellan and the Pacific. He has left us a chart of the San Bernadino Straits, which is reproduced here. Spilbergen bombarded Ilolio and then sailed for the Moluccas.

The Dutch Fleets.Battles near Corregidor.—The fleet returned to Cavite and found that the city, although lacking soldiers and artillery, had been in a state of anxiety and worry about the nearby Dutch ships. These were under Admiral Spilbergen, who had come by way of the Straits of Magellan and the Pacific. He left us a map of the San Bernardino Straits, which is shown here. Spilbergen bombarded Iloilo and then headed for the Moluccas.

A year later he returned, met a Spanish fleet of seven galleons and two galleras near Manila and suffered a severe defeat.4 The battle began with cannonading on Friday, April 13, and continued throughout the day. On the following day the vessels came to close quarters, the Spaniards boarded the Dutch vessels, and the battle was fought out with the sword.

A year later, he came back and encountered a Spanish fleet of seven galleons and two galleys near Manila, facing a crushing defeat.4 The battle started with cannon fire on Friday, April 13, and went on all day. The next day, the ships closed in on each other, the Spaniards boarded the Dutch ships, and the fight continued with swords.

The Dutch were overwhelmed. Probably their numbers were few. The Relacion states they had fourteen galleons, but other accounts put the number at ten, three vessels of which were destroyed or taken by the Spaniards. One of them, the beautiful ship, “The Sun of Holland,” was burned. This combat is known as the battle of Playa Honda. Another engagement took place in the same waters of Corregidor, late in 1624, when a Dutch fleet was driven away without serious loss to either side.

The Dutch were outmatched. They probably didn't have many ships. The Relacion says they had fourteen galleons, but other reports say it was ten, and three of those were destroyed or captured by the Spaniards. One of the ships, the stunning “The Sun of Holland,” was set on fire. This fight is known as the battle of Playa Honda. Another confrontation happened in the same waters of Corregidor, late in 1624, when a Dutch fleet was forced to retreat without significant losses for either side.

The Dutch Capture Chinese Junks, and Galleons.—But through the intervening years, fleets of the Hollanders [194]were continually arriving, both by the way of the Cape of Good Hope and the Straits of Magellan. Those that came across the Pacific almost invariably cruised up the Strait of San Bernadino, securing the fresh provisions so desirable to them after their long voyage.

The Dutch Capture Chinese Junks, and Galleons.—Over the years, Dutch fleets [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] kept arriving, both via the Cape of Good Hope and the Straits of Magellan. The ships that crossed the Pacific almost always navigated up the Strait of San Bernadino to get fresh provisions, which were much needed after their long journeys.

The prizes which they made of Chinese vessels, passing Corregidor for Manila, give us an idea of how considerably the Spaniards in the Philippines relied upon China for their food. Junks, or “champans,” were continually passing Corregidor, laden with chickens, hogs, rice, sugar, and other comestibles.5

The prizes they captured from Chinese boats going past Corregidor to Manila show us how much the Spaniards in the Philippines depended on China for their food. Junks, or “champans,” were constantly passing Corregidor, loaded with chickens, pigs, rice, sugar, and other food items.5

The Mexican galleons were frequently destroyed or captured by these lurking fleets of the Dutch, and for a time the route through the Straits of San Bernadino had to be abandoned, the galleons reaching Manila by way of Cape Engano, or sometimes landing in Cagayan, and more than once going ashore on the Pacific side of the island, at Binangonan de Lampon.

The Mexican galleons were often destroyed or captured by these hidden Dutch fleets, and for a while, the route through the Straits of San Bernadino had to be abandoned, with the galleons reaching Manila via Cape Engano or sometimes landing in Cagayan, and more than once going ashore on the Pacific side of the island at Binangonan de Lampon.

The Dutch in Formosa.—The Dutch also made repeated efforts to wrest from Portugal her settlement and trade in China. As early as 1557 the Portuguese had established a settlement on the island of Macao, one of these numerous islets that fill the estuary of the river of Canton. This is the oldest European settlement in China and has been held continuously by the Portuguese until the present day, when it remains almost the last vestige of the once mighty Portuguese empire of the East. It was much coveted by the Dutch because of its importance in the trade with Canton and Fukien. [195]

The Dutch in Formosa.—The Dutch also made several attempts to take from Portugal its settlement and trade in China. As early as 1557, the Portuguese had established a settlement on the island of Macao, one of the many islets in the estuary of the Canton River. This is the oldest European settlement in China, and it has been held continuously by the Portuguese up to today, making it nearly the last remnant of the once-powerful Portuguese empire in the East. The Dutch highly desired it because of its significance in trade with Canton and Fukien. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

In 1622 a fleet from Java brought siege to Macao, and, being repulsed, sailed to the Pescadores Islands, where they built a fort and established a post, which threatened both the Portuguese trade with Japan and the Manila trade with Amoy. Two years later, on the solicitation of the Chinese government, the Dutch removed their settlement to Formosa, where they broke up the Spanish mission stations and held the island for the succeeding thirty-five years. Thus, throughout the century, these European powers harassed and raided one another, but no one of them was sufficiently strong to expel the others from the East.

In 1622, a fleet from Java attacked Macao. After being pushed back, they sailed to the Pescadores Islands, where they built a fort and set up a base that posed a threat to both Portuguese trade with Japan and the Manila trade with Amoy. Two years later, at the request of the Chinese government, the Dutch moved their settlement to Formosa, where they dismantled the Spanish mission stations and held the island for the next thirty-five years. Throughout the century, these European powers continually attacked and raided each other, but none were strong enough to drive the others out of the East.

The Portuguese Colonies.—In 1640 the kingdom of Portugal freed itself from the domination of Spain. With the same blow Spain lost the great colonial possessions that came to her with the attachment of the Portuguese. “All the places,” says Zuñiga, “which the Portuguese had in the Indies, separated themselves from the crown of Castile and recognized as king, Don Juan of Portugal.” “This same year,” he adds, “the Dutch took Malacca.”6

The Portuguese Colonies.—In 1640, Portugal broke free from Spanish rule. In the process, Spain lost all the significant colonial territories that it had gained through its connection to Portugal. “All the territories,” says Zuñiga, “that the Portuguese held in the Indies, declared their independence from the crown of Castile and acknowledged Don Juan of Portugal as their king.” “This same year,” he adds, “the Dutch captured Malacca.”6

The Moros.Increase of Moro Piracy.—During all these years the raids of the Moros of Maguindanao and Jolo had never ceased. Their piracies were almost continuous. There was no security; churches were looted, priests killed, people borne away for ransom or for slavery. Obviously, this piracy could only be met by destroying it at its source. Defensive fortifications and protective fleets were of no consequence, when compared with the necessity of subduing the Moro in his own lairs. In 1628 and 1630 punitive expeditions were sent against Jolo, Basilan, and Mindanao, which drove the Moros from their forts, burned their towns, and cut down their groves of cocoanut trees. [196]But such expeditions served only to inflame the more the wrathful vengeance of the Moro, and in 1635 the government resolved upon a change of policy and the establishment of a presidio at Zamboanga.

The Moros.Increase of Moro Piracy.—Throughout these years, the raids by the Moros of Maguindanao and Jolo never stopped. Their piracy was almost constant. There was no safety; churches were looted, priests were killed, and people were taken away for ransom or slavery. Clearly, this piracy could only be dealt with by cutting it off at the source. Defensive fortifications and protective fleets were useless compared to the need to subdue the Moro in their own territory. In 1628 and 1630, punitive expeditions were launched against Jolo, Basilan, and Mindanao, which drove the Moros from their forts, burned their towns, and destroyed their coconut plantations. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]But such expeditions only fueled the anger and vengeance of the Moro, and in 1635, the government decided to change its approach and establish a garrison at Zamboanga.

Founding of a Spanish Post at Zamboanga.—This brings us to a new phase in the Moro wars. The governor, Juan Cerezo de Salamanca, was determined upon the conquest and the occupation of Mindanao and Jolo. In taking this step, Salamanca, like Corcuera, who succeeded him, acted under the influence of the Jesuits. Their missions in Bohol and northern Mindanao made them ambitious to reserve for the ministrations of their society all lands that were conquered and occupied, south of the Bisayas.

Founding of a Spanish Post at Zamboanga.—This brings us to a new phase in the Moro wars. Governor Juan Cerezo de Salamanca was set on conquering and occupying Mindanao and Jolo. In making this move, Salamanca, like Corcuera who followed him, was influenced by the Jesuits. Their missions in Bohol and northern Mindanao made them eager to claim all lands conquered and occupied south of the Bisayas for their society's ministry.

The Jesuits were the missionaries on Ternate and Siao and wherever in the Moluccas and Celebes the Spanish and Portuguese had established their power. The Jesuits had accompanied the expedition of Rodriguez de Figueroa in 1595, and from that date they never ceased petitioning the government for a military occupation of these islands and for their own return, as the missionaries of these regions. The Jesuits were brilliant and able administrators. For men of their ambition, Mindanao, with its rich soil, attractive productions, and comparatively numerous populations, was a most enticing field for the establishment of such a theocratic commonwealth as the Jesuits had created and administered in America.7

The Jesuits served as missionaries on Ternate and Siao, as well as in other areas of the Moluccas and Celebes where the Spanish and Portuguese had established their influence. They joined Rodriguez de Figueroa's expedition in 1595, and since then, they continually requested the government to occupy these islands militarily and to allow their return as missionaries in the region. The Jesuits were skilled and effective administrators. For individuals with their ambitions, Mindanao, with its fertile soil, appealing resources, and relatively large population, was a very attractive place to create a theocratic society similar to what they had developed and managed in America.7

On the other hand, the occupation of Zamboanga was strenuously opposed by the other religious orders; but the Jesuits, ever remarkable for their ascendancy in affairs of [197]state, were able to effect the establishment of Zamboanga, though they could not prevent its abandonment a quarter of a century later.

On the other hand, the occupation of Zamboanga was strongly opposed by other religious orders; however, the Jesuits, known for their influence in state matters, were able to establish Zamboanga, even though they couldn't stop its abandonment twenty-five years later.

Erection of the Forts.—The presidio was founded in 1635, by a force under Don Juan de Chaves. His army consisted of three hundred Spaniards and one thousand Bisaya, The end of the peninsula was swept of Moro inhabitants and their towns destroyed by fire. In June the foundations of the stone fort were laid under the direction of the Jesuit, Father Vera, who is described as being experienced in military engineering and architecture.

Erection of the Forts.—The presidio was established in 1635 by a group led by Don Juan de Chaves. His forces included three hundred Spaniards and one thousand Bisaya. The southern tip of the peninsula was cleared of Moro residents, and their towns were set ablaze. In June, the foundation for the stone fort was started under the guidance of the Jesuit, Father Vera, who was noted for his expertise in military engineering and architecture.

To supply the new site with water, a ditch was built from the river Tumaga, a distance of six or seven miles, which brought a copious stream to the very walls of the fort. The advantage or failure of this expensive fortress is very hard to determine. Its planting was a partisan measure, and it was always subject to partisan praise and partisan blame. Sometimes it seemed to have checked the Moros and sometimes seemed only to be stirring them to fresh anger and aggression.

To provide the new site with water, a ditch was dug from the Tumaga River, about six or seven miles away, which brought a steady flow right to the fort's walls. Determining the success or failure of this costly fortress is quite difficult. Its construction was influenced by political motives, and it often received both political praise and criticism. At times, it appeared to have halted the Moros, while at other times it seemed to provoke them to new anger and aggression.

The same year that saw the establishment of Zamboanga, Hortado de Corcuera became governor of the Philippines. He was much under the influence of the Jesuits and confirmed their policy of conquest.

The same year that Zamboanga was founded, Hortado de Corcuera became the governor of the Philippines. He was heavily influenced by the Jesuits and supported their policy of conquest.

Defeat of the Moro Pirate Tagal.—A few months later a notable fleet of pirates, recruited from Mindanao, Jolo, and Borneo, and headed by a chieftain named Tagal, a brother of the notorious Correlat, sultan of Maguindanao, went defiantly past the new presidio and northward through the Mindoro Sea. For more than seven months they cruised the Bisayas. The islands of the Camarines especially felt their ravages. In Cuyo they captured the corregidor and three friars. Finally, with [198]650 captives and rich booty, including the ornaments and services of churches, Tagal turned southward on his return.

Defeat of the Moro Pirate Tagal.—A few months later, a notable fleet of pirates, gathered from Mindanao, Jolo, and Borneo, and led by a chieftain named Tagal, who was the brother of the infamous Correlat, sultan of Maguindanao, boldly sailed past the new presidio and headed north through the Mindoro Sea. For over seven months, they roamed the Bisayas. The islands of the Camarines were especially hit hard by their attacks. In Cuyo, they captured the corregidor and three friars. Finally, with [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]650 captives and a wealth of loot, including church ornaments and belongings, Tagal turned south on his way back.

The presidio of Zamboanga had prepared to intercept him and a fierce battle took place off the Punta de Flechas, thirty leagues to the northeast of Zamboanga. According to the Spanish writers, this point was one held sacred by Moro superstitions. A deity inhabited these waters, whom the Moros were accustomed to propitiate on the departure and arrival of their expeditions, by throwing into the sea lances and arrows. The victory was a notable one for the Spanish arms. Tagal and more than 300 Moros were killed, and 120 Christian captives were released.

The Zamboanga fort was ready to intercept him, leading to a fierce battle off Punta de Flechas, thirty leagues northeast of Zamboanga. According to Spanish writers, this location was considered sacred by Moro beliefs. A deity was said to reside in these waters, and the Moros usually honored this deity before their expeditions by throwing lances and arrows into the sea upon leaving and returning. The victory was significant for the Spanish forces. Tagal and over 300 Moros were killed, and 120 Christian captives were freed.

Moro Helmet and Coat of Mail.

Moro Helmet and Coat of Mail.

Moro helmet and chainmail.

Corcuera’s Expedition against the Moros at Lamítan.—Corcuera had meanwhile been preparing an expedition, [199]which had taken on the character of a holy war. Jesuit and soldier mingled in its company and united in its direction. The Jesuit saint, Francis Xavier, was proclaimed patron of the expedition, and mass was celebrated daily on the ships. Corcuera himself accompanied the expedition, and at Zamboanga, where they arrived February 22, 1637, he united a force of 760 Spaniards and many Bisayans and Pampangas.

Corcuera’s Expedition against the Moros at Lamítan.—Meanwhile, Corcuera was getting ready for an expedition, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]which had taken on a holy war vibe. Jesuits and soldiers were part of the team, working together on the mission. Jesuit saint Francis Xavier was declared the patron of the expedition, and mass was held daily on the ships. Corcuera himself joined the expedition, and when they arrived in Zamboanga on February 22, 1637, he brought together a force of 760 Spaniards along with many Bisayans and Pampangas.

Moro Sword and Scabbard.

Moro Sword and Scabbard.

Moro sword and scabbard.

From Zamboanga the force started for Lamítan, the stronghold of Correlat, and the center of the power of the Maguindanao. It seems to have been situated on the coast, south of the region of Lake Lanao. The fleet encountered rough weather and contrary winds off Punta de Flechas, which they attributed to the influence of the Moro demon.

From Zamboanga, the troop set out for Lamítan, the stronghold of Correlat and the power center of the Maguindanao. It appears to be located on the coast, south of Lake Lanao. The fleet faced bad weather and strong headwinds off Punta de Flechas, which they blamed on the influence of the Moro demon.

To rid the locality of this unholy influence, Padre Marcello, the Jesuit superior, occupied himself for two days. Padre Combés has left us an account of the ceremony.8 The demon was dispossessed by exorcism. Mass was celebrated. Various articles, representing Moro infidelity, [200]including arrows, were destroyed and burnt. Holy relics were thrown into the waters, and the place was finally sanctified by baptism in the name of Saint Sebastian.

To get rid of this evil influence in the area, Padre Marcello, the Jesuit superior, spent two days working on it. Padre Combés documented the ceremony. The demon was expelled through an exorcism. A Mass was held. Various items representing Moro infidelity, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]including arrows, were destroyed and burned. Holy relics were thrown into the water, and the place was ultimately sanctified through a baptism in the name of Saint Sebastian.

Sulu Barong and Sheath.

Sulu Barong and Sheath.

Sulu Barong and Sheath.

Moro Spear.

Moro Spear.

Moro Spear.

On the 14th of March the expedition reached Lamítan, fortified and defended by two thousand Moro warriors. The Spanish force, however, was overwhelming, and the city was taken by storm. Here were captured eight bronze cannon, twenty-seven “versos” (a kind of small howitzer), and over a hundred muskets and arquebuses and a great store of Moro weapons. Over one hundred vessels were destroyed, including a fleet of Malay merchant praos from Java. Sixteen villages were burned, [201]and seventy-two Moros were hung. Correlat, though pursued and wounded, was not captured.9

On March 14th, the expedition arrived at Lamítan, which was fortified and defended by two thousand Moro warriors. However, the Spanish force was overwhelming, and the city was taken by storm. Eight bronze cannons, twenty-seven "versos" (a type of small howitzer), over a hundred muskets and arquebuses, and a large supply of Moro weapons were captured. More than a hundred vessels were destroyed, including a fleet of Malay merchant praos from Java. Sixteen villages were set on fire, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and seventy-two Moros were hanged. Correlat, though pursued and wounded, was not captured.9

Old Moro Sailing Boat.

Old Moro Sailing Boat.

Old Moro Sailing Boat.

The Conquest of Jolo.—Corcuera returned to Zamboanga and organized an expedition for the conquest of Jolo. Although defended by four thousand Moro warriors and by allies from Basílan and the Celebes, Corcuera took Jolo after some months of siege. The sultan saved himself by flight, but the sultana was taken prisoner. Corcuera reconstructed the fort, established a garrison of two hundred Spaniards and an equal number of Pampangas, left some Jesuit fathers, and, having nominated [202]Major Almonte chief of all the forces in the south, returned in May, 1638, to Manila, with all the triumph of a conqueror.

The Conquest of Jolo.—Corcuera went back to Zamboanga and organized an expedition to conquer Jolo. Despite being defended by four thousand Moro warriors and allies from Basílan and the Celebes, Corcuera captured Jolo after several months of siege. The sultan escaped, but the sultana was taken prisoner. Corcuera rebuilt the fort, set up a garrison of two hundred Spaniards and an equal number of Pampangas, left some Jesuit fathers behind, and, after appointing [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Major Almonte as the chief of all the forces in the south, returned to Manila in May 1638 with all the glory of a conqueror.

Almonte continued the work of subjugation. In 1639 he conquered the Moro dato of Buhayen, in the valley of the Rio Grande, where a small presidio was founded. And in the same year the Jesuits prevailed upon him to invade the territory of the Malanao, now known as the Laguna de Lanao. This expedition was made from the north through Iligan, and for a time brought even this warlike and difficult territory under the authority of the governor and the spiritual administration of the Jesuits.

Almonte continued the effort to conquer new territories. In 1639, he defeated the Moro leader of Buhayen, in the Rio Grande valley, where a small fort was established. That same year, the Jesuits convinced him to invade the Malanao region, now called the Laguna de Lanao. This campaign was launched from the north via Iligan and for a while, it brought this fierce and challenging area under the control of the governor and the spiritual oversight of the Jesuits.

Loss of the Spanish Settlement on Formosa.—The full military success of Corcuera’s governorship was marred by the loss of Macao and the capture of the Spanish settlement on the island of Formosa by the Dutch. In the attempt to hold Macao, Corcuera sent over the encomendero of Pasig, Don Juan Claudio. The populace of Macao, however, rose in tumult, assassinated the governor, Sebastian Lobo, and pronounced in favor of Portugal. Later, by decree of the Portuguese governor of Goa, all the Spanish residents and missionaries were expelled. The Dutch seizure of Formosa, a year later, has already been described.

Loss of the Spanish Settlement on Formosa.—The overall military achievements of Corcuera’s governorship were overshadowed by the loss of Macao and the takeover of the Spanish settlement on the island of Formosa by the Dutch. To defend Macao, Corcuera sent Don Juan Claudio, the encomendero of Pasig. However, the people of Macao revolted, assassinated the governor, Sebastian Lobo, and declared their support for Portugal. Subsequently, by order of the Portuguese governor of Goa, all Spanish residents and missionaries were expelled. The Dutch capture of Formosa, which happened a year later, has already been explained.

The Archipelago and the Religious Orders.—During these decades, conflict was almost incessant between the archbishop of Manila and the regular orders. In the Philippines the regulars were the parish curates, and the archbishop desired that all matters of their curacy, touching the administration of the sacraments and other parish duties, should be subject to the direction of the bishops. This question of the “diocesan visit” was fought over for nearly two hundred years. [203]

The Archipelago and the Religious Orders.—During these decades, there was almost constant conflict between the archbishop of Manila and the religious orders. In the Philippines, the regulars served as parish priests, and the archbishop wanted all matters related to their roles, including the administration of the sacraments and other parish responsibilities, to be under the authority of the bishops. This issue of the “diocesan visit” was debated for nearly two hundred years. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Governor and the Archbishop.—Even more serious to the colony were the conflicts that raged between the governor-general and the archbishop. All the points of dissension between Church and State, which vexed the Middle Ages, broke out afresh in the Philippines. The appointment of religious officers; the distribution of revenue; the treatment of the natives; the claim of the church to offer asylum to those fleeing the arm of the law; its claims of jurisdiction, in its ecclesiastical courts, over a large class of civil offenses—these disputes and many others, occasioned almost incessant discord between the heads of civil and ecclesiastical authority.

The Governor and the Archbishop.—Even more serious for the colony were the conflicts that erupted between the governor-general and the archbishop. All the points of disagreement between Church and State, which troubled the Middle Ages, flared up again in the Philippines. The appointment of religious officials, the distribution of revenue, the treatment of the locals, the church's claim to provide asylum for those evading the law, and its claims of jurisdiction in its church courts over many civil offenses—these disputes and many others led to almost constant conflict between the leaders of civil and religious authority.

The “Residencia.”—We have seen that the power of the governor was in fact very large. Theoretically, the Audiencia was a limit upon his authority; but in fact the governor was usually the president of this body, and the oidores were frequently his abettors and rarely his opponents. At the end of each governor’s rule there took place a characteristic Spanish institution, called the “Residencia.” This was a court held by the newly elected governor, for an examination into the conduct of his predecessor. Complaints of every description were received, and often, in the history of the Philippines, one who had ruled the archipelago almost as an independent monarch found himself, at the end of his office, ruined, and in chains.

The “Residencia.”—We’ve seen that the governor had a lot of power. In theory, the Audiencia was supposed to limit his authority; however, the governor often served as the president of this body, and the oidores were usually his supporters and rarely his adversaries. At the end of each governor's term, there was a traditional Spanish practice called the “Residencia.” This was a court held by the newly elected governor to review the actions of his predecessor. Complaints of all kinds were accepted, and often, in the history of the Philippines, a governor who had ruled the archipelago almost like an independent king found himself, at the end of his term, destitute and in chains.

It was upon the occasion of the Residencia that the ecclesiastical powers, after a governorship stormy with disputes, exercised their power for revenge. Unquestionably many a governor, despite his actual power, facing, as he did, the Residencia at the termination of his rule, made peace with his enemies and yielded to their demands. [204]

It was during the Residencia that the church officials, after a tumultuous governorship filled with conflicts, sought revenge. Clearly, many governors, despite their real authority, found themselves confronting the Residencia at the end of their term, choosing to reconcile with their enemies and give in to their demands. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Corcuera had continuous troubles with the archbishop and with the religious orders other than the Jesuits. In 1644, when his successor, Fajardo, relieved him, the Franciscans, Augustinians, and Recollects procured his imprisonment and the confiscation of his property. For five years, the conqueror of the Moros lay a prisoner in the fortresses of Santiago and Cavite, when he was pardoned by the Council of the Indies, and appointed governor of the Canaries by the king.

Corcuera constantly clashed with the archbishop and with religious orders other than the Jesuits. In 1644, when his successor, Fajardo, took over, the Franciscans, Augustinians, and Recollects had him imprisoned and seized his property. For five years, the conqueror of the Moros remained a prisoner in the fortresses of Santiago and Cavite, until he was pardoned by the Council of the Indies and appointed governor of the Canaries by the king.

Weakening of the Governor’s Power.—This power of private and religious classes to intimidate and overawe the responsible head of the Philippine government was an abuse which continued to the very close of the Spanish rule. This, together with the relatively short term of the governor’s office, his natural desire to avoid trouble, his all too frequent purpose of amassing a fortune rather than maintaining the dignity of his position and advancing the interests of the Islands, combined decade after decade to make the spiritual authority more powerful. In the end the religious orders, with their great body of members, their hold upon the Filipinos, their high influence at the court, and finally their great landed wealth, governed the Islands.

Weakening of the Governor’s Power.—The ability of private and religious groups to intimidate and dominate the head of the Philippine government was an ongoing abuse that lasted until the very end of Spanish rule. This, along with the relatively short duration of the governor’s term, his natural inclination to avoid conflict, and his often overwhelming desire to accumulate wealth instead of upholding the dignity of his position and promoting the interests of the Islands, worked together year after year to strengthen the power of spiritual authority. Ultimately, the religious orders, with their large membership, their influence over the Filipinos, their significant sway at court, and their considerable land wealth, came to govern the Islands.

The Educational Work of the Religious Orders.—In any criticism of the evils connected with their administration of the Philippines, one must not fail to recognize the many achievements of the missionary friars that were worthy. To the Dominicans and the Jesuits is due the establishment of institutions of learning. The Jesuits in 1601 had planted their College of San José. The Dominicans, here as in Europe, the champions of orthodox learning, had their own institution, the College of Santo Tomas, inaugurated in 1619, and were the rivals of the Jesuits for the privilege of giving higher instruction. [205]

The Educational Work of the Religious Orders.—In any criticism of the issues associated with their management of the Philippines, we must acknowledge the many significant contributions made by the missionary friars. The Dominicans and the Jesuits were responsible for establishing educational institutions. The Jesuits founded their College of San José in 1601. The Dominicans, much like in Europe, supported traditional education and opened their own institution, the College of Santo Tomas, in 1619, competing with the Jesuits for the right to provide higher education. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

In 1645 the pope granted to the Dominicans the right to bestow higher degrees, and their college became the “Royal and Pontifical University of Saint Thomas Aquinas.” This splendid name breathes that very spirit of the Middle Ages which the Dominican order strove to perpetuate in the Philippines down to modern days.10 Dominicans also founded the College of San Juan de Letran, as a preparatory school to the University.

In 1645, the pope gave the Dominicans the authority to award higher degrees, and their college became known as the "Royal and Pontifical University of Saint Thomas Aquinas." This impressive name captures the essence of the Middle Ages that the Dominican order aimed to maintain in the Philippines up to the present day.10 The Dominicans also established the College of San Juan de Letran as a preparatory school for the University.

We should not pass over the educational work of the religious orders without mention of the early printing-plants and their publications. The missionary friars were famous printers, and in the Philippines, as well as in America, some noble volumes were produced by their handicraft.

We shouldn't overlook the educational efforts of religious orders without acknowledging the early printing presses and their publications. The missionary friars were renowned printers, and in the Philippines, as well as in America, they produced some impressive volumes through their craftsmanship.

Founding of Hospitals by the Franciscans.—Nor had the Franciscans in the Philippines neglected the fundamental purpose of their foundation,—that of ministration to the sick and unprotected. A narrative of their order, written in 1649, gives a long list of their beneficent foundations.11 Besides the hospital of Manila, they had an infirmary at Cavite for the native mariners and shipbuilders, a hospital at Los Baños, another in the city of Nueva Caceras. Lay brethren were attached to many of the convents as nurses.

Founding of Hospitals by the Franciscans.—The Franciscans in the Philippines also prioritized their fundamental mission—to care for the sick and vulnerable. A narrative of their order, written in 1649, provides an extensive list of their charitable establishments.11 In addition to the hospital in Manila, they had an infirmary in Cavite for local mariners and shipbuilders, a hospital in Los Baños, and another one in the city of Nueva Caceras. Many of the convents included lay brothers as nurses.

In 1633 a curious occurrence led to the founding of the leper hospital of San Lazaro. The emperor of Japan, in a probably ironical mood, sent to Manila a shipload of Japanese afflicted with this unfortunate disease. These people were mercifully received by the Franciscans, and [206]cared for in a home, which became the San Lazaro hospital for lepers.

In 1633, a strange event resulted in the establishment of the leper hospital of San Lazaro. The emperor of Japan, possibly in a sarcastic mood, sent a shipload of Japanese people suffering from this unfortunate disease to Manila. They were kindly taken in by the Franciscans and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]looked after in a facility that became the San Lazaro hospital for lepers.

Life and Progress of the Filipinos.—Few sources exist that can show us the life and progress of the Filipino people during these decades. Christianity, as introduced by the missionary friars, was wonderfully successful, and yet there were relapses into heathenism. Old religious leaders and priestesses roused up from time to time, and incited the natives to rebellion against their new spiritual masters. The payment of tribute and the labor required for the building of churches often drove the people into the mountains.

Life and Progress of the Filipinos.—There are only a handful of sources that can highlight the life and progress of the Filipino people during these decades. Christianity, brought in by the missionary friars, was quite successful, but there were still times when people fell back into paganism. Old religious leaders and priestesses occasionally rallied the locals to rebel against their new spiritual authorities. The requirement to pay tribute and work on building churches often pushed people into the mountains.

Religious Revolt at Bohol and Leyte.—In 1621 a somewhat serious revolt took place on Bohol. The Jesuits who administered the island were absent in Cebu, attending the fiestas on the canonization of Saint Francis Xavier. The whisper was raised that the old heathen deity, Diwata, was at hand to assist in the expulsion of the Spaniards. The island rose in revolt, except the two towns of Loboc and Baclayan. Four towns were burned, the churches sacked, and the sacred images speared. The revolt spread to Leyte, where it was headed by the old dato, Bancao of Limasaua, who had sworn friendship with Legaspi. This insurrection was put down by the alcalde mayor of Cebu and the Filipino leaders were hung. On Leyte, Bancao was speared in battle, and one of the heathen priests suffered the penalty, prescribed by the Inquisition for heresy—death by burning.

Religious Revolt at Bohol and Leyte.—In 1621, a significant revolt occurred in Bohol. The Jesuits overseeing the island were in Cebu for the celebrations marking the canonization of Saint Francis Xavier. Rumors spread that the old pagan deity, Diwata, was ready to help drive out the Spaniards. The islanders revolted, with the exceptions of the two towns of Loboc and Baclayan. Four towns were set on fire, churches were looted, and sacred images were desecrated. The rebellion extended to Leyte, led by the old dato, Bancao of Limasaua, who had previously pledged loyalty to Legaspi. This uprising was suppressed by the alcalde mayor of Cebu, and the Filipino leaders were executed. In Leyte, Bancao was killed in battle, and one of the pagan priests faced the punishment mandated by the Inquisition for heresy—death by burning.

Revolt of the Pampangas.—The heavy drafting of natives to fell trees and build the ships for the Spanish naval expeditions and the Acapulco trade was also a cause for insurrection. In 1660 a thousand Pampangas were kept cutting in the forests of that province alone. [207]Sullen at their heavy labor and at the harshness of their overseers, these natives rose in revolt. The sedition spread to Pangasinan, Zambales, and Ilocos, and it required the utmost efforts of the Spanish forces on land and water to suppress the rebellion.

Revolt of the Pampangas.—The heavy draft of local people to cut down trees and build ships for Spanish naval expeditions and the Acapulco trade also led to unrest. In 1660, a thousand Pampangas were making cuts in the forests of that province alone. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Frustrated by their relentless labor and the cruelty of their overseers, these locals took up arms in revolt. The unrest spread to Pangasinan, Zambales, and Ilocos, and it took the full efforts of Spanish forces on land and at sea to put down the rebellion.

Uprising of the Chinese.—In spite of the terrible massacre, that had been visited upon the Chinese at the beginning of the century, they had almost immediately commenced returning not only as merchants, but as colonists. The early restrictions upon their life must have been relaxed, for in 1639 there were more than thirty thousand living in the Islands, many of them cultivating lands at Calamba and at other points on the Laguna de Bay.

Uprising of the Chinese.—Despite the horrific massacre that had occurred at the start of the century, the Chinese began returning almost immediately, not just as merchants but also as settlers. The initial limitations on their lives must have been eased, because by 1639, there were over thirty thousand living in the Islands, many of whom were farming land in Calamba and other areas around Laguna de Bay.

In that year a rebellion broke out, in which the Chinese in Manila participated. They seized the church of San Pedro Mecati, on the Pasig, and fortified themselves. From there they were routed by a combined Filipino and Spanish force. The Chinese then broke up into small bands, which scattered through the country, looting and murdering, but being pursued and cut to pieces by the Filipinos. For five months this pillage and massacre went on, until seven thousand Chinese were destroyed. By the loss of these agriculturists and laborers Manila was reduced to great distress.

In that year, a rebellion erupted, with the Chinese in Manila getting involved. They took over the San Pedro Mecati church on the Pasig River and turned it into a stronghold. From there, they were defeated by a joint Filipino and Spanish force. The Chinese then split into small groups that spread across the country, looting and killing, but they were tracked down and wiped out by the Filipinos. This looting and killing spree lasted for five months, resulting in the deaths of seven thousand Chinese. The loss of these farmers and workers left Manila in a state of great distress.

Activity of the Moro Pirates.—The task of the Spaniards in controlling the Moro datos continued to be immensely difficult. During the years following the successes of Corcuera and Almonte, the Moros were continually plotting. Aid was furnished from Borneo and the Celebes, and they were further incited by the Dutch. In spite of the vigilance of Zamboanga, small piratical excursions continually harassed the Bisayas and the Camarines. [208]

Activity of the Moro Pirates.—The job of the Spaniards in managing the Moro leaders remained extremely challenging. In the years that followed the victories of Corcuera and Almonte, the Moros were always scheming. They received support from Borneo and the Celebes, and were also encouraged by the Dutch. Despite the watchfulness of Zamboanga, small pirate raids constantly troubled the Bisayas and the Camarines. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Continued Conflicts with the Dutch.—The Dutch, too, from time to time showed themselves in Manila. In 1646 a squadron attacked Zamboanga, and then came north to Luzon. The Spanish naval strength was quite unprepared; but two galleons, lately arrived from Acapulco, were fitted with heavy guns, Dominican friars took their places among the gunners, and, under the protection of the Virgin of the Rosary, successfully encountered the enemy.

Continued Conflicts with the Dutch.—The Dutch occasionally appeared in Manila as well. In 1646, a squadron attacked Zamboanga and then moved north to Luzon. The Spanish naval forces were not ready for an engagement; however, two galleons that had just arrived from Acapulco were equipped with heavy guns, Dominican friars took their positions among the gunners, and, with the protection of the Virgin of the Rosary, they successfully fought off the enemy.

A year later a fleet of twelve vessels entered Manila Bay, and nearly succeeded in taking Cavite. Failing in this, they landed in Bataan province, and for some time held the coast of Manila Bay in the vicinity of Abucay. The narrative of Franciscan missions in 1649, above cited, gives town after town in southern Luzon, where church and convent had been burned by the Moros or the Dutch.

A year later, a fleet of twelve ships entered Manila Bay and almost managed to capture Cavite. When that didn't work, they landed in Bataan province and held the coast of Manila Bay near Abucay for a while. The account of Franciscan missions in 1649, mentioned earlier, lists town after town in southern Luzon where the Moros or the Dutch had burned churches and convents.

The Abandonment of Zamboanga and the Moluccas.—The threat of the Dutch made the maintenance of the presidio of Zamboanga very burdensome. In 1656 the administration of the Moluccas was united with that of Mindanao, and the governor of the former, Don Francisco de Esteybar, was transferred from Ternate to Zamboanga and made lieutenant-governor and captain-general of all the provinces of the south.

The Abandonment of Zamboanga and the Moluccas.—The threat from the Dutch made it really difficult to keep the presidio of Zamboanga running. In 1656, the administration of the Moluccas was combined with that of Mindanao, and the governor of the Moluccas, Don Francisco de Esteybar, was moved from Ternate to Zamboanga and appointed as lieutenant-governor and captain-general of all the southern provinces.

Six years later, the Moluccas, so long coveted by the Spaniards, and so slowly won by them, together with Zamboanga, were wholly abandoned, and to the Spice Islands the Spaniards were never to return. This sudden retirement from their southern possessions was not, however, occasioned by the incessant restlessness of the Moros nor by the plottings of the Dutch. It was due to a threat of danger from the north.

Six years later, the Moluccas, which the Spaniards had coveted for so long and had gradually taken, along with Zamboanga, were completely abandoned, and the Spaniards would never return to the Spice Islands. This sudden withdrawal from their southern territories wasn't caused by the ongoing unrest of the Moros or the schemes of the Dutch. It stemmed from a looming threat from the north.

Koxinga the Chinese Adventurer.—In 1644, China was conquered by the Manchus. Pekin capitulated at [209]once and the Ming dynasty was overthrown, but it was only by many years of fighting that the Manchus overcame the Chinese of the central and southern provinces. These were years of turbulence, revolt, and piracy.

Koxinga the Chinese Adventurer.—In 1644, China was taken over by the Manchus. Beijing surrendered at [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__], and the Ming dynasty was toppled, but it took many years of battles for the Manchus to defeat the Chinese in the central and southern provinces. These were years of bumpy ride, rebellion, and piracy.

More than one Chinese adventurer rose to a romantic position during this disturbed time. One of these adventurers, named It Coan, had been a poor fisherman of Chio. He had lived in Macao, where he had been converted to Christianity, and had been a cargador, or cargo-bearer, in Manila. He afterwards went to Japan, and engaged in trade. From these humble and laborious beginnings, like many another of his persistent countrymen, he gained great wealth, which on the conquest of the Manchus he devoted to piracy.

More than one Chinese adventurer gained a notable status during this chaotic period. One of these adventurers, named It Coan, had been a poor fisherman from Chio. He lived in Macao, where he converted to Christianity, and worked as a cargador, or cargo-bearer, in Manila. He later went to Japan and got involved in trade. From these humble and hard-working beginnings, like many of his determined countrymen, he became very wealthy, which he later dedicated to piracy after the Manchu conquest.

His son was the notorious Kue-Sing, or Koxinga, who for years resisted the armies of the Manchus, and maintained an independent power over the coasts of Fukien and Chekiang. About 1660 the forces of the Manchus became too formidable for him to longer resist them upon the mainland, and Koxinga determined upon the capture of Formosa and the transference of his kingdom to that island.

His son was the infamous Kue-Sing, or Koxinga, who for years fought against the Manchu armies and held an independent power over the coasts of Fujian and Zhejiang. Around 1660, the Manchu forces grew too strong for him to continue resisting on the mainland, and Koxinga decided to capture Taiwan and move his kingdom to that island.

For thirty-eight years this island had been dominated by the Dutch, whose fortresses commanded the channel of the Pescadores. The colony was regarded as an important one by the Dutch colonial government at Batavia. The city of Tai-wan, on the west coast, was a considerable center of trade. It was strongly protected by the fortress of Zealand, and had a garrison of twenty-two hundred Dutch soldiers. After months of fighting, Koxinga, with an overpowering force of Chinese, compelled the surrender of the Hollanders and the beautiful island passed into his power. [210]

For thirty-eight years, this island was under Dutch control, with their fortresses overseeing the Pescadores channel. The Dutch colonial government in Batavia considered the colony important. The city of Tai-wan, located on the west coast, became a significant trade hub. It was well-defended by the Zealand fortress and housed a garrison of two thousand two hundred Dutch soldiers. After months of conflict, Koxinga, leading a massive force of Chinese troops, forced the Dutch to surrender, and the beautiful island fell into his hands. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

A Threatened Invasion of the Philippines.—Exalted by his success against European arms, Koxinga resolved upon the conquest of the Philippines. He summoned to his service the Italian Dominican missionary, Ricci, who had been living in the province of Fukien, and in the spring of 1662 dispatched him as an ambassador to the governor of the Philippines to demand the submission of the archipelago.

A Threatened Invasion of the Philippines.—Emboldened by his victory over European forces, Koxinga decided to conquer the Philippines. He called upon the Italian Dominican missionary, Ricci, who had been residing in the province of Fukien, and in the spring of 1662 sent him as an ambassador to the governor of the Philippines to request the submission of the archipelago.

Manila was thrown into a terrible panic by this demand, and indeed no such danger had threatened the Spanish in the Philippines since the invasion of Limahong. The Chinese conqueror had an innumerable army, and his armament, stores, and navy had been greatly augmented by the surrender of the Dutch. The Spaniards, however, were united on resistance. The governor, Don Sabiano Manrique de Lara, returned a defiant answer to Koxinga, and the most radical measures were adopted to place the colony in a state of defense.

Manila was plunged into a deep panic by this demand, and since the invasion of Limahong, the Spanish in the Philippines had not faced such a threat. The Chinese conqueror had a massive army, and his weapons, supplies, and navy had significantly increased due to the Dutch surrender. However, the Spaniards were united in their determination to resist. The governor, Don Sabiano Manrique de Lara, sent a bold response to Koxinga, and drastic measures were taken to prepare the colony for defense.

All Chinese were ordered immediately to leave the Islands. Fearful of massacre, these wretched people again broke out in rebellion, and assaulted the city. Many were slain, and other bands wandered off into the mountains, where they perished at the hands of the natives. Others, escaping by frail boats, joined the Chinese colonists on Formosa. Churches and convents in the suburbs of Manila, which might afford shelter to the assailant, were razed to the ground. More than all this, the Moluccas were forsaken, never again to be recovered by Spaniards; and the presidios of Zamboanga and Cuyo, which served as a kind of bridle on the Moros of Jolo and Mindanao, were abandoned. All Spanish troops were concentrated in Manila, fortifications were rebuilt, and the population waited anxiously for the attack. But the blow never fell. [211]Before Ricci arrived at Tai-wan, Koxinga was dead, and the peril of Chinese invasion had passed.

All Chinese people were ordered to leave the Islands immediately. Afraid of being massacred, these unfortunate individuals rebelled again and attacked the city. Many were killed, and other groups fled into the mountains, where they died at the hands of the locals. Some, escaping in fragile boats, joined the Chinese settlers in Formosa. Churches and convents in the suburbs of Manila, which could have provided refuge to the attackers, were destroyed. On top of all this, the Moluccas were abandoned, never to be reclaimed by the Spaniards; and the forts in Zamboanga and Cuyo, which had kept the Moros of Jolo and Mindanao in check, were deserted. All Spanish troops were gathered in Manila, fortifications were rebuilt, and the population anxiously awaited an attack. But the strike never came. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Before Ricci arrived in Taiwan, Koxinga was dead, and the threat of a Chinese invasion had passed.

Effects of These Events.—But the Philippines had suffered irretrievable loss. Spanish prestige was gone. Manila was no longer, as she had been at the commencement of the century, the capital of the East. Spanish sovereignty was again confined to Luzon and the Bisayas. The Chinese trade, on which rested the economic prosperity of Manila, had once again been ruined. For a hundred years the history of the Philippines is a dull monotony, quite unrelieved by any heroic activity or the presence of noble character.12 [212]

Effects of These Events.—But the Philippines had experienced an irreversible loss. Spanish prestige was gone. Manila was no longer, as it had been at the beginning of the century, the capital of the East. Spanish control was now limited to Luzon and the Visayas. The Chinese trade, which had supported the economic prosperity of Manila, was once again devastated. For a hundred years, the history of the Philippines is a dull monotony, lacking any heroic actions or notable figures.12 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Morris: The History of Colonization, vol. I., p. 215 sq.

1 Morris: The History of Colonization, vol. I., p. 215 sq.

2 Raffles: History of Java, vol. II., p. 116.

2 Raffles: History of Java, vol. II., p. 116.

3 On the history of this notable expedition see Argensola, Conquista de las Islas Molucas. Madrid, 1609.

3 For the history of this significant expedition, refer to Argensola, Conquista de las Islas Molucas. Madrid, 1609.

4 An account of this victory, written the following year, Relacion Verdadera de la gran vitoria, que el Armada Española de la China tuuo contra los Olandeses Pirates, has been reprinted by Retana, Archivo Bibliofilo Filipino, vol. II.

4 A report on this victory, written the following year, Relacion Verdadera de la great victory, que el Armada Española de la China tuvo contra los Dutch Pirates, has been reprinted by Retana, Archivo Bibliofilo Filipino, vol. II.

5 “Just before the naval engagement of Playa Honda, the Dutch intercepted junks on the way to Manila, bringing, amongst their cargoes of food, as many as twelve thousand capons.”—Foreman: The Philippine Islands, p. 104.

5 “Right before the naval battle at Playa Honda, the Dutch intercepted ships heading to Manila, carrying, among their loads of food, as many as twelve thousand capons.”—Foreman: The Philippine Islands, p. 104.

6 Historia de Filipinas, p. 282.

6 History of the Philippines, p. 282.

7 How attractive the island appeared and how well they knew its peoples is revealed by the accurate descriptions in the first book of Combés’ Historia de Mindanao y Jolo.

7 How appealing the island looked and how familiar they were with its inhabitants is shown by the precise descriptions in the first book of Combés’ Historia de Mindanao y Jolo.

8 Historia de Mindanao y Jolo, lib. IV., chap. 7.

8 History of Mindanao and Jolo, book IV, chapter 7.

9 This important victory was commemorated in a number of writings, some of which have been reprinted by Retana. See Sucesos Felices, que por Mar y Tierra ha dado N. S. a las armas Españolas, 1637. Another is published in the Appendix to Barrantes’, Historia de Guerras Piraticas. The subject is also fully treated by Combés.

9 This significant victory was celebrated in several writings, some of which have been republished by Retana. See Sucesos Felices, que por Mar y Tierra ha dado N. S. a las armas Españolas, 1637. Another is included in the Appendix to Barrantes’ Historia de Guerras Piraticas. The topic is also thoroughly covered by Combés.

10 The king did not confer the title of “Royal” until 1735, although the University was taken under his protection in 1680.

10 The king didn't give the title of "Royal" until 1735, even though the University came under his protection in 1680.

11 Entrada de la Seraphica Religion, de Nuestro P. S. Francisco en las Islas Filipinas. Retana, vol, I.

11 Entry of the Seraphic Religion, by Our Father S. Francisco in the Philippines. Retana, vol, I.

12 The Jesuits, on retiring with the Spanish forces from the Moluccas, brought from Ternate a colony of their converts. These people were settled at Marigondon, on the south shore of Manila Bay, where their descendants can still be distinguished from the surrounding Tagálog population.

12 The Jesuits, when leaving the Moluccas with the Spanish troops, brought back a group of their converts from Ternate. These individuals were settled in Marigondon, located on the south coast of Manila Bay, where their descendants can still be recognized among the local Tagálog population.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter X.

A Century of Obscurity and Decline. 1663–1762.

Political Decline of the Philippines.—For the hundred years succeeding the abandonment of the Moluccas, the Philippines lost all political significance as a colony. From almost every standpoint they were profitless to Spain. There were continued deficits, which had to be made good from the Mexican treasury. The part of Spain in the conquest of the East was over, and the Philippines became little more than a great missionary establishment, presided over by the religious orders.

Political Decline of the Philippines.—For the hundred years following the abandonment of the Moluccas, the Philippines lost all political significance as a colony. From nearly every angle, they were unprofitable to Spain. There were ongoing deficits that had to be covered by the Mexican treasury. Spain's role in conquering the East was over, and the Philippines became mainly a large missionary outpost, run by religious orders.

Death of Governor Salcedo by the Inquisition.—In 1663, Lara was succeeded by Don Diego de Salcedo. On his arrival, Manila had high hopes of him, which were speedily disappointed. He loaded the Acapulco galleon with his own private merchandise, and then dispatched it earlier than was usual, before the cargoes of the merchants were ready. He engaged in a wearisome strife with the archbishop, and seems to have worried the ecclesiastic, who was aged and feeble, into his grave. At the end of a few years he was hated by every one, and a conspiracy against him was formed which embraced the religious, the army, the civil officials, and the merchants. Beyond the reach of the power of ordinary plotters, he fell a victim to the commissioner of the Inquisition.

Death of Governor Salcedo by the Inquisition.—In 1663, Lara was succeeded by Don Diego de Salcedo. When he arrived, Manila had great expectations for him, which were quickly shattered. He loaded the Acapulco galleon with his own private goods and sent it off earlier than usual, before the merchants' cargoes were ready. He got into a tiring conflict with the archbishop and seems to have stressed the elderly and fragile cleric into an early grave. After a few years, he was despised by everyone, and a conspiracy against him was formed that included the clergy, the military, government officials, and merchants. Out of reach of ordinary schemers, he became a victim of the Inquisition's commissioner.

The Spanish Inquisition, which wrought such cruelty and misery in the Peninsula, was carried also to the Spanish colonies. As we have seen, it was primarily the function of the Dominican order to administer the institution. [213]The powers exercised by an inquisitor can scarcely be understood at the present day. His methods were secret, the charges were not made public, the whole proceedings were closeted, and yet so great were the powers of this court that none could resist its authority, or inquire into its actions. Spain forbade any heretics, Jews, or Moors going to the colonies, and did the utmost to prevent heresy abroad. She also established in America the Inquisition itself. Fortunately, it never attained the importance in the Philippines that it had in Spain. In the Philippines there was no “Tribunal,” the institution being represented solely by a commissioner.

The Spanish Inquisition, which caused so much cruelty and suffering in the Peninsula, was also brought to the Spanish colonies. As we've seen, it was primarily the responsibility of the Dominican order to run the institution. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]The powers held by an inquisitor are hard to grasp today. His methods were secretive, the accusations were kept private, the entire process was closed off, and yet the court wielded such power that no one could challenge its authority or question its actions. Spain prohibited any heretics, Jews, or Moors from going to the colonies and did everything possible to prevent heresy from spreading. She also established the Inquisition itself in America. Fortunately, it never gained the same significance in the Philippines that it had in Spain. In the Philippines, there was no “Tribunal,” as the institution was represented only by a commissioner.

Death of the Governor.—In 1667, when the unpopularity of Governor Salcedo was at its height, this commissioner professed to discover in him grounds of heresy from the fact that he had been born in Flanders, and decided to avenge the Church by encompassing his ruin. By secret arrangement, the master of the camp withdrew the guard from the palace, and the commissioner, with several confederates, gained admission. The door of the governor’s room was opened by an old woman, who had been terrified into complicity, and the governor was seized sleeping, with his arms lying at the head of his bed.

Death of the Governor.—In 1667, at the peak of Governor Salcedo's unpopularity, a commissioner claimed to find evidence of heresy against him because he was born in Flanders. He resolved to take revenge on behalf of the Church by orchestrating his downfall. In a covert agreement, the camp commander removed the guards from the palace, allowing the commissioner and several accomplices to enter. An old woman, frightened into helping them, opened the governor's bedroom door, where he was caught asleep, his arms resting on the head of his bed.

The commissioner informed the governor that he was a prisoner of the Holy Office. He was taken to the convent of the Augustinians. Here he was kept in chains until he could be sent to Mexico, to appear before the Tribunal there. The government in Mexico annulled the arrest of the commissioner, but Salcedo died at sea on the return of the vessel to the Philippines in 1669.

The commissioner told the governor that he was a prisoner of the Holy Office. He was taken to the Augustinian convent, where he was kept in chains until he could be sent to Mexico to face the Tribunal there. The government in Mexico canceled the commissioner’s arrest, but Salcedo died at sea on the way back to the Philippines in 1669.

Colonization of the Ladrone Islands.—In 1668 a Jesuit mission under Padre Diego Luis de Sanvítores was established on the Ladrones, the first of the many mission [214]stations, both Roman Catholic and Protestant, in the South Pacific. The islands at that time were well populated and fertile, and had drawn the enthusiasm of Padre Sanvítores in 1662 when he first sailed to the Philippines.

Colonization of the Ladrone Islands.—In 1668, a Jesuit mission led by Padre Diego Luis de Sanvítores was set up in the Ladrones, marking the beginning of numerous mission [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]stations, both Roman Catholic and Protestant, in the South Pacific. At that time, the islands were densely populated and fertile, which had sparked Padre Sanvítores' interest in 1662 when he initially traveled to the Philippines.

The hostility of the Manchus in China, the Japanese persecutions, and the abandonment of Mindanao had closed many mission fields, and explains the eagerness with which the Jesuits sought the royal permission to Christianize these islands, which had been so constantly visited by Spanish ships but never before colonized. With Padre Sanvítores and his five Jesuit associates were a number of Christian Filipino catechists.

The hostility of the Manchus in China, the Japanese persecutions, and the abandonment of Mindanao had shut down many mission fields, explaining the eagerness with which the Jesuits sought royal permission to Christianize these islands, which had been frequently visited by Spanish ships but never colonized before. With Padre Sanvítores and his five Jesuit colleagues were several Christian Filipino catechists.

Settlement of Guam.—The mission landed at Guam, and was favorably received. Society among these islanders was divided into castes. The chiefs were known as chamorri, which has led to the natives of the Ladrones being called “Chamorros.” A piece of ground was given the Jesuits for a church at the principal town called Agadna (Agaña), and here also a seminary was built for the instruction of young men. The queen regent of Spain, Maria of Austria, gave an annual sum to this school, and in her honor the Jesuits changed the name of the islands to the Marianas. The Jesuits preached on eleven inhabited islands of the group, and in a year’s time had baptized thirteen thousand islanders and given instruction to twenty thousand.

Settlement of Guam.—The mission arrived at Guam and was welcomed warmly. Society among the islanders was organized into castes. The chiefs were called chamorri, which is why the natives of the Ladrones are referred to as “Chamorros.” The Jesuits were given land for a church in the main town, known as Agadna (Agaña), and a seminary was also built there to educate young men. The queen regent of Spain, Maria of Austria, provided an annual amount to this school, and in her honor, the Jesuits renamed the islands the Marianas. The Jesuits preached on eleven inhabited islands in the group and, within a year, baptized thirteen thousand islanders and educated twenty thousand.

Troubles with the Natives at Guam.—This first year was the most successful in the history of the mission. Almost immediately after, the Jesuits angered the islanders by compulsory conversions. There were quarrels in several places, and priests, trying to baptize children against the wishes of their parents, were killed. In 1670 the Spaniards were attacked, and obliged to fortify themselves at Agaña. [215]

Troubles with the Natives at Guam.—This first year was the most successful in the history of the mission. Almost right away, the Jesuits angered the islanders with forced conversions. There were conflicts in various locations, and priests, attempting to baptize children against their parents' wishes, were killed. In 1670, the Spaniards were attacked and had to strengthen their defenses at Agaña. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Jesuits had a guard of a Spanish captain and about thirty Spanish and Filipino soldiers, who, after some slaughter of the natives, compelled them to sue for peace. The conditions imposed by the Jesuits were that the natives should attend mass and festivals, have their children baptized, and send them to be catechised. The hatred of the natives was unabated, however, and in 1672 Sanvítores was killed by them. His biographer claims that at his death he had baptized nearly fifty thousand of these islanders.1

The Jesuits were guarded by a Spanish captain and about thirty Spanish and Filipino soldiers, who, after killing some of the natives, forced them to seek peace. The conditions set by the Jesuits required the natives to attend mass and festivals, have their children baptized, and send them for catechism. However, the natives' resentment remained strong, and in 1672, Sanvítores was killed by them. His biographer states that at the time of his death, he had baptized nearly fifty thousand of these islanders.1

Depopulation of the Ladrone Islands.—About 1680 a governor was sent to the islands, and they were organized as a dependency of Spain. The policy of the governors and the Jesuits was conversion by the sword. The natives were persecuted from island to island, and in the history of European settlements there is hardly one that had more miserable consequences to the inhabitants. Disease was introduced and swept off large numbers. Others fell resisting the Spaniards, and an entire island was frequently depopulated by order of the governor, or the desire of the Jesuits to have the natives brought to Guam. Many, with little doubt, fled to other archipelagoes.

Depopulation of the Ladrone Islands.—Around 1680, a governor was appointed to the islands, which were made a dependency of Spain. The strategy of the governors and the Jesuits was to convert the natives by force. The locals were hunted from island to island, and there are few instances in the history of European settlements that had more devastating effects on the native population. Disease was introduced and wiped out a significant number of people. Others were killed while resisting the Spanish, and entire islands were often cleared out by the governor's orders or the Jesuits' wish to relocate the natives to Guam. Many surely fled to other island groups.

If we can trust the Jesuit accounts, there were in the whole group one hundred thousand inhabitants when the Spaniards arrived. A generation saw them almost extinct. Dampier, who touched at Guam in 1686, says then that on the island, where the Spaniards had found thirty thousand people, there were not above one hundred natives. In 1716 and 1721 other voyagers announced the number of inhabitants on Guam at two thousand, but only one other island of the group was populated. When [216]Anson in 1742 visited Guam, the number had risen to four thousand, and there were a few hundred inhabitants on Rota; but these seem to have been the whole population. The original native population certainly very nearly touched extinction. The islands were from time to time colonized from the Philippines, and the present population is very largely of Filipino blood.

If we can believe the Jesuit accounts, there were around one hundred thousand inhabitants when the Spaniards arrived. In just one generation, they were nearly wiped out. Dampier, who visited Guam in 1686, noted that on the island, where the Spaniards had found thirty thousand people, there were no more than one hundred natives left. In 1716 and 1721, other travelers reported that the population of Guam had dropped to two thousand, with only one other island in the group inhabited. When [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Anson visited Guam in 1742, the population had increased to four thousand, and there were a few hundred residents on Rota; but these seemed to be the total inhabitants. The original native population was definitely on the brink of extinction. Over time, the islands were colonized from the Philippines, and the current population mostly has Filipino heritage.

Conflicts between Governor and Archbishop.—Meanwhile, in the Philippines the conflict of the governor with the archbishop and the friars continued. The conduct of both sides was selfish and outrageous. In 1683 the actions of Archbishop Pardo became so violent and seditious that the Audiencia decreed his banishment to Pangasinan or Cagayan. He was taken by force to Lingayan, where he was well accommodated but kept under surveillance. The Dominicans retaliated by excommunication, and the Audiencia thereupon banished the provincial of the order from the Islands, and sent several other friars to Mariveles.

Conflicts between Governor and Archbishop.—Meanwhile, in the Philippines, the conflict between the governor and the archbishop, along with the friars, continued. The behavior of both sides was selfish and outrageous. In 1683, Archbishop Pardo's actions became so violent and rebellious that the Audiencia decided to banish him to either Pangasinan or Cagayan. He was forcibly taken to Lingayan, where he was provided for but kept under watch. The Dominicans responded with excommunication, and the Audiencia then ordered the provincial of the order to leave the Islands, along with sending several other friars to Mariveles.

But the year following, Governor Vargas was relieved by the arrival of his successor, who was favorable to the ecclesiastical side of the controversy. The archbishop returned and assumed a high hand. He suspended and excommunicated on all sides. The oidores were banished from the city, and all died in exile in remote portions of the archipelago. The ex-governor-general, Vargas, being placed under the spiritual ban, sued for pardon and begged that his repentance be recognized.

But the following year, Governor Vargas was replaced by his successor, who supported the church's position in the dispute. The archbishop returned and took a strong stance. He suspended and excommunicated people left and right. The oidores were expelled from the city, and they all died in exile in distant parts of the archipelago. The former governor-general, Vargas, being under spiritual censure, sought forgiveness and pleaded for his repentance to be acknowledged.

The archbishop sentenced him to stand daily for the space of four months at the entrances to the churches of the city and of the Parian, and in the thronged quarter of Binondo, attired in the habit of a penitent, with a rope about his neck and carrying a lighted candle in his hand. [217]He was, however, able to secure a mitigation of this sentence, but was required to live absolutely alone in a hut on an island in the Pasig River. He was sent a prisoner to Mexico in 1689, but died upon the voyage.

The archbishop sentenced him to stand daily for four months at the entrances of the city's churches and in the busy area of Binondo, dressed as a penitent, with a rope around his neck and holding a lit candle in his hand. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]However, he managed to get his sentence reduced, but he was still required to live completely alone in a hut on an island in the Pasig River. He was sent as a prisoner to Mexico in 1689, but died during the voyage.

The various deans and canons who had concurred in the archbishop’s banishment, as well as other religious with whom the prelate had had dissensions, were imprisoned or exiled. The bodies of two oidores were, on their death and after their burial, disinterred and their bones profaned.

The different deans and canons who agreed with the archbishop’s exile, along with other religious figures who had conflicts with the prelate, were imprisoned or sent away. The remains of two judges were dug up after they died and buried, and their bones were desecrated.

Degeneration of the Colony under Church Rule.—Archbishop Pardo died in 1689, but the strife and confusion which had been engendered continued. There were quarrels between the archbishop and the friars, between the prelate and the governor. All classes seem to have shared the bitterness and the hatred of these unhappy dissensions.

Decline of the Colony under Church Control.—Archbishop Pardo passed away in 1689, but the conflict and turmoil that had been created went on. There were disputes between the archbishop and the friars, as well as between the prelate and the governor. All groups appeared to have experienced the resentment and animosity of these unfortunate disagreements.

The moral tone of the whole colony during the latter part of the seventeenth century was lowered. Corruption flourished everywhere, and the vigor of the administration decayed. Violence went unrebuked, and the way was open for the deplorable tragedy in which this strife of parties culminated. Certainly no governor could have been more supine, and shown greater incapacity and weakness of character, than the one who ruled in the time of Archbishop Pardo and those that succeeded him.

The moral standard of the entire colony declined during the latter part of the seventeenth century. Corruption thrived everywhere, and the strength of the administration weakened. Violence went unpunished, paving the way for the terrible tragedy that resulted from this political conflict. No governor could have been more inactive or displayed greater incompetence and lack of character than the one who governed during the time of Archbishop Pardo and his successors.

Improvements Made by Governor Bustamante.Enrichment of the Treasury.—In the year 1717, however, came a governor of a different type, Fernando Manuel de Bustamante. He was an old soldier, stern of character and severe in his measures. He found the treasury robbed and exhausted. Nearly the whole population of Manila were in debt to the public funds. Bustamante ordered [218]these amounts paid, and to compel their collection he attached the cargo of silver arriving by the galleon from Acapulco. This cargo was owned by the religious companies, officials, and merchants, all of whom were indebted to the government. In one year of his vigorous administration he raised the sum of three hundred thousand pesos for the treasury.

Improvements Made by Governor Bustamante.Enrichment of the Treasury.—In 1717, a different kind of governor came into power, Fernando Manuel de Bustamante. He was an experienced soldier, strict in nature and tough in his approach. He discovered that the treasury had been plundered and was nearly empty. Almost the entire population of Manila owed money to the public funds. Bustamante ordered [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]these debts to be paid, and to ensure collection, he seized the shipment of silver arriving on the galleon from Acapulco. This shipment belonged to religious groups, officials, and merchants, all of whom owed money to the government. Through his decisive leadership in a single year, he managed to raise three hundred thousand pesos for the treasury.

With sums of money again at the disposal of the state, Bustamante attempted to revive the decayed prestige and commerce of the Islands.

With money once again available to the state, Bustamante tried to restore the diminished reputation and trade of the Islands.

Refounding of Zamboanga.—In 1718 he refounded and rebuilt the presidio of Zamboanga. Not a year had passed, since its abandonment years before, that the pirates from Borneo and Mindanao had failed to ravage the Bisayas. The Jesuits had petitioned regularly for its reëstablishment, and in 1712 the king had decreed its reoccupation. The citadel was rebuilt on an elaborate plan under the direction of the engineer, Don Juan Sicarra. Besides the usual barracks, storehouses, and arsenals, there were, within the walls, a church, hospital, and cuartel for the Pampangan soldiers. Sixty-one cannon were mounted upon the defenses. Upon the petition of the Recollects, Bustamante also established a presidio at Labo, at the southern point of the island of Paragua, whose coasts were attacked by the Moros from Sulu and Borneo.

Refounding of Zamboanga.—In 1718, he refounded and rebuilt the presidio of Zamboanga. Not even a year had gone by since it was abandoned years earlier, and the pirates from Borneo and Mindanao had constantly ravaged the Bisayas. The Jesuits had consistently requested its reinstatement, and in 1712, the king had ordered its reoccupation. The citadel was reconstructed according to an elaborate plan under the supervision of the engineer, Don Juan Sicarra. In addition to the typical barracks, storehouses, and arsenals, there was a church, a hospital, and a barracks for the Pampangan soldiers within the walls. Sixty-one cannons were mounted on the defenses. At the request of the Recollects, Bustamante also established a presidio at Labo, at the southern tip of the island of Paragua, where the shores were frequently attacked by the Moros from Sulu and Borneo.

Treaty with Siam.—In the same year he sent an embassy to Siam, with the idea of stimulating the commerce which had flourished a century before. The reception of this embassy was most flattering; a treaty of peace, friendship, and commerce was made, and on ground ceded to the Spaniards was begun the erection of a factory.

Treaty with Siam.—In the same year, he sent an embassy to Siam to boost the trade that had thrived a century earlier. The reception of this embassy was very positive; a treaty of peace, friendship, and trade was established, and on land granted to the Spaniards, the construction of a factory began.

Improvements in the City of Manila.—How far this brave and determined man might have revived the colony [219]it is impossible to say. The population of Manila, both ecclesiastical and civil, was at this time so sunk in corruption and so degenerate as to make almost impossible any recuperation except under the rule of a man equally determined as Bustamante, but ruling for a long period of time. He had not hesitated to order investigations into the finances of the Islands, which disclosed defalcations amounting to seven hundred thousand pesos. He fearlessly arrested the defaulters, no matter what their station. The whole city was concerned in these peculations, consequently the utmost fear and apprehension existed on all sides; and Bustamante, hated as well as dreaded, was compelled to enforce his reforms single-handed.

Improvements in the City of Manila.—It's hard to say how much this brave and determined man could have revitalized the colony [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]. At that time, the population of Manila, both religious and secular, was so deep in corruption and decline that any recovery seemed nearly impossible without someone as resolute as Bustamante, and who could govern for a long period. He did not hesitate to launch investigations into the finances of the Islands, revealing embezzlement totaling seven hundred thousand pesos. He boldly arrested the culprits, regardless of their social standing. The entire city was involved in these misdeeds, leading to widespread fear and anxiety; thus, Bustamante, both hated and feared, had to implement his reforms all on his own.

His Murder.—He was opposed by the friars and defied by the archbishop, but, notwithstanding ecclesiastical condemnation, he went to the point of ordering the arrest of the prelate. The city rose in sedition, and a mob, headed by friars, proceeded to the palace of the governor, broke in upon him, and, as he faced them alone and without support, killed him in cold blood (October 11, 1719).

His Murder.—He was opposed by the friars and challenged by the archbishop, but in spite of the church's condemnation, he went so far as to order the arrest of the prelate. The city erupted in unrest, and a mob, led by friars, stormed the governor's palace, broke in on him, and, as he confronted them alone and without support, killed him in cold blood (October 11, 1719).

The archbishop proclaimed himself governor and president of the Audiencia. The oidores and officials who had been placed under arrest by Bustamante were released, and his work overthrown. The new government had neither the courage nor the inclination to continue Bustamante’s policy, and in 1720 the archbishop called a council of war, which decreed the abandonment of the fort at Labo.

The archbishop declared himself the governor and president of the Audiencia. The judges and officials who had been arrested by Bustamante were set free, and his actions were reversed. The new government lacked the bravery and willingness to carry on Bustamante’s policies, and in 1720 the archbishop summoned a council of war, which decided to abandon the fort at Labo.

When the news of this murder reached Spain, the king ordered an investigation and the punishment of the guilty, and in 1721 Governor Torre Campo arrived to put these mandates into execution. The culprits, however, were so high and so influential that the governor did not dare [220]proceed against them; and although the commands of the king were reiterated in 1724, the assassins of Bustamante were never brought to justice.

When the news of this murder got to Spain, the king ordered an investigation and punishment for those responsible. In 1721, Governor Torre Campo arrived to carry out these orders. However, the culprits were so powerful and influential that the governor didn't dare take action against them. Even though the king's commands were repeated in 1724, Bustamante's assassins were never brought to justice.

Treaty with the Sultan of Jolo.—In spite of the cowardly policy of the successors of Bustamante, the presidio of Zamboanga was not abandoned. So poorly was it administered, however, that it was not effective to prevent Moro piracy, and the attacks upon the Bisaya and Calamianes continued. In 1721 a treaty was formed with the sultan of Jolo providing for trade between Manila and Jolo, the return or ransom of captives, and the restitution to Spain of the island of Basílan.

Treaty with the Sultan of Jolo.—Despite the cowardly approach of Bustamante's successors, the Zamboanga military outpost was not deserted. However, it was managed so poorly that it failed to stop Moro piracy, and the assaults on the Bisaya and Calamianes continued. In 1721, a treaty was established with the sultan of Jolo that allowed for trade between Manila and Jolo, the return or ransom of captives, and the return of the island of Basílan to Spain.

The Moro Pirates of Tawi Tawi.—To some extent this treaty seems to have prevented assaults from Jolo, but in 1730 the Moros of Tawi Tawi fell upon Paragua and the Calamianes, and in 1731 another expedition from the south spent nearly a whole year cruising and destroying among the Bisayas.

The Moro Pirates of Tawi Tawi.—This treaty seems to have reduced attacks from Jolo to some degree, but in 1730, the Moros from Tawi Tawi launched an attack on Paragua and the Calamianes. In 1731, another expedition from the south spent almost an entire year raiding and causing destruction in the Bisayas.

Deplorable State of Spanish Defenses.—The defenses of the Spaniards during these many decades were continually in a deplorable state, their arms were wretched, and, except in moments of great apprehension, no attention was given to fortifications, to the preservation of artillery, nor to the supply of ammunition. Sudden attacks ever found the Spaniards unprepared. Military unreadiness was the normal condition of this archipelago from these early centuries down to the destruction of the Spanish armament by the American fleet.

Deplorable State of Spanish Defenses.—For many decades, the defenses of the Spaniards were constantly in terrible shape, their weapons were inadequate, and except during times of serious concern, little effort was made on fortifications, maintaining artillery, or ensuring a supply of ammunition. Surprise attacks always caught the Spaniards off guard. Military unpreparedness was the usual state of this archipelago from these early years until the American fleet destroyed the Spanish armament.

The Economic Policy of Spain.Restrictions of Trade.—During the closing years of the seventeenth century and the beginning of the eighteenth, commerce seemed to have been actually paralyzed. That brilliant trade which is described by Morga, and which was at its height about [221]1605, was a few years later defeated by the miserable economic policy of Spain, pandering to the demands of the merchants of Cadiz and Seville.

The Economic Policy of Spain.Restrictions of Trade.—During the last years of the seventeenth century and the start of the eighteenth, trade seemed to come to a standstill. The vibrant commerce described by Morga, which was thriving around [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]1605, was a few years later undermined by Spain's terrible economic policies that catered to the interests of the merchants in Cadiz and Seville.

Spain’s economic policy had only in view benefits to the Peninsula. “The Laws of the Indies” abound with edicts for the purpose of limiting and crippling colonial commerce and industry, wherever it was imagined that it might be prejudicial to the protected industries of Spain. The manufacturers of Seville wished to preserve the colonies, both of America and of the Indies, as markets for their monopoly wares; and in this policy, for two centuries, they had the support of the crown. The growing trade between Mexico and the Philippines had early been regarded with suspicion, and legislation was framed to reduce it to the lowest point compatible with the existence of the colony.

Spain's economic policy primarily aimed to benefit the Peninsula. "The Laws of the Indies" are filled with rules designed to restrict and undermine colonial commerce and industry, especially where it was thought to threaten Spain's protected industries. The manufacturers in Seville wanted to keep the colonies in America and the Indies as markets for their exclusive products; and they had the crown's backing for this policy for two centuries. The increasing trade between Mexico and the Philippines was viewed with distrust from the start, and laws were created to minimize it as much as possible while still allowing the colony to survive.

None of the colonies of America could conduct commerce with the Philippines except Mexico, and here all communication must pass through the port of Acapulco. This trade was limited to the passage of a single vessel a year. In 1605 two galleons were permitted, but their size was reduced to three hundred tons. They were allowed to carry out 500,000 pesos of silver, but no more than 250,000 pesos’ worth of Chinese products could be returned. Neither the Spaniards of Mexico nor any part of America could traffic directly with China, nor could Spanish vessels pass from Manila to the ports of Asia. Only those goods could be bought which Chinese merchants themselves brought to the Philippines.

None of the American colonies could trade with the Philippines except for Mexico, and all communication had to go through the port of Acapulco. This trade was limited to one ship per year. In 1605, two galleons were allowed, but their size was reduced to three hundred tons. They could take out 500,000 pesos in silver, but could only bring back up to 250,000 pesos’ worth of Chinese goods. Neither the Spaniards in Mexico nor any part of America could trade directly with China, and Spanish ships couldn't sail from Manila to ports in Asia. They could only buy the goods that Chinese merchants brought to the Philippines.

Selfishness of Merchants in Spain.—Even these restrictions did not satisfy the jealousy of the merchants of Spain. They complained that the royal orders limiting the traffic were not regarded, and they insisted upon so [222]vexatious a supervision of this commerce, and surrounded infractions of the law with such terrible penalties, that the trade was not maintained even to the amount permitted by law. Spanish merchants even went to the point of petitioning for the abandonment of the Philippines, on the ground that the importations from China were prejudicial to the industry of the Peninsula.

Selfishness of Merchants in Spain.—Even these restrictions didn't satisfy the jealous merchants in Spain. They complained that the royal orders limiting trade were being ignored, and they demanded such a [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]burdensome oversight of this commerce, surrounding violations of the law with such severe penalties, that trade was not even maintained at the levels allowed by law. Spanish merchants even went so far as to petition for the abandonment of the Philippines, arguing that imports from China harmed the industry on the Peninsula.

The colonists upon the Pacific coast of America suffered from the lack of those commodities demanded by civilized life, which could only reach them as they came from Spain through the port of Porto Bello and the Isthmus of Panama. Without question, an enormous and beneficial commerce could have been conducted by the Philippines with the provinces of western America.2

The settlers on the Pacific coast of America struggled because they didn't have essential goods needed for a civilized life, which could only be supplied by Spain via the port of Porto Bello and the Isthmus of Panama. There’s no doubt that a huge and valuable trade could have taken place between the Philippines and the western provinces of America.2

Trade Between South America and the Philippines Forbidden.—But this traffic was absolutely forbidden, and to prevent Chinese and Philippine goods from entering South America, the trade between Mexico and Peru was in 1636 wholly suppressed by a decree. This decree, as it stands upon the pages of the great Recopilacion, is an epitome of the insane economic policy of the Spaniard. It cites that whereas “it had been permitted that from Peru to New Spain there should go each year two vessels for commerce and traffic to the amount of two hundred thousand ducats [which later had been reduced to one hundred thousand ducats], and because there had increased in Peru to an excessive amount the commerce in the fabrics of China, in spite of the many prohibitions that had been imposed, and in order absolutely to remove [223]the occasion for the future, we order and command the officers of Peru and New Spain that they invariably prohibit and suppress this commerce and traffic between the two kingdoms by all the channels through which it is conducted, maintaining this prohibition firmly and continually for the future.”3

Trade Between South America and the Philippines Forbidden.—However, this trade was completely banned, and to stop Chinese and Philippine goods from entering South America, the trade between Mexico and Peru was entirely halted by a decree in 1636. This decree, as recorded in the great Recopilacion, summarizes the misguided economic policy of the Spaniards. It states that while "it had been allowed for two vessels to travel each year from Peru to New Spain for commerce and trade worth two hundred thousand ducats [which was later cut to one hundred thousand ducats], and because there was an excessive increase in the trade of Chinese goods in Peru despite numerous prohibitions, and to entirely eliminate [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the opportunity for this in the future, we order and command the officials of Peru and New Spain that they must consistently prohibit and stop this trade and commerce between the two kingdoms by all means through which it occurs, ensuring this ban is firmly and continuously upheld moving forward.”3

In 1718 the merchants of Seville and Cadiz still complained that their profits were being injured by even the limited importation of Chinese silks into Mexico. Thereupon absolute prohibition of import of Chinese silks, either woven or in thread, was decreed. Only linens, spices, and supplies of such things as were not produced in Spain could be brought into Mexico. This order was reaffirmed in 1720, with the provision that six months would be allowed the people of Mexico to consume the Chinese silks which they had in their possession, and thereafter all such goods must be destroyed.

In 1718, the merchants of Seville and Cadiz still complained that their profits were being hurt by the limited importation of Chinese silks into Mexico. As a result, a complete ban on importing Chinese silks, whether woven or in thread, was enforced. Only linens, spices, and items that were not produced in Spain could be brought into Mexico. This order was confirmed again in 1720, with the provision that the people of Mexico would have six months to use the Chinese silks they had in their possession, after which all such goods must be destroyed.

Ineffectiveness of These Restrictions.—These measures, while ruining the commerce of the Philippines, were as a matter of fact ineffective to accomplish the result desired. Contraband trade between China and America sprang up in violation of the law. Silks to the value of four million pesos were annually smuggled into America.4 In 1734 the folly and uselessness of such laws was somewhat recognized by the Council of the Indies, and a cedula was issued restoring the permission to trade in Chinese silks and raising the value of cargoes destined for Acapulco to five hundred thousand pesos, and the quantity of silver for return to one million pesos. The celebrated traffic of the galleon was resumed and continued until the year 1815. [224]

Ineffectiveness of These Restrictions.—These measures, while destroying the commerce of the Philippines, were actually ineffective in achieving the desired outcome. Illegal trade between China and America developed in violation of the law. Silks worth four million pesos were smuggled into America every year. 4 In 1734, the Council of the Indies began to recognize the foolishness and futility of such laws, leading to a cedula being issued that allowed the trade of Chinese silks and increased the value of cargoes heading to Acapulco to five hundred thousand pesos, as well as the amount of silver for return to one million pesos. The well-known galleon trade resumed and continued until 1815. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

An Attempt to Colonize the Carolines.—Southeastward of the Philippines, in that part of the Pacific which is known as Micronesia, there is an archipelago of small islands called the Carolines. The westernmost portion of the group also bear the name of the Pelews, or Palaos. Inasmuch as these islands were eventually acquired by Spain and remained in her possession down to the year 1898, it may be well to state something at this time of the attempt made by the Jesuits in 1731 to colonize them.

An Attempt to Colonize the Carolines.—Southeast of the Philippines, in the part of the Pacific known as Micronesia, there’s a group of small islands called the Carolines. The westernmost part of this group is also known as the Pelews, or Palaos. Since these islands were eventually taken over by Spain and stayed under its control until 1898, it’s worth mentioning the attempt made by the Jesuits in 1731 to colonize them.

Certain of these little islands were seen several times by expeditions crossing the Pacific as early as the latter part of the sixteenth century, but after the trade between Mexico and the Philippines had been definitely settled upon, a fixed course was followed westward from Acapulco to Guam, from which there was little variation, and during the seventeenth century these islands passed quite out of mind; but in the year 1696 a party of natives, twenty men and ten women, were driven by storms far from their home in the Carolines upon the eastern coast of Samar. It seems that similar parties of castaways from the Pelew and Caroline Islands had been known to reach Mindanao and other parts of the Philippines at an even earlier date. These last came under the observation of the Jesuit priests on Samar, who baptized them, and, learning from them of the archipelago from which they had been carried, were filled with missionary ambition to visit and Christianize these Pacific islanders.

Certain small islands were spotted multiple times by expeditions crossing the Pacific as early as the late sixteenth century. However, after trade between Mexico and the Philippines was firmly established, a consistent route was taken westward from Acapulco to Guam, with little variation. During the seventeenth century, these islands were mostly forgotten. Then, in 1696, a group of locals—twenty men and ten women—was pushed off course by storms and ended up on the eastern coast of Samar. It appears that similar groups from the Pelew and Caroline Islands had reached Mindanao and other parts of the Philippines even earlier. These groups came to the attention of Jesuit priests on Samar, who baptized them. Learning from them about the archipelago they came from, the priests felt a strong desire to visit and convert these Pacific islanders to Christianity.

This idea was agitated by the Jesuits, until about 1730 royal permission was granted to the enterprise. A company of Jesuits in the following year sailed for the Ladrones and thence south until the Carolines were discovered. They landed on a small island not far from Yap. Here they succeeded in baptizing numerous natives and [225]in establishing a mission. Fourteen of their number, headed by the priest, Padre Cantava, remained on the island while the expedition returned to secure reënforcements and supplies. Unfortunately, this succor was delayed for more than a year, and when Spanish vessels with missionary reënforcements on board again reached the Carolines in 1733, the mission had been entirely destroyed and the Spaniards, with Padre Cantava, had been killed. These islands have been frequently called the “New Philippines.”

This idea was pushed by the Jesuits, and around 1730, royal permission was granted for the project. The following year, a group of Jesuits set sail for the Ladrones and then south until they discovered the Carolines. They landed on a small island not far from Yap, where they successfully baptized many locals and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]established a mission. Fourteen of them, led by the priest Padre Cantava, stayed on the island while the expedition returned to gather reinforcements and supplies. Unfortunately, this support was delayed for over a year, and when Spanish ships with missionary reinforcements finally reached the Carolines in 1733, the mission had been completely destroyed, and the Spaniards, including Padre Cantava, had been killed. These islands have often been referred to as the "New Philippines."

Conditions of the Filipinos during the Eighteenth Century.—During the most of the eighteenth century, data are few upon the condition of the Filipino people. There seems to have been little progress. Conditions certainly were against the social or intellectual advance of the native race. Perhaps, however, their material well-being was quite as great during these years, when little was attempted, as during the governorships of the more ambitious and enterprising Spaniards who had characterized the earlier period of Philippine history.

Conditions of the Filipinos during the Eighteenth Century.—For most of the eighteenth century, there's limited information about the condition of the Filipino people. It appears there was little progress. The circumstances definitely hindered the social or intellectual advancement of the native population. However, their material well-being might have been just as good during these years, when not much was attempted, as it was during the governorships of the more ambitious and enterprising Spaniards who had defined the earlier period of Philippine history.

Provincial Governments.—Provincial administration seems to have fallen almost wholly into the hands of the missionaries. The priests made themselves the local rulers throughout the Christianized portion of the archipelago.

Provincial Governments.—Provincial administration appears to have largely fallen into the hands of missionaries. The priests established themselves as the local leaders throughout the Christianized areas of the archipelago.

Insurrection in Bohol.—Insurrection seems especially to have troubled the island of Bohol during most of the eighteenth century, and in 1750 an insurrection broke out which practically established the independence of a large portion of the island, and which was not suppressed for thirty-five years. The trouble arose in the town of Inabanga, where the Jesuit priest Morales had greatly antagonized and imbittered the natives by his severity. Some apostasized, and went to the hills. One of these men was [226]killed by the orders of the priest and his body refused Christian burial, and left uncared for and exposed.

Insurrection in Bohol.—The island of Bohol faced significant unrest throughout much of the eighteenth century, and in 1750, an uprising occurred that effectively led to the independence of a large part of the island, which went unchecked for thirty-five years. The conflict began in the town of Inabanga, where the Jesuit priest Morales severely antagonized and angered the locals with his harsh treatment. Some residents turned away from their faith and fled to the hills. One of these individuals was [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__], who was killed on the priest's orders, and his body was denied a Christian burial, left unburied and exposed.

A brother of this man, named Dagóhoy, infuriated by this indignity, headed a sedition which shortly included three thousand natives. The priest was killed, and his own body left by the road unburied. In spite of the efforts of the alcalde of Cebu, Dagóhoy was able to maintain himself, and practically established a small native state, which remained until the occupation of the island by the Recollects, after the Jesuits had been expelled from the Spanish dominions.

A brother of this man, named Dagohoy, enraged by this insult, led a rebellion that quickly attracted three thousand locals. The priest was killed, and his body was left on the side of the road unburied. Despite the efforts of the alcalde of Cebu, Dagohoy managed to hold his ground and effectively created a small native state, which lasted until the Recollects took over the island after the Jesuits were expelled from Spanish territories.

Activity of the Jesuits.—During the eighteenth century the Jesuits alone of the religious orders seemed to have been active in prosecuting their efforts and seeking new fields for conversion. The sloth and inactivity which overcame the other orders place in greater contrast the ambition and the activities, both secular and spiritual, of the Jesuits.

Activity of the Jesuits.—During the eighteenth century, the Jesuits were the only religious order that appeared to be actively pursuing their efforts and looking for new opportunities for conversion. The laziness and inactivity that affected the other orders highlighted even more the ambition and the activities, both worldly and spiritual, of the Jesuits.

Conversion of the Sultan Alim ud Din.—In 1747 they established a mission even on Jolo. They were unable to overcome the intense antagonism of the Moro panditas and datos, but they apparently won the young sultan, Alim ud Din, whose strange story and shifting fortunes have been variously told. One of the Jesuits, Padre Villelmi, was skilled in the Arabic language, and this familiarity with the language and literature of Mohammedanism doubtless explains his ascendency over the mind of the sultan. Alim ud Din was not a strong man. His power over the subordinate datos was small, and in 1748 his brother, Bantilan, usurped his place and was proclaimed sultan of Jolo.

Conversion of the Sultan Alim ud Din.—In 1747, they set up a mission even on Jolo. They couldn't overcome the strong opposition from the Moro panditas and datos, but they seemingly won over the young sultan, Alim ud Din, whose unusual story and changing fortunes have been told in various ways. One of the Jesuits, Padre Villelmi, was proficient in Arabic, and his knowledge of the language and literature of Islam likely explains his influence over the sultan's mind. Alim ud Din wasn't a strong leader. His power over the subordinate datos was limited, and in 1748, his brother, Bantilan, took his place and was proclaimed sultan of Jolo.

Alim ud Din, with his family and numerous escort, came to Zamboanga, seeking the aid of the Spanish against [227]his brother. From Zamboanga he was sent to Manila. On his arrival, January 3, 1749, he was received with all the pomp and honor due to a prince of high rank. A house for his entertainment and his retinue of seventy persons was prepared in Binondo. A public entrance was arranged, which took place some fifteen days after his reaching the city. Triumphal arches were erected across the streets, which were lined with more than two thousand native militia under arms. The sultan was publicly received in the hall of the Audiencia, where the governor promised to lay his case before the king of Spain. The sultan was showered with presents, which included chains of gold, fine garments, precious gems, and gold canes, while the government sustained the expense of his household.5

Alim ud Din, along with his family and a large entourage, arrived in Zamboanga, seeking the Spanish's help against his brother. From Zamboanga, he was sent to Manila. Upon his arrival on January 3, 1749, he was welcomed with all the splendor and honor appropriate for a prince of high status. A house was prepared for him and his entourage of seventy people in Binondo. A public reception was organized, which took place about fifteen days after he reached the city. Triumphal arches were set up across the streets, and over two thousand armed native soldiers lined the route. The sultan was officially welcomed in the hall of the Audiencia, where the governor promised to present his case to the king of Spain. The sultan was overwhelmed with gifts, including gold chains, fine clothing, precious gems, and gold canes, while the government covered the expenses of his household.

Following this reception, steps were taken for his conversion. His spiritual advisers cited to him the example of the Emperor Constantine whose conversion enabled him to effect triumphant conquests over his enemies. Under these representations Alim ud Din expressed his desire for baptism. The governor-general, who at this time was a priest, the bishop of Nueva Segovia, was very anxious that the rite should take place; but this was opposed by his spiritual superior, the archbishop of Manila, who, with some others, entertained doubts as to the sincerity of the sultan’s profession.

After this reception, actions were taken for his conversion. His spiritual advisers pointed to the example of Emperor Constantine, whose conversion allowed him to achieve great victories over his enemies. Influenced by this, Alim ud Din expressed his wish to be baptized. The governor-general, who was a priest at that time, the bishop of Nueva Segovia, was eager for the ceremony to happen; however, he faced opposition from his spiritual superior, the archbishop of Manila, who, along with others, doubted the sincerity of the sultan’s intentions.

In order to accomplish his baptism, the governor sent him to his own diocese, where at Paniqui, on the 29th of April, 1750, the ceremony took place with great solemnity. On the return of the party to Manila, the sultan was received with great pomp, and in his honor [228]were held games, theatrical representations, fire-works, and bull-fights. This was the high-water mark of the sultan’s popularity.

To complete his baptism, the governor sent him to his own diocese, where the ceremony took place with great solemnity in Paniqui on April 29, 1750. Upon the group's return to Manila, the sultan was welcomed with great fanfare, and in his honor [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] games, theatrical performances, fireworks, and bullfights were held. This was the peak of the sultan’s popularity.

Failure to Reinstate Alim ud Din.—Meanwhile the usurper, Bantilan, was giving abundant evidence of his hostility. The Spaniards were driven from Jolo, and the fleets of the Moros again ravaged the Bisayas. In July arrived the new governor, the Marquis of Obando, who determined to restore Alim ud Din and suppress the Moro piracy.

Failure to Reinstate Alim ud Din.—In the meantime, the usurper Bantilan was showing clear signs of his hostility. The Spaniards were pushed out of Jolo, and the Moro fleets once again plundered the Bisayas. In July, the new governor, the Marquis of Obando, arrived and decided to reinstate Alim ud Din and put an end to the Moro piracy.

An expedition set sail, with the sultan on board, and went as far as Zamboanga, but accomplished nothing. Here the conduct of the sultan served to confirm the doubts of the Spaniards as to the sincerity of his friendship. He was arrested, and returned to Manila, and imprisoned in the fortress of Santiago. With varying treatment he remained in the hands of the Spaniards until 1763, when he was returned to Jolo by the English.

An expedition set off with the sultan on board and reached Zamboanga, but achieved nothing. Here, the sultan's behavior reinforced the Spaniards' doubts about the genuineness of his friendship. He was arrested and taken back to Manila, where he was imprisoned in Fort Santiago. With mixed treatment, he remained under Spanish control until 1763, when the English returned him to Jolo.

Great Increase in Moro Piracy.—The year 1754 is stated to have been the bloodiest in the history of Moro piracy. No part of the Bisayas escaped ravaging in this year, while the Camarines, Batangas, and Albay suffered equally with the rest. The conduct of the pirates was more than ordinarily cruel. Priests were slain, towns wholly destroyed, and thousands of captives were carried south into Moro slavery. The condition of the Islands at the end of this year was probably the most deplorable in their history.

Great Increase in Moro Piracy.—The year 1754 is noted as the deadliest in the history of Moro piracy. No area of the Bisayas was spared from devastation that year, and the Camarines, Batangas, and Albay endured similar fates. The pirates acted with unusual brutality. Priests were killed, towns were completely destroyed, and thousands of captives were taken south into Moro slavery. The state of the Islands at the end of this year was likely the most tragic in their history.

Reforms under General Arandía.—The demoralization and misery with which Obando’s rule closed were relieved somewhat by the capable government of Arandía, who succeeded him. Arandía was one of the few men of talent, energy, and integrity who stood at the head of affairs in these islands during two centuries. [229]

Reforms under General Arandía.—The demoralization and hardship that marked the end of Obando’s rule were somewhat alleviated by the competent government of Arandía, who took over after him. Arandía was one of the few individuals with talent, energy, and integrity who led affairs in these islands over the past two centuries. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

He reformed the greatly disorganized military force, establishing what was known as the “Regiment of the King,” made up very largely of Mexican soldiers. He also formed a corps of artillerists composed of Filipinos. These were regular troops, who received from Arandía sufficient pay to enable them to live decently and like an army.

He reorganized the chaotic military force, creating what was called the “Regiment of the King,” which was mainly made up of Mexican soldiers. He also established a group of artillery soldiers consisting of Filipinos. These were regular troops who received enough pay from Arandía to support a decent life, similar to that of an army.

He reformed the arsenal at Cavite, and, in spite of opposition on all sides, did something to infuse efficiency and honesty into the government. At the head of the armament which had been sent against the Moros he placed a Jesuit priest, Father Ducos. A capable officer was also sent to command the presidio at Zamboanga, and while Moro piracy was not stopped, heavy retaliation was visited upon the pirates.

He revamped the arsenal at Cavite, and despite facing opposition from every direction, he managed to bring some efficiency and integrity to the government. He appointed a Jesuit priest, Father Ducos, to lead the military force sent against the Moros. A skilled officer was also assigned to command the presidio at Zamboanga, and while Moro piracy wasn't completely eliminated, there were severe retaliations against the pirates.

Arandía’s most popular act of government was the expulsion of the Chinese from the provinces, and in large part from the city. They seem to have had in their hands then, perhaps even more than now, the commerce or small trade between Manila and provincial towns. To take over this trade, Arandía founded a commercial company of Spaniards and mestizos, which lasted only for a year. The Christianized Chinese were allowed to remain under license, and for those having shops in Manila Arandía founded the Alcayceria of San Fernando. It consisted of a great square of shops built about an open interior. It stood in Binondo, on the present Calle de San Fernando, in what is still a populous Chinese quarter.

Arandía’s most notable action as a leader was the expulsion of the Chinese from the provinces and largely from the city. They seemed to control, maybe even more than now, the trade between Manila and the provincial towns. To take over this commerce, Arandía established a commercial company made up of Spaniards and mestizos, which lasted only a year. The Christianized Chinese were allowed to stay under a license, and for those who had shops in Manila, Arandía set up the Alcaycería of San Fernando. It was a large square of shops built around an open area. It was located in Binondo, on the current Calle de San Fernando, in what is still a busy Chinese neighborhood.

Death of Arandía and Decline of the Colony.—Arandía died in May, 1759, and the government was assumed by the bishop of Cebu, who in turn was forced from his position by the arrival of the archbishop of Manila, Don Manuel Rojo. The archbishop revoked the celebrated [230]orders of good government which Arandía had put into force, and the colony promised to relapse once more into its customary dormant condition. This was, however, prevented by an event which brought to an end the long period of obscurity and inertia under which the colony had been gradually decaying, and introduced, in a way, a new period of its history. This was the capture of the Philippine Islands by the British in 1762. [231]

Death of Arandía and Decline of the Colony.—Arandía passed away in May 1759, and the bishop of Cebu took over the government, but he was soon ousted by the arrival of the archbishop of Manila, Don Manuel Rojo. The archbishop canceled the well-known [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]orders of good governance that Arandía had implemented, and the colony was likely to sink back into its usual state of inactivity. However, this was avoided by an event that marked the end of the long stretch of obscurity and stagnation that had caused the colony to gradually decline, ushering in a new chapter in its history. This event was the British capture of the Philippine Islands in 1762. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 See the account of the “Settlement of the Ladrones by the Spaniards,” in Burney’s Voyages in the Pacific, vol. III.

1 Check out the account of the “Settlement of the Ladrones by the Spaniards” in Burney’s Voyages in the Pacific, vol. III.

2 Some of the benefits of such a trade are set forth by the Jesuit, Alonzo de Ovalle, in his Historical Relation of the Kingdom of Chili, printed in Rome, 1649. In Churchill’s Collection of Voyages and Travels, vol. III.

2 Some of the benefits of this trade are detailed by the Jesuit, Alonzo de Ovalle, in his Historical Relation of the Kingdom of Chili, published in Rome, 1649. In Churchill’s Collection of Voyages and Travels, vol. III.

3 Recopilacion de Leyes de las Indias, lib. VIII., titulo 45, ley 78.

3 Collection of Laws of the Indies, book VIII, title 45, law 78.

4 Montero y Vidal: Historia de Filipinas, vol. I., p. 460.

4 Montero y Vidal: Historia de Filipinas, vol. I., p. 460.

5 Relacion de la Entrada del Sultan Rey de Jolo, in Archivo del Bibliófilo Filipino, vol. I.

5 Relation of the Entry of the Sultan King of Jolo, in Archive of the Filipino Bibliophile, vol. I.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XI.

The Philippines During the Period of European Revolution. 1762–1837.

The New Philosophy of the Eighteenth Century.—The middle of the eighteenth century in Europe was a time when ideas were greatly liberalized. A philosophy became current which professed to look for its authority not to churches or hereditary custom and privilege, but to the laws of God as they are revealed in the natural world. Men taught that if we could only follow nature we could not do wrong. “Natural law” became the basis for a great amount of political and social discussion and the theoretical foundation of many social rights. The savage, ungoverned man was by many European philosophers and writers supposed to live a freer, more wholesome and more natural life than the man who is bound by the conventions of society and the laws of state.

The New Philosophy of the Eighteenth Century.—The middle of the eighteenth century in Europe was a period when ideas were becoming much more open-minded. A philosophy emerged that claimed its authority was derived not from churches or inherited customs and privileges, but from the laws of God as revealed in the natural world. Thinkers argued that if we simply followed nature, we couldn't go wrong. “Natural law” became the foundation for a lot of political and social discussions and the theoretical base for many social rights. Many European philosophers and writers suggested that the wild, ungoverned person lived a freer, healthier, and more natural life compared to those constrained by societal norms and government laws.

Most of this reasoning we now know to be scientifically untrue. The savage and the hermit are not, in actual fact, types of human happiness and freedom. Ideal life for man is found only in governed society, where there is order and protection, and where also should be freedom of opportunity. But to the people of the eighteenth century, and especially to the scholars of France, where the government was monarchical and oppressive, and where the people were terribly burdened by the aristocracy, this teaching was welcomed as a new gospel. Nor was it devoid of grand and noble ideas—ideas which, carried out in a conservative way, might have bettered society.

Most of this reasoning we now recognize as scientifically false. The savage and the hermit don't actually represent types of human happiness and freedom. An ideal life for humans is only achievable in a structured society, where there is order and safety, and where there should also be freedom of opportunity. However, for the people of the eighteenth century, especially the scholars in France—where the government was monarchical and oppressive, and where the people were heavily weighed down by the aristocracy—this teaching was embraced as a new gospel. It wasn't lacking in grand and noble ideas—concepts that, if implemented in a thoughtful manner, could have improved society.

It is from this philosophy and the revolution which [232]succeeded it that the world received the modern ideas of liberty, equality, fraternity, and democracy. These ideas, having done their work in America and Europe, are here at work in the Philippines today. It remains to be seen whether a society can be rebuilt here on these principles, and whether Asia too will be reformed under their influence.

It is from this philosophy and the revolution that [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] followed that the world got the modern concepts of liberty, equality, fraternity, and democracy. These ideas, after making an impact in America and Europe, are now at work in the Philippines today. It’s yet to be determined whether society can be rebuilt here based on these principles, and whether Asia will also be transformed by their influence.

Colonial Conflicts between the Great European Countries.—During the latter half of the eighteenth century there culminated the long struggle for colonial empire between European states which we have been following. We have seen how colonial conquest was commenced by the Portuguese, who were very shortly followed by the Spaniards, and how these two great Latin powers attempted to exclude the other European peoples from the rich Far East and the great New World which they had discovered.

Colonial Conflicts between the Great European Countries.—During the second half of the eighteenth century, the long struggle for colonial empire between European nations reached its peak. We have observed how the Portuguese started the colonial conquest, soon followed by the Spaniards, and how these two major Latin powers tried to keep other European nations out of the wealth of the Far East and the vast New World that they had discovered.

We have seen how this attempt failed, how the Dutch and the English broke in upon this gigantic reserve, drove the Spanish fleets from the seas, and despoiled and took of this great empire almost whatever they would. The Dutch and English then fought between themselves. The English excluded the Dutch from North America, capturing their famous colony of New Amsterdam, now New York, and incorporating it (1674) with their other American colonies, which later became the United States of America. But in the East Indies the Dutch maintained their trade and power, gradually extending from island to island, until they gained—what they still possess—an almost complete monopoly of spice production.

We’ve seen how this effort failed, how the Dutch and the English invaded this massive reserve, drove the Spanish fleets from the seas, and looted and took whatever they wanted from this great empire. The Dutch and English then fought among themselves. The English excluded the Dutch from North America, capturing their famous colony of New Amsterdam, now New York, and integrating it (1674) with their other American colonies, which later became the United States of America. But in the East Indies, the Dutch kept their trade and influence, gradually spreading from island to island, until they achieved—what they still hold—an almost complete monopoly on spice production.

War between England and France.—In India, England in the eighteenth century won great possessions and laid the foundation for what has been an almost complete [233]subjugation of this Eastern empire. Here, however, and even more so than in America, England encountered a royal and brilliant antagonist in the monarch of France.

War between England and France.—In India, during the eighteenth century, England gained significant territory and set the stage for what has been nearly complete [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]control over this Eastern empire. Here, though, and even more so than in America, England faced a formidable and impressive opponent in the king of France.

French exploration in North America had given France claims to the two great river systems of the St. Lawrence and the Mississippi, the latter by far the greatest and richest region of the temperate zone. So, during much of this eighteenth century, England and France were involved in wars that had for their prizes the possession of the continent of North America and the great peninsula of India.

French exploration in North America had given France claims to the two major river systems of the St. Lawrence and the Mississippi, the latter being by far the largest and most prosperous area in the temperate zone. Therefore, throughout much of the eighteenth century, England and France were engaged in wars that aimed to control the continent of North America and the vast peninsula of India.

This conflict reached its climax between 1756 and 1763. Both states put forth all their strength. France called to her support those countries whose reigning families were allied to her by blood, and in this way Spain was drawn into the struggle. The monarchs of both France and Spain belonged to the great house of Bourbon. War was declared between England and Spain in 1761. Spain was totally unfitted for the combat. She could inflict no injury upon England and simply lay impotent and helpless to retaliate, while English fleets in the same year took Havana in the west and Manila in the east.

This conflict reached its peak between 1756 and 1763. Both nations put forth all their resources. France called upon countries allied to her by royal connections, which led to Spain becoming involved in the struggle. The kings of both France and Spain were from the powerful Bourbon family. War was declared between England and Spain in 1761. Spain was completely unprepared for battle. She couldn’t harm England and was left powerless to retaliate, while English fleets captured Havana in the west and Manila in the east that same year.

English Victory over French in India and America.—English power in India was represented during these years by the greatest and most striking figure in England’s colonial history—Lord Clive. To him is due the defeat of France in India, the capture of her possessions, and the founding of the Indian Empire, which is still regarded as England’s greatest possession. The French were expelled from India in the same year that the great citadel of New France in America—Quebec—was taken by the English under General Wolfe. [234]

English Victory over French in India and America.—During this time, English power in India was embodied by the most prominent figure in England’s colonial history—Lord Clive. He was responsible for defeating France in India, capturing their territories, and establishing the Indian Empire, which is still seen as England’s greatest asset. The French were driven out of India in the same year that the significant stronghold of New France in America—Quebec—was taken by the English under General Wolfe. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Philippines under the English.Expedition from India to the Philippines.—Lord Clive was now free to strike a blow at France’s ally, Spain; and in Madras an expedition was prepared to destroy Spanish power in the Philippines. Notice of the preparation of this expedition reached Manila from several sources in the spring and summer of 1762; but with that fatality which pursued the Spaniard to the end of his history in the Philippines, no preparations were made by him, until on the 22d of September a squadron of thirteen vessels anchored in Manila Bay.

The Philippines under the English.Expedition from India to the Philippines.—Lord Clive was now in a position to hit back at France's ally, Spain; and in Madras, plans were made for an expedition aimed at weakening Spanish power in the Philippines. News about this expedition's preparations reached Manila from various sources during the spring and summer of 1762; however, due to the bad luck that consistently plagued the Spaniards throughout their history in the Philippines, they made no preparations until the 22nd of September, when a fleet of thirteen ships dropped anchor in Manila Bay.

Church at Malate.

Church at Malate.

Malate Church.

Through the mist, the stupid and negligent authorities of Manila mistook them for Chinese trading-junks; but it was the fleet of the English Admiral Cornish, with a force of five thousand British and Indian soldiers under the command of General Draper. For her defense Manila had [235]only 550 men of the “Regiment of the King” and eighty Filipino artillerists. Yet the Spaniards determined to make resistance from behind the walls of the city.

Through the fog, the clueless and careless officials in Manila mistook them for Chinese trading ships; but it was the fleet of English Admiral Cornish, with a force of five thousand British and Indian soldiers led by General Draper. For its defense, Manila had [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]only 550 men from the "Regiment of the King" and eighty Filipino artillery soldiers. Still, the Spaniards were determined to resist from behind the city's walls.

Surrender of Manila to the English.—The English disembarked and occupied Malate. From the churches of Malate, Ermita, and Santiago the British bombarded Manila, and the Spaniards replied from the batteries of San Andres and San Diego, the firing not being very effective on either side.

Surrender of Manila to the English.—The English landed and took over Malate. From the churches of Malate, Ermita, and Santiago, the British bombarded Manila, while the Spaniards responded from the batteries of San Andres and San Diego, though neither side's firing was very effective.

On the 25th, Draper summoned the city to surrender; but a council of war, held by the archbishop, who was also governor, decided to fight on. Thirty-six hundred Filipino militia from Pampanga, Bulacan, and Laguna marched to the defense of the city, and on the 3rd of October two thousand of these Filipinos made a sally from the walls and recklessly assaulted the English lines, but were driven back with slaughter. On the night of the 4th of October a breach in the walls was made by the artillery, and early in the morning of the 5th four hundred English soldiers entered almost without resistance. A company of militia on guard at the Puerto Real was bayoneted and the English then occupied the Plaza, and here received the surrender of the fort of Santiago.

On the 25th, Draper called on the city to surrender, but a war council led by the archbishop, who was also the governor, decided to keep fighting. Thirty-six hundred Filipino militiamen from Pampanga, Bulacan, and Laguna marched in to defend the city, and on October 3rd, two thousand of these Filipinos charged out from the walls and boldly attacked the English lines, but they were forced back with heavy losses. On the night of October 4th, artillery created a breach in the walls, and early on the morning of the 5th, four hundred English soldiers entered with little resistance. A group of militia guarding the Puerto Real was bayoneted, and the English then took control of the Plaza, where they accepted the surrender of Fort Santiago.

The English agreed not to interfere with religious liberty, and honors of war were granted to the Spanish soldiers. Guards were placed upon the convent of the nuns of Santa Clara and the beaterios, and the city was given over to pillage, which lasted for forty hours, and in which many of the Chinese assisted.

The English agreed not to mess with religious freedom, and the Spanish soldiers were given honors of war. Guards were assigned to the convent of the nuns of Santa Clara and the beaterios, while the city was left open to looting, which went on for forty hours, with many of the Chinese helping out.

Independent Spanish Capital under Anda at Bulacan.—The English were thus masters of the city, but during their period of occupation they never extended their power far beyond the present limits of Manila. Previous [236]to the final assault and occupation of Manila, the authorities had nominated the oidor, Don Simon de Anda y Salazar, lieutenant-governor and captain-general of the Islands, with instructions to maintain the country in its obedience to the king of Spain. Anda left the capital on the night of October 4, passing in a little banca through the nipa swamps and esteros on the north shore of Manila Bay to the provincial capital of Bulacan.

Independent Spanish Capital under Anda at Bulacan.—The English were the rulers of the city, but during their time in control, they never really extended their influence much beyond what is now Manila. Before the final attack and takeover of Manila, the authorities appointed Don Simon de Anda y Salazar as the lieutenant-governor and captain-general of the Islands, with orders to keep the country loyal to the king of Spain. Anda left the capital on the night of October 4, traveling in a small boat through the nipa swamps and canals on the northern shore of Manila Bay to the provincial capital of Bulacan.

Here he called together the provincial of the Augustinian monks, the alcalde mayor of the province, and some other Spaniards. They resolved to form an independent government representing Spain, and to continue the resistance. This they were able to do as long as the British remained in the Islands. The English made a few short expeditions into Bulacan and up the Pasig River, but there was no hard fighting and no real effort made to pursue Anda’s force. The Chinese welcomed the English and gave them some assistance, and for this Anda slew and hung great numbers of them.

Here, he gathered the provincial leader of the Augustinian monks, the mayor of the province, and a few other Spaniards. They decided to set up an independent government representing Spain and to keep resisting. They managed to do this as long as the British stayed in the Islands. The English launched a few brief expeditions into Bulacan and up the Pasig River, but there wasn't any intense fighting or serious attempts to chase after Anda's forces. The Chinese welcomed the English and provided them with some help, and for this, Anda killed and hanged many of them.

The Philippines Returned to Spain.—By the Treaty of Paris in 1763, peace was made, by which France surrendered practically all her colonial possessions to England; but England returned to Spain her captures in Cuba and the Philippines. In March, 1764, there arrived the Spanish frigate “Santa Rosa,” bringing the first “Lieutenant of the King for the Islands,” Don Francisco de la Torre, who brought with him news of the Treaty of Paris and the orders to the English to abandon the Islands.

The Philippines Returned to Spain.—With the Treaty of Paris in 1763, peace was established, and France gave up nearly all of its colonies to England; however, England returned Cuba and the Philippines to Spain. In March 1764, the Spanish frigate “Santa Rosa” arrived, bringing the first “Lieutenant of the King for the Islands,” Don Francisco de la Torre, who brought news of the Treaty of Paris and orders for the English to vacate the Islands.

Resistance of the English by the Friars.—In resistance to the English and in the efforts to maintain Spanish authority, a leading part had been taken by the friars. “The sacred orders,” says Martinez de Zuñiga,1 [237]“had much to do with the success of Señor Anda. They maintained the Indians of their respective administrations loyal to the orders; they inspired the natives with horror against the English as enemies of the king and of religion, inciting them to die fighting to resist them; they contributed their estates and their property; and they exposed their own persons to great dangers.” The friars were certainly most interested in retaining possession of the Islands and had most to lose by their falling into English hands.

Resistance of the English by the Friars.—In opposing the English and in the struggle to uphold Spanish authority, the friars played a significant role. “The sacred orders,” says Martinez de Zuñiga,1 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]“were crucial to the success of Señor Anda. They kept the Indians in their areas loyal to the orders; they instilled fear in the natives against the English as foes of the king and of religion, urging them to fight and resist; they donated their land and property; and they put themselves in great danger.” The friars were indeed very invested in keeping control of the Islands and stood to lose the most if they fell into English hands.

Increase of the Jesuits in Wealth and Power.—In this zealous movement for defense, however, the Jesuits bore no part; and there were charges made against them of treasonable intercourse with the English, which may have had foundation, and which are of significance in the light of what subsequently occurred.

Increase of the Jesuits in Wealth and Power.—In this passionate effort for defense, however, the Jesuits played no role; there were accusations against them of secret dealings with the English, which may have had some basis and which are significant considering what happened later.

At the close of the eighteenth century, all the governments of Catholic Europe were aroused with jealousy and suspicious hatred against the Jesuits. The society, organized primarily for missionary labor, had gradually taken on much of a secular character. The society was distinguished, as we have seen in its history in the Philippines, by men with great capacity and liking for what we may call practical affairs as distinguished from purely religious or devotional life. The Jesuits were not alone missionaries and orthodox educators, but they were scientists, geographers, financiers, and powerful and almost independent administrators among heathen peoples. They had engaged so extensively and shrewdly in trade that their estates, warehouses, and exchanges bound together the fruitful fields of colonial provinces with the busy marts and money-centers of Europe. Their wealth was believed to be enormous. Properly invested and carefully guarded, it was rapidly increasing. [238]

At the end of the eighteenth century, all the Catholic governments in Europe were filled with jealousy and suspicious hatred towards the Jesuits. The society, originally formed for missionary work, had gradually adopted a more secular focus. As we’ve seen in its history in the Philippines, the society was made up of individuals with great talent and interest in what we might call practical affairs, as opposed to just religious or spiritual life. The Jesuits were not just missionaries and traditional educators; they were also scientists, geographers, financiers, and powerful, almost independent administrators among non-Christian peoples. They had become so deeply and cleverly involved in trade that their estates, warehouses, and exchanges connected the fertile lands of colonial provinces with the bustling markets and financial hubs of Europe. Their wealth was thought to be enormous and, when properly invested and carefully protected, was rapidly growing. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

What, however, made the order exasperating alike to rulers and peoples were the powerful political intrigues in which members of the order engaged. Strong and masterful men themselves, the field of state affairs was irresistibly attractive. Their enemies charged that they were unscrupulous in the means which they employed to accomplish political ends. It is quite certain that the Jesuits were not patriotic in their purposes or plans. They were an international corporation; their members belonged to no one nation; to them the Society was greater and more worthy of devotion than any state, in which they themselves lived and worked.

What frustrated both rulers and common people about the order were the intense political schemes that its members were involved in. Being strong and capable individuals, the world of politics was hard for them to resist. Their opponents claimed that they were ruthless in the strategies they used to achieve political goals. It’s clear that the Jesuits weren't motivated by patriotism in their objectives or plans. They were part of an international organization; their members didn’t belong to any one nation; to them, the Society was more significant and deserving of loyalty than any country where they lived and worked.

Dissolution of the Society of Jesus.—Europe had, however, reached the belief, to which it adheres today, that a man must be true to the country in which he lives and finds shelter and protection and in which he ranks as a political member, or else incur odium and punishment. Thus it was their indifference to national feeling that brought about the ruin of the Jesuits. It is significant that the rulers, the most devoted to Catholicism, followed one another in decreeing their expulsion from their dominions. In 1759 they were expelled from Portugal, in 1764 from France, and April 2, 1767, the decree of confiscation and banishment from Spain and all Spanish possessions was issued by King Carlos III. Within a year thereafter, the two most powerful princes of Italy, the king of Naples and the Duke of Parma, followed, and then the Grand Master of the Knights of Malta expelled them from that island. The friends of the order were powerless to withstand this united front of Catholic monarchs, and in July, 1773, Pope Clement XIV. suppressed and dissolved the society, which was not restored until 1814. [239]

Dissolution of the Society of Jesus.—Europe had come to believe, a belief that persists today, that a person must be loyal to the country where they live, find shelter, and seek protection, and where they participate as a political member, or face backlash and punishment. Their disregard for national sentiments led to the downfall of the Jesuits. It's noteworthy that the rulers most committed to Catholicism each took turns expelling them from their territories. In 1759, they were expelled from Portugal; in 1764 from France; and on April 2, 1767, King Carlos III issued a decree for their confiscation and banishment from Spain and all Spanish possessions. Within a year, the two most powerful leaders in Italy, the King of Naples and the Duke of Parma, followed suit, and then the Grand Master of the Knights of Malta expelled them from that island. The supporters of the order were unable to resist this united alliance of Catholic monarchs, and in July 1773, Pope Clement XIV suppressed and dissolved the society, which wasn’t restored until 1814. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Jesuits Expelled from the Philippines.—The order expelling the Jesuits from the Philippines was put into effect in the year 1767. The instructions authorized the governor in case of resistance to use force of arms as against a rebellion.2 Besides their colleges in Manila, Tondo, Cavite, Leyte, Samar, Bohol, and Negros, the Jesuits administered curacies in the vicinity of Manila, in Cavite province, in Mindoro and Marinduque, while the islands of Bohol, Samar, and Leyte were completely under their spiritual jurisdiction. In Mindanao their missions, a dozen or more in number, were found on both the northern and southern coasts. Outside of the Philippines proper they were the missionaries on the Ladrones, or Marianas. Their property in the Philippines, which was confiscated by the government, amounted to 1,320,000 pesos, although a great deal of their wealth was secreted and escaped seizure through the connivance of the governor, Raon.

The Jesuits Expelled from the Philippines.—The decree to expel the Jesuits from the Philippines was enacted in 1767. The instructions allowed the governor to use military force in case of any resistance. 2 In addition to their schools in Manila, Tondo, Cavite, Leyte, Samar, Bohol, and Negros, the Jesuits managed parishes around Manila, in Cavite province, and in Mindoro and Marinduque, while the islands of Bohol, Samar, and Leyte were entirely under their spiritual care. In Mindanao, their missions, numbering a dozen or more, were located along both the northern and southern coasts. Outside of the main Philippines, they were also the missionaries in the Ladrones, or Marianas. The government confiscated their property in the Philippines, which was valued at 1,320,000 pesos, although much of their wealth was hidden and evaded seizure through the collusion of the governor, Raon.

Governor Anda’s Charges against the Religious Orders.—Don Simon de Anda had been received in Spain with great honor for the defense which he had made in the Islands, and in 1770 returned as governor of the Philippines. His appointment was bitterly resented by the friars. In 1768, Anda had addressed to the king a memorial upon the disorders in the Philippines, in which he openly charged the friars with commercialism, neglect of their spiritual duties, oppression of the natives, opposition to the teaching of the Spanish language, and scandalous interference with civil officials and affairs. Anda’s remedy for these abuses was the rigorous enforcement of [240]the laws actually existing for the punishment of such conduct and the return to Spain of friars who refused to respect the law.

Governor Anda’s Charges against the Religious Orders.—Don Simon de Anda was welcomed in Spain with great honor for his defense of the Islands, and in 1770 he returned as the governor of the Philippines. His appointment was met with strong resentment from the friars. In 1768, Anda had submitted a report to the king regarding the issues in the Philippines, where he openly accused the friars of being overly commercial, neglecting their spiritual responsibilities, oppressing the locals, resisting the teaching of Spanish, and scandalously interfering with civil officials and matters. Anda’s solution to these problems was the strict enforcement of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]existing laws meant to punish such behavior and the repatriation of friars who refused to comply with the law.

The Anda Monument in Manila.

The Anda Monument in Manila.

The Anda Monument in Manila.

He was, however, only partially successful in his policy. During the six years of his rule, he labored unremittingly to restore the Spanish government and to lift it from the decadence and corruption that had so long characterized it. There were strong traits of the modern man in this independent and incorruptible official. If he made many enemies, it is, perhaps, no less to the credit of his character; and if in the few years of his official life he was unable to restore the colony, it must be remembered that he had few assistants upon whom to rely and was without adequate means.

He was, however, only partially successful in his policies. During his six years in power, he worked tirelessly to rejuvenate the Spanish government and free it from the decay and corruption that had plagued it for so long. This independent and incorruptible official displayed strong qualities of a modern man. If he made many enemies, it could be seen as a testament to his character; and although he was unable to restore the colony in his short time in office, it’s important to remember that he had few allies to support him and lacked sufficient resources.

Igorot Ax.

Igorot Ax.

Igorot Axe.

The Moro Pirates.—The Moros were again upon their forays, and in 1771 even attacked Aparri, on the extreme [241]northern coast of Luzon, and captured a Spanish missionary. Anda reorganized the Armada de Pintados, and toward the end of his life created also the Marina Sutil, a fleet of light gunboats for the defense of the coasts against the attacks of pirates.

The Moro Pirates.—The Moros were once again on their raids, and in 1771, they even attacked Aparri, located on the far [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]northern coast of Luzon, and captured a Spanish missionary. Anda reorganized the Armada de Pintados, and towards the end of his life, he also created the Marina Sutil, a fleet of small gunboats to defend the coasts against pirate attacks.

Failure of an English Settlement.—The hostility of the Moro rulers was complicated by the interference of the English, who, after the evacuation of Manila, continued to haunt the Sulu archipelago with the apparent object of effecting a settlement. By treaty with the Moro datos, they secured the cession of the island of Balanbangan, off the north coast of Borneo. This island was fortified and a factory was established, but in 1775 the Moros attacked the English with great fury and destroyed the entire garrison, except the governor and five others, who escaped on board [242]a vessel, leaving a great quantity of arms and wealth to the spoils of the Moros. The English factors, who had taken up business on the island of Jolo, fled in a Chinese junk; and these events, so unfortunate to the English, ended their attempts to gain a position in the Jolo archipelago until many years later.

Failure of an English Settlement.—The animosity of the Moro rulers was complicated by the interference of the English, who, after leaving Manila, continued to linger in the Sulu archipelago with the apparent goal of making a settlement. Through a treaty with the Moro datos, they secured the transfer of the island of Balanbangan, off the north coast of Borneo. This island was fortified and a trading post was established, but in 1775, the Moros attacked the English with immense fury and wiped out the entire garrison, except for the governor and five others, who escaped on board [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] a vessel, leaving behind a large amount of arms and wealth for the Moros to claim. The English traders, who had set up business on the island of Jolo, fled in a Chinese junk; and these unfortunate events effectively ended English efforts to establish a presence in the Jolo archipelago for many years to come.

Moro Gong.

Moro Gong.

Moro Gong.

Increase in Agriculture.—Anda died in October, 1776, and his successor, Don José Basco de Vargas, was not appointed until July, 1778. With Basco’s governorship we see the beginning of those numerous projects for the encouragement of agriculture and industry which characterized the last century of Spanish rule. His “Plan general economico” contemplated the encouragement of cotton-planting, the propagation of mulberry-trees and silk-worms, and the cultivation of spices and sugar. Premiums were offered for success in the introduction of these new products and for the encouragement of manufacturing industries suitable to the country and its people.

Increase in Agriculture.—Anda passed away in October 1776, and his successor, Don José Basco de Vargas, wasn’t appointed until July 1778. With Basco’s governorship, we start to see the launch of many projects aimed at boosting agriculture and industry, which marked the last century of Spanish rule. His “Economic plan” aimed to promote cotton planting, the growth of mulberry trees and silk worms, and the cultivation of spices and sugar. Rewards were given for successfully introducing these new products and for promoting manufacturing industries suited to the country and its people.

Out of these plans grew the admirable Sociedad Economica de Amigos del Pais, which was founded by Basco in 1780. The idea was an excellent one, and the society, although suffering long periods of inactivity, lasted for fully a century, and from time to time was useful in the improvement and development of the country, and stimulated agricultural experiments through its premiums and awards.

Out of these plans emerged the commendable Society Economic Society of Friends of the Country, founded by Basco in 1780. The idea was a great one, and the society, despite experiencing long stretches of inactivity, lasted for a full century. It occasionally contributed to the improvement and development of the country and encouraged agricultural experiments with its prizes and awards.

Establishment of the Tobacco Industry.—Up to this time the Philippine revenues had been so unproductive that the government was largely supported by a subsidy of $250,000 a year paid by Mexico. Basco was the first to put the revenues of the Islands upon a lucrative basis. To him was due the establishment, in 1782, of the famous tobacco monopoly (estanco de tabacos) which became [243]of great importance many years later, as new and rich tobacco lands like the Cagayan were brought under cultivation.

Establishment of the Tobacco Industry.—Until this point, the Philippine revenues had been so low that the government relied heavily on a $250,000 annual subsidy from Mexico. Basco was the first to make the Islands' revenues profitable. He was responsible for setting up, in 1782, the famous tobacco monopoly (estanco de tabacos), which became [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] very significant many years later, as new and fertile tobacco regions like Cagayan were cultivated.

Igorot Drum.

Igorot Drum.

Igorot Drum.

Favorable Commercial Legislation.—The change in economic ideas, which had come over Europe through the liberalizing thought of the eighteenth century, is shown also by a most radical step to direct into new channels the commerce of the Philippines. This was the creation in 1785 of a great trading corporation with special privileges and crown protection, “The Royal Company of the Philippines.”

Favorable Commercial Legislation.—The shift in economic ideas that swept across Europe during the liberal movements of the eighteenth century also led to a significant change aimed at redirecting the commerce of the Philippines. This was the establishment in 1785 of a major trading company with special privileges and royal protection, “The Royal Company of the Philippines.”

Igorot Shield.

Igorot Shield.

Igorot Shield.

The company was given a complete monopoly of all the commerce between Spain and the Philippines, except the long-established direct traffic between Manila and Acapulco. All the old laws, designed to prevent the importation into the Peninsula of wares of the Orient, were swept away. Philippine products were exempted from all customs duty, either on leaving Manila or entering Spain. The vessels of the company were permitted to visit the ports of China, and the ancient [244]and absurd prohibition, which prevented the merchants of Manila from trading with India, and China, was removed.

The company was granted complete control over all trade between Spain and the Philippines, except for the long-standing direct route between Manila and Acapulco. All the old laws aimed at stopping the importation of Oriental goods into the Peninsula were abolished. Philippine products were exempt from all customs duties, whether leaving Manila or entering Spain. The company's ships were allowed to visit Chinese ports, and the outdated and ridiculous ban that kept Manila merchants from trading with India and China was lifted.

Though still closing the Philippines against foreign trade, this step was a veritable revolution in the commercial legislation of the Philippines. Had the project been ably and heartily supported, it might have produced a development that would have advanced prosperity half a century; but the people of Manila did not welcome the opening of this new line of communication. The ancient commerce with Acapulco was a valuable monopoly to those who had the right to participate in it, and their attitude toward the new company was one either of indifference or hostility.

Though still limiting the Philippines' access to foreign trade, this move was a real game-changer in the Philippines' commercial laws. If the plan had received strong and enthusiastic backing, it could have led to developments that would boost prosperity for decades. However, the people of Manila weren't supportive of this new route of communication. The traditional trade with Acapulco was a valuable monopoly for those allowed to engage in it, and their response to the new company was one of either indifference or hostility.

In 1789 the port of Manila was opened and made free to the vessels of all foreign nations for the space of three years, for the importation and sale exclusively of the wares of Asia; but the products of Europe, with the exception of Spain, were forbidden.

In 1789, the port of Manila was opened and was accessible to the ships of all foreign nations for three years, allowing the import and sale exclusively of Asian goods; however, products from Europe, except for those from Spain, were not allowed.

The Royal Company was rechartered in 1805, and enjoyed its monopoly until 1830, when its privileges lapsed and Manila was finally opened to the ships of foreign nations.

The Royal Company was rechartered in 1805 and held its monopoly until 1830, when its privileges expired and Manila was finally open to the ships of foreign nations.

Conquest of the Igorrote Provinces of Luzon.—Basco was a zealous governor and organized a number of military expeditions to occupy the Igorrote country in the north. In 1785 the heathen Igorrotes of the missions of Ituy and Paniqui in Nueva Vizcaya revolted and had to be reconquered by a force of musketeers from Cagayan.

Conquest of the Igorrote Provinces of Luzon.—Basco was an enthusiastic governor and organized several military expeditions to take control of the Igorrote region in the north. In 1785, the non-Christian Igorotes in the missions of Ituy and Paniqui in Nueva Vizcaya rebelled and needed to be recaptured by a group of musketeers from Cagayan.

Conquest of the Batanes Islands.—Basco also effected the conquest of the Batanes Islands to the north of Luzon, establishing garrisons and definitely annexing them to the colony. The Dominican missionaries long before this [245]time had attempted to convert these islands to Christianity; but the poverty of the people and the fierceness of the typhoons which sweep these little islands prevented the cultivation of anything more than camotes and taro, and had made them unprofitable to hold. Basco was honored, however, for his reoccupation of these islands, and on his return to Spain, at the expiration of his governorship, received the title of “Count of the Conquest of the Batanes.”3

Conquest of the Batanes Islands.—Basco also completed the conquest of the Batanes Islands north of Luzon, setting up garrisons and officially adding them to the colony. Long before this [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]time, Dominican missionaries had tried to convert these islands to Christianity; however, the poverty of the people and the severity of the typhoons that hit these small islands made it difficult to grow anything beyond camotes and taro, rendering them unprofitable to control. Basco was celebrated for reclaiming these islands, and upon returning to Spain at the end of his governorship, he was given the title of “Count of the Conquest of the Batanes.”3

A Scientific Survey of the Coast of the Islands.—About 1790 the Philippines were visited by two Spanish frigates, the “Descubierta” and the “Atrevida,” under the command of Captain Malaspina. These vessels formed an exploring expedition sent out by the Spanish government to make a hydrographic and astronomic survey of the coasts of Spanish America, the Ladrones, and the Philippines. It was one of those creditable enterprises for the widening of scientific knowledge which modern governments have successively and with great honor conducted.

A Scientific Survey of the Coast of the Islands.—Around 1790, two Spanish frigates, the “Descubierta” and the “Atrevida,” visited the Philippines, commanded by Captain Malaspina. These ships were part of an exploratory mission sent by the Spanish government to conduct a hydrographic and astronomical survey of the coasts of Spanish America, the Ladrones, and the Philippines. It was one of those commendable efforts to expand scientific knowledge that modern governments have consistently and honorably pursued.

The expedition charted the Strait of San Bernardino, the coasts of several of the Bisayan Islands, and Mindanao. One of the scientists of the party was the young botanist, Don Antonio Pineda, who died in Ilocos in 1792, but whose studies in the flora of the Philippines thoroughly established his reputation. A monument to his memory was erected near the church in Malate, but it has since suffered from neglect and is now falling in ruins.

The expedition mapped out the Strait of San Bernardino, the coasts of several Bisayan Islands, and Mindanao. One of the scientists in the group was the young botanist, Don Antonio Pineda, who passed away in Ilocos in 1792 but whose research on the flora of the Philippines solidified his reputation. A monument was built in his honor near the church in Malate, but it has since been neglected and is now in ruins.

Establishment of a Permanent Navy in the Philippines.—The intentions of England in this archipelago were still regarded with suspicion by the Spanish government, and [246]in 1795 and 1796 a strong Spanish fleet, sent secretly by way of the coast of South America, was concentrated in the waters of the Philippines under the command of Admiral Alava. Its object was the defense of the Islands in case of a new war with Great Britain. News of the declaration of war between these two countries reached Manila in March, 1797, but though for many months there was anxiety, England made no attempt at reoccupation. These events led, however, to the formation of a permanent naval squadron, with head-quarters and naval station at Cavite.4

Establishment of a Permanent Navy in the Philippines.—The Spanish government still viewed England's intentions in this archipelago with suspicion, and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]in 1795 and 1796, a strong Spanish fleet was secretly sent by way of the South American coast and gathered in the waters of the Philippines under Admiral Alava's command. The goal was to defend the Islands in case of a new war with Great Britain. News of the declaration of war between these two countries reached Manila in March 1797, but despite months of anxiety, England made no effort to reoccupy. However, these events led to the establishment of a permanent naval squadron, with its headquarters and naval station at Cavite.4

Moro Kris and Sheath.

Moro Kris and Sheath.

Moro Kris and Sheath.

Moro Beheading Knives.

Moro Beheading Knives.

Moro Beheading Knives.

The Climax of Moro Piracy.—The continued presence of the Moros in Mindoro, where they haunted the bays and rivers of both east and west coasts [247]for months at a time, stealing out from this island for attack in every direction, was specially noted by Padre Zuñiga, and indicated how feebly the Spaniards repulsed these pirates a hundred years ago.

The Climax of Moro Piracy.—The ongoing presence of the Moros in Mindoro, where they patrolled the bays and rivers on both the east and west coasts [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] for months at a time, launching attacks in every direction from this island, was particularly noted by Padre Zuñiga, highlighting how poorly the Spaniards were able to fend off these pirates a hundred years ago.

It was the last severe phase of Malay piracy, when even the strong merchant ships of England and America dreaded the straits of Borneo and passed with caution through the China Sea. Northern Borneo, the Sulu archipelago, and the southern coasts of Mindanao were the centers from which came these fierce sea-wolves, whose cruel exploits have left their many traditions in the American and British merchant navies, just as they periodically appear in the chronicles of the Philippines.

It was the final intense period of Malay piracy, when even the robust merchant ships of England and America feared the straits of Borneo and navigated the China Sea cautiously. Northern Borneo, the Sulu archipelago, and the southern shores of Mindanao were the main areas where these ruthless pirates originated, whose brutal actions have left numerous legacies in the American and British merchant fleets, just as they occasionally appear in the histories of the Philippines.

Moro Hunting Spear.

Moro Hunting Spear.

Moro Hunting Spear.

Five hundred captives annually seem to have been the spoils taken by these Moros in the Philippines Islands, and as far south as Batavia and Macassar captive Filipinos were sold in the slave marts of the Malays. The aged and infirm were inhumanly bartered to the savage tribes of Borneo, who offered them up in their ceremonial sacrifices. The measures of the Spanish government, though constant and expensive, were ineffective. Between 1778 and 1793, a million and a half of pesos were expended on the fleets and expeditions to drive back or punish the Moros, but at the end of the century a veritable climax of piracy was attained.

Five hundred captives each year were usually the spoils taken by these Moros in the Philippine Islands, and as far south as Batavia and Macassar, captured Filipinos were sold in the slave markets of the Malays. The elderly and sick were cruelly traded to the savage tribes of Borneo, who sacrificed them during their rituals. Despite the Spanish government's constant and costly efforts, they were ineffective. Between 1778 and 1793, a million and a half pesos were spent on fleets and expeditions aimed at driving back or punishing the Moros, but by the end of the century, piracy reached a peak.

Pirates swarmed continually about the coasts of Mindoro, [248]Burias, and Masbate, and even frequented the esteros of Manila Bay. Some sort of peace seems to have been established with Jolo and a friendly commerce was engaged in toward the end of the century, but the Moros of Mindanao and Borneo were increasing enemies. In 1798 a fleet of twenty-five Moro bancas passed up the Pacific coast of Luzon and fell upon the isolated towns of Paler, Casiguran, and Palanan, destroying the pueblos and taking 450 captives. The cura of Casiguran was ransomed in Binangonan for the sum of twenty-five hundred pesos. For four years this pirate fleet had its rendezvous on Burias, whence it raided the adjacent coasts and the Catanduanes.

Pirates constantly swarmed along the coasts of Mindoro, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Burias, and Masbate, and even visited the estuaries of Manila Bay. It seems some sort of peace was reached with Jolo, leading to friendly trade toward the end of the century, but the Moros from Mindanao and Borneo became increasingly hostile. In 1798, a fleet of twenty-five Moro bancas traveled up the Pacific coast of Luzon and attacked the isolated towns of Paler, Casiguran, and Palanan, destroying the villages and taking 450 captives. The cura of Casiguran was ransomed in Binangonan for twenty-five hundred pesos. For four years, this pirate fleet met at Burias, from where it raided the nearby coasts and Catanduanes.

Moro “Kulintangan” or Xylophone.

Moro “Kulintangan” or Xylophone.

Moro “Kulintangan” or Xylophone.

The Great Wars in America and Europe.—The English reoccupied Balanbangan in 1803, but held the island for only three years, when it was definitely abandoned. For some years, however, the coasts of the Philippines were threatened by English vessels, and there was reflected here in the Far East the tremendous conflicts which were convulsing Europe at this time. The wars which changed Europe at the close of the eighteenth century, following the French Revolution, form one of the most important and interesting periods of European history, but it is also one of the most difficult periods to judge and describe. [249]We will say of it here only so much as will be sufficient to show the effect upon Spain and so upon the Philippines.

The Great Wars in America and Europe.—The English took back Balanbangan in 1803, but they only managed to keep the island for three years before abandoning it for good. For several years, though, English ships posed a threat to the coasts of the Philippines, reflecting the massive conflicts that were shaking Europe during this time. The wars that transformed Europe at the end of the eighteenth century, following the French Revolution, represent one of the most significant and fascinating periods in European history, yet it's also one of the hardest times to evaluate and describe. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] We will mention only enough here to highlight the impact on Spain and, consequently, on the Philippines.

The Revolution of the English Colonies in America.—In 1776 the thirteen English colonies on the Atlantic coast of North America declared their independence of Great Britain. In the unfair treatment of the British king and Parliament they had, they believed, just grounds for revolution. For nearly eight years a war continued by which England strove to reduce them again to obedience. But at the end of that time England, having successively lost two armies of invasion by defeat and capture, made peace with the American colonists and recognized their independence. In 1789 the Americans framed their present constitution and established the United States of America.

The Revolution of the English Colonies in America.—In 1776, the thirteen English colonies along the Atlantic coast of North America declared their independence from Great Britain. They believed they had just reasons for revolution due to the unfair treatment from the British king and Parliament. For nearly eight years, a war raged as England tried to force them back into obedience. Eventually, after losing two invading armies to defeat and capture, England made peace with the American colonists and acknowledged their independence. In 1789, the Americans created their current constitution and established the United States of America.

The French Revolution.Condition of the People in France.—In their struggle for independence the Americans had been aided by France, who hoped through this opportunity to cripple her great colonial rival, England. Between America and France there was close sympathy of political ideas and theories, although in their actual social conditions the two countries were as widely separated as could be. In America the society and government were democratic. All classes were experienced in politics and government. They had behind them the priceless heritage of England’s long struggle for free and representative government. There was an abundance of the necessaries of life and nearly complete freedom of opportunity.

The French Revolution.Condition of the People in France.—In their fight for independence, the Americans received support from France, which hoped to weaken its main colonial rival, England, through this opportunity. There was a strong connection between America and France in terms of political ideas and theories, but their actual social conditions were vastly different. In America, both society and government were democratic. All social classes had experience in politics and governance. They had the invaluable legacy of England’s long struggle for free and representative government. There was a plentiful supply of basic necessities and nearly complete freedom of opportunity.

France, like nearly every other country of continental Europe, was suffering from the obsolete burden of feudalism. The ownership of the land was divided between the aristocracy and the church. The great bulk of the [250]population were serfs bound to the estates, miserably oppressed, and suffering from lack of food, and despoiled of almost every blessing which can brighten and dignify human life. The life of the court and of the nobility grew more luxurious, extravagant, and selfish as the economic conditions in France became worse. The king was nearly an absolute monarch. His will was law and the earlier representative institutions, which in England had developed into the splendid system of parliamentary government, had in France fallen into decay.

France, like almost every other country in continental Europe, was struggling under the outdated weight of feudalism. Land ownership was split between the aristocracy and the church. The vast majority of the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]population were serfs tied to the estates, suffering greatly from hunger and stripped of nearly every blessing that could uplift and dignify human life. Meanwhile, the life of the court and the nobility became increasingly luxurious, extravagant, and selfish as the economic situation in France worsened. The king was almost an absolute monarch. His word was law, and the earlier representative institutions that had evolved into the impressive system of parliamentary government in England had deteriorated in France.

In the other countries of Europe—the German States, Austria, Italy, and Spain—the condition of the people was quite as bad, probably in some places even worse than it was in France. But it was in France that the revolt broke forth, and it was France which led Europe in a movement for a better and more democratic order. Frenchmen had fought in the armies of America; they had experienced the benefits of a freer society, and it is significant that in the same year (1789) that saw the founding of the American state the Revolution in France began. It started in a sincere and conservative attempt to remedy the evils under which France was suffering, but the accumulation of injustice and misery was too great to be settled by slow and hesitating measures. The masses, ignorant, and bitter with their wrongs, broke from the control of statesman and reformer, threw themselves upon the established state and church, both equally detestable to them, and tore them to pieces. Both king and queen died by beheading. The nobility were either murdered or expelled. The revolutionary government, if such it could be called, fell into the hands of wicked and terrible leaders, who maintained themselves by murder and terrorism. [251]

In other countries across Europe—like the German States, Austria, Italy, and Spain—the people's situation was just as bad, and in some areas, it might have even been worse than in France. But it was in France that the revolt erupted, and it was France that took the lead in a movement for a better and more democratic society. The French had fought in the American armies; they had seen the advantages of a freer society, and it’s significant that in the same year (1789) when the American nation was founded, the Revolution in France began. It started as a genuine and cautious effort to fix the problems plaguing France, but the weight of injustice and misery was too overwhelming to be addressed with slow, hesitant steps. The masses, uninformed and angered by their suffering, broke free from the grasp of politicians and reformers, turned against the established state and church, both equally despised by them, and tore them apart. Both the king and queen were executed by beheading. The nobility were either killed or driven out. The revolutionary government, if it could even be called that, fell into the hands of cruel and dreadful leaders, who stayed in power through murder and terror. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Effects of the Revolution.—These are the outward and terrible expressions of the Revolution which were Seized upon by European statesmen and which have been most dwelt upon by historical writers. But, apart from the bloody acts of the years from 1793 to 1795, the Revolution modernized France and brought incalculable gains to the French people. By the seizure of the great estates and their division among the peasantry, the agricultural products of the country were doubled in a single year, and that terrible condition of semi-starvation which had prevailed for centuries was ended.

Effects of the Revolution.—These are the visible and horrific outcomes of the Revolution that European statesmen seized upon and that historians have focused on the most. However, aside from the violent events that took place from 1793 to 1795, the Revolution transformed France and delivered immense benefits to the French people. By taking control of the large estates and distributing them among the peasantry, the agricultural production of the country doubled in just one year, ending the dire state of semi-starvation that had persisted for centuries.

The other monarchies of Europe regarded the events in France with horror and alarm. Monarchs felt their own thrones threatened, and a coalition of European monarchies was formed to destroy the republic and to restore the French monarchy and old régime. France found herself invaded by armies upon every frontier. It was then that the remarkable effects produced by the Revolution upon the people of France appeared.

The other monarchies in Europe watched the events in France with shock and concern. Kings and queens felt their own thrones were at risk, leading to a coalition of European monarchies aimed at defeating the republic and reinstating the French monarchy and old order. France was suddenly invaded by armies on all sides. It was during this time that the significant changes brought about by the Revolution began to show in the people of France.

With a passionate enthusiasm which was irresistible, the people responded to the call for war; great armies were enlisted, which by an almost uninterrupted series of victories threw back the forces of the allies. Men rose from obscurity to the command of armies, and there was developed that famous group of commanders, the marshals of France. Out of this terrible period of warfare there arose, too, another, who was perhaps, if we except the Macedonian king, Alexander, the greatest man ever permitted to lead armies and to rule men—Bonaparte, later the emperor, Napoleon the First.

With irresistible enthusiasm, the people answered the call for war; large armies were formed that, through a nearly continuous string of victories, pushed back the allies’ forces. Ordinary men rose to command these armies, leading to the emergence of the renowned group of leaders known as the marshals of France. From this brutal time of conflict also came another figure who was possibly the greatest man allowed to lead armies and govern people, second only to Alexander the Great—Bonaparte, who later became Emperor Napoleon the First.

The New Republic under Napoleon the First.—From 1795, when Bonaparte was given command of the invasion of Italy, until 1815, when he was finally defeated [252]at Waterloo in Belgium, Europe experienced almost continuous war. The genius of Napoleon reduced to the position of vassal states Italy, Switzerland, Holland, Belgium, Germany, and Austria. In all these countries the ancient thrones were humbled, feudalism was swept away, and the power of a corrupt church and aristocracy was broken. In spite of the humiliation of national pride, these great benefits to Europe of Napoleon’s conquests can not be overestimated. Wherever Napoleon’s power extended there followed the results of the Revolution—a better system of law, the introduction of the liberal “Code Napoleon,” the liberation of the people from the crushing toils of mediævalism, and the founding of a better society. These are the debts which Europe owes to the French Revolution.

The New Republic under Napoleon the First.—From 1795, when Bonaparte took command of the invasion of Italy, until 1815, when he was finally defeated [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] at Waterloo in Belgium, Europe was almost constantly at war. Napoleon’s brilliance turned Italy, Switzerland, Holland, Belgium, Germany, and Austria into vassal states. In all these countries, old thrones were brought down, feudalism was eradicated, and the power of a corrupt church and aristocracy was dismantled. Despite the blow to national pride, the advantages of Napoleon’s conquests for Europe cannot be overstated. Wherever Napoleon’s influence spread, the outcomes of the Revolution followed—a better legal system, the introduction of the liberal “Code Napoleon,” the liberation of the people from the oppressive burdens of medievalism, and the establishment of a better society. These are the debts Europe owes to the French Revolution.

The Decline of Spain.Lack of Progress.—In this advance and progress Spain did not share. The empire of Napoleon was never established in the Peninsula. In 1811 the Spaniards, with, the assistance of the English under the great general, Wellington, repulsed the armies of the French. This victory, so gratifying to national pride, was perhaps a real loss to Spain, for the reforms which prevailed in other parts of Europe were never carried out in Spain, and she remains even yet unliberated from aristocratic and clerical power.

The Decline of Spain.Lack of Progress.—In this era of advancement and progress, Spain did not take part. Napoleon's empire was never fully established in the Peninsula. In 1811, the Spaniards, with the help of the English under the great general Wellington, pushed back the French armies. This victory, which felt good for national pride, was perhaps a real setback for Spain. The reforms that took hold in other parts of Europe were never implemented in Spain, and she still remains burdened by aristocratic and clerical power.

A liberal constitutional government was, however, set up in Spain in 1812 by the Cortes; but in 1814 King Ferdinand, aided by the Spanish aristocracy and clergy, was able to overthrow this representative government and with tyrannical power to cast reforms aside. Fifty thousand people were imprisoned for their liberal opinions, the Inquisition was restored, the Cortes abolished, and its acts nullified. The effect of these acts upon the Philippines will be noticed presently. [253]

A liberal constitutional government was established in Spain in 1812 by the Cortes; however, in 1814, King Ferdinand, supported by the Spanish aristocracy and clergy, managed to dismantle this representative government and ruthlessly discard reforms. Fifty thousand people were imprisoned for their liberal views, the Inquisition was reinstated, the Cortes was dissolved, and its decisions were invalidated. The impact of these actions on the Philippines will be addressed shortly. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Separation of the Philippines from Mexico.—The events of these years served to separate the Philippines from their long dependency on Mexico. In 1813 the Cortes decreed the suppression of the subsidized Acapulco galleon. The Mexican trade had long been waning and voyages had become less profitable. The last of the galleons left Manila in 1811 and returned from Acapulco in 1815, never again to attempt this classical voyage.

Separation of the Philippines from Mexico.—The events of these years helped the Philippines break free from their prolonged reliance on Mexico. In 1813, the Cortes decided to end the subsidized Acapulco galleon. Mexican trade had been declining for some time, and voyages were becoming less profitable. The last of the galleons left Manila in 1811 and came back from Acapulco in 1815, never to make this traditional journey again.

The cessation of these voyages only briefly preceded the complete separation from America. From the first period of settlement, the Philippines had in many respects been a sub-dependency of New Spain. Mexico had until late afforded the only means of communication with the mother-country, the only land of foreign trade. Mexican officials frequently administered the government of the Islands, and Mexican Indians formed the larger part of the small standing army of the Philippines, including the “Regiment of the King.” As we have seen, a large subsidy, the situado, was annually drawn from the Mexican treasury to support the deficient revenues of the Philippines.

The end of these voyages was only a short time before the complete break from America. Since the beginning of settlement, the Philippines had often been a sort of subordinate area of New Spain. Until late, Mexico was the only way to communicate with the mother country and the sole source of foreign trade. Mexican officials often ran the government of the Islands, and Mexican Indians made up most of the small standing army of the Philippines, including the “Regiment of the King.” As we've seen, a large annual subsidy, the situado, was taken from the Mexican treasury to help cover the shortfall in the Philippines' revenues.

Rebellion of the South American Countries.—But the grievances of the Spanish American colonists were very great and very real. The revolution which had successively stirred North America and Europe now passed back again to the Spanish countries of the New World, and between 1810 and 1825 they fought themselves free of Spain. The last of the colonies from which the Spaniards were forced to retire was Peru. Mexico achieved her separation in 1820. Spain lost every possession upon the mainland of both Americas, and the only vestiges of her once vast American empire were the rich islands of the Greater Antilles—Cuba and Porto Rico. [254]

Rebellion of the South American Countries.—The grievances of the Spanish American colonists were significant and genuine. The revolution that had previously inspired North America and Europe spread back to the Spanish territories in the New World, and between 1810 and 1825, they fought to free themselves from Spain. The last colony to force the Spaniards out was Peru. Mexico achieved its independence in 1820. Spain lost all its possessions on the mainland of both Americas, with the only remnants of its once vast American empire being the wealthy islands of the Greater Antilles—Cuba and Puerto Rico. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Limited Trade with the Philippines.—The Philippines were now forced to communicate by ship directly with Spain. The route for the next fifty years lay by sailing-vessels around the Cape of Good Hope. It occupied from four to six months, but this route had now become practically a neutral passage, its winds and currents were well understood, and it was annually followed by great numbers of vessels of Europe, England, and the United States.

Limited Trade with the Philippines.—The Philippines now had to communicate directly with Spain by ship. For the next fifty years, the route involved sailing vessels around the Cape of Good Hope. It took about four to six months, but this route had become mostly a neutral passage, with its winds and currents well understood. It was traveled annually by many vessels from Europe, England, and the United States.

Trade was still limited to the ships of the Royal Philippine Company, and this shipping monopoly lasted until 1835, when a new era in the commercial and industrial life of the Philippines opened. An English commercial house was established in Manila as early as 1809.

Trade was still restricted to the ships of the Royal Philippine Company, and this shipping monopoly continued until 1835, when a new era in the commercial and industrial life of the Philippines began. An English trading company was established in Manila as early as 1809.

Volcanic Eruptions.—The terrible eruptions of Mount Taal, the last of which occurred in 1754, were followed in the next century by the destructive activity of Mount Mayon. In 1814 an indescribable eruption of ashes and lava occurred, and the rich hemp towns around the base of this mountain were destroyed. Father Francisco Aragoneses, cura of Cagsaua, an eye-witness, states that twelve thousand people perished; in the church of Budiao alone two hundred lay dead.5

Volcanic Eruptions.—The devastating eruptions of Mount Taal, the last of which happened in 1754, were followed in the next century by the destructive activity of Mount Mayon. In 1814, there was an unimaginable eruption of ash and lava, destroying the prosperous hemp towns at the base of this mountain. Father Francisco Aragoneses, the priest of Cagsaua and an eyewitness, reported that twelve thousand people died; in the church of Budiao alone, two hundred were found dead.5

Rebellions in the Philippines.The Liberal Spanish Cortes.—Two revolts in the Philippines that occurred at this period are of much importance and show the effect in the Philippines of the political changes in Spain. In 1810 the liberal Spanish Cortes had declared that “the kingdoms and provinces of America and Asia are, and ought to have been always, reputed an integral part of the Spanish monarchy, and for that same, their natives [255]and free inhabitants are equal in rights and privileges to those of the Peninsula.”

Rebellions in the Philippines.The Liberal Spanish Cortes.—Two important revolts in the Philippines that happened during this time highlight the impact of political changes in Spain. In 1810, the liberal Spanish Cortes declared that "the kingdoms and provinces of America and Asia are, and should always have been, considered an integral part of the Spanish monarchy, and for that reason, their natives [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and free inhabitants have equal rights and privileges to those in the Peninsula.”

This important declaration, which if carried out would have completely revolutionized Spain’s colonial policy, was published in the Philippines, and with that remarkable and interesting facility by which such news is spread, even among the least educated classes of Filipinos, this proclamation had been widely disseminated and discussed throughout the Islands. It was welcomed by the Filipino with great satisfaction, because he believed it exempted him from the enforced labor of the polos and servicios. These were the unremunerated tasks required of Filipinos for the construction of public works, bridges, roads, churches, and convents.

This important declaration, if implemented, would have completely changed Spain’s colonial policy. It was published in the Philippines, and thanks to the remarkable way news spreads, even among the less educated Filipinos, this proclamation was widely shared and discussed throughout the Islands. Filipinos welcomed it with great satisfaction because they believed it freed them from the forced labor of the polos and servicios. These were the unpaid tasks required of Filipinos for the construction of public works, bridges, roads, churches, and convents.

Effect of the Repeal of the Declaration of the Cortes.—King Ferdinand VII. in May, 1814, on his return to power, as we have seen, published the famous decree abolishing constitutional government in Spain and annulling all the acts of the Cortes, including those which aimed to liberalize the government of the colonies. These decrees, when published in the Philippines, appeared to the Filipinos to return them to slavery, and in many places their disaffection turned to rebellion. In Ilocos twelve hundred men banded together, sacked convents and churches, and destroyed the books and documents of the municipal archives. Their fury seems to have been particularly directed against the petty tyrants of their own race, the caciques or principales.

Effect of the Repeal of the Cortes Declaration.—In May 1814, when King Ferdinand VII returned to power, as previously mentioned, he issued the famous decree that abolished constitutional government in Spain and invalidated all actions taken by the Cortes, including those meant to liberalize the governance of the colonies. When these decrees were published in the Philippines, Filipinos felt they were being pushed back into slavery, leading to widespread discontent that escalated into rebellion in many areas. In Ilocos, twelve hundred men joined forces to raid convents and churches and destroyed books and documents from the municipal archives. Their anger seemed especially focused on the petty oppressors of their own community, the caciques or principales.

The result of Spanish civilization in the Philippines had been to educate, and, to a certain degree, enrich a small class of Filipinos, usually known as principales or the gente ilustrada. It is this class which has absorbed the direction of municipal and local affairs, and which almost [256]alone of the Filipino population has shared in those benefits and opportunities which civilized life should bring.

The impact of Spanish civilization in the Philippines was to educate and, to some extent, enrich a small group of Filipinos, typically referred to as principales or the gente ilustrada. This group has taken charge of municipal and local matters and is almost [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] the only part of the Filipino population that has experienced the benefits and opportunities that civilized life should offer.

The vast majority of the population have, unfortunately, fallen or remained in a dependent and almost semi-servile position beneath the principales. In Ilocos this subordinate class, or dependientes, is known as kailian, and it was these kailian who now fell upon their more wealthy masters, burning their houses and destroying their property, and in some instances killing them. The assignment of compulsory labor had been left to the principales in their positions as gobernadorcillos and cabezas de barangay, and these officials had unquestionably abused their power and had drawn down upon themselves the vengeance of the kailian.6

The vast majority of the population have, unfortunately, fallen or remained in a dependent and almost servile position beneath the principales. In Ilocos, this subordinate class, or dependientes, is known as kailian, and it was these kailian who now turned against their wealthier masters, burning their houses and destroying their property, and in some cases killing them. The assignment of mandatory labor had been left to the principales in their roles as gobernadorcillos and cabezas de barangay, and these officials had undoubtedly abused their power, bringing down the wrath of the kailian.6

This revolt, it will be noticed, was primarily directed neither against friars nor Spanish authorities, but against the unfortunate social order which the rule of Spain maintained.

This uprising, as you’ll observe, was mainly aimed not at the friars or Spanish officials, but at the unfortunate social structure upheld by Spanish rule.

A Revolt Lead by Spaniards.—A plot, with far more serious motives, took place in 1823. The official positions in the regiments and provinces had previously been held almost entirely by Spaniards born in America or the Philippines. The government now attempted to fill these positions with Spaniards from Manila. The officials, deprived of their positions, incited the native troops which they had commanded, into a revolt, which began in the walled city in Manila. About eight hundred soldiers followed them, and they gained possession of the Cuartel of the King, of the Royal Palace, and of the Cabildo, but they failed to seize the fortress of Santiago. [257]It was not properly a revolt of Filipinos, as the people were not involved and did not rise, but it had its influence in inciting later insurrection.

A Revolt Led by Spaniards.—A more serious plot occurred in 1823. The official roles in the regiments and provinces had mostly been filled by Spaniards born in America or the Philippines. The government now tried to replace these positions with Spaniards from Manila. The officials, who lost their jobs, stirred up the native troops they had once commanded into a revolt that started in the walled city of Manila. About eight hundred soldiers joined them, and they captured the Cuartel of the King, the Royal Palace, and the Cabildo, but they failed to take the fortress of Santiago. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] This wasn’t technically a revolt of Filipinos since the general population wasn’t involved and didn’t rise up, but it did later inspire further insurrections.

Insurrection on Bohol.—Since the insurrection on Bohol in 1744, when the natives had killed the Jesuit missionaries, a large part of the island had been practically independent under the leader Dagóhoy. After the expulsion of the Jesuits, Recollects were placed in special charge of those towns along the seacoast, which had remained loyal to Spain. An effort was made to secure the submission of the rebels by the proclamation of a pardon, but the power of the revolt grew rather than declined, until in 1827 it was determined to reduce the rebellion by force. An expedition of thirty-two hundred men was formed in Cebu, and in April, 1828, the campaign took place, which resulted in the defeat of the rebels and their settlement in the Christian towns.

Insurrection on Bohol.—Since the uprising on Bohol in 1744, when the locals killed the Jesuit missionaries, a significant portion of the island had effectively become independent under the leadership of Dagóhoy. After the expulsion of the Jesuits, Recollects were assigned to oversee those coastal towns that remained loyal to Spain. An attempt was made to get the rebels to surrender by offering a pardon, but the revolt's strength increased instead of decreasing. By 1827, a decision was made to suppress the rebellion using military force. An expedition of three thousand two hundred men was organized in Cebu, and in April 1828, the campaign occurred, leading to the defeat of the rebels and their resettlement in the Christian towns.

The New Provinces of Benguet and Abra.—It is proper to notice also the slow advances of Spanish authority, which began to be made about this time among the heathen tribes of northern Luzon. These fierce and powerful tribes occupy the entire range of the Cordillera Central. Missionary effort in the latter half of the eighteenth century had succeeded in partly Christianizing the tribes along the river Magat in Neuva Vizcaya, but the fierce, head-hunting hillmen remained unsubdued and unchristianized.

The New Provinces of Benguet and Abra.—It’s important to acknowledge the gradual establishment of Spanish authority during this period among the non-Christian tribes of northern Luzon. These fierce and powerful tribes inhabit the entire Cordillera Central range. Missionary efforts in the latter half of the eighteenth century had partially Christianized the tribes along the Magat River in Nueva Vizcaya, but the fierce, head-hunting hillmen still remained unconquered and unchristianized.

Between 1823 and 1829 the mission of Pidigan, under an Augustinian friar, Christianized some thousands of the Tinguianes of the river Abra. In 1829 an expedition of about sixty soldiers, under Don Guillermo Galvey, penetrated into the cool, elevated plateau of Benguet. The diary of the leader recounts the difficult march up the river Cagaling from Aringay and their delight upon emerging [258]from the jungle and cogon upon the grassy, pine-timbered slopes of the plateau.

Between 1823 and 1829, the mission in Pidigan, led by an Augustinian friar, converted thousands of the Tinguianes along the Abra River. In 1829, an expedition of about sixty soldiers, led by Don Guillermo Galvey, made its way into the cool, elevated plateau of Benguet. The leader's diary describes the challenging march up the Cagaling River from Aringay and their joy at finally emerging from the jungle and cogon onto the grassy, pine-covered slopes of the plateau. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

They saw little cultivated valleys and small clusters of houses and splendid herds of cattle, carabaos, and horses, which to this day have continued to enrich the people of these mountains. At times they were surrounded by the yelling bands of Igorrotes, and several times they had to repulse attacks, but they nevertheless succeeded in reaching the beautiful circular depression now known as the valley of La Trinidad.

They saw small farmed valleys and groups of houses, along with impressive herds of cattle, water buffaloes, and horses, which continue to benefit the people of these mountains today. Sometimes they were surrounded by shouting bands of Igorots, and they had to fend off attacks several times, but they still managed to reach the beautiful circular depression now called the valley of La Trinidad.

The Spaniards saw with enthusiasm the carefully separated and walled fields, growing camotes, taro, and sugarcane. The village of about five hundred houses was partly burned by the Spaniards, as the Igorrotes continued hostile. The expedition returned to the coast, having suffered only a few wounds. The commandancia of Benguet was not created until 1846, in which year also Abra was organized as a province. [259]

The Spaniards were excited to see the well-defined and enclosed fields, full of sweet potatoes, taro, and sugarcane. The village, which had around five hundred houses, was partially burned by the Spaniards due to ongoing hostilities from the Igorrotes. The expedition went back to the coast, having only sustained a few injuries. The commandancia of Benguet wasn't established until 1846, the same year Abra was organized as a province. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Historia de Filipinas, p. 682.

1 History of the Philippines, p. 682.

2 These orders and other documents dealing with the Jesuit expulsion are printed in Montero y Vidal, Historia de Filipinas, vol. II. p. 180 sq.

2 These orders and other documents related to the Jesuit expulsion are published in Montero y Vidal, Historia de Filipinas, vol. II, p. 180 sq.

3 But the conquest was almost valueless, and a few years later the inhabitants had to be transported to Cagayan because of the scarcity of food.

3 But the conquest was almost worthless, and a few years later the residents had to be relocated to Cagayan due to a lack of food.

4 Alava made a series of journeys through the different provinces of the Philippines, and on these trips he was accompanied by Friar Martinez de Zuñiga, whose narrative of these expeditions forms a most interesting and valuable survey of the conditions of the Islands and the people at the beginning of the nineteenth century. “Estadismo de las Islas Filipinas, 6 mis viajes por este pais, por el Padre Fr. Joaquin Martinez de Zuñiga. Publica esta obra por primera vez extensamente anotada W. E. Retana.” 2 vols. Madrid, 1893.

4 Alava traveled across various provinces of the Philippines, and on these trips, he was joined by Friar Martinez de Zuñiga, whose account of these journeys provides a fascinating and valuable overview of the islands and their people at the start of the nineteenth century. “Statistics of the Philippines, 6 trips through this country, by Father Fr. Joaquin Martinez de Zuñiga. This work is being published for the first time with extensive annotations by W. E. Retana.” 2 vols. Madrid, 1893.

5 Jagor: Viajes por Filipinas, p. 81. Translated from the German. Madrid, 1895.

5 Jagor: Traveling Through the Philippines, p. 81. Translated from the German. Madrid, 1895.

6 See Estado de las Islas Filipinas en 1847, by D. Sinibaldo de Mas.

6 See Estado de las Islas Filipinas en 1847, by D. Sinibaldo de Mas.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XII.

Progress and Revolution. 1837–1897.

Progress during the Last Half-Century of Spanish Rule.—We have now come to the last half-century and to the last phase of Spanish rule. In many respects this period was one of economic and social progress, and contained more of promise than any other in the history of the Islands. During this last half-century the Spanish rulers had numerous plans for the development and better administration of the Philippines, and, in spite of a somewhat wavering policy and the continual sore of official peculation, this was a period of wonderful advancement. Revolution and separation from Spain came at last, as revolutions usually do, not because there was no effort nor movement for reform, but because progress was so discouragingly slow and so irritatingly blocked by established interests that desired no change.

Progress during the Last Half-Century of Spanish Rule.—We have now reached the last fifty years and the final phase of Spanish rule. In many ways, this period was marked by economic and social progress, and it held more promise than any other time in the history of the Islands. During this last half-century, the Spanish leaders had many plans for the development and better management of the Philippines, and despite a somewhat inconsistent policy and the ongoing issue of official corruption, this was a time of significant advancement. Revolution and separation from Spain eventually happened, as revolutions often do, not because there was a lack of effort or demand for reform, but because progress was frustratingly slow and consistently hindered by established interests that wanted no change.

Effect of Opening the Port of Manila to Foreign Trade.Increase in Agriculture.—The opening of the port of Manila to foreign trade, in 1837, was followed by a period of rising industry and prosperity. Up to this time the archipelago had not been a producing and exporting country, but the freeing of trade led to the raising of great harvests for foreign export, which have made world-wide the fame of certain Philippine productions. Chief among these are of course Manila hemp and tobacco. These were followed by sugar and coffee culture, the latter plant enriching the province of Batangas, while the planting of [260]new cocoanut groves yearly made of greater importance the yield of that excellent product, copra. These rich merchandises had entered very little into commerce during the early decades of the century.

Effect of Opening the Port of Manila to Foreign Trade.Increase in Agriculture.—The opening of the port of Manila to foreign trade in 1837 led to a time of growing industry and prosperity. Until then, the archipelago hadn’t been a producing and exporting country, but the liberalization of trade resulted in bountiful harvests for export, which helped make certain Philippine products famous worldwide. The most notable among these are Manila hemp and tobacco. This was soon followed by the cultivation of sugar and coffee, the latter boosting the economy of Batangas province, while the establishment of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]new coconut groves each year increased the importance of producing copra. These valuable goods had hardly been part of commerce during the early decades of the century.

Increase in Exports.—In 1810 the entire imports of the Philippines amounted in value to 5,329,000 dollars, but more than half of this consisted of silver sent from Mexico. From Europe and the United States trade amounted to only 175,000 dollars. The exports in the same year amounted to 4,795,000 dollars, but a million and a half of this was Mexican silver exported on to China, and the whole amount of exports to Europe and the United States was only 250,000 dollars.

Increase in Exports.—In 1810, the total imports of the Philippines were valued at 5,329,000 dollars, but over half of that was silver coming from Mexico. Trade from Europe and the United States totaled only 175,000 dollars. The exports for the same year reached 4,795,000 dollars, but a million and a half of that was Mexican silver shipped to China, and the total exports to Europe and the United States were just 250,000 dollars.

In 1831 the exportation of hemp amounted to only 346 tons. But the effect upon production of opening Manila to foreign trade is seen in the export six years later of 2,585 tons. By 1858 the exportation of hemp had risen to 412,000 piculs, or 27,500 tons. Of this amount, nearly two thirds, or 298,000 piculs, went to the United States. At this time the North Atlantic seaboard of America was the center of a most active ship-building and ship-carrying trade. The American flag was conspicuous among the vessels that frequented these Eastern ports, and “Manila hemp” was largely sought after by American seamen to supply the shipyards at home. Of sugar, the export in 1858 amounted to 557,000 piculs, of which more than half went to Great Britain.

In 1831, the export of hemp was just 346 tons. However, the impact of opening Manila to foreign trade is evident in the export six years later, which reached 2,585 tons. By 1858, the export of hemp had grown to 412,000 piculs, or 27,500 tons. Of this amount, nearly two-thirds, or 298,000 piculs, went to the United States. At that time, the North Atlantic coast of America was the hub of a very active shipbuilding and shipping industry. The American flag was prominent among the vessels that visited these Eastern ports, and “Manila hemp” was in high demand by American sailors to supply the shipyards at home. In 1858, the export of sugar was 557,000 piculs, with more than half going to Great Britain.

After 1814 general permission had been given to foreigners to establish trading-houses in Manila, and by 1858 there were fifteen such establishments, of which seven were English and three American.1 [261]

After 1814, foreigners were generally allowed to set up trading houses in Manila, and by 1858, there were fifteen of these establishments, including seven from England and three from America.1 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Other Ports Opened to Foreign Commerce.—In 1855 three other ports were opened to foreign commerce—Sual in Pangasinan on the Gulf of Lingayan, Iloilo, and Zamboanga. In 1863, Cebu likewise was made an open port. The exports of Sual consisted only of rice, and in spite of its exceptional harbor this port never flourished, and is to-day no more than an unfrequented village.

Other Ports Opened to Foreign Commerce.—In 1855, three more ports were opened to foreign trade: Sual in Pangasinan on the Gulf of Lingayen, Iloilo, and Zamboanga. In 1863, Cebu was also designated as an open port. Sual's exports were limited to rice, and despite having a great harbor, this port never thrived and is now just a rarely visited village.

Iloilo exported leaf tobacco, sugar, sapan or dyewood (an industry long ago ruined), hemp, and hides. Zamboanga through the Chinese had a small trade with Jolo and the Moro Islands, and exported the produce of these seas—sea-slug (tripang), shark fins, mother-of-pearl, tortoise shell, etc. For some years the customs laws in these ports were trying and vexatious, and prevented full advantage being taken of the privileges of export; but in 1869 this service was, by royal decree, greatly liberalized and improved. Since that date the Philippines have steadily continued to grow in importance in the commercial world.

Iloilo exported leaf tobacco, sugar, sapan wood (an industry that has long since declined), hemp, and hides. Zamboanga, through trade with the Chinese, had a small exchange with Jolo and the Moro Islands, exporting products from these waters—sea cucumbers (tripang), shark fins, mother-of-pearl, tortoiseshell, etc. For several years, the customs laws in these ports were troublesome and frustrating, preventing full benefit from the export privileges; however, in 1869, this service was greatly eased and improved by royal decree. Since then, the Philippines has steadily grown in importance in the commercial world.

The Form of Government under the Spanish.General Improvements.—This is perhaps a convenient place to examine for the last time the political system which the Spaniards maintained in the country. In 1850 there were thirty-four provinces and two politico-military commandancias. In these provinces the Spanish administration was still vested solely in the alcalde mayor, who until after 1886 was both governor or executive officer and the judge or court for the trial of provincial cases and crimes.

The Form of Government under the Spanish.General Improvements.—This might be a good time to take one last look at the political system that the Spaniards had in place in the country. In 1850, there were thirty-four provinces and two politico-military commandancies. In these provinces, the Spanish administration was still entirely in the hands of the alcalde mayor, who until after 1886 served as both the governor or executive officer and the judge or court for handling provincial cases and crimes.

Many of the old abuses which had characterized the government of the alcaldes had been at least partially remedied. After 1844 they had no longer the much-abused monopoly privilege of trade, nor had they as free [262]a hand in controlling the labor of the inhabitants; but opportunities for illegal enrichment existed in the administration of the treasury and tax system, and these opportunities were not slighted. Up to the very end of Spanish rule the officials, high and low, are accused of stealing public money.

Many of the old abuses that marked the governance of the alcaldes were at least partially addressed. After 1844, they no longer had the frequently misused monopoly on trade, nor did they have free [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]a hand in controlling the labor of the residents; however, there were still chances for illegal profit in managing the treasury and tax system, and these chances were taken advantage of. Even up until the end of Spanish rule, officials, both high and low, were accused of embezzling public funds.

The Pueblo.—The unit of administration was the pueblo, or township, which ordinarily embraced many square miles of country and contained, numerous villages, or “barrios.” The center of the town was naturally the site where for centuries had stood the great church and the convent of the missionary friars. These locations had always been admirably chosen, and about them grew up the market and trading-shops of Chinese and the fine and durable homes of the more prosperous Filipinos and mestizos.

The Pueblo.—The basic administrative unit was the pueblo, or township, which typically covered many square miles and included several villages, or “barrios.” The heart of the town was usually the spot where the grand church and the convent of the missionary friars had stood for centuries. These locations were always well-chosen, and around them developed the market and trading shops owned by Chinese merchants, as well as the sturdy homes of the more prosperous Filipinos and mestizos.

About 1860 the government began to concern itself with the construction of public buildings and improvements, and the result is seen in many pueblos in the finely laid-out plazas and well-built municipal edifices grouped about the square—the “tribunal,” or town house, the jail, and the small but significant schoolhouses. The government of the town was vested in a “gobernadorcillo” and a council, each of the “consejales” usually representing a hamlet or barrio.

Around 1860, the government started to take an interest in building public structures and making improvements. This is evident in many towns with their nicely designed plazas and well-constructed municipal buildings around the square—the "tribunal," or town hall, the jail, and the small but important schoolhouses. The town's government was managed by a "gobernadorcillo" and a council, with each of the "council members" typically representing a neighborhood or district.

But the Spanish friar, who in nearly every pueblo was the parish curate, continued to be the paternal guardian and administrator of the pueblo. In general, no matter was too minute for his dictation. Neither gobernadorcillo nor councillors dared act in opposition to his wishes, and the alcalde of the province was careful to keep on friendly terms and leave town affairs largely to his dictation. The friar was the local inspector of public instruction [263]and ever vigilant to detect and destroy radical ideas. To the humble Filipino, the friar was the visible and only representative of Spanish authority.

But the Spanish friar, who was the parish priest in almost every town, remained the caring overseer and administrator of the community. Generally, no detail was too small for him to control. Neither the local gobernadorcillo nor the council members dared to act against his wishes, and the provincial alcalde was careful to stay on good terms and let the friar manage most town matters. The friar was the local inspector of public education [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and always on the lookout to identify and eliminate radical ideas. To the ordinary Filipino, the friar was the visible and sole representative of Spanish authority.

The Revolt of 1841.Repression of the People by the Friars.—Unquestionably in the past, the work of the friars had been of very great value; but men as well as institutions may lose their usefulness, as conditions change, and the time was now approaching when the autocratic and paternal régime of the friars no longer satisfied the Filipinos. Their zeal was no longer disinterested, and their work had become materialized by the possession of the vast estates upon which their spiritual charges lived and labored as tenants or dependents. The policy of the religious orders had, in fact, become one of repression, and as the aspirations of the Filipinos increased, the friars, filled with doubt and fear, tried to draw still tighter the bonds of their own authority, and viewed with growing distrust the rising ambition of the people.

The Revolt of 1841.Repression of the People by the Friars.—In the past, the friars had been extremely valuable, but both people and institutions can become outdated as circumstances evolve, and the time was coming when the autocratic and paternal rule of the friars no longer met the needs of the Filipinos. Their enthusiasm was no longer selfless, and their work had become materialistic due to their ownership of the vast estates where their spiritual followers lived and worked as tenants or dependents. The approach of the religious orders had, in fact, turned into one of repression, and as the aspirations of the Filipinos grew, the friars, filled with doubt and fear, attempted to tighten their grip on authority even more while increasingly distrusting the rising ambitions of the people.

Apolinario de la Cruz.—The unfortunate revolution of 1841 shows the wayward and misdirected enthusiasm of the Filipino; and the unwisdom of the friars. Apolinario de la Cruz, a young Filipino, a native of Lukban, Tayabas, came up to Manila filled with the ambition to lead a monastic life, and engaged in theological studies. By his attendance upon lectures and sermons and by imitation of the friar preachers of Manila, Apolinario became, himself, quite an orator, and, as subsequent events showed, was able to arouse great numbers of his own people by his appeals.

Apolinario de la Cruz.—The unfortunate revolution of 1841 highlights the misguided and misdirected enthusiasm of Filipinos, as well as the foolishness of the friars. Apolinario de la Cruz, a young Filipino from Lukban, Tayabas, came to Manila with the ambition to lead a monastic life and pursued theological studies. By attending lectures and sermons and imitating the friar preachers of Manila, Apolinario developed into quite an orator himself, and as later events showed, he was able to inspire a large number of his fellow countrymen with his speeches.

It was his ambition to enter one of the regular monastic orders, but this religious privilege was never granted to Filipinos, and he was refused. He then entered a [264]brotherhood known as the Cofradia, or Brotherhood of San Juan de Dios, composed entirely of Filipinos. After some years in this brotherhood, he returned in 1840 to Tayabas and founded the Cofradia de San José, his aim being to form a special cult in honor of Saint Joseph and the Virgin. For this he requested authorization from Manila. It was here that the lack of foresight of the friars appeared.

It was his goal to join one of the mainstream monastic orders, but this religious privilege was never given to Filipinos, and he was denied. He then joined a [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]brotherhood called the Cofradia, or Brotherhood of San Juan de Dios, which was made up entirely of Filipinos. After spending several years in this brotherhood, he returned to Tayabas in 1840 and established the Cofradia de San José, aiming to create a special devotion in honor of Saint Joseph and the Virgin. For this, he sought permission from Manila. It was at this point that the shortsightedness of the friars became evident.

The Opposition of the Friars.—Instead of sympathizing with these religious aspirations, in which, up to this point, there seems to have been nothing heretical, they viewed the rise of a Filipino religious leader with alarm. Their policy never permitted to the Filipino any position that was not wholly subordinate. They believed that the permanence of Spanish power in these islands lay in suppressing any latent ability for leadership in the Filipino himself. Their influence, consequently, was thrown against Apolinario, and the granting of the authority for his work. They secured not only a condemnation of his plan, but an order for the arrest and imprisonment of all who should attend upon his preaching.

The Opposition of the Friars.—Instead of supporting these religious aspirations, which, until now, didn’t seem heretical, they reacted with fear to the emergence of a Filipino religious leader. Their policy never allowed Filipinos to hold any position that wasn’t completely subordinate. They believed that maintaining Spanish power in these islands depended on suppressing any potential for leadership among Filipinos. As a result, they worked against Apolinario and opposed granting him the authority for his mission. They not only secured a condemnation of his plan but also an order for the arrest and imprisonment of anyone who attended his preaching.

Apolinario Forced to Rebel.—Apolinario thereupon took refuge in independent action. His movement had already become a strong one, and his followers numbered several thousand people of Laguna, Tayabas, and Batangas. The governor of Tayabas province, Don Joaquin Ortega, organized an expedition to destroy the schism. Accompanied by two Franciscan friars, he attacked Apolinario in the month of October, 1840, and was defeated and killed. One account says that Apolinario was assisted by a band of Negritos, whose bowmanship was destructive. There are still a very few of these little blacks in the woods in the vicinity of Lukban. [265]

Apolinario Forced to Rebel.—Apolinario then decided to take matters into his own hands. His movement had already gained significant traction, with several thousand supporters from Laguna, Tayabas, and Batangas. The governor of Tayabas province, Don Joaquin Ortega, put together a mission to eliminate the insurgent group. Accompanied by two Franciscan friars, he confronted Apolinario in October 1840, but was defeated and killed. One account suggests that Apolinario received help from a group of Negritos, known for their lethal archery skills. Very few of these small black people still inhabit the forests near Lukban. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Apolinario was now in the position of an open rebel, and he fortified himself in the vicinity of Alitao, where he built a fort and chapel.

Apolinario was now in the position of an open rebel, and he set up defenses near Alitao, where he constructed a fort and a chapel.

His religious movement became distinctly independent and heretical. A church was formed, of which he was first elected archbishop and then supreme pontiff. He was also charged with having assumed the title of “King of the Tagálog.”

His religious movement became clearly independent and heretical. A church was established, where he was first elected archbishop and then supreme pontiff. He was also accused of taking the title of "King of the Tagálog."

Finally a force under the new alcalde, Vital, and General Huet early in November attacked Apolinario’s stronghold and after a fierce struggle defeated the revolutionists. About a thousand Filipinos perished in the final battle. Apolinario was captured and executed. He was then twenty-seven years of age.

Finally, a force led by the new mayor, Vital, and General Huet, attacked Apolinario’s stronghold in early November. After a fierce struggle, they defeated the revolutionaries. About a thousand Filipinos died in the final battle. Apolinario was captured and executed at the age of twenty-seven.

Organization of Municipal Governments.—In 1844 an able and liberal governor, General Claveria, arrived, and remained until the end of the year 1849. A better organization of the provincial governments, which we have seen, followed Claveria’s entrance into office, and in October, 1847, came the important decree, organizing the municipalities in the form which we have already described, and which remained without substantial modification to the end of Spanish rule, and which has to a considerable extent been followed in the Municipal Code framed by the American government.

Organization of Municipal Governments.—In 1844, a capable and open-minded governor, General Claveria, arrived and stayed until the end of 1849. A better structure for the provincial governments, which we’ve already noted, followed Claveria's term in office. In October 1847, the significant decree was issued, organizing the municipalities in the way we've already described, which stayed largely unchanged until the end of Spanish rule and has significantly influenced the Municipal Code created by the American government.

Subjection of the Igorrote Tribes.—With Claveria began a decisive policy of conquest among the Igorrote tribes of northern Luzon, and by the end of Spanish rule these mountains were dotted with cuartels and missions for the control of these unruly tribes. The province of Nueva Vizcaya has been particularly subject to the raids of these head-hunting peoples. Year after year the Christian towns of the plains had yielded a distressing [266]sacrifice of life to satisfy the savage ceremonials of the Igorrotes.2

Subjection of the Igorrote Tribes.—With Claveria, a decisive strategy for conquering the Igorrote tribes of northern Luzon began, and by the end of Spanish rule, these mountains were filled with military posts and missions to control these unruly tribes. The province of Nueva Vizcaya was especially affected by the raids of these head-hunting peoples. Year after year, the Christian towns in the plains experienced a tragic [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]loss of life to fulfill the brutal rituals of the Igorrotes.2

In 1847, Claveria nominated as governor of Nueva Vizcaya, Don Mariano Ozcariz, whose severe and telling conquests for the first time checked these Igorrote outrages and made possible the development of the great valleys of northern Luzon.

In 1847, Claveria appointed Don Mariano Ozcariz as governor of Nueva Vizcaya. His harsh and impactful victories finally put a stop to the Igorrote atrocities and allowed for the development of the vast valleys in northern Luzon.

Spanish Settlements on Mindanao.Zamboanga.—With Claveria’s governorship we enter also upon the last phase of Moro piracy. In spite of innumerable expeditions, Spain’s occupation of South Mindanao and the Sulu archipelago was limited to the presidio of Zamboanga. She had occupied this strategic point continuously since the reëstablishment of Spanish power in 1763, The great stone fort, which still stands, had proved impregnable to Moro attack, and had long been unmolested.

Spanish Settlements on Mindanao.Zamboanga.—With Claveria’s governorship, we also enter the final phase of Moro piracy. Despite countless expeditions, Spain's control over South Mindanao and the Sulu archipelago was confined to the presidio of Zamboanga. They had maintained continuous occupation of this strategic location since the restoration of Spanish authority in 1763. The large stone fort, which still stands today, has proven to be impenetrable to Moro attacks and has long been left undisturbed.

Distributed for a distance of some miles over the rich lands at this end of the Zamboanga peninsula was a Christian population, which had grown up largely from the descendants of rescued captives of the Moros. Coming originally from all parts of the Bisayas, Calamianes, and Luzon, this mixed population has grown to have a somewhat different character from that of any other part of the Islands. A corrupt Spanish dialect, known as the “Chabucano,” has become the common speech, the only instance in the Philippines where the native dialect has been supplanted. This population, loyal and devotedly Catholic, never failed to sustain the defense of this isolated [267]Spanish outpost, and contributed brave volunteers to every expedition against the Moro islands.

Spread over several miles of fertile land at the end of the Zamboanga peninsula was a Christian community, mostly made up of descendants of captives rescued from the Moros. Originally coming from various parts of the Visayas, Calamianes, and Luzon, this mixed group has developed a character distinct from other areas of the Islands. A corrupted Spanish dialect known as "Chabucano" has become the common language, being the only case in the Philippines where a native dialect has been replaced. This community, loyal and deeply Catholic, consistently supported the defense of this isolated [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Spanish outpost and provided brave volunteers for every expedition against the Moro islands.

Activity of Other Nations.—But Spain’s maintenance of Zamboanga was insufficient to sustain her claims of sovereignty over the Sulu and Tawi-Tawi groups. Both the Dutch and English planned various moves for their occupation and acquisition, and in 1844 a French fleet entered the archipelago and concluded a treaty with the sultan of Sulu for the cession of the island of Basilan for the sum of one million dollars. Writings of the French minister and historian, M. Guizot, show that France hoped, by the acquisition of this island, to obtain a needed naval base in the East and found a great commercial port within the sphere of Chinese trade.3

Activity of Other Nations.—However, Spain's control of Zamboanga was not enough to back her claims of sovereignty over the Sulu and Tawi-Tawi groups. Both the Dutch and the English were planning various strategies for occupation and acquisition, and in 1844, a French fleet entered the archipelago and struck a deal with the sultan of Sulu to acquire the island of Basilan for the price of one million dollars. Writings from the French minister and historian, M. Guizot, indicate that France aimed to gain a crucial naval base in the East and establish a major commercial port within the area affected by Chinese trade.3

Conquest of the Gulf of Davao.—But this step roused the Spaniards to activity and the occupation of the island. A naval vessel subdued the towns along the north coast, and then proceeding to the mouth of the Rio Grande, secured from the sultan of Maguindanao the cession of the great Gulf of Davao. Spain took no immediate steps to occupy this gulf, but in 1847 a Spaniard, Don José Oyanguran, proposed to the governor, Claveria, to conquer the region at his own expense, if he could be furnished with artillery and munitions and granted a ten years’ government of Davao, with the exclusive privilege of trade.

Conquest of the Gulf of Davao.—But this action prompted the Spaniards to take action and occupy the island. A naval ship subdued the towns along the north coast, and then made its way to the mouth of the Rio Grande, securing from the sultan of Maguindanao the cession of the vast Gulf of Davao. Spain didn’t take immediate steps to occupy this gulf, but in 1847 a Spaniard, Don José Oyanguran, suggested to the governor, Claveria, that he could conquer the region at his own expense if he was provided with artillery and supplies, and granted a ten-year administration of Davao, along with exclusive trading rights.

His offer was accepted by the governor and the Audiencia, and Oyanguran organized a company to secure funds for the undertaking. In two years’ time he had subdued the coast regions of this gulf, expelled the pirates who harbored there, and founded the settlement of Nueva [268]Vergara. He seems to have been making progress toward the conquest and commercial exploitation of this region, when jealous attacks in Manila induced Governor Urbistondo to cancel his privilege and to relieve him by an officer of the government.

His offer was accepted by the governor and the Audiencia, and Oyanguran set up a company to raise funds for the project. In two years, he had conquered the coastal areas of this gulf, driven out the pirates who were hiding there, and established the settlement of Nueva [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Vergara. It seems he was making strides toward the conquest and commercial development of this area when jealousy-fueled attacks in Manila led Governor Urbistondo to revoke his privileges and replace him with a government officer.

In subsequent years the Jesuits had a few mission stations here and made a few converts among the Bagobos; but the region is still an unsubdued and unutilized country, whose inhabitants are mainly pagan tribes, and whose rich agricultural possibilities lie undeveloped and unclaimed.

In the following years, the Jesuits set up a few mission stations here and converted some Bagobos; however, the area remains an untamed and untapped land, primarily inhabited by pagan tribes, with its rich agricultural potential still undeveloped and unclaimed.

The Samal Pirates.The Sulu.—The piratical inhabitants of the Sulu archipelago are made of two distinct Malayan peoples—the Sulu (or Sulug), and the Samal, who are known throughout Malaysia as the “Bajau” or “Orang laut” (Men of the Sea). The former appear to be the older inhabitants. They occupy the rich and populous island of Jolo and some islands of the Siassi group, immediately south.

The Samal Pirates.The Sulu.—The piratical residents of the Sulu archipelago are comprised of two distinct Malayan groups—the Sulu (or Sulug) and the Samal, who are recognized throughout Malaysia as the “Bajau” or “Orang laut” (Men of the Sea). The Sulu seem to be the older inhabitants. They live on the fertile and densely populated island of Jolo and some islands in the Siassi group, located just to the south.

The Samal.—The Samal, or Bajau, are stated to have come originally from Johore. Many of them live almost exclusively in their boats, passing their lives from birth to death upon the sea. They are found throughout most parts of Malaysia, the position of their little fleets changing with the shifting of the monsoons. In the Sulu archipelago and a few points in South Mindanao, many of these Samal have shifted their homes from their boats to the shore. Their villages are built on piles over the sea, and on many of the low coral reefs south of Siassi and east of Tawi-Tawi there are great towns or settlements which have apparently been in existence a long while.

The Samal.—The Samal, or Bajau, are said to have originally come from Johore. Many of them live almost entirely on their boats, spending their lives from birth to death at sea. They can be found in most parts of Malaysia, with the positions of their small fleets changing with the monsoon winds. In the Sulu archipelago and a few places in South Mindanao, many of these Samal have moved from their boats to the shore. Their villages are built on stilts over the sea, and on many of the low coral reefs south of Siassi and east of Tawi-Tawi, there are large towns or settlements that seem to have existed for a long time.

Fifty years ago the Samal were very numerous in the many islands between Jolo and Basilan, and this group is [269]still known as the Islas Samales. Like the Sulu and other Malays, the Samal are Mohammedans, and scarcely less persistent pirates than their fellow-Malays. With the decline of piratical power among the Sulu of Jolo, the focus of piracy shifted to these settlements of the Samal, and in the time of Claveria the worst centers were the islands of Balanguingui and Tonquil, lying just north of the island of Jolo. From here pirate and slaving raids upon the Bisayan Islands continued to be made, and nearly every year towns were sacked and burned and several hundred unfortunate captives carried away. The captives were destined for slavery, and regular marts existed for this traffic at Jolo and on the Bay of Sandakan in Borneo.

Fifty years ago, the Samal were very numerous in the many islands between Jolo and Basilan, and this group is [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]still known as the Islas Samales. Like the Sulu and other Malays, the Samal are Muslims and just as relentless in piracy as their fellow Malays. As the power of piracy declined among the Sulu of Jolo, the focus of piracy shifted to the Samal settlements. During Claveria's time, the worst hotspots were the islands of Balanguingui and Tonquil, located just north of Jolo. From these islands, pirate and slave raids on the Bisayan Islands continued, and nearly every year, towns were looted and burned, and several hundred unfortunate captives were taken. The captives were meant for slavery, and there were established markets for this trade both in Jolo and on the Bay of Sandakan in Borneo.

Arrival of Steam Warships.—In 1848 the Philippines secured the first steam war vessels. These were the “Magellanes,” the “Elcano,” and the “Reina de Castilla.” They were destined to revolutionize Moro relations.

Arrival of Steam Warships.—In 1848, the Philippines acquired its first steam warships. These were the “Magellanes,” the “Elcano,” and the “Reina de Castilla.” They were set to transform relations with the Moros.

The Destruction of the Samal Forts.—Hitherto it had been possible for the great Moro war praos, manned by many oarsmen, to drop their masts on the approach of an armed sailing-vessel, and, turning toward the “eye of the wind,” where no sailing-ship could pursue, row calmly away from danger. Steam alone was effective in combating these sea-wolves. Claveria took these newly arrived ships, and with a strong force of infantry, which was increased by Zamboangueño volunteers, he entered the Samal group in February, 1848, and landed on the island of Balanguingui.

The Destruction of the Samal Forts.—Until now, it had been possible for the large Moro war boats, staffed by many oarsmen, to lower their masts when an armed sailing ship approached and, by turning into the wind where no sailing ship could follow, row away safely from danger. Only steam power was effective against these sea raiders. Claveria took these newly arrived steamships, and with a strong force of infantry, bolstered by Zamboangueño volunteers, he entered the Samal group in February 1848 and landed on the island of Balanguingui.

There were four fortresses situated in the mangrove marshes of the island. These, in spite of a desperate resistance, were carried by the infantry and Zamboangueños and the pirates scattered. The conduct of the campaign appears to have been admirable and the fighting [270]heroic. The Moros were completely overwhelmed; 450 dead were burned or interred; 124 pieces of artillery—for the most part, the small brass cannon called “lantacas”—were captured, and 150 Moro boats were destroyed. The Spaniards cut down the cocoanut groves, and with spoil that included such rich pirate loot as silks, silver vases, ornaments, and weapons of war, and with over two hundred prisoners and three hundred rescued captives, returned to Zamboanga. This was the most signal victory ever won by Europeans in conflict with Malay piracy. The effectiveness of this campaign is shown by the fact that while in the preceding year 450 Filipinos had suffered capture at the hands of Moro pirates, in 1848 and the succeeding year there was scarcely a depredation. But in 1850 a pirate squadron from Tonquil, an island adjacent to Balanguingui, fell upon Samar and Camaguin. Fortunately, Governor Urbistondo, who had succeeded Claveria, vigorously continued the policy of his predecessor, and an expedition was promptly dispatched which destroyed the settlements and strongholds on Tonquil.

There were four forts located in the mangrove marshes of the island. Despite desperate resistance, the infantry and local Zamboangueños took them, scattering the pirates. The campaign seemed to have been well-managed and the fighting was heroic. The Moros were completely defeated; 450 of them were either burned or buried, 124 pieces of artillery—mostly small brass cannons called “lantacas”—were captured, and 150 Moro boats were destroyed. The Spaniards cut down the coconut groves, and with the spoils that included valuable pirate loot like silks, silver vases, ornaments, and weapons, along with over two hundred prisoners and three hundred rescued captives, they returned to Zamboanga. This was the greatest victory ever achieved by Europeans against Malay piracy. The success of this campaign is evident from the fact that while in the previous year 450 Filipinos had been captured by Moro pirates, in 1848 and the following year there were hardly any attacks. However, in 1850, a pirate squadron from Tonquil, an island near Balanguingui, attacked Samar and Camaguin. Fortunately, Governor Urbistondo, who took over from Claveria, energetically continued his predecessor's policies, and a swift expedition was sent out to destroy the settlements and fortifications on Tonquil.

Destruction of the Moro Forts at Jolo.—A year later war broke out again with Jolo, and after a varied interchange of negotiations and hostilities, the Spaniards stormed and took the town in February, 1851. The question of permanent occupation of this important site was debated by a council of war, but their forces appearing unequal to the task, the forts of the Moros were destroyed, and the expedition returned. Jolo is described at this time as a very strongly guarded situation. Five forts and a double line of trenches faced the shore. The Moro town is said to have contained about seven thousand souls, and there was a barrio of Chinese traders, who numbered about five hundred. [271]

Destruction of the Moro Forts at Jolo.—A year later, war broke out again with Jolo, and after a mix of negotiations and fighting, the Spaniards stormed and captured the town in February 1851. The question of permanently occupying this important location was discussed by a council of war, but since their forces seemed inadequate for the task, the Moro forts were destroyed, and the expedition returned. Jolo is described at this time as a heavily fortified area. Five forts and a double line of trenches faced the shore. The Moro town is said to have had around seven thousand residents, and there was a neighborhood of Chinese traders, numbering about five hundred. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Treaty with the Sultan of Jolo.—A few months later the governor of Zamboanga concluded a treaty with the sultan of Jolo by which the archipelago was to be considered an incorporated part of the Spanish possessions. The sultan bound himself to make no further treaties with or cessions to foreign powers, to suppress piracy, and to fly the Spanish flag. The Moros were guaranteed the practice of their religion, the succession of the sultan and his descendants in the established order, boats of Jolo were to enjoy the same trading privileges in Spanish ports as other Filipino vessels, and the sultan retained the right to all customs duties on foreign trading-vessels. Finally, “in compensation for the damages of war,” the sultan was to be paid an annual subsidy of 1,500 pesos and 600 pesos each to three datos and 360 pesos to a sherif.4

Treaty with the Sultan of Jolo.—A few months later, the governor of Zamboanga finalized a treaty with the sultan of Jolo, which stated that the archipelago would be regarded as a part of the Spanish possessions. The sultan agreed not to make any further treaties or concessions with foreign powers, to suppress piracy, and to display the Spanish flag. The Moros were assured they could continue practicing their religion, that the sultan and his heirs would succeed according to the established order, that Jolo boats would have the same trading rights in Spanish ports as other Filipino vessels, and that the sultan would keep the right to all customs duties on foreign trading vessels. Lastly, “as compensation for the damages of war,” the sultan would receive an annual subsidy of 1,500 pesos, along with 600 pesos each for three datos and 360 pesos for a sherif.4

The End of Malay Piracy.—In these very years that Malay piracy was receiving such severe blows from the recuperating power and activity of the Spanish government on the north, it was crushed also from the south by the merciless warfare of a great Englishman, the Raja Charles Brooke of Sarawak. The sources of pirate depredation were Maguindanao, the Sulu archipelago, and the north and west coasts of the great island of Borneo. We have seen how these fleets, century after century, swept northward and wasted with fire and murder the fair islands of the Philippines.

The End of Malay Piracy.—During these years, Malay piracy was dealt heavy blows by the recovering strength and actions of the Spanish government to the north, and was also shattered from the south by the relentless campaigns of a notable Englishman, Raja Charles Brooke of Sarawak. The main sources of pirate attacks were Maguindanao, the Sulu archipelago, and the northern and western coasts of the large island of Borneo. We've observed how these fleets, for centuries, moved northward, wreaking havoc with fire and violence in the beautiful islands of the Philippines.

But this archipelago was not alone in suffering these ravages. The peaceful trading inhabitants of the great island groups to the south were persistently visited and despoiled. Moreover, as the Chinese trade by the Cape of [272]Good Hope route became established in the first half of the nineteenth century, these pirates became a great menace to European shipping. They swarmed the China Sea, and luckless indeed was the ship carried too far eastward on its course. Every American schoolboy is familiar with the stories of fierce hand-to-hand struggles with Malay pirates, which have come down from those years when the American flag was seen everywhere in the ports of the Far East.

But this archipelago wasn't the only one experiencing these tragedies. The peaceful trading residents of the large island groups to the south were continually raided and robbed. Furthermore, as Chinese trade via the Cape of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Good Hope route became established in the early nineteenth century, these pirates became a serious threat to European shipping. They flooded the China Sea, and any ship that drifted too far east on its journey was truly unfortunate. Every American school kid knows the tales of brutal hand-to-hand fights with Malay pirates, which have been passed down from the days when the American flag was seen everywhere in the ports of the Far East.

About 1839 a young English officer,5 who had been in the Indian service, Charles Brooke, having armed and equipped a yacht of about 140 tons, set sail for the coast of Borneo, with the avowed intent of destroying Malay piracy and founding an independent state. In all the romantic stories of the East there is no career of greater daring than that of this man. In 1841, having engaged in several bloody exploits, Brooke forced from the sultan of Borneo the cession of Sarawak, with the government vested in himself as an independent raja.

Around 1839, a young English officer, 5, who had served in India, Charles Brooke, armed and equipped a yacht of about 140 tons and set sail for the coast of Borneo, aiming to put an end to Malay piracy and establish an independent state. In all the romantic tales of the East, no adventure is bolder than that of this man. In 1841, after taking part in several violent encounters, Brooke forced the sultan of Borneo to hand over Sarawak, making himself its independent raja.

Brooke now devoted himself with merciless severity to the destruction of the pirates in the deep bays and swampy rivers, whence they had so long made their excursions. Later he was assisted by the presence of the English man-of-war “Dido,” and in 1847 the sultan of Brunei ceded to Great Britain the island of Labuan. In 1849, Brooke visited Zamboanga in the English man-of-war “Mœander, and concluded a treaty with the sultan of Sulu, which greatly alarmed the Spaniards.

Brooke now dedicated himself with relentless focus to eradicating the pirates in the deep bays and murky rivers, where they had long been operating. Later, he was supported by the English warship “Dido,” and in 1847, the sultan of Brunei handed over the island of Labuan to Great Britain. In 1849, Brooke visited Zamboanga on the English warship “Mœander” and signed a treaty with the sultan of Sulu, which significantly worried the Spaniards.

Brooke’s private correspondence shows that he was ambitious and hopeful of acquiring for England parts of the Dutch possessions in the south and the Spanish Philippines [273]in the north; but his plans were never followed up by England, although in 1887 North Borneo was ceded to an English company, and all the northern and eastern portions of this great island are now under English protection.6

Brooke’s private letters reveal that he was ambitious and optimistic about gaining for England parts of the Dutch territories in the south and the Spanish Philippines in the north; however, his plans were never pursued by England, even though in 1887 North Borneo was handed over to an English company, and all the northern and eastern areas of this large island are now under English protection.[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]6

Liberal Ideas among the Filipinos.—The release from Moro piracy, the opening of foreign commerce, and the development of agricultural production were rapidly bringing about a great change in the aspirations of the Filipino people themselves. Nearly up to the middle of the nineteenth century the Filipinos had felt the full effect of isolation from the life and thought of the modern world. But the revolutionary changes in Europe and the struggles for constitutional government in Spain had their influence, even in these far-away Spanish possessions. Spaniards of liberal ideas, some of them in official positions, found their way to the Islands, and an agitation began, originating among Spaniards themselves, against the paternal powers of the friars.

Liberal Ideas among the Filipinos.—The end of Moro piracy, the start of foreign trade, and the growth of agriculture were quickly changing the hopes and dreams of the Filipino people. Up until the mid-1800s, Filipinos had experienced the full impact of being cut off from the modern world. However, the dramatic changes in Europe and the fight for constitutional government in Spain began to have an effect, even in these distant Spanish territories. Liberally-minded Spaniards, some in official roles, arrived in the Islands, and a movement began, emerging among the Spaniards themselves, to challenge the controlling influence of the friars.

Influence of the Press.—The growth of periodic literature accelerated this liberalizing movement. The press, though suffering a severe censorship, has played a large part in shaping recent thought in these islands and in communicating to the Filipino people those ideas and purposes which ever inspire and elevate men.7 The first newspaper to make its appearance in the Philippines was in 1822—“El Philantropo”; but journalism assumed no [274]real importance until the forties, when there were founded “Semanario Filipino” (1843), and almost immediately after several others—“El Amigo de Pais” (1845), “La Estrella” (1846), and “La Esperanza” (1847), the first daily. These were followed by “Diario de Manila” (1848); in 1858 “El Comercio” appeared, the oldest of the papers still in existence.8

Influence of the Press.—The rise of periodical literature sped up this movement towards liberalization. Despite facing significant censorship, the press has played a significant role in shaping recent ideas in these islands and sharing with the Filipino people those concepts and goals that continually uplift and inspire individuals.7 The first newspaper to appear in the Philippines debuted in 1822—“The Philanthropist”; however, journalism didn’t gain real significance until the 1840s, when the “Filipino Weekly” was founded in 1843, followed almost immediately by several others—“The Country Friend” (1845), “The Star” (1846), and “Hope” (1847), the first daily. This was followed by “Manila Bulletin” in 1848; then in 1858, “El Comercio” was published, making it the oldest newspaper still in circulation.8

Papers conducted by Filipinos and in the Filipino tongues are of more recent origin, but these early Spanish periodicals had a real effect upon the Filipinos themselves, training up a class familiar with the conduct of journalism and preparing a way for the very influential work of the Filipino press in recent years.

Papers written by Filipinos and in Filipino languages are more recent, but these early Spanish publications really impacted the Filipinos, creating a group that understood journalism and paving the way for the important work of the Filipino press in recent years.

Establishment of an Educational System.Return of the Jesuits.—But more important than all other influences was the opening of education to Filipinos. In 1852 a royal decree authorized the Jesuits to return to the Philippines. The conditions under which they came back were that they should devote themselves solely to missions in the unoccupied fields of Mindanao, and to the higher education of the Filipinos.

Establishment of an Educational System.Return of the Jesuits.—But more significant than any other influences was the introduction of education for Filipinos. In 1852, a royal decree allowed the Jesuits to return to the Philippines. The conditions for their return were that they focus only on missions in the unoccupied areas of Mindanao and on higher education for Filipinos.

The Public Schools.—In 1860, O’Donnell, the Spanish minister of war and colonies (Ultramar), founded the system of public primary instruction. A primary school for boys and one for girls was to be established in each pueblo of the Islands. In these schools, instruction was to be given in the Spanish language. A superior commission of education was formed, which consisted of the governor, the archbishop, and seven other members added by the governor himself.

The Public Schools.—In 1860, O’Donnell, the Spanish minister of war and colonies (Ultramar), established a system of public primary education. A primary school for boys and another for girls was to be set up in each town across the Islands. In these schools, lessons would be taught in Spanish. A higher education commission was created, which included the governor, the archbishop, and seven additional members chosen by the governor himself.

The system was not secular, for it primarily was devoted [275]to the teaching of religious doctrine. The Spanish friar, the pueblo curate, was the local inspector of schools and practically directed their conduct. It was not wholly a free system, because tuition was required of all but the poorest children; nor was it an adequate system, because, even when most complete, it reached only a small proportion of the children of a parish, and these very largely were of the well-to-do families. And yet this system, for what it accomplished, is deserving of great credit.

The system wasn't secular; it was mainly focused on teaching religious doctrine. The Spanish friar, acting as the pueblo curate, was the local school inspector and largely managed their operations. It wasn't entirely a free system since tuition was charged to all except the poorest children, and it wasn't sufficient because, even at its best, it only served a small percentage of the kids in a parish, mainly from well-off families. Still, this system deserves a lot of credit for what it achieved.

Cathedral, Manila.

Cathedral, Manila.

Manila Cathedral.

Besides the church, the convent, and the tribunal, nearly every town in the Philippines, toward the close of Spanish rule, had also, in the public plaza, its public school buildings for boys and for girls. In these towns a number of Filipinos were taught to converse in the Spanish language and at least the rudiments of Spanish education. [276]But this system did not give opportunity for education to the little child of the humble fisherman and the husbandman.

Besides the church, the convent, and the court, almost every town in the Philippines, towards the end of Spanish rule, also had public school buildings for boys and girls in the town plaza. In these towns, some Filipinos were taught to speak in Spanish and at least the basics of Spanish education. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] But this system didn't provide educational opportunities for the young child of the poor fisherman and farmer.

The Manila Normal School.—To prepare Filipino teachers to do this work of primary instruction, a decree of 1863 established the Manila Normal School. In charge of the Jesuits, this school was inaugurated in January, 1865. And about the same date the government decreed the foundation of the Jesuit “Ateneo Municipal” for higher instruction in the classics and sciences that should conduct the student to the degree of bachelor of arts. The influence of these institutions upon the development of the Filipino has been remarkable. In one or the other of them have been trained nearly all of those young men who in recent years have stirred the Filipino people to wide ambitions and demands. At the same time the excellent Jesuit observatory, which has done such important work in meteorology, was established in charge of Padre Faura.

The Manila Normal School.—To prepare Filipino teachers for primary education, a decree in 1863 established the Manila Normal School. Run by the Jesuits, this school was opened in January 1865. Around the same time, the government announced the establishment of the Jesuit “Ateneo Municipal” for higher education in the classics and sciences, which would lead students to a bachelor’s degree. The impact of these institutions on the development of Filipinos has been significant. Nearly all of the young men who have inspired the Filipino people to pursue greater ambitions and demands in recent years were trained in one of these schools. Additionally, the excellent Jesuit observatory, which has contributed greatly to meteorology, was founded under the supervision of Padre Faura.

Increase in Spanish Population.—The opening of the Suez Canal in 1869 brought immense changes to the Islands. Previous to this date Spanish residents had been few. Almost the only class deeply interested in the Islands and permanently established here had been the friars. But with communication by steamer in thirty days from Barcelona to Manila, a new interest was felt by Spaniards in the Philippines, though unfortunately this interest was greatest among the politicians. Some of the projects planned and decreed can only be regarded as visionary and beyond the point of serviceability, and others, more unfortunately still, had for their purpose the creation of offices and emoluments for Peninsula politicians; but they all contributed to bring to an end the [277]paternal government under which there was no prospect of further enlightenment or progress for the Filipino.

Increase in Spanish Population.—The opening of the Suez Canal in 1869 led to major changes in the Islands. Before this, there were very few Spanish residents. The only group that was really invested in the Islands and settled here were the friars. But with steamer communication taking only thirty days from Barcelona to Manila, Spaniards became more interested in the Philippines, although sadly this interest was mainly from politicians. Some of the plans that were proposed and put in place were unrealistic and not functional, while others, even more regrettably, aimed to create positions and benefits for politicians from the Peninsula. However, all these factors contributed to the end of the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]paternal government, which offered no hope for further enlightenment or progress for Filipinos.

Increase in the Number of Wealthy, Educated Filipinos.—The Filipino had now become embarked upon a new current of intellectual experience—a course of enlightenment which has been so full of unexpected development, and which has already carried him so far from his ancestor of one hundred years ago, that we can not say what advance another generation or two may bring. Throughout all the towns of the Islands a class was rapidly growing up to which the new industries had brought wealth. Their means enabled them to build spacious and splendid homes of the fine, hard woods of the Philippines, and to surround themselves with such luxuries as the life of the Islands permitted. This class was rapidly gaining education. It acquired a knowledge of the Spanish language, and easily assumed that graceful courtesy which distinguishes the Spaniard.

Increase in the Number of Wealthy, Educated Filipinos.—Filipinos have now entered a new era of intellectual growth—a path of enlightenment filled with unexpected developments that have already taken them far from their ancestors of a hundred years ago. It's hard to predict what advancements another generation or two may bring. Across all the towns in the Islands, a class was quickly emerging that new industries had made wealthy. Their financial means allowed them to build spacious and beautiful homes crafted from the fine, hard woods of the Philippines and to enjoy the luxuries that life in the Islands offered. This class was rapidly gaining an education. They learned the Spanish language and naturally adopted the graceful courtesy that characterizes the Spanish.

The only misfortune, as regards this class, was that it was very small. It could embrace but a few families in each populous town. Some of these had Chinese and Spanish blood in their veins, but other notable families were pure Filipinos.

The only drawback with this group was that it was quite small. It could only include a limited number of families in each busy town. Some of these families had Chinese and Spanish ancestry, while other prominent families were purely Filipino.

Attitude of the Spanish and the Friars toward Filipino Education.—The great mistake committed by the Spaniard was that he rarely welcomed the further progress of the native population, and the center of this opposition to the general enlightenment of the race was the friars. Thus those who had been the early protectors and educators, little by little, because of their extreme conservatism and their fear of loosening the ties that bound the Filipino to the church and to Spain, changed into opponents of his progress and enemies of his enlightenment; [278]but the education which the church itself had given to the Filipino, and which had been fostered by the state and especially in recent times by the Jesuits, had made the Filipino passionately ambitious for more enlightenment and freedom.

Attitude of the Spanish and the Friars toward Filipino Education.—The major mistake the Spaniards made was that they rarely supported the development of the native people, and the main source of this resistance to the widespread enlightenment of the race was the friars. Those who had initially been the protectors and educators gradually became, due to their extreme conservatism and fear of weakening the connection between Filipinos and the church as well as Spain, opponents of progress and enemies of enlightenment; [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] but the education provided by the church and promoted by the state, especially in recent times by the Jesuits, had made Filipinos deeply ambitious for more knowledge and freedom.

The Rule of Governor Torre.Liberal Reforms.—In 1868, Queen Isabella II. of Spain was deposed, and a little later a revolutionary government, the “Republic of Spain,” was founded. It was the brief triumph of that reforming and liberal spirit which for so many years had been struggling to free Spain from the burdens of aristocracy and ecclesiasticism.

The Rule of Governor Torre.Liberal Reforms.—In 1868, Queen Isabella II of Spain was overthrown, and shortly after, a revolutionary government, the “Republic of Spain,” was established. It marked a brief victory for the reformative and liberal ideals that had been fighting for many years to liberate Spain from the weight of aristocracy and the church.

The natural consequence was the sending of a liberal governor to the Philippines and the publication of liberal principles and reforms. This governor was General de la Torre. He was a brave and experienced soldier and a thorough democrat at heart. He dispensed with the formality and petty pomp with which the governors of Manila had surrounded themselves; he dismissed the escort of halberdiers, with their mediæval uniforms and weapons, which had surrounded the governor-generals since 1581, and rode out in civilian’s clothes and without ostentation. His efforts were directed to encouraging the Filipinos and to attaching them to Spain. In the eyes of the Spanish law, for a brief period, Spaniard and colonists had become equal, and La Torre tried to enforce this principle and make no distinction of race or birth. While Filipinos were encouraged and delighted, it is impossible to describe the disgust of the Spanish population and the opposition of the friars. La Torre was attacked and opposed, and the entire course of his governorship was filled with trouble, in which, naturally, liberal ideas gained wider and wider currency among the Filipinos. [279]

The natural outcome was the appointment of a progressive governor to the Philippines and the introduction of liberal principles and reforms. This governor was General de la Torre. He was a courageous and seasoned soldier and a true democrat at heart. He eliminated the formalities and petty pomp that previous governors of Manila had surrounded themselves with; he got rid of the escort of halberdiers, with their medieval uniforms and weapons, that had accompanied the governor-generals since 1581, and rode out in civilian clothes without any showiness. His efforts were focused on encouraging Filipinos and connecting them to Spain. For a brief period, in the eyes of Spanish law, Spaniards and colonists were considered equal, and La Torre sought to enforce this principle without making distinctions based on race or birth. While Filipinos were uplifted and thrilled, it's impossible to describe the disgust of the Spanish population and the opposition from the friars. La Torre faced attacks and resistance, and his entire term as governor was fraught with challenges, which inevitably led to the spread of liberal ideas among Filipinos. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Effect of the Opposition of the Friars.—The friars, being the most influential opponents of the Filipino, naturally came to be regarded by the Filipinos as their greatest enemies, and the anti-friar spirit daily spread and intensified. A party was formed which demanded that the friars vacate the parishes, and that their places be filled by secular priests, in accordance with the statutes of the Council of Trent. This party was headed by a native priest, Dr. José Burgos.

Effect of the Opposition of the Friars.—The friars, being the most powerful opponents of the Filipino people, naturally came to be seen by the Filipinos as their main enemies, and the anti-friar sentiment grew stronger every day. A group was formed that demanded the friars leave the parishes, and that their positions be taken over by secular priests, in line with the rules set by the Council of Trent. This group was led by a native priest, Dr. José Burgos.

A Filipino Movement for Reform.—After the fall of the republic in Spain and the restoration of the monarchy, the administration in the Philippines attempted to extirpate the rising tide of liberal thought; but these ideas had taken root and could not be suppressed. The Filipino party, if so we may call it, continued to plan and work for reform. It numbered not only those of Filipino blood, but many of Spanish descent, born in the Philippines. There is no certain evidence that they were at this time plotting for independence, or that their actions were treasonable; but the fear and hatred felt by the Spaniards resulted frequently in the exile and punishment of known advocates of reform.

A Filipino Movement for Reform.—After the fall of the republic in Spain and the return of the monarchy, the government in the Philippines tried to eliminate the growing wave of liberal ideas; however, these concepts had already taken hold and couldn't be silenced. The Filipino group, as we might refer to it, continued to strategize and work towards reform. Its members included not just those of Filipino descent but also many of Spanish ancestry who were born in the Philippines. There’s no solid proof that they were, at this time, conspiring for independence or that their actions were traitorous; however, the fear and animosity felt by the Spanish often led to the exile and punishment of known reform advocates.

The Cavite Revolt.—In 1872 there occurred an important outbreak known as the Cavite Revolt. Two hundred native soldiers at the Cavite arsenal rose, killed their officers, and shouted “Death to Spain!” They had fellow-conspirators among the troops in Manila, but owing to mistakes in their plans these failed to rise with them and the revolt was easily suppressed.

The Cavite Revolt.—In 1872, there was a significant uprising known as the Cavite Revolt. Two hundred local soldiers at the Cavite arsenal revolted, killed their officers, and shouted “Death to Spain!” They had allies among the troops in Manila, but due to errors in their planning, those troops did not join them, and the revolt was quickly put down.

It was immediately followed by the arrest of a large number of Filipinos who had been conspicuous in La Torre’s time and who were advocates of reform. This number included the three priests, Fathers Burgos, Zamora, [280]and Gomez, besides Don Antonio Regidor, Don Joaquin Pardo de Tavera, Don Pedro Carillo, and others. A council of war condemned to death forty-one of the participants in the Cavite riot, and these were shot on the morning of the 27th of January, 1872, on the Field of Bagumbayan. On the 6th of February a council of war condemned to death eleven more soldiers of the regiment of artillery, but this sentence was commuted by the governor to life imprisonment. On the 15th of February the same council of war sentenced to death upon the garrote, the priests Burgos, Zamora, Gomez, and a countryman, Saldua; and this sentence was executed on the morning of the 17th.

It was quickly followed by the arrest of many Filipinos who had been prominent during La Torre’s time and who supported reform. This group included the three priests, Fathers Burgos, Zamora, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and Gomez, along with Don Antonio Regidor, Don Joaquin Pardo de Tavera, Don Pedro Carillo, and others. A military council sentenced forty-one participants in the Cavite riot to death, and they were executed by firing squad on the morning of January 27, 1872, at the Field of Bagumbayan. On February 6, a military council sentenced eleven more soldiers from the artillery regiment to death, but the governor reduced this sentence to life imprisonment. On February 15, the same military council sentenced priests Burgos, Zamora, Gomez, and a fellow countryman, Saldua, to death by garrote, and this sentence was carried out on the morning of the 17th.

The Spread of Secret Organizations.Masonry.—New ground for fear was now found in the spread of secret organizations, which were denounced as Free Masonry. This is a very ancient institution which, in Protestant countries like England and America, has a very large membership, and in these countries its aims are wholly respectable. It has never in any way been connected with sedition or other unworthy movements. Its services are, in fact, largely of a religious character and it possesses a beautiful and elaborate Christian ritual; but in Latin countries Masonry has been charged with political intrigue and the encouragement of infidelity, and this has resulted in clerical opposition to the order wherever found. The first Masonic lodge in the Philippines was established about 1861 and was composed entirely of Spaniards. It was succeeded by others with Filipino membership, and in one way or another seems to have inspired many secret organizations.

The Spread of Secret Organizations.Masonry.—A new source of fear emerged with the rise of secret organizations, particularly Free Masonry. This is a very old institution that has a large membership in Protestant countries like England and America, where its goals are completely respectable. It has never been linked to sedition or any other unworthy movements. In fact, its services are mostly of a religious nature and it has a beautiful and intricate Christian ritual. However, in Latin countries, Masonry has faced accusations of political scheming and promoting infidelity, leading to opposition from the clergy wherever it appears. The first Masonic lodge in the Philippines was established around 1861 and was made up entirely of Spaniards. It was followed by others that included Filipino members, and it seems to have inspired many secret organizations in various ways.

The “Liga Filipina,” and Dr. Rizal.—Large numbers of Filipinos were now working, if not for independence, [281]at least for the expulsion of the friars; and while this feeling should have been met by a statesmanlike and liberal policy of reform, the government constantly resorted to measures of repression, which little by little changed the movement for reformation into revolution.

The “Liga Filipina,” and Dr. Rizal.—A lot of Filipinos were now pushing, if not for independence, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] at least for the removal of the friars; and while this sentiment should have been addressed with a wise and open-minded reform policy, the government consistently turned to repression tactics, which gradually transformed the reform movement into a revolution.

In 1887 the “Liga Filipina,” was formed by a number of the younger Filipino patriots, chief among whom was Dr. José Rizal y Mercado. Rizal, by his gifts, his noble character, and his sad fate, has gained a supreme place in the hearts of Filipinos and in the history of the Islands. He was born in 1861 at Calamba, on Laguna de Bay, and even as a child he was affected with sadness at the memory of the events of 1872 and with the backward and unhappy condition of his countrymen. He was educated by the Jesuits at the Ateneo Municipal in Manila, and his family having means, he was enabled to study in Spain, where he took a degree in medicine, and later to travel and study in France, England, and Germany.

In 1887, the “Liga Filipina” was formed by several younger Filipino patriots, with Dr. José Rizal y Mercado being one of the most prominent. Rizal, known for his talents, noble character, and tragic fate, holds a special place in the hearts of Filipinos and in the history of the Islands. He was born in 1861 in Calamba, near Laguna de Bay, and even as a child, he felt sadness remembering the events of 1872 and the poor condition of his fellow countrymen. He was educated by the Jesuits at the Ateneo Municipal in Manila, and since his family was well-off, he was able to study in Spain, where he earned a degree in medicine, and later traveled and studied in France, England, and Germany.

Dr. Rizal.

Dr. Rizal.

Dr. Rizal.

It was in this latter country that he produced his first novel, Noli Me Tangere. He had been a contributor to the Filipino paper published in Spain, “La Solidaridad,” and, to further bring the conditions and needs of his country to more public notice, he wrote this novel [282]dealing with Tagálog life as represented at his old home on Laguna de Bay and in the city of Manila. Later he published a sequel, El Filibusterismo, in which even more courageously and significantly are set forth his ideas for reform.

It was in this latter country that he wrote his first novel, Noli Me Tangere. He had been a contributor to the Filipino newspaper published in Spain, “La Solidaridad,” and to raise awareness about the conditions and needs of his country, he wrote this novel [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] focusing on Tagálog life as depicted in his hometown near Laguna de Bay and in the city of Manila. Later, he published a sequel, El Filibusterismo, in which he presented his reform ideas even more courageously and significantly.

His work made him many enemies, and on his return to Manila he found himself in danger and was obliged to leave. He returned again in 1893, and was immediately arrested and sentenced to deportation to Dapitan, Mindanao. Here he remained quietly in the practice of his profession for some years.

His work earned him a lot of enemies, and when he got back to Manila, he found himself in danger and had to leave. He returned in 1893 and was immediately arrested and sentenced to deportation to Dapitan, Mindanao. He stayed there quietly practicing his profession for several years.

The Katipunan.—Meanwhile the ideas which had been agitated by the wealthy and educated Filipinos had worked their way down to the poor and humble classes. They were now shared by the peasant and the fisherman. Especially in those provinces where the religious orders owned estates and took as rental a portion of the tenants’ crop, there was growing hatred and hostility to the friars. The “Liga Filipina” had been composed of cultivated and moderate men, who while pressing for reform were not inclined to radical extremes, nor to obtain their ends by violent means.

The Katipunan.—Meanwhile, the ideas that had been discussed by the wealthy and educated Filipinos had spread to the lower classes. Now, they were embraced by farmers and fishermen. Especially in the provinces where religious orders owned land and collected a share of the tenants’ harvest, resentment and anger toward the friars were on the rise. The “Liga Filipina” was made up of educated and moderate individuals who, while advocating for reform, were not drawn to radical extremes or violence to achieve their goals.

But there now grew up and gradually spread, until it had its branches and members in all the provinces surrounding Manila, a secret association composed largely of the uneducated classes, whose object was independence of Spain, and whose members, having little to lose, were willing to risk all. This was the society which has since become famous under the name of “Katipunan.” This secret association was organized in Cavite about 1892. Its president and founder was Andres Bonifacio. Its objects were frankly to expel the friars, and, if possible, to destroy the Spanish government. [283]

But a secret association began to form and gradually spread, establishing branches and members in all the provinces around Manila. This group was mainly made up of the uneducated classes, united by a common goal of independence from Spain. Its members, having little to lose, were ready to risk everything. This society later became well-known as the “Katipunan.” The secret organization was founded in Cavite around 1892, with Andres Bonifacio as its president and founder. Its goals were straightforward: to expel the friars and, if possible, to overthrow the Spanish government. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Rebellion of 1896.—A general attack and slaughter of the Spaniards was planned for the 20th of August, 1896. The plot was discovered by the priest of Binondo, Padre Gil, who learned of the movement through the wife of one of the conspirators, and within a few hours the government had seized several hundred persons who were supposed to be implicated. The arrests included many rich and prominent Filipinos, and at the end of some weeks the Spanish prisons contained over five thousand suspects. Over one thousand of these were almost immediately exiled to far-distant Spanish prisons—Fernando Po, on the west coast of Africa, and the fortress of Ceuta, on the Mediterranean.

Rebellion of 1896.—A large-scale attack and massacre of the Spaniards was planned for August 20, 1896. The scheme was discovered by the Binondo priest, Padre Gil, who learned about it through the wife of one of the conspirators. Within a few hours, the government arrested several hundred people believed to be involved. The arrests included many wealthy and prominent Filipinos, and after a few weeks, over five thousand suspects filled the Spanish jails. More than a thousand of these were almost immediately exiled to remote Spanish prisons—Fernando Po, on the west coast of Africa, and the fortress of Ceuta, on the Mediterranean.

Meanwhile the Katipunan was organizing its forces for struggle. On the 26th of August, one thousand insurgents attacked Caloocan, and four days later a pitched battle was fought at San Juan del Monte. In this last fight the insurgents suffered great loss, their leader, Valenzuela, was captured and, with three companions, shot on the Campo de Bagumbayan. The rising continued, however, and the provinces of Pampanga, Bulacan, and Nueva Ecija were soon in full rebellion. The center of revolt, however, proved to be Cavite, This province was almost immediately cleared of Spaniards, except the long neck of land containing the town of Cavite and protected by the fleet. Here the insurgents received some organization under a young man, who had been prominent in the Katipunan—Emilio Aguinaldo.

Meanwhile, the Katipunan was gathering its forces for battle. On August 26th, a thousand insurgents attacked Caloocan, and four days later, a fierce battle was fought at San Juan del Monte. In this last fight, the insurgents suffered significant losses; their leader, Valenzuela, was captured and shot along with three companions at Campo de Bagumbayan. The uprising continued, however, and the provinces of Pampanga, Bulacan, and Nueva Ecija quickly joined the rebellion. The main center of revolt turned out to be Cavite. This province was almost immediately cleared of Spaniards, except for the narrow stretch of land containing the town of Cavite, which was protected by the fleet. Here, the insurgents gained some organization under a young man who had been prominent in the Katipunan—Emilio Aguinaldo.

The governor-general, Blanco, a humane man, who afterwards for a short time commanded in Cuba, was recalled, and General Polavieja replaced him. The Spanish army at the beginning of the revolt had consisted of but fifteen hundred troops, but so serious was the revolt regarded [284]that Spain, although straining every energy at the moment to end the rebellion in Cuba, strengthened the forces in the Philippines, until Polavieja had an army of twenty-eight thousand Spaniards assisted by several loyal Filipino regiments. With this army a fierce campaign in Cavite province was conducted, which after fifty-two days’ hard fighting ended in the defeat of the insurgents and the scattering of their forces.

The governor-general, Blanco, a compassionate man who later briefly took command in Cuba, was recalled, and General Polavieja took his place. At the start of the revolt, the Spanish army had only fifteen hundred troops, but the situation was taken so seriously [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] that Spain, even while trying to quell the rebellion in Cuba, bolstered its forces in the Philippines. As a result, Polavieja ended up commanding an army of twenty-eight thousand Spaniards, supported by several loyal Filipino regiments. With this army, a grueling campaign in Cavite province took place, which after fifty-two days of intense fighting, concluded with the defeat of the insurgents and the dispersal of their forces.

Emilio Aguinaldo.

Emilio Aguinaldo.

Emilio Aguinaldo.

Death of Dr. Rizal.—For the moment it looked as though the rebellion might pass. Then the Spanish government of Polavieja disgraced itself by an act as wanton and cruel as it was inhuman and impolitic.

Death of Dr. Rizal.—For a while, it seemed like the rebellion might fizzle out. Then the Spanish government under Polavieja made itself look bad with an act that was as reckless and cruel as it was heartless and foolish.

Four years Dr. Rizal had spent in exile at Dapitan. He had lived quietly and under surveillance, and it was impossible that he could have had any share in this rebellion of 1898. Wearied, however, with his inactivity, he solicited permission to go as an army doctor to the dreadful [285]Spanish hospitals in Cuba. This request was granted in July, and Rizal had the misfortune to arrive in Manila at the very moment of discovery of the rebellion in August. Governor Blanco hastened to send him to Spain with a most kindly letter to the minister of war, in which he vouched for his independence of the events which were taking place in Manila.

Dr. Rizal spent four years in exile in Dapitan. He lived quietly and under surveillance, making it impossible for him to have any involvement in the rebellion of 1898. However, feeling frustrated with his inactivity, he requested permission to serve as an army doctor in the dire [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Spanish hospitals in Cuba. This request was approved in July, and unfortunately, Rizal arrived in Manila just as the rebellion was discovered in August. Governor Blanco quickly sent him to Spain with a friendly letter to the minister of war, assuring him of Rizal's lack of connection to the events happening in Manila.

His enemies, however, could not see him escape. Their persecution followed him to the Peninsula, and, upon his arrival in Spain, Rizal was at once arrested and sent back to Manila a prisoner. His friend Blanco had gone. Polavieja, the friend and tool of the reactionary party, was busy punishing by imprisonment, banishment or death all Filipinos who could be shown to have the slightest part or association in the movement for reform. And by this clique Dr. Rizal was sentenced to execution. He was shot early on the morning of December 30, 1896.9 At his death the insurrection flamed out afresh. It now spread to Pangasinan, Zambales, and Ilocos.

His enemies, however, couldn't see him escape. Their persecution followed him to the Peninsula, and upon his arrival in Spain, Rizal was immediately arrested and sent back to Manila as a prisoner. His friend Blanco was gone. Polavieja, the ally and tool of the reactionary party, was busy punishing with imprisonment, banishment, or death all Filipinos who could be shown to have even the slightest involvement in the movement for reform. And by this group, Dr. Rizal was sentenced to execution. He was shot early on the morning of December 30, 1896.9 At his death, the insurrection erupted again. It now spread to Pangasinan, Zambales, and Ilocos.

End of the Revolt by Promises of Reform.—Polavieja returned to Spain, and was succeeded by Gen. Primo de Rivera, who arrived in the spring of 1897. The Spanish troops had suffered several recent reverses and the country swarmed with insurgents. The policy of Primo de Rivera was to gain by diplomacy where the energy of his predecessor had failed. In July, 1897, an amnesty proclamation was issued, and in August the governor-general opened negotiations with Aguinaldo, whose headquarters were now in the mountains of Angat in Bulacan. Primo de Rivera urged the home government [286]to make some reforms, which would greatly lessen the political importance of the friars. He was vehemently opposed by the latter, but it was probably upon the promise of reform that Aguinaldo and his fellow-insurgents agreed, for the payment of 1,700,000 pesos, to surrender their arms, dismiss the insurgent forces, and themselves retire from the Islands. This agreement was made, and on December 27, 1897, Aguinaldo left the port of Sual for Hongkong.

End of the Revolt by Promises of Reform.—Polavieja returned to Spain, and was succeeded by Gen. Primo de Rivera, who arrived in the spring of 1897. The Spanish troops had faced several recent defeats, and the country was full of insurgents. Primo de Rivera's approach was to achieve results through diplomacy where his predecessor had failed. In July 1897, an amnesty proclamation was issued, and in August the governor-general began talks with Aguinaldo, whose headquarters were now in the mountains of Angat in Bulacan. Primo de Rivera urged the home government [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] to implement some reforms that would significantly reduce the political influence of the friars. He faced strong opposition from them, but it was likely due to the promise of reform that Aguinaldo and his fellow insurgents agreed to surrender their arms, disband their forces, and leave the Islands in exchange for 1,700,000 pesos. This agreement was made, and on December 27, 1897, Aguinaldo departed from the port of Sual for Hong Kong.

The Spanish Misrule Ended.—Conditions in the provinces still continued very unsatisfactory, and in its very last hours the Spanish government lost the remnant of its prestige with the people by a massacre in Calle Camba, Binondo, of a company of Bisayan sailors. Ten days after this occurrence a revolt blazed out on the island of Cebu. Had events taken their course, what would have been the final conclusion of the struggle between Spaniards and Filipinos it is impossible to say. On the 25th day of April the United States declared war upon Spain, and the first day of May an American fleet reached Manila harbor, and in the naval fight off Cavite, Spanish dominion, which had lasted with only one brief interruption for 332 years, was broken. [287]

The Spanish Misrule Ended.—Conditions in the provinces remained very poor, and in its final moments, the Spanish government lost whatever respect it had left from the people due to a massacre of a group of Bisayan sailors on Calle Camba, Binondo. Ten days after this incident, a revolt erupted on the island of Cebu. Had events continued as they were, it’s impossible to predict the final outcome of the conflict between Spaniards and Filipinos. On April 25th, the United States declared war on Spain, and by May 1st, an American fleet arrived in Manila harbor. In the naval battle near Cavite, Spanish rule, which had lasted for 332 years with only one brief pause, was shattered. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Bowring: A Visit to the Philippine Islands, p. 387.

1 Bowring: A Visit to the Philippine Islands, p. 387.

2 The reports of the Dominican missionaries of Nueva Vizcaya and Isabela show the extent and persistence of these raids. (See the files of the missionary publication, El Correo Sino-Annamita, and also the work by Padre Buenaventura Campa, Los Maybyaos y la Raza Ifugao, Madrid, 1895.

2 The reports from the Dominican missionaries in Nueva Vizcaya and Isabela highlight how widespread and ongoing these raids were. (See the archives of the missionary publication, El Correo Sino-Annamita, and also the book by Padre Buenaventura Campa, Los Maybyaos y la Raza Ifugao, Madrid, 1895.

3 Montero y Vidal: Historia de Filipinas, vol. III, p. 99.

3 Montero and Vidal: Historia de Filipinas, vol. III, p. 99.

4 Montero y Vidal: Historia de Filipinas, vol. III., p. 209. The document is given in Appendix 4 of the same volume.

4 Montero and Vidal: History of the Philippines, vol. III, p. 209. The document is included in Appendix 4 of the same volume.

5 See Rajah Brooke, by Sir Spencer St. John, London, 1899.

5 Check out Rajah Brooke, by Sir Spencer St. John, London, 1899.

6 Keppel: Expedition to Borneo of H. M. S. Dido for the Suppression of Piracy, with extracts from the Journal of James Brooke, Esq. 2 vols. London, 1846. Keppel: A Visit to the Indian Archipelago in H. M. S. Mœandar. 2 vols. London, 1853.

6 Keppel: Expedition to Borneo of H. M. S. Dido for the Suppression of Piracy, with excerpts from the Journal of James Brooke, Esq. 2 vols. London, 1846. Keppel: A Visit to the Indian Archipelago in H. M. S. Mœandar. 2 vols. London, 1853.

7 Spain established a permanent commission of censorship in 1856. It was composed of eight persons, one half nominated by the governor and one half by the archbishop.

7 Spain set up a permanent censorship committee in 1856. It was made up of eight members, half chosen by the governor and half by the archbishop.

8 El Periodismo Filipino, por W. E. Retana. Madrid, 1895.

8 Filipino Journalism, by W. E. Retana. Madrid, 1895.

9 An account of Rizal’s trial and execution, together with many papers on the revolution, is printed by Retana. See Archivo, Tomo IV. Documentos politicos de Actualidad.

9 A detailed account of Rizal’s trial and execution, along with various documents related to the revolution, is published by Retana. See Archivo, Tomo IV. Documentos politicos de Actualidad.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chapter XIII.

America and the Philippines.

Beginning of a New Era.—With the passing of the Spanish sovereignty to the Americans, a new era began in the Philippines. Already the old Spanish rule seems so far removed that we can begin to think of it without feeling and study it without prejudice.

Beginning of a New Era.—With the transfer of Spanish control to the Americans, a new era started in the Philippines. The old Spanish rule now feels so distant that we can begin to think about it without strong emotions and examine it without bias.

Development of the United States of America.—The American nation is the type of the New World. Beginning in a group of colonies, planted half a century later than the settlement of the Philippines, it has had a development unparalleled in the history of states. Although peopled by emigrants from Europe, who rigidly preserved both their purity of race and pride of ancestry, the American colonists, at the end of a century, were far separated in spirit and institutions from the Old World.

Development of the United States of America.—The American nation represents the New World. Starting as a collection of colonies, established half a century after the settlement of the Philippines, it has experienced an unmatched development in the history of nations. Even though it was populated by emigrants from Europe who maintained their racial purity and pride in their heritage, by the end of a century, the American colonists had become quite distinct in spirit and institutions from the Old World.

Struggle with the wilderness and with the savage produced among them a society more democratic and more independent than Europe had ever known; while their profound religious convictions saved the colonists from barbarism and intellectual decline. It can truthfully be held, that in 1775, at the outbreak of the American Revolution, the colonists had abler men and greater political ability than the mother-country of England. It was these men who, at the close of the Revolution, framed the American Constitution, the greatest achievement in the history of public law. This nation, endowed at its commencement with so precious an inheritance of political genius, felt its civil superiority to the illiberal or ineffective governments of Europe, and this feeling has [290]produced in Americans a supreme and traditional confidence in their own forms of government and democratic standards of life. Certainly their history contains much to justify the choice of their institutions.

Struggling with the wilderness and the savagery around them created a society that was more democratic and independent than Europe had ever known; their deep religious beliefs kept the colonists from falling into barbarism and intellectual decline. It can honestly be said that in 1775, at the start of the American Revolution, the colonists had smarter leaders and greater political skills than England, their mother country. These leaders were the ones who, at the end of the Revolution, wrote the American Constitution, the greatest achievement in public law history. This nation, starting with such a valuable inheritance of political talent, felt a sense of civil superiority over the oppressive and ineffective governments of Europe, and this feeling has led Americans to have a deep and traditional confidence in their own forms of government and democratic values. Certainly, their history provides plenty of reasons to justify their choice of institutions. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Mindanao, Visayas, and Paragua

Mindanao, Visayas, and Paragua

Mindanao, Visayas, and Palawan

A hundred and twenty-five years ago, these colonies were a small nation of 2,500,000 people, occupying no more than the Atlantic coast of the continent. Great mountain chains divided them from the interior, which was overrun by the fiercest and most warlike type of man that the races have produced—the American Indian. With an energy which has shown no diminishing from generation to generation, the American broke through these mountain chains, subdued the wilderness, conquered the Indian tribes, and in the space of three generations was master of the continent of North America.

One hundred and twenty-five years ago, these colonies were a small nation of 2,500,000 people, occupying just the Atlantic coast of the continent. Great mountain ranges separated them from the interior, which was taken over by the most fierce and warlike type of man that the races have produced—the American Indian. With an energy that has remained strong from generation to generation, the American pushed through these mountain ranges, tamed the wilderness, defeated the Indian tribes, and within three generations had become the master of the continent of North America.

Even while engaged in the War for Independence, the American frontiersman crossed the Appalachians and secured Kentucky and the Northwest Territory, and with them the richest and most productive regions of the Temperate Zone,—the Mississippi Valley. In 1803, the great empire of Louisiana, falling from the hand of France, was added to the American nation. In 1818, Florida was ceded by Spain, and in 1857, as a result of war with Mexico, came the Greater West and the Pacific seaboard. This vast dominion, nearly three thousand miles in width from east to west, has been peopled by natural increase and by immigration from Europe, until, at the end of the nineteenth century, the American nation numbered seventy-four million souls.

Even during the War for Independence, American pioneers crossed the Appalachians and secured Kentucky and the Northwest Territory, along with the richest and most productive areas of the Temperate Zone—the Mississippi Valley. In 1803, the huge territory of Louisiana, taken from France, was added to the United States. In 1818, Florida was handed over by Spain, and in 1857, due to the war with Mexico, came the Greater West and the Pacific coastline. This vast territory, nearly three thousand miles wide from east to west, has been populated through natural growth and immigration from Europe, until, by the end of the nineteenth century, the American nation had a population of seventy-four million people.

This development has taken place without fundamental change in the constitution or form of government, without loss of individual liberty, and constantly increasing national prosperity. Moreover, the States have survived the [291]Civil War, the most bloody and persistently fought war of all modern centuries—a war in which a million soldiers fell, and to sustain which three and a half billion dollars in gold were expended out of the national treasury. This war accomplished the abolition of negro slavery, the greatest economic revolution ever effected by a single blow.

This development has occurred without any major changes to the constitution or government structure, without sacrificing individual freedoms, and with a steady rise in national prosperity. Furthermore, the States have endured the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Civil War, the deadliest and most prolonged conflict of the modern era—a war that claimed a million soldiers and cost three and a half billion dollars in gold from the national treasury. This war resulted in the end of black slavery, the largest economic transformation ever achieved in one fell swoop.

Such in brief is the history of the American nation, so gifted with political intelligence, so driven by sleepless energy, so proud of its achievements, and inwardly so contemptuous of the more polished but less liberal life of the Old World. Europe has never understood this nation, and not until a few years ago did Europeans dream of its progress and its power.

This is a brief overview of the history of the American nation, which is so skilled in political thinking, fueled by relentless energy, proud of its accomplishments, and secretly dismissive of the more refined yet less open lifestyle of the Old World. Europe has never fully grasped this nation, and it wasn't until a few years ago that Europeans even imagined its progress and strength.

Relation of the United States to South American Republics.—Toward the republics of Spanish America the United States has always stood in a peculiar relation. These countries achieved their independence of Spain under the inspiration of the success of the United States. Their governments were framed in imitation of the American, and in spite of the turbulence and disorder of their political life, the United States has always felt and manifested a strong sympathy for these states as fellow-republics. She has moreover pledged herself to the maintenance of their integrity against the attacks of European powers. This position of the United States in threatening with resistance the attempt of any European power to seize American territory is known as the Monroe Doctrine, because it was first declared by President Monroe in 1823.

Relation of the United States to South American Republics.—The United States has always had a unique relationship with the republics of Spanish America. These countries gained their independence from Spain inspired by the success of the United States. Their governments were modeled after the American one, and despite the chaos and instability in their political lives, the United States has consistently shown strong support for these nations as fellow republics. Additionally, the U.S. has committed to protecting their sovereignty against any threats from European powers. This stance of the United States to resist any attempt by a European power to take American territory is known as the Monroe Doctrine, as it was first articulated by President Monroe in 1823.

Sympathy of American People for the Oppressed Cubans.—The fact that the American nation attained its own independence by revolution has made the American people give ready sympathy to the cause of the revolutionist. [292]The people of Cuba, who made repeated ineffective struggles against Spanish sovereignty, always had the good wishes of the American people. By international usage, however, one nation may not recognize or assist revolutionists against a friendly power until their independence is practically effected.

Sympathy of American People for the Oppressed Cubans.—The fact that the American nation achieved its own independence through revolution has led the American people to readily support the cause of revolutionaries. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]The people of Cuba, who made several unsuccessful attempts to fight against Spanish rule, always had the goodwill of the American people. However, according to international norms, one nation cannot officially recognize or help revolutionaries against a friendly government until their independence is nearly secured.

Thus, when rebellion broke out afresh in Cuba in 1894, the United States government actively suppressed the lending of assistance to the Cubans, as was its duty, although the American people themselves heartily wished Cuba free. The war in Cuba dragged along for years and became more and more merciless. The passions of Cubans and Spaniards were so inflamed that quarter was seldom given, and prisoners were not spared. Spain poured her troops into the island until there were 120,000 on Cuban soil, but the rebellion continued.

Thus, when rebellion erupted again in Cuba in 1894, the United States government actively prevented any assistance from being given to the Cubans, as was its responsibility, even though the American people genuinely wanted Cuba to be free. The war in Cuba dragged on for years and grew more brutal. The emotions of both Cubans and Spaniards were so heightened that mercy was rarely shown, and prisoners weren't spared. Spain sent so many troops to the island that there were 120,000 on Cuban soil, but the rebellion persisted.

The Spanish have always been merciless in dealing with revolutionists. Americans, on the other hand, have always conceded the moral right of a people to resist oppressive government, and in the entire history of the United States there has scarcely been a single punishment for political crime. Although probably the fiercest war in history was the American Civil War from 1861 to 1865, there was not a single execution for treason. Thus the stories of the constant executions of political prisoners, on an island in sight of its own shores, greatly exasperated America, as did the policy of Governor-general Weyler, which was excessive in its severity.

The Spanish have always been ruthless in their treatment of revolutionaries. In contrast, Americans have traditionally recognized the moral right of people to resist oppressive governments, and throughout the entire history of the United States, there has hardly been any punishment for political crimes. Even though the American Civil War from 1861 to 1865 was probably the fiercest war in history, there was not a single execution for treason. Therefore, the reports of ongoing executions of political prisoners on an island visible from the U.S. shore deeply angered America, along with Governor-general Weyler's harsh policies.

War with Spain.Destruction of the “Maine.”—As the contest proceeded without sign of termination, the patience of the American people grew less. Then, February 15, 1898, occurred one of the most deplorable events of recent times. The American battleship “Maine,” lying [293]in the harbor of Havana, was, in the night, blown to destruction by mine or torpedo, killing 266 American officers and sailors. It is impossible to believe that so dastardly an act was done with the knowledge of the higher Spanish officials; but the American people rightly demanded that a government such as Spain maintained in Cuba, unable to prevent such an outrage upon the vessel of a friendly power, and that could neither suppress its rebellion nor wage war humanely, should cease.

War with Spain.Destruction of the “Maine.”—As the conflict dragged on with no end in sight, the patience of the American people started to wear thin. Then, on February 15, 1898, one of the saddest events of recent history occurred. The American battleship “Maine,” anchored [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]in the harbor of Havana, was destroyed in the night by a mine or torpedo, resulting in the deaths of 266 American officers and sailors. It's hard to believe that such a cowardly act was carried out with the knowledge of the higher Spanish officials; however, the American people justifiably demanded that a government like Spain's, which was unable to prevent such an attack on the ship of a friendly nation, and that could neither contain its rebellion nor conduct war humanely, should come to an end.

Declaration of War.—On April 19th the American Congress demanded that Spain withdraw from the island and recognize the independence of Cuba. This was practically a declaration of war. Spain indignantly refused, and resolved upon resistance. Unfortunately, the ignorant European press claimed for Spain military and naval superiority.

Declaration of War.—On April 19th, the American Congress demanded that Spain pull out of the island and acknowledge Cuba's independence. This was essentially a declaration of war. Spain angrily refused and decided to fight back. Unfortunately, the uninformed European press asserted that Spain had military and naval superiority.

The war was brief, and was an overwhelming disaster to Spain. Every vessel of her proud navy that came under the fire of American guns was destroyed.

The war was short and ended in a total disaster for Spain. Every ship in her proud navy that faced American fire was destroyed.

For a few months battle raged along the coasts of Cuba, and then Spain sued for peace.

For a few months, fighting broke out along the coasts of Cuba, and then Spain sought peace.

Dewey’s Victory in Manila Bay.—But meanwhile the war, begun without the slightest reference to the Philippine Islands, had brought about surprising consequences here.

Dewey’s Victory in Manila Bay.—But in the meantime, the war, which started without any mention of the Philippine Islands, had led to unexpected outcomes here.

At the opening of the war, both Spain and the United States had squadrons in Asiatic waters. The Spanish fleet lay at Cavite, the American ships gathered at Hongkong. Immediately on the declaration of war, the American naval commander, Dewey, was ordered to destroy the Spanish fleet, which was feared on the Pacific coast of America. Dewey entered the Bay of Manila in darkness on the morning of May 1st, and made direct for the [294]Spanish vessels at Cavite. His fleet was the more powerful and immeasurably the more efficient. In a few hours the Spanish navy was utterly destroyed and Manila lay at the mercy of his guns.

At the start of the war, both Spain and the United States had fleets in Asian waters. The Spanish navy was stationed at Cavite, while the American ships were in Hong Kong. As soon as the war was declared, American naval commander Dewey was instructed to take out the Spanish fleet, which was considered a threat to the Pacific coast of the U.S. Dewey entered Manila Bay in the dark on the morning of May 1st and headed straight for the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Spanish ships at Cavite. His fleet was not only stronger but also far more effective. Within a few hours, the Spanish navy was completely annihilated, leaving Manila vulnerable to his forces.

A New Insurrection, under Aguinaldo.—At this signal catastrophe to Spain, the smoldering insurrection in the Islands broke out afresh. The Spanish troops not in Manila were driven in upon their posts, and placed in a position of siege. The friars, so hated by the revolutionists, were captured in large numbers and were in some cases killed. With the permission and assistance of the American authorities, Aguinaldo returned from Singapore, and landed at Cavite. Here he immediately headed anew the Philippine insurrection.

A New Insurrection, under Aguinaldo.—At this shocking blow to Spain, the simmering rebellion in the Islands reignited. The Spanish troops outside of Manila were forced back to their strongholds and put under siege. The friars, despised by the revolutionaries, were captured in large numbers and, in some instances, killed. With the approval and support of the American authorities, Aguinaldo returned from Singapore and landed in Cavite. There, he immediately took charge of the Philippine uprising once again.

Capture of Manila.—Troops were dispatched from San Francisco for the capture of Manila. By the end of July, 8,500 men lay in the transports off Cavite. They were landed at the little estuary of Parañaque, and advanced northwards upon Fort San Antonio and the defenses of Malate. The Spaniards behind the city’s defenses, although outnumbering the Americans, were sick and dispirited. One attempt was made to drive back the invading army, but on the following day the Americans swept through the defenses and line of blockhouses, and Manila capitulated (August 13, 1898).

Capture of Manila.—Troops were sent from San Francisco to capture Manila. By the end of July, 8,500 men were onboard transports off Cavite. They landed at the small estuary of Parañaque and moved north towards Fort San Antonio and the defenses of Malate. The Spaniards behind the city’s defenses, despite having more numbers, were exhausted and discouraged. One attempt was made to push back the invading army, but the next day the Americans broke through the defenses and line of blockhouses, leading to Manila's surrender (August 13, 1898).

The Filipinos had scarcely participated in the attack on the city, and they were excluded from occupying it after its surrender. This act was justified, because the Filipino forces had been very recently raised, the soldiers were undisciplined, and had they entered the city, with passions as they were inflamed, it was feared by the Americans that their officers might not be able to keep them from looting and crime. [295]

The Filipinos barely took part in the attack on the city, and they were not allowed to occupy it after it surrendered. This decision was justified because the Filipino forces were newly formed, the soldiers were undisciplined, and if they had entered the city while their emotions were so heated, the Americans feared their officers wouldn’t be able to stop them from looting and committing crimes. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Misunderstanding between Americans and Filipinos.—Up to this point, the relations between the American and Filipino armies had been friendly. But here began that misunderstanding and distrust which for so many months were to alienate these two peoples and imbitter their intercourse.

Misunderstanding between Americans and Filipinos.—Until now, the relationship between the American and Filipino armies had been friendly. But this is where the misunderstanding and distrust started, which would alienate these two peoples and sour their interactions for many months to come.

Provisional Government of the Filipinos.—In the interval between the destruction of the Spanish fleet and the capture of Manila, the Filipinos in Cavite had organized a provisional government and proclaimed the independence of the archipelago.

Provisional Government of the Filipinos.—In the time between the destruction of the Spanish fleet and the takeover of Manila, the Filipinos in Cavite had set up a provisional government and declared the independence of the archipelago.

American Ideas in Regard to the Philippines.—The idea of returning these islands to the Spanish power was exceedingly repugnant to American sentiment. Spain’s attitude toward revolutionists was well understood in America, and the Filipinos had acted as America’s friends and allies. On the other hand, the American government was unwilling to turn over to the newly organized Filipino republic the government of the archipelago. It was felt in America, and with reason, that this Filipino government was not truly representative of all the people in the Philippines, that the Filipino leaders were untried men, and that the people themselves had not had political training and experience. The United States, having overthrown the Spanish government here, was under obligation to see that the government established in its place would represent all and do injustice to none. The Filipinos were very slightly known to Americans, but their educated class was believed to be small and their political ability unproven. Thus, no assurances were given to the Filipino leaders that their government would be recognized, or that their wishes would be consulted in the future of the Islands. In fact, these matters could be settled only [296]by action of the American Congress, which was late in assembling and slow to act.

American Ideas in Regard to the Philippines.—The idea of handing these islands back to Spanish rule was extremely unpopular among Americans. Their understanding of Spain’s treatment of revolutionaries was clear, and the Filipinos had been friends and allies of the United States. However, the American government was not ready to transfer control to the newly formed Filipino republic. Many in America believed, and rightly so, that this government didn’t truly represent everyone in the Philippines, that the Filipino leaders were inexperienced, and that the local population lacked political training and experience. After overthrowing the Spanish government, the United States felt a responsibility to ensure that the new government would represent all citizens and not oppress anyone. Americans knew very little about the Filipinos, but they assumed that the educated class was small and their political capabilities untested. As a result, no guarantees were made to the Filipino leaders about recognition of their government or consultation on the future of the Islands. In reality, these issues could only be resolved [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]through actions taken by the American Congress, which was slow to convene and even slower to make decisions.

The Terms of Peace.—Spain and America were now negotiating terms of peace. These negotiations were conducted at Paris, and dragged on during many critical weeks. The Filipinos were naturally very much concerned over the outcome.

The Terms of Peace.—Spain and America were now negotiating peace terms. These talks took place in Paris and lasted for several crucial weeks. The Filipinos were understandably very invested in the outcome.

Finally, the American government demanded of Spain that she cede the Islands to the United States and accept the sum of $20,000,000 gold, for public works and improvements which she had made.

Finally, the American government demanded that Spain give up the Islands to the United States and accept the sum of $20,000,000 in gold for the public works and improvements she had made.

General Luna.

General Luna.

General Luna.

Suspicions of the Filipino Leaders.—These terms became known in December, 1898. They served to awaken the worst suspicions of the Filipino leaders. Many believed that they were about to exchange the oppressive domination of Spain for the selfish and equally oppressive domination of America. There is reason to believe that some leaders counseled [297]patience, and during the succeeding months made a constant effort to maintain the peace, but the radical party among the Filipinos was led by a man of real gifts and fiery disposition, Antonio Luna. He had received an education in Europe, had had some instruction in military affairs, and when in September the Filipino government was transferred to Malolos, Luna became the general in chief of the military forces. He was also editor of the most radical Filipino newspaper, “La Independencia.”

Suspicions of the Filipino Leaders.—These terms became known in December 1898. They sparked the worst suspicions of the Filipino leaders. Many believed they were about to trade the oppressive rule of Spain for the self-serving and equally oppressive rule of America. Some leaders likely advised [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]patience and made continuous efforts to maintain peace over the following months, but the radical faction among the Filipinos was led by a man of genuine talent and passionate temperament, Antonio Luna. He had been educated in Europe, received military training, and when the Filipino government moved to Malolos in September, Luna became the chief general of the military forces. He was also the editor of the most radical Filipino newspaper, “Independence.”

Apolinario Mabini.

Apolinario Mabini.

Apolinario Mabini.

New Filipino Government.—On January 4, 1899, President McKinley issued a special message to General Otis, commanding the armies of the United States in the Philippines, declaring that American sovereignty must be recognized without conditions. It was thought in the United States that a firm declaration of this kind would be accepted by the Filipinos and that they would not dare to make resistance. The intentions of the American president and nation, as subsequent [298]events have proven, were to deal with the Filipinos with great liberality; but the president’s professions were not trusted by the Filipinos, and the result of Mr. McKinley’s message was to move them at once to frame an independent government and to decide on war.

New Filipino Government.—On January 4, 1899, President McKinley sent a special message to General Otis, who was in charge of the U.S. armies in the Philippines, stating that American sovereignty needed to be recognized without any conditions. In the United States, it was believed that such a strong declaration would be accepted by the Filipinos and that they would not dare to resist. The intentions of the American president and the nation, as later [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]events showed, were to treat the Filipinos with a lot of generosity; however, the Filipinos did not trust the president's words, and the outcome of Mr. McKinley’s message prompted them to quickly establish an independent government and choose to go to war.

This new government was framed at Malolos, Bulacan, by a congress with representatives from most of the provinces of central Luzon. The “Malolos Constitution” was proclaimed January 23, 1899, and Don Emilio Aguinaldo was elected president. The cabinet, or ministry, included Don Apolinario Mabini, secretary of state; Don Teodoro Sandico, secretary of interior; General Baldomero Aguinaldo, secretary of war; General Mariano Trias, secretary of treasury; Don Engracio Gonzaga, secretary of public instruction and agriculture.

This new government was established in Malolos, Bulacan, by a congress with representatives from most provinces in central Luzon. The “Malolos Constitution” was announced on January 23, 1899, and Don Emilio Aguinaldo was elected as president. The cabinet included Don Apolinario Mabini as secretary of state; Don Teodoro Sandico as secretary of the interior; General Baldomero Aguinaldo as secretary of war; General Mariano Trias as secretary of the treasury; and Don Engracio Gonzaga as secretary of public instruction and agriculture.

War with the Americans.Battle of Manila.—The Filipino forces were impatient for fighting, and attack on the American lines surrounding Manila began on the night of February 4th. It is certain that battle had been decided upon and in preparation for some time, and that fighting would have been begun in any case, before the arrival of reënforcements from America; but the attack was precipitated a little early by the killing at San Juan Bridge of a Filipino officer who refused to halt when challenged by an American sentry. On that memorable and dreadful night, the battle raged with great fury along the entire circle of defenses surrounding the city, from Tondo on the north to Fort San Antonio de Abad, south of the suburb of Malate. Along three main avenues from the north, east, and south the Filipinos attempted to storm and enter the capital, but although they charged with reckless bravery, and for hours sustained a bloody [299]combat, they had fatally underestimated the fighting qualities of the American soldier.

War with the Americans.Battle of Manila.—The Filipino forces were eager to fight, and the attack on the American lines around Manila began on the night of February 4th. It’s clear that a battle had been planned and prepared for some time, and that fighting would have started anyway, even without reinforcements from America; however, the attack was pushed ahead a bit due to the killing of a Filipino officer at San Juan Bridge who didn’t stop when an American sentry challenged him. On that significant and tragic night, the battle raged fiercely along the entire circle of defenses surrounding the city, from Tondo in the north to Fort San Antonio de Abad, south of the Malate suburb. The Filipinos tried to storm and enter the capital from three main avenues in the north, east, and south, but despite charging with reckless bravery and sustaining a bloody [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]combat for hours, they had seriously underestimated the fighting capabilities of the American soldier.

The volunteer regiments of the American army came almost entirely from the western United States, where young men are naturally trained to the use of arms, and are imbued by inheritance with the powerful and aggressive qualities of the American frontier. When morning broke, the Filipino line of attack had, at every point, been shattered and thrown back, and the Americans had advanced their positions on the north to Caloocan, on the east to the Water Works and the Mariquina Valley, and on the south to Pasay.

The volunteer regiments of the American army mostly came from the western United States, where young men are naturally trained to use weapons and have inherited the strong and bold qualities of the American frontier. When morning came, the Filipino attack had been broken at every point and pushed back, and the Americans had moved their positions north to Caloocan, east to the Water Works and the Mariquina Valley, and south to Pasay.

Declaration of War.—Unfortunately, during the night attack and before the disaster to Filipino arms was apparent, Aguinaldo had launched against the United States a declaration of war. This declaration prevented the Americans from trusting the Filipino overtures which followed this battle, and peace was not made.

Declaration of War.—Unfortunately, during the night attack and before it was clear that the Filipino forces were facing a disaster, Aguinaldo had declared war against the United States. This declaration made it difficult for the Americans to trust the Filipino peace offerings that came after this battle, and peace was not achieved.

The Malolos Campaign.—On March 25th began the American advance upon the Filipino capital of Malolos. This Malolos campaign, as it is usually called, occupied six days, and ended in the driving of the Filipino army and government from their capital. Hard fighting took place in the first days of this advance, and two extremely worthy American officers were killed, Colonels Egbert and Stotsenberg.

The Malolos Campaign.—On March 25th, the American forces began their push towards the Filipino capital of Malolos. This Malolos campaign, as it’s commonly referred to, lasted six days and resulted in the expulsion of the Filipino army and government from their capital. Intense fighting occurred in the initial days of this advance, and two highly respected American officers, Colonels Egbert and Stotsenberg, lost their lives.

The Filipino army was pursued in its retreat as far as Calumpit, where on the southern bank of the Rio Grande de Pampanga the American line rested during the height of the rainy season. During this interval the volunteer regiments, whose terms of service had long expired, were returned to the States, and their places taken by regiments of the regular army. [300]

The Filipino army was chased during its retreat all the way to Calumpit, where on the south bank of the Rio Grande de Pampanga, the American line settled in during the peak of the rainy season. During this time, the volunteer regiments, whose service terms had long ended, were sent back to the States, and regiments of the regular army took their places. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The American Army.—The American army at that time, besides the artillery, consisted of twenty-five regiments of infantry and ten of cavalry. Congress now authorized the organization of twenty-four new regiments of infantry, to be known as the 26th to the 49th Regiments of U. S. Volunteers, and one volunteer regiment of cavalry, the 11th, for a service of two years. These regiments were largely officered by men from civil life, familiar with a great variety of callings and professions,—men for the most part of fine character, whose services in the months that followed were very great not only in the field, but in gaining the friendship of the Filipino people and in representing the character and intentions of the American government.

The American Army.—At that time, the American army, in addition to the artillery, included twenty-five infantry regiments and ten cavalry regiments. Congress has now approved the formation of twenty-four new infantry regiments, to be designated as the 26th to the 49th Regiments of U.S. Volunteers, as well as one volunteer cavalry regiment, the 11th, for a two-year service. These regiments were mainly led by men from civilian backgrounds, experienced in a wide range of jobs and professions—mostly individuals of strong character, whose contributions in the months that followed were significant not only in combat but also in building relationships with the Filipino people and in showcasing the values and intentions of the American government.

Anti-War Agitators in America.—Through the summer of 1899 the war was not pressed by the American general, nor were the negotiations with the Filipino leaders conducted with success. The Filipinos were by no means dismayed. In spite of their reverses, they believed the conquest of the Islands impossible to foreign troops. Furthermore, the war had met with tremendous opposition in America. Many Americans believed that the war was against the fundamental rights of the Filipino people. They attacked the administration with unspeakable bitterness. They openly expressed sympathy for the Filipino revolutionary cause, and for the space of two years their encouragement was an important factor in sustaining the rebellion.

Anti-War Agitators in America.—Throughout the summer of 1899, the American general was not pushing the war, nor were the negotiations with the Filipino leaders going well. The Filipinos were far from discouraged. Despite their setbacks, they believed that foreign troops could never conquer the Islands. Additionally, the war faced significant backlash in America. Many Americans felt that the war went against the fundamental rights of the Filipino people. They fiercely criticized the administration and openly showed support for the Filipino revolutionary cause. For two years, their encouragement played a crucial role in maintaining the rebellion.

Spread of the Insurrection.—In these same summer months the revolutionary leaders spread their cause among the surrounding provinces and islands. The spirit of resistance was prominent at first only among the Tagálog, but gradually nearly all the Christianized population was united in resistance to the American occupation. [301]

Spread of the Insurrection.—During these summer months, the revolutionary leaders promoted their cause throughout the nearby provinces and islands. Initially, the spirit of resistance was mostly seen among the Tagálog, but over time, nearly all the Christianized population joined together in opposing the American occupation. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Occupation of Negros.—The Americans had meanwhile occupied Iloilo and the Bisayas, and shortly afterwards the presidios in Mindanao surrendered by the Spaniards. In Negros, also, exceptional circumstances had transpired. The people in this island invited American sovereignty; and Gen. James Smith, sent to the island in March as governor, assisted the people in forming a liberal government, through which insurrection and disorder in that island were largely avoided.

Occupation of Negros.—In the meantime, the Americans had taken control of Iloilo and the Visayas, and soon after, the Spanish surrendered their forts in Mindanao. In Negros, there were also unusual events. The people on this island welcomed American rule; General James Smith was sent to the island in March as governor and helped the locals establish a progressive government, which successfully minimized unrest and disorder on the island.

Death of General Luna.—With the cessation of heavy rains, the fighting was begun again in northern Luzon. The Filipino army had its headquarters in Tarlac, and its lines occupied the towns of the provinces of Pangasinan and Nueva Ecija, stretching in a long line of posts from the Zambales Mountains almost to the upper waters of the Rio Pampanga. It was still well armed, provisioned, and resolute; but the brilliant, though wayward, organizer of this army was dead. The Nationalist junta, which had directed the Philippine government and army, had not been able to reconcile its differences. It is reported that Luna aspired to a dictatorship. He was killed by soldiers of Aguinaldo at Cabanatuan.

Death of General Luna.—With the heavy rains coming to an end, fighting resumed in northern Luzon. The Filipino army was based in Tarlac, and its forces were stationed in the towns of Pangasinan and Nueva Ecija, creating a long stretch of posts from the Zambales Mountains almost to the upper reaches of the Rio Pampanga. The army was still well-armed, well-supplied, and determined; however, the brilliant yet unpredictable organizer of this army was dead. The Nationalist leadership, which had been managing the Philippine government and army, could not resolve its internal conflicts. It's said that Luna wanted to establish a dictatorship. He was killed by Aguinaldo’s soldiers in Cabanatuan.

American Campaigns in Northern Luzón

American Campaigns in Northern Luzón

American Campaigns in Northern Luzon

The Campaign in Northern Luzon.—The American generals now determined upon a strategic campaign. General MacArthur was to command an advance up the railroad from Calumpit upon Tarlac; General Lawton, with a flying column of swift infantry and cavalry, was to make a flanking movement eastward through Nueva Ecija and hem the Filipino forces in upon the east. Meanwhile, General Wheaton was to convey a force by transport to the Gulf of Lingayen, to throw a cordon across the Ilocano coast that should cut off the retreat of the Filipino army northward. As a strategic movement, this [303]campaign was only partially successful. MacArthur swept northward, crushing the Filipino line on his front, his advance being led by the active regiment of General J. Franklin Bell. Lawton’s column scoured the country eastward, marching with great rapidity and tremendous exertions. Swollen rivers were crossed with great loss of life, and the column, cutting loose from its supplies, was frequently in need of food. It was in this column that the Filipino first saw with amazement the great American cavalry horse, so large beside the small pony of the Philippines. Lawton’s descent was so swift that the Philippine government and staff narrowly escaped capture.

The Campaign in Northern Luzon.—The American generals have now decided on a strategic campaign. General MacArthur was to lead an advance up the railroad from Calumpit to Tarlac; General Lawton, with a fast-moving group of infantry and cavalry, was to conduct a flanking maneuver eastward through Nueva Ecija and corner the Filipino forces from the east. At the same time, General Wheaton was to transport a force to the Gulf of Lingayen, creating a barrier along the Ilocano coast to cut off the Filipino army’s retreat northward. As a strategic effort, this [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]campaign was only partially successful. MacArthur moved northward, breaking through the Filipino line ahead of him, with his advance being spearheaded by the active regiment of General J. Franklin Bell. Lawton’s group swept through the region eastward, moving quickly and with great effort. Swollen rivers were crossed at a high cost in lives, and the group, often cut off from their supplies, frequently struggled with hunger. It was within this group that Filipinos first saw with astonishment the impressive American cavalry horse, so much larger than the small ponies of the Philippines. Lawton’s advance was so rapid that the Philippine government and staff barely managed to avoid capture.

On the night of November 11th, the Filipino generals held their last council of war at Bayambang on the Rio Agno, and resolved upon dispersal. Meanwhile, Wheaton had landed at San Fabian, upon the southern Ilocano coast, but his force was insufficient to establish an effective cordon, and on the night of November 15th Aguinaldo, with a small party of ministers and officers, closely pursued by the cavalry of Lawton under the command of General Young, slipped past, through the mountains of Pozorubio and Rosario, and escaped up the Ilocano coast.

On the night of November 11th, the Filipino generals held their final council of war at Bayambang on the Rio Agno and decided to disperse. Meanwhile, Wheaton had landed at San Fabian on the southern Ilocano coast, but his troops were not enough to set up an effective cordon. Then, on the night of November 15th, Aguinaldo, along with a small group of ministers and officers, narrowly avoided capture by Lawton's cavalry led by General Young, slipping through the mountains of Pozorubio and Rosario to escape up the Ilocano coast.

Then began one of the most exciting pursuits in recent wars. The chase never slackened, except in those repeated instances when for the moment the trail of the Filipino general was lost. From Candon, Aguinaldo turned eastward through the comandancias of Lepanto and Bontoc, into the wild Igorrote country of the Cordillera Central. The trail into Lepanto leads over the lofty mountains through the precipitous Tila Pass. On the summit, in what was regarded as an impregnable position, Gregorio del Pilar, little more than a boy, but a [304]brigadier-general, with a small force of soldiers, the remnant of his command, attempted to cover the retreat of his president. But a battalion of the 33d Infantry, under Major March, carried the pass, with the total destruction of Pilar’s command, he himself falling amid the slain.

Then started one of the most thrilling pursuits in recent wars. The chase never eased up, except during the times when the Filipino general's trail was temporarily lost. From Candon, Aguinaldo headed east through the comandancias of Lepanto and Bontoc, into the rugged Igorrote region of the Cordillera Central. The route into Lepanto goes over the high mountains through the steep Tila Pass. At the top, in what was considered an unbeatable position, Gregorio del Pilar, still just a young man but a [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]brigadier-general, with a small group of soldiers, the last of his command, tried to protect the retreat of his president. However, a battalion of the 33rd Infantry, led by Major March, seized the pass, completely destroying Pilar’s command, and he himself fell among the dead.

General Pilar.

General Pilar.

General Pilar.

Capture of Aguinaldo.—Major March then pursued Aguinaldo into Bontoc and thence southward into the wild and mountainous territory of Quiangan. On Christmas night, 1899, the American soldiers camped on the crest of the Cordillera, within a few miles of the Igorrote village where the Filipino force was sleeping. Both parties were broken down and in dire distress through the fierceness of the flight and pursuit, but for several weeks longer Aguinaldo’s party was able to remain in these mountains and elude its pursuers. A month later, his trail was finally lost in the valley of the Cagayan. He and his small party had passed over the exceedingly difficult trail through the [305]Sierra Madre Mountains, to the little Tagálog town of Palanan near the Pacific coast. Here, almost entirely cut off from active participation in the insurrection, Aguinaldo remained until June of 1901, when he was captured by the party of General Funston.

Capture of Aguinaldo.—Major March then chased Aguinaldo into Bontoc and then south into the wild and rugged area of Quiangan. On Christmas night, 1899, the American soldiers camped on the ridge of the Cordillera, just a few miles from the Igorrote village where the Filipino troops were resting. Both sides were exhausted and in serious trouble from the intensity of the chase, but for several more weeks, Aguinaldo's group managed to stay in these mountains and avoid their pursuers. A month later, they finally lost his trail in the valley of the Cagayan. He and his small group had navigated the extremely tough path through the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Sierra Madre Mountains, reaching the small Tagálog town of Palanan near the Pacific coast. Here, almost completely isolated from active participation in the uprising, Aguinaldo stayed until June of 1901, when General Funston's troops captured him.

For some weeks following the disintegration of the Filipino army, the country appeared to be pacified and the insurrection over. The new regiments arriving from the United States, an expedition was formed under General Schwan, which in December and January marched southward through Cavite and Laguna provinces and occupied Batangas, Tayabas, and the Camarines. Other regiments were sent to the Bisayas and to northern Luzon, until every portion of the archipelago, except the islands of Mindoro and Palawan, contained large forces of American troops.

For a few weeks after the collapse of the Filipino army, the country seemed calm and the rebellion appeared to be ended. With new regiments arriving from the United States, an expedition was organized under General Schwan, which marched south through Cavite and Laguna provinces in December and January, occupying Batangas, Tayabas, and the Camarines. Other regiments were deployed to the Visayas and northern Luzon, until nearly every part of the archipelago, except for the islands of Mindoro and Palawan, had large numbers of American troops stationed there.

Reorganization of the Filipino Army.—The Filipinos had, by no means, however, abandoned the contest, and this period of quiet was simply a calm while the insurgent forces were perfecting their organization and preparing for a renewal of the conflict under a different form. It being found impossible for a Filipino army to keep the field, there was effected a secret organization for the purpose of maintaining irregular warfare through every portion of the archipelago. The Islands were partitioned into a great number of districts or “zones.” At the head of each was a zone commander, usually with the rank of general. The operations of these men were, to a certain extent, guided by the counsel or directions of the secret revolutionary juntas in Manila or Hongkong, but, in fact, they were practically absolute and independent, and they exercised extraordinary powers. They recruited their own forces and commissioned subordinate commanders. [306]They levied “contributions” upon towns, owners of haciendas, and individuals of every class, and there was a secret civil or municipal organization for collecting these revenues. The zone commanders, moreover, exercised the terrible power of execution by administrative order.

Reorganization of the Filipino Army.—The Filipinos had not given up on the fight; this calm period was just a pause while the insurgent forces were refining their organization and getting ready to restart the conflict in a new way. Since it was impossible for a Filipino army to stay in the field, a secret organization was formed to carry out irregular warfare across the entire archipelago. The Islands were divided into many districts or "zones." Each zone was led by a zone commander, usually holding the rank of general. Their actions were somewhat influenced by the advice or directives from the secret revolutionary groups in Manila or Hong Kong, but in reality, they were almost entirely independent and held significant power. They recruited their own troops and appointed lower-ranking commanders. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]They imposed "contributions" on towns, landowners, and individuals of all backgrounds, supported by a secret civil or municipal system for collecting these funds. Additionally, the zone commanders wielded the daunting authority to carry out executions by administrative order.

Assassination of Filipinos.—Many of the Filipino leaders were necessarily not well instructed in those rules for the conduct of warfare which civilized peoples have agreed upon as being humane and honorable. Many of them tried, especially in the latter months of the war, when understanding was more widely diffused, to make their conduct conform to international usage; but the revolutionary junta had committed the great crime of ordering the punishment by assassination of all Filipinos who failed to support the insurgent cause. No possible justification, in the light of modern morality, can be found for such a step as this. The very worst passions were let loose in carrying out this policy. Scores of unfortunate men were assassinated, many of them as the results of private enmity. Endless blackmail was extorted and communities were terrorized from one end of the archipelago to the other.

Assassination of Filipinos.—Many of the Filipino leaders were not well-versed in the rules of warfare that civilized nations have agreed upon as humane and honorable. During the latter months of the war, when understanding was more widespread, many of them tried to align their actions with international norms; however, the revolutionary junta had committed the grave offense of ordering the assassination of all Filipinos who did not support the insurgent cause. No justification, according to modern ethical standards, can be found for such an action. The worst human instincts were unleashed in implementing this policy. Numerous innocent men were assassinated, often due to personal grudges. There was rampant extortion and communities were terrorized across the entire archipelago.

Irregular Warfare of the Filipinos.—Through the surrender of Spanish forces, the capture of the arsenals of Cavite and Olongapo, and by purchase through Hongkong, the revolutionary government possessed between thirty thousand and forty thousand rifles. These arms were distributed to the different military zones, and the secret organization which existed in each municipality received its proportion. These guns were secreted by the different members of the command, except when occasion arose for effecting a surprise or making an attack. There [307]were no general engagements, but in some towns there was almost nightly shooting. Pickets and small detachments were cut off, and roads became so unsafe throughout most of the archipelago that there was no travel by Americans except under heavy escort. For a long time, also, the orders of the commanding general were so lenient that it was impossible to punish properly this conduct when it was discovered.

Irregular Warfare of the Filipinos.—With the surrender of Spanish forces, the capture of the arsenals in Cavite and Olongapo, and purchases made in Hong Kong, the revolutionary government acquired between thirty and forty thousand rifles. These weapons were distributed across different military zones, and the secret organization present in each municipality received its share. The guns were hidden by the various members of the command, only used when the opportunity arose for a surprise attack. There [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]weren't any large battles, but in some towns, there was shooting nearly every night. Pickets and small detachments were ambushed, and roads became so dangerous across most of the archipelago that Americans could only travel under heavy escort. For a long time, the directives from the commanding general were so lenient that it became impossible to effectively punish this behavior when it was discovered.

Death of General Lawton.—The American army, in its attempt to garrison every important town in the Islands, was cut up into as many as 550 small detachments of post garrisons. Thus, while there were eventually sixty thousand American soldiers in the Islands, it was rare for as many as five hundred to take the field, and most of the engagements of the year 1900 were by small detachments of fifty to one hundred men.

Death of General Lawton.—The American army, in its effort to occupy every key town in the Islands, was divided into around 550 small detachments for garrison duty. So, even though there were eventually sixty thousand American soldiers in the Islands, it was uncommon for as many as five hundred to be deployed together, and most of the battles in 1900 involved small groups of fifty to one hundred men.

It was in one of these small expeditions that the American army suffered the greatest single loss of the war. A few miles east of Manila is the beautiful Mariquina Valley, from which is derived the city’s supply of water, and the headwaters of this pretty stream lie in the wild and picturesque fastness of San Mateo and Montalban. Although scarce a dozen miles from the capital and the headquarters of a Filipino brigade, San Mateo was not permanently occupied by the Americans until after the 18th of December, 1899, when a force under General Lawton was led around through the hills to surprise the town.

It was during one of these small missions that the American army faced its biggest single loss of the war. Just a few miles east of Manila lies the beautiful Mariquina Valley, which provides the city’s water supply, and the source of this lovely stream is in the wild and scenic areas of San Mateo and Montalban. Even though it was barely a dozen miles from the capital and near a Filipino brigade's headquarters, San Mateo wasn’t permanently occupied by the Americans until after December 18, 1899, when a force led by General Lawton was brought around through the hills to catch the town by surprise.

Early in the morning the American force came pouring down over the hills that lie across the river from the village. They were met by a brisk fire from the insurgent command scattered along the banks of the river and in a sugar hacienda close to the stream. Here Lawton, conspicuous in white uniform and helmet, accompanying, as [308]was his custom, the front line of skirmishers, was struck by a bullet and instantly killed.

Early in the morning, the American troops surged down the hills across the river from the village. They were met by a sharp gunfire from the rebel forces positioned along the riverbanks and in a nearby sugar plantation. Here, Lawton, clearly visible in his white uniform and helmet, was leading the front line of skirmishers, as [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] was his custom, when he was hit by a bullet and killed instantly.

Filipino Leaders Sent to Guam.—In November, 1900, after the reëlection in the United States of President McKinley, a much more vigorous policy of war was inaugurated. In this month General MacArthur, commanding the division, issued a notable general order, defining and explaining the laws of war which were being violated, and threatening punishment by imprisonment of those guilty of such conduct. Some thousands of Filipinos under this order were arrested and imprisoned. Thirty-nine leaders, among them the high-minded but irreconcilable Mabini, were in December, 1900, sent to a military prison on the island of Guam.

Filipino Leaders Sent to Guam.—In November 1900, after President McKinley was re-elected in the United States, a much more aggressive war policy was put in place. That month, General MacArthur, who was in charge of the division, issued an important general order that defined and explained the laws of war that were being violated, and stated that those responsible would face imprisonment. Thousands of Filipinos were arrested and imprisoned under this order. In December 1900, thirty-nine leaders, including the principled but unyielding Mabini, were sent to a military prison on the island of Guam.

Campaigning was much more vigorously prosecuted in all military districts. By this time all the American officers had become familiar with the insurgent leaders, and these were now obliged to leave the towns and establish cuartels in remote barrios and in the mountains.

Campaigning was much more intensely pursued in all military districts. By now, all the American officers had gotten to know the insurgent leaders, who were now forced to leave the towns and set up base in remote neighborhoods and in the mountains.

These measures, pursued through the winter of 1900–01, broke the power of the revolution.

These actions taken during the winter of 1900–01 ended the revolution's strength.

The Philippine Civil Commission.—Another very influential factor in producing peace resulted from the presence and labors of the Civil Philippine Commission. These gentlemen, Judge William H. Taft, Judge Luke E. Wright, Judge Henry C. Ide, Professor Dean C. Worcester, and Professor Bernard Moses, were appointed by the president in the spring of 1900 to legislate for the Islands and to prepare the way for the establishment of civil government. President McKinley’s letter of instructions to this commission will probably be ranked as one of the ablest and most notable public papers in American history.

The Philippine Civil Commission.—Another significant factor in achieving peace was the work of the Philippine Civil Commission. This group, consisting of Judge William H. Taft, Judge Luke E. Wright, Judge Henry C. Ide, Professor Dean C. Worcester, and Professor Bernard Moses, was appointed by the president in the spring of 1900 to create laws for the Islands and help set up a civil government. President McKinley’s letter of instructions to this commission is likely to be considered one of the most exceptional and important public documents in American history.

The commission reached the Islands in June and began [309]their legislative work on September 1st. This body of men, remarkable for their high character, was able at last to bring about an understanding with the Filipino leaders and to assure them of the unselfish and honorable purposes of the American government. Thus, by the early winter of 1900–01 many Filipino gentlemen became convinced that the best interests of the Islands lay in accepting American sovereignty, and that they could honorably advocate the surrender of the insurgent forces. These men represented the highest attainments and most influential positions in the Islands. In December they formed an association known as the Federal Party, for the purpose of inducing the surrender of military leaders, obedience to the American government, and the acceptance of peace.

The commission arrived in the Islands in June and started their legislative work on September 1st. This group of men, known for their integrity, was finally able to reach an agreement with the Filipino leaders and assure them of the selfless and honorable intentions of the American government. By early winter of 1900–01, many Filipino gentlemen came to believe that the best interests of the Islands lay in accepting American rule, and that they could respectfully support the surrender of the insurgent forces. These individuals represented the highest achievements and most powerful positions in the Islands. In December, they established an organization called the Federal Party, aimed at encouraging the surrender of military leaders, compliance with the American government, and the acceptance of peace.

End of the Insurrection.—Under these influences, the insurrection, in the spring of 1901, went rapidly to pieces. Leader after leader surrendered his forces and arms, and took the oath of allegiance and quietly returned home. By the end of June there were but two zone commanders who had not surrendered,—General Malvar in Batangas, and General Lukban in Samar.

End of the Insurrection.—Due to these factors, the insurrection in the spring of 1901 quickly fell apart. One leader after another gave up their forces and weapons, pledged loyalty, and returned home peacefully. By the end of June, only two zone commanders remained who had not surrendered—General Malvar in Batangas and General Lukban in Samar.

Governor Taft.

Governor Taft.

Governor Taft.

The First Civil Governor.—Peaceful conditions and security almost immediately followed these surrenders and [310]determined the president to establish at once civil government. On July 4, 1901, this important step was taken, Judge Taft, the president of the Philippine Commission, taking office on that date as the first American civil governor of the Philippines. On September 1st, the Philippine Commission was increased by the appointment of three Filipino members,—the Hon. T. H. Pardo de Tavera, M. D., the Hon. Benito Legarda, and the Hon. José Luzuriaga of Negros.

The First Civil Governor.—Peaceful conditions and security almost immediately followed these surrenders and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] led the president to quickly establish a civil government. On July 4, 1901, this significant step was taken, with Judge Taft, the president of the Philippine Commission, assuming office on that date as the first American civil governor of the Philippines. On September 1st, the Philippine Commission expanded with the appointment of three Filipino members: the Hon. T. H. Pardo de Tavera, M. D., the Hon. Benito Legarda, and the Hon. José Luzuriaga of Negros.

The Philippine Commission has achieved a remarkable amount of legislation of a very high order. From September, 1900, to the end of December, 1902, the commission passed no less than 571 acts of legislation. Some of these were of very great importance and involved long preparation and labor. Few administrative bodies have ever worked harder and with greater results than the Philippine Commission during the first two years of its activity. The frame of government in all its branches had to be organized and set in motion, the civil and criminal law liberalized, revenue provided, and public instruction remodeled on a very extensive scale.

The Philippine Commission has accomplished an impressive amount of high-level legislation. From September 1900 to the end of December 1902, the commission enacted 571 laws. Many of these were extremely significant and required extensive preparation and effort. Few administrative bodies have worked harder or achieved greater results than the Philippine Commission during its first two years. They had to establish and launch the framework of government across all branches, reform civil and criminal law, secure revenue, and revamp public education on a large scale.

The New Government.—The government is a very liberal one, and one which gives an increasing opportunity for participation to the Filipinos. It includes what is called local self-government. There are in the Islands about 1,132 municipalities. In these the residents practically manage their own affairs. There are thirty-eight organized provinces in the archipelago, in which the administration rests with the Provincial Board composed of the governor, treasurer, and supervisor or engineer. The governor is elected for the term of one year by the councilors of all the towns united in assembly. The treasurer and supervisor are appointed by the governor of the [311]Philippine archipelago under the rules of the Civil Service Board. The civil service is a subject which has commanded the special consideration of the Commission. It gives equal opportunity to the Filipino and to the American to enter the public service and to gain public promotion; and the Filipino is by law even given the preference where possessed of the requisite ability.

The New Government.—The government is very progressive and offers more chances for Filipinos to participate. It includes something called local self-government. There are about 1,132 municipalities in the Islands, where residents essentially manage their own affairs. The archipelago has thirty-eight organized provinces, and the administration is handled by the Provincial Board, made up of the governor, treasurer, and supervisor or engineer. The governor is elected for a one-year term by the councilors from all the towns gathered in assembly. The treasurer and supervisor are appointed by the governor of the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Philippine archipelago according to the rules of the Civil Service Board. Civil service is a topic that has received special attention from the Commission. It provides equal opportunities for both Filipinos and Americans to enter public service and gain promotions; and by law, Filipinos are given preference if they have the necessary skills.

The Palace, Manila. Headquarters of the Government.

The Palace, Manila. Headquarters of the Government.

The Palace, Manila. The Government's headquarters.

The Insular Government.—For the purposes of administration, the insular, or central government of the Islands is divided into four branches, called departments, each directed by a secretary who is also a member of the Philippine Commission. These departments are, interior, Secretary Worcester; finance and justice, Secretary Ide; commerce and police, Secretary Wright; and public instruction, Secretary Moses, until January 1, 1903, and since [312]that date Secretary Smith. Under each of these departments are a large number of bureaus, by which the many important activities of the government are performed.

The Insular Government.—For administration purposes, the insular, or central government of the Islands is divided into four branches, called departments, each led by a secretary who is also a member of the Philippine Commission. These departments are: interior, Secretary Worcester; finance and justice, Secretary Ide; commerce and police, Secretary Wright; and public instruction, Secretary Moses until January 1, 1903, and since [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]that date Secretary Smith. Under each of these departments, there are many bureaus that handle the various important activities of the government.

We have only to examine a list of these bureaus to see how many-sided is the work which the government is performing. It is a veritable commonwealth, complete in all the branches which demand the attention of modern governments. Thus, under the Department of the Interior, there is the Bureau of Public Health, with its extremely important duties of combating epidemic diseases and improving public sanitation, with its public hospitals, sanitariums, and charities; the Bureau of Government Laboratories for making bacteriological and chemical investigations; a Bureau of Forestry; a Bureau of Mining; the Philippine Weather Bureau; a Bureau of Agriculture; a Bureau of Non-Christian Tribes for conducting the government work in ethnology and for framing legislation for pagan and Mohammedan tribes; and a Bureau of Public Lands.

We just need to look at a list of these agencies to see how diverse the government's work is. It's basically a comprehensive system, covering all the areas that modern governments need to focus on. For example, under the Department of the Interior, there's the Bureau of Public Health, which plays a crucial role in fighting epidemics and enhancing public sanitation, managing hospitals, treatment centers, and charitable efforts; the Bureau of Government Laboratories for conducting bacteriological and chemical research; a Bureau of Forestry; a Bureau of Mining; the Philippine Weather Bureau; a Bureau of Agriculture; a Bureau of Non-Christian Tribes that handles government work related to ethnology and creates laws for pagan and Muslim tribes; and a Bureau of Public Lands.

Under the department of Commerce and Police are the Bureau of Posts; Signal Service; the Philippines Constabulary, really an insular army, with its force of some sixty-five hundred officers and men; Prisons; the Coast Guard and Transportation Service, with a fleet of about twenty beautiful little steamers, nearly all of them newly built for this service and named for islands of the archipelago; the Coast and Geodetic Survey, doing the much-needed work of charting the dangerous coasts and treacherous waters of the archipelago; and the Bureau of Engineering, which has under its charge great public works, many of which are already under way.

Under the Department of Commerce and Police are the Bureau of Posts; Signal Service; the Philippine Constabulary, which is essentially a local army with around 6,500 officers and personnel; Prisons; the Coast Guard and Transportation Service, with a fleet of about twenty beautiful little steamers, almost all newly built for this service and named after islands in the archipelago; the Coast and Geodetic Survey, which is doing the necessary work of charting the dangerous coasts and treacherous waters of the archipelago; and the Bureau of Engineering, which oversees significant public works, many of which are already in progress.

Under the Department of Finance and Justice are the Insular Treasurer; the Insular Auditor; the Bureau of [313]Customs and Immigration; the Bureau of Internal Revenue; the Insular Cold Storage and Ice Plant; and the great Bureau of Justice.

Under the Department of Finance and Justice are the Insular Treasurer; the Insular Auditor; the Bureau of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Customs and Immigration; the Bureau of Internal Revenue; the Insular Cold Storage and Ice Plant; and the major Bureau of Justice.

Under the Department of Public Instruction there is the Bureau of Education in charge of the system of public schools; a Bureau of Printing and Engraving, with a new and fully equipped plant; a Bureau of Architecture; a Bureau of Archives; a Bureau of Statistics; and the Philippine Museum.

Under the Department of Public Instruction, there is the Bureau of Education, which oversees the public school system; a Bureau of Printing and Engraving, equipped with a new and fully operational facility; a Bureau of Architecture; a Bureau of Archives; a Bureau of Statistics; and the Philippine Museum.

Revenues and Expenditures.—The maintenance of these numerous activities calls for an expenditure of large sums of money, but the insular government and the Filipino people are fortunate in having had their finances managed with exceptional ability. The revenues of the Islands for the past fiscal year have amounted to about $10,638,000, gold. Public expenditures, including the purchase of equipment such as the coast-guard fleet and the forwarding of great public works such as the improving of the harbor of Manila, amounted during fiscal year of 1903 to about $9,150,000, gold. The government has at all times preserved a good balance in its treasury; but the past year has seen some diminution in the amount of revenues, owing to the great depreciation of silver money, the falling off of imports, the wide prevalence of cholera, and the poverty of many parts of the country as a result of war and the loss of livestock through pest. To assist the government of the Philippines, the Congress of the United States in February, 1903, with great and characteristic generosity appropriated the sum of $3,000,000, gold, as a free gift to the people and government of the Philippines.

Revenues and Expenditures.—Managing these many activities requires a significant amount of money, but the insular government and the Filipino people are lucky to have their finances handled with exceptional skill. The Islands' revenues for the past fiscal year totalled around $10,638,000 in gold. Public spending, which includes buying equipment like the coast guard fleet and funding major public works such as improving the harbor of Manila, reached about $9,150,000 in gold during the fiscal year of 1903. The government has always maintained a healthy treasury balance; however, last year saw a decline in revenues due to the sharp drop in the value of silver money, reduced imports, widespread cholera, and the poverty affecting many regions of the country because of war and livestock losses from disease. To support the government of the Philippines, the United States Congress generously allocated $3,000,000 in gold in February 1903 as a gift to the people and government of the Philippines.

The Judicial System.—Especially fortunate, also, have been the labors of the commission in establishing a judicial system and revising the Spanish law. The legal [314]ability of the commission is unusually high. As at present constituted, the judicial system consists of a Supreme Court composed of seven justices, three of whom at the present time are Filipinos, which, besides trying cases over which it has original jurisdiction, hears cases brought on appeal from the Courts of First Instance, fifteen in number, which sit in different parts of the Islands. Each town, moreover, has its justices of the peace for the trial of small cases and for holding preliminary examinations in cases of crimes. By the new Code of Civil Procedure, the administration of justice has been so simplified that there are probably no courts in the world where justice can be more quickly secured than here.

The Judicial System.—The efforts of the commission in creating a judicial system and updating Spanish law have been especially successful. The legal expertise of the commission is quite high. Currently, the judicial system features a Supreme Court made up of seven justices, three of whom are Filipinos. This court not only handles cases within its original jurisdiction but also hears appeals from the fifteen Courts of First Instance located throughout the Islands. Additionally, each town has justices of the peace to manage minor cases and conduct preliminary examinations for criminal cases. Thanks to the new Code of Civil Procedure, the justice system has been streamlined so effectively that there are likely no courts in the world where justice can be obtained more quickly than here.

System of Public Schools.—Probably no feature of the American government in the Islands has attracted more attention than the system of public schools. Popular education, while by no means wholly neglected under the Spanish government, was inadequate, and was continually opposed by the clerical and conservative Spanish forces, who feared that the liberalizing of the Filipino people would be the loosening of the control of both Spanish state and church. On the contrary, the success of the American government, as of any government in which the people participate, depends upon the intelligence and education of the people. Thus, the American government is as anxious to destroy ignorance and poverty as the Spanish government and the Spanish church were desirous of preserving these deeply unfortunate conditions.

System of Public Schools.—Probably no aspect of the American government in the Islands has received more attention than the public school system. While education was not completely ignored under the Spanish rule, it was insufficient and faced ongoing resistance from the clerical and conservative Spanish factions. They feared that educating the Filipino people would weaken the control of both the Spanish state and the church. In contrast, the success of the American government, like any government where people have a voice, relies on the knowledge and education of its citizens. Therefore, the American government is just as determined to eliminate ignorance and poverty as the Spanish government and church were intent on maintaining these unfortunate circumstances.

Americans believe that if knowledge is generally spread among the Filipino people, if there can be a real understanding of the genius and purpose of our American institutions, there will come increasing content and satisfaction [315]to dwell under American law. Thus, education was early encouraged by the American army, and it received the first attention of the commission. The widespread system of public schools which now exists in these islands was organized by the first General Superintendent of Public Instruction, Dr. Fred W. Atkinson, and by Professor Bernard Moses of the Philippine Commission.

Americans believe that if knowledge is widely shared among the Filipino people, and if there’s a true understanding of the brilliance and purpose of our American institutions, it will lead to greater contentment and satisfaction [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]living under American law. Therefore, the American army promoted education early on, and it received immediate attention from the commission. The extensive public school system that exists in these islands today was organized by the first General Superintendent of Public Instruction, Dr. Fred W. Atkinson, and by Professor Bernard Moses of the Philippine Commission.

Instruction in the English Language.—The basis of this public instruction is the English language. This was early decided upon in view of the great number of Filipino dialects, the absence of a common native language or literature, and the very moderate acquaintance with Spanish by any except the educated class.

Instruction in the English Language.—The foundation of this public instruction is the English language. This was established early on due to the large number of Filipino dialects, the lack of a common native language or literature, and the limited knowledge of Spanish among all but the educated class.

It is fortunate for the Filipino people that English has been introduced here and that its knowledge is rapidly spreading. Knowledge of language is power, and the more widely spoken the tongue, the greater the possession of the individual who acquires it. Of all the languages of the world, English is to-day the most widely spoken and is most rapidly spreading. Moreover, English is preëminently the language of the Far East. From Yokohama to Australia, and from Manila to the Isthmus of Suez, English is the common medium of communication. It is the language alike of business and of diplomacy. The Filipino people, so eager to participate in all the busy life of eastern Asia, so ambitious to make their influence felt and their counsels regarded, will be debarred from all this unless they master this mighty English tongue.

It's a good thing for the Filipino people that English has been introduced here and that more people are learning it quickly. Knowing a language is a form of power, and the more widely spoken a language is, the more valuable it becomes for those who learn it. Of all the languages in the world, English is currently the most spoken and is spreading rapidly. Additionally, English is the primary language in the Far East. From Yokohama to Australia, and from Manila to the Suez Canal, English is the common way people communicate. It's the language used in both business and diplomacy. The Filipino people, eager to get involved in the vibrant life of Eastern Asia and hoping to make their voices heard and their advice respected, will miss out on these opportunities unless they become proficient in the powerful English language.

The Filipino Assembly.—Thus, after four and a half years of American occupation, the sovereignty of the United States has been established in the archipelago, and a form of government, unique in the history of colonial administration, inaugurated. One other step in the contemplation [316]of Congress, which will still further make the government a government of the Filipino people, remains to be taken. This is the formation of a Filipino assembly of delegates or representatives, chosen by popular vote from all the Christianized provinces of the archipelago. The recent census of the Philippines will form the basis for the apportionment of this representation. This assembly will share the legislative power on all matters pertaining to the Christian people of the Philippines and those parts of the Islands inhabited by them. When this step shall have been taken, the government of the Philippine Islands will be like the typical and peculiarly American form of government known as territorial.

The Filipino Assembly.—After four and a half years of American occupation, the United States has established its sovereignty in the archipelago, and a unique form of government, unprecedented in colonial administration, has been launched. One more step is needed to further make the government representative of the Filipino people. This involves forming an assembly of delegates or representatives, elected by popular vote from all the Christianized provinces of the archipelago. The recent census of the Philippines will be used as the basis for assigning this representation. This assembly will share legislative power over all matters relating to the Christian population of the Philippines and the areas of the Islands inhabited by them. Once this step is completed, the government of the Philippine Islands will resemble the typical and distinctly American form of government known as territorial.

Territorial Form of Government in the United States.—The American Union is composed of a number of states or commonwealths which, while differing vastly in wealth and population, are on absolutely equal footing in the Union. The inhabitants of these states form politically the American sovereignty. They elect the president and Congress, and through their state legislatures may change or amend the form of the American state itself.

Territorial Form of Government in the United States.—The American Union is made up of several states or commonwealths that, despite significant differences in wealth and population, stand on completely equal ground within the Union. The people living in these states collectively represent American sovereignty. They elect the president and Congress, and through their state legislatures, they can change or amend the structure of the American state itself.

Besides these states, there have always been large possessions of the nation called territories. These territories are extensive countries, too sparsely inhabited or too undeveloped politically to be admitted, in the judgment of the American Congress, to statehood in the Union. Their inhabitants do not have the right to vote for the president; neither have they representation in the American Congress. These territories are governed by Congress, through territorial governments, and over them Congress has full sovereign powers. That is, as the Supreme Court of the United States has decided and explained, while Congress when legislating for the states in the Union has [317]only those powers of legislation which have been specifically granted by the Constitution, in legislating for the territories it has all the powers which the Constitution has not specifically denied. The only limitations on Congress are those which, under the American system of public law, guarantee the liberty of the individual,—his freedom of religious belief and worship; his right to just, open, and speedy trial; his right to the possession of his property; and other precious privileges, the result of centuries of development in the English-speaking race, which make up civil liberty. These priceless securities, which no power of the government can take away, abridge, or infringe, are as much the possession of the inhabitants of a territory as of a state.1

Besides these states, there have always been large parts of the nation known as territories. These territories are expansive regions, too sparsely populated or politically undeveloped to be granted statehood in the eyes of the American Congress. Their residents do not have the right to vote for the president, nor do they have representation in Congress. Congress governs these territories through territorial governments and holds full sovereign powers over them. As decided by the Supreme Court of the United States, while Congress has only the powers specifically granted by the Constitution when legislating for states in the Union, it has all the powers not explicitly denied by the Constitution when legislating for territories. The only constraints on Congress are those that, under the American public law system, protect individual liberties—such as freedom of religion and worship, the right to a fair, open, and speedy trial, the right to own property, and other vital rights that have evolved over centuries in the English-speaking world, which constitute civil liberty. These invaluable rights, which cannot be taken away, restricted, or violated by the government, belong to the inhabitants of a territory just as much as they do to those of a state.

The government of these territories has varied greatly in form and may be changed at any time by Congress, but it usually consists of a governor and supreme court, appointed by the president of the United States, and a legislature elected by the people. Since 1783 there has always been territory so held and governed by the United States, and if we may judge from the remarkable history of these regions, this form of government of dependent possessions is the most successful and most advantageous to the territory itself that has ever been devised.

The government of these territories has changed a lot over time and can be altered at any moment by Congress, but it typically includes a governor and a supreme court, both appointed by the president of the United States, along with a legislature elected by the people. Since 1783, there has always been territory governed by the United States, and if we look at the remarkable history of these regions, this system of government for dependent possessions is the most effective and beneficial for the territory itself that has ever been created.

At the present time, the territories of the United States are Oklahoma, the Indian Territory, New Mexico, Arizona, [318]Alaska, the Hawaiian Islands, Porto Rico, the Philippines, and Guam.

At this time, the territories of the United States are Oklahoma, the Indian Territory, New Mexico, Arizona, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Alaska, the Hawaiian Islands, Puerto Rico, the Philippines, and Guam.

The territorial form of government has frequently been regarded by American statesmen as a temporary condition to be followed at a comparatively early date by statehood. But after more than a century of development, territorial government, as shaped by Congress and as defined by the Supreme Court, shows itself so flexible and advantageous that there is no reason why it should not be regarded as a permanent and final form. Whether it will long prevail in the Philippines, depends very largely upon the political development and ultimate desires of the Filipino people themselves. For the present, it is the only suitable form of government and the only form which it is statesmanlike to contemplate.

The territorial form of government has often been seen by American leaders as a temporary setup that would soon be replaced by statehood. However, after more than a hundred years of evolution, territorial government, as shaped by Congress and defined by the Supreme Court, has proven to be so adaptable and beneficial that there’s no reason it shouldn’t be seen as a permanent and final option. Whether it will continue in the Philippines largely depends on the political development and ultimate wishes of the Filipino people themselves. For now, it's the only suitable form of government and the only one worth considering.

Filipino Independence.—The events of the last few years seem to indicate that the American nation will not intrust the Philippines with independence until they have immeasurably gained in political experience and social self-control. The question is too great to be discussed here, but this much may be said: The rapid march of international politics in this coming century will not be favorable to the independence of the small and imperfectly developed state. Independence, while it may fascinate the popular leader, may not be most advantageous for this people. Independence, under present tendencies of international trade, means economic isolation. Independence, in the present age, compels preparedness for war; preparedness for war necessitates the maintenance of strong armies, the building of great navies, and the great economic burdens required to sustain these armaments. Especially would this be true of an archipelago so exposed to attack, so surrounded by ambitious powers, and so [319]near the center of coming struggle, as are the Philippines. Japan, with a population of forty-two million, wonderful for their industry and economy, and passionately devoted to their emperor, is independent, but at great cost. The burden of her splendid army and her modern navy weighs heavily upon her people, consumes a large proportion of their earnings, and sometimes seems to be threatening to strain the resources of the nation almost to the point of breaking.

Filipino Independence.—The events of the last few years suggest that the United States will not grant the Philippines independence until they have significantly improved their political experience and social self-control. This topic is too complex for a full discussion here, but it’s clear that the fast pace of international politics in the upcoming century will not favor the independence of smaller, underdeveloped nations. While independence might appeal to popular leaders, it may not be in the best interest of the people. In today's world, independence often leads to economic isolation. It also requires readiness for war, which means maintaining large armies, building powerful navies, and bearing the heavy economic costs that come with military strength. This is especially true for an archipelago like the Philippines, which is vulnerable to attacks, surrounded by ambitious nations, and situated close to future conflicts. Japan, with its population of forty-two million, known for its industriousness and commitment to the emperor, is independent, but it comes at a high price. The weight of its impressive army and modern navy burdens its people, consumes a large share of their income, and sometimes threatens to push the nation's resources to the brink.

Advantages of American Control.—Surely, a people is economically far more privileged if, like the Philippines under the American government, or Australia under the British, they are compelled to sustain no portion of the burden of exterior defense. The navies of the United States to-day protect the integrity of the Philippine archipelago. The power of a nation so strong and so terrible, when once aroused, that no country on the globe would think for a minute of wantonly molesting its territory, shields the Filipino from all outside interference and permits him to expend all his energy in the development of those abilities to which his temperament and endowment inspire him.

Advantages of American Control.—Certainly, a people is economically much better off if, like the Philippines under American rule or Australia under British rule, they don't have to bear any part of the burden of external defense. The United States Navy today protects the integrity of the Philippine archipelago. The strength and formidable power of a nation, when roused, is such that no country in the world would even think about recklessly threatening its territory, shielding the Filipino from all outside interference and allowing him to focus all his energy on developing the skills that his temperament and talents inspire him to pursue.

American government means freedom of opportunity. There is no honorable pursuit, calling, or walk of life under heaven in which the Filipino may not now engage and in which he will not find his endeavors encouraged and his success met with generous appreciation. In politics, his progress may be slow, because progress here is not the development of the individual nor of the few, but of the whole. But in the no less noble pursuits of science, literature, and art, we may in this very generation see Filipinos achieving more than notable success and distinction, not only for themselves but for their land. [320]

American government means freedom of opportunity. There is no honorable pursuit, career, or way of life on earth that Filipinos can't now engage in, and where they won't find their efforts supported and their successes celebrated. In politics, progress may be slow because it's not just about the individual or a select few but about everyone as a whole. However, in the equally noble fields of science, literature, and art, we may see Filipinos in this very generation achieving remarkable success and recognition, not just for themselves but for their country. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Patriotic Duty.—Patriotic duty, as regards the Philippines, means for the American a wholesome belief in the uprightness of the national purposes; a loyal appreciation of the men who have here worked wisely and without selfishness, and have borne the brunt of the toil; a loyalty to the government of the Philippines and of the United States, so long as these governments live honestly, rule justly, and increase liberty; and a frank and hearty recognition of every advance made by the Filipino people themselves. And for the Filipinos, patriotic duty means a full acceptance of government as it has now been established, as better than what has preceded, and perhaps superior to what he himself would have chosen and could have devised; a loyalty to his own people and to their interests and to the public interests, that shall, overcome the personal selfishness that has set its cruel mark on every native institution in this land; and a resolution to obey the laws, preserve the peace, and use faithfully every opportunity for the development of his own character and the betterment of the race. [321]

Patriotic Duty.—For Americans, patriotic duty regarding the Philippines means having a strong belief in the integrity of national goals; a genuine appreciation for those who have worked wisely and selflessly here and have taken on the heavy lifting; a commitment to the governments of the Philippines and the United States, as long as these governments act honestly, govern justly, and promote freedom; and a sincere acknowledgment of every progress made by the Filipino people themselves. For Filipinos, patriotic duty means fully accepting the current government as an improvement over what came before, and possibly better than what they might have chosen or designed themselves; loyalty to their own people and their interests, as well as the public good, that overcomes the personal selfishness that has negatively impacted every native institution in the country; and a determination to obey the laws, maintain peace, and make the most of every opportunity to develop their character and improve their community. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 See the decisions of the Supreme Court in the cases of American Insurance Co. v. Canter (1 Peters, 511), decided in 1828; National Bank v. County of Yankton (101 U. S. Reports, 129), decided in 1879; The Mormon Church v. United States (136 U. S. Reports, 1), decided May, 1890. On the domain of personal liberty possessed by the inhabitants of a territory, in addition to above cases, see also the cases of Reynolds v. United States (98 U. S. Reports, 154), 1878; and Murphy v. Ramsey (114 U. S. Reports, 15), 1884.

1 Check out the decisions of the Supreme Court in the cases of American Insurance Co. v. Canter (1 Peters, 511), decided in 1828; National Bank v. County of Yankton (101 U. S. Reports, 129), decided in 1879; The Mormon Church v. United States (136 U. S. Reports, 1), decided in May 1890. For more on the personal liberty rights of people living in a territory, in addition to the above cases, check out Reynolds v. United States (98 U. S. Reports, 154), 1878; and Murphy v. Ramsey (114 U. S. Reports, 15), 1884.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Appendix.

Spanish Governors of the Philippines.

(1571–1898.)

  • 1571–1572 Don Miguel Lopez de Legaspi.
  • 1572–1575 (Tesorero) Guido do Labezares.
  • 1575–1580 Don Francisco La-Sande.
  • 1580–1583 Don Gonzalo Ronquillo.
  • 1583–1584 Don Diego Ronquillo.
  • 1584–1590 Dr. Don Santiago de Vera.
  • 1590–1593 Don Gomez Perez de Dasmariñas.
  • 1593–1595 Luis Perez Dasmariñas.
  • 1595–1596 Don Antonio de Morga.
  • 1596–1602 Don Francisco Tello de Guzman.
  • 1602–1606 Don Pedro Bravo de Acuña.
  • 1606–1608 Royal Audiencia.
  • 1608–1609 Don Rodrigo Vivero.
  • 1609–1616 Don Juan de Silva.
  • 1616–1618 Don Andres Alcazar.
  • 1618–1624 Don Alonso Faxardo y Tenza.
  • 1624–1625 Royal Audiencia.
  • 1625–1626 Don Fernando de Silva.
  • 1626–1632 Don Juan Niño de Tabora.
  • 1632–1633 Royal Audiencia.
  • 1633–1635 Don Juan Zerezo de Salamanca.
  • 1635–1644 Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera.
  • 1644–1653 Don Diego Faxardo y Chacon.
  • 1653–1663 Sabiano Manrique de Lara.
  • 1663–1668 Don Diego Salcedo.
  • 1668–1669 Señor Peña Bonifaz.
  • 1669–1677 Don Manuel de Leon.
  • 1677–1678 Royal Audiencia.
  • 1678–1684 Don Juan de Vargas.
  • 1684–1689 Don Gabriel de Curuzalequi.
  • 1689–1690 Don Alonso de Avila Fuertes.[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  • 1690–1701 Don Fausto Cruzat y Gongora.
  • 1701–1709 Don Domingo Zabalburu.
  • 1709–1715 Conde de Lizarraga.
  • 1715–1717 Royal Audiencia.
  • 1717–1719 Don Fernando Manuel de Bustamante.
  • 1719–1721 Archbishop Cuesta.
  • 1721–1729 Don Toribio José de Cosio y Campo (Marqués de Torre Campo).
  • 1729–1739 Don Fernando Valdes y Tamon.
  • 1739–1745 Don Gaspar de la Torre.
  • 1745–1750 Bishop Father Juan de Arrechedra.
  • 1750–1754 Don Francisco José de Obando y Solis.
  • 1754–1759 Don Pedro Manuel de Arandía y Santisteban.
  • 1759–1761 Don Miguel Lino de Ezpeleta (Bishop of Zebu).
  • 1761–1764 Archbishop Don Manuel Antonio Rojo del Rio y Vieyra.
  • 1764–1764 Dr. Don Simon de Anda y Salazar.
  • 1764–1765 Don Francisco de la Torre.
  • 1765–1770 Don José Raon.
  • 1770–1778 Dr. Don Simon de Anda y Salazar.
  • 1778–1787 Don José Basco y Vargas.
  • 1787–1788 Don Pedro Sarrio.
  • 1788–1793 Don Felix Berenguer de Marquina.
  • 1793–1806 Don Rafael Maria de Aguilar y Ponce de Leon.
  • 1806–1810 Don Mariano Fernandez de Folgueras.
  • 1810–1813 Don Manuel Gonzalez Aguilar.
  • 1813–1816 Don José de Gardoqui Jaraveitia.
  • 1816–1822 Don Mariano Fernandez de Folgueras.
  • 1822–1825 Don Juan Antonio Martinez.
  • 1825–1830 Don Mariano Ricafort Palacio y Abarca.
  • 1830–1835 Don Pascual Enrile y Alcedo.
  • 1835–1836 Don Gabriel de Torres.
  • 1836–1838 Don Andres Garcia Camba.
  • 1838–1841 Don Luis Lardizabal y Montojo.
  • 1841–1843 Don Marcelino de Oraa Lecumberri.
  • 1843–1844 Don Francisco de Paula Alcalá de la Torre.
  • 1844–1850 Don Narciso Clavería y Zaldua.
  • 1850–1850 Don Antonio Maria Blanco.
  • 1850–1853 D. Antonio de Urbistondo, Marqués de la Solana y Teniente General.[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  • 1853–1854 El Mariscal de Campo de Ramon Montero, General Segundo Cabo (acting).
  • 1854–1854 El Teniente General Marqués de Novaliches.
  • 1854–1854 El Mariscal de Campo de Ramon Montero (acting).
  • 1854–1856 El Teniente General de Manuel Crespo.
  • 1856–1857 El Mariscal de Campo de Ramon Montero (acting).
  • 1857–1860 El Teniente General de Fernando de Norzagaray.
  • 1860–1860 El Mariscal de Campo de Ramon Solano y Llánderal (acting).
  • 1860–1861 El Brigadier de Artilleria de Juan Herrera Dávila (acting).
  • 1861–1862 El Teniente General de José Lemery.
  • 1862–1865 El Teniente General de Rafael Echagüe.
  • 1865–1865 El Mariscal de Campo de Joaquin Solano (acting).
  • 1865–1866 El Teniente General de Juan de Lara é Irigoyen.
  • 1866–1866 El Mariscal de Campo de Juan Laureano Sanz (acting).
  • 1866–1866 El Comandante General de Marina de Antonio Ossorio (acting).
  • 1866–1866 El Mariscal de Campo de Joaquin Solano (acting).
  • 1866–1866 El Teniente General de José de la Gándara.
  • 1866–1869 El Mariscal de Campo de Manuel Maldonado (acting).
  • 1869–1871 El Teniente General de Carlos de la Torre.
  • 1871–1873 El Teniente General de Rafael Izquierdo.
  • 1873–1873 El Comandante General de Marina de Manuel MacCrohon (acting).
  • 1873–1874 El Teniente General de Juan Alaminos y Vivar.
  • 1874–1874 El Mariscal de Campo de Manuel Blanco Valderrama (acting).
  • 1874–1877 El Contra Almirante de la Armada de José Malcampo y Monje.
  • 1877–1880 El Teniente General de Domingo Moriones y Murillo.
  • 1880–1880 El Comandante General de Marina de Rafael Rodriguez Arias (acting).
  • 1880–1883 El Teniente General de Fernando Primo de Rivera, Marqués de Estella.
  • 1883–1883 El Mariscal de Campo de Emilio de Molins, General Segundo Cabo (acting).
  • 1883–1885 El Capitan General del Ejercito de Joaquin Jovellar y Soler.[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
  • 1885–1885 El Mariscal de Campo de Emilio de Molins (acting).
  • 1885–1888 El Teniente General de Emilio Terrero.
  • 1888–1888 El Mariscal de Campo de Antonio Molto (acting).
  • 1888–1888 El Cotra Almirante de la Armada de Federico Lobatón (acting).
  • 1888–1891 El Teniente General de Valeriano Weyler.
  • 1891–1893 El Teniente General de Eulogio Despojol, Conde de Caspe.
  • 1893–1893 El General de Division de Federico Ochando, General Segundo Cabo (acting).
  • 1893–1896 El Teniente General de Ramon Blanco y Erenas, Marqués de Peña-Plata.
  • 1896–1897 El Teniente General de Camilo G. de Polavieja, Marqués de Polavieja.
  • 1897–1897 de José de Lacharmbre y Dominguez, Teniente General (acting).
  • 1897–1898 de Fernando Primo de Rivera, Capitan General, Marqués de Estella.
  • 1898–1898 de Basilio Augustin Teniente General del Ejercito.
  • 1898–1898 El General Segundo Cabo de Fermin Jaudenes y Alvarez.

[325]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Index.

Abra 257

Abra __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Acuña, Don Pedro Bravo de 191

Acuña, Don Pedro Bravo de __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Adelantado 109

Adelantado __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Aeta 25, 34, 99

Aeta __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__

African coast, exploration of 62

African coast, exploration of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Agriculture 212, 312

Agriculture __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Aguinaldo, Emilio 283, 294, 298, 304

Aguinaldo, Emilio __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__

Aguinaldo, Gen. Baldomero 298

Aguinaldo, Gen. Baldomero __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Albuquerque 66

Albuquerque __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Aleandora, Raja 133

Aleandora, Raja __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Alim ud Din, conversion of 226

Alim ud Din, conversion of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Aliping namamahay 103

Aliping namamahay __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Almanzar 82

Almanzar __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Alphabet, Filipino 96

Filipino Alphabet __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

America—
and the Philippines 287–321
named 71
revolution in 249
wars in 248

America—
and the Philippines __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–321
named __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
revolution in __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
wars in __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__

American control 319

U.S. control __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Anda y Salazar, Don Simon de 236

Anda y Salazar, Don Simon de 236

Anitos 105

Anitos __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Anson 21

Anson __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Anti-War Agitators in America 300

Anti-War Activists in America __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Arandía, Governor 228

Arandía, Governor __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Architecture, Bureau of 313

Architecture, Bureau of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Archives, Bureau of 313

Archives, Bureau of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Arévalo 147, 172

Arévalo __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Argensola, Leonardo de 17

Leonardo de Argensola __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Armada, destruction of 177

Armada, destruction of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Atkinson, Dr. Fred W. 315

Atkinson, Dr. Fred W. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Audiencia, Royal 109
abolished 149
reëstablished 153

Audience, Royal __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
abolished __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
reestablished __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__

Auditor, Insular 312

Auditor, Insular __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Augustinian Order 121

Augustinian Order __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Azores discovered 63

Azores found __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bajan 268

Bajan __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Balboa 73

Balboa __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bantilan 226

Bantilan __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Barangay 102

Barangay __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Batanes Islands 244

Batanes Islands __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bathala 105

Bathala __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bell, General J. Franklin 303

Bell, Gen. J. Franklin __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Benedictines 120

Benedictines __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Benguet 257

Benguet __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bibliographies 21

Bibliographies __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bicol 35

Bicol __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Biscaino, Sebastian 171

Biscaino, Sebastian

Bisaya 35, 130

Bisaya __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Blair, Miss E. H. 22

Blair, Miss E. H. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Blood compact 80

Blood pact __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bohol 200, 225, 257

Bohol __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__

Bonifacio, Andres 282

Bonifacio, Andres __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Borneo—
Mohammedans in 40
Spanish expedition to 145

Borneo—
Muslims in __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Spanish expedition to __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Bowring, Sir John 21

Bowring, Sir John __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Brooke, Charles 272

Brooke, Charles __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Burgos, Dr. José 279

Burgos, Dr. José __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Búshido 59

Bujutsu __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bustamante, Fernando Manuel de 217

Bustamante, Fernando Manuel de __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cabalian discovered 127

Cabalian found __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cabots, voyage of the 70

Cabots, voyage of the __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Caceres, Nueva 172

Cáceres, New __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cagayanes 35

Cagayanes __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Calambú Raja 79

Calambú Raja __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Calvin, John 122 [326]

Calvin, John __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]

Campo, Governor Torre, 219

Campo, Governor Torre, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Canaries discovered, 63

Canaries found, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cano, Juan Sebastian del, 83, 114

Cano, Juan Sebastian del, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Cantava, Padre, 225

Sang, Father, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Carreri, 21

Carreri, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Caribs, 72

Caribbeans, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Carillo, Don Pedro, 280

Carillo, Don Pedro, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Carolines, 117, 224

Carolines, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Casas, Las, 72, 111

Casas, The, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Cavendish, Thomas, 175

Cavendish, Thomas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cavite revolt, 279

Cavite uprising, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cebu, 79, 130, 172

Cebu, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__

Cedulas, Royal, 20

Cedulas, Royal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Century of obscurity, 212

Century of obscurity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Chabucano, 266

Chabucano, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Chamorros, 214

Chamorros, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Chao Ju-kua, 97

Chao Ju-kua, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Charles V., 73

Charles V, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Chavés, Captain Juan, 146

Chavés, Captain Juan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Chavés, Don Juan de, 197

Chavés, Don Juan de, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

China about 1400, 56

China circa 1400, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Chinese—
attempt to capture Manila, 140
distrust of, 182
immigration restricted, 183
in the Philippines, 97
first massacre of, 182
treaty with the, 144
uprising of, 207

Chinese—
attempt to take Manila, 140
distrust of, 182
immigration limited, 183
in the Philippines, 97
first massacre of, 182
treaty with the, 144
uprising of, 207

Chirino, Father Predo, 16

Chirino, Father Pedro, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Church, 119, 147

Church, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Ciagu, Raja, 79

Ciagu, Raja, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cipango, 67

Cipango, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cities, largest, 171

Cities, biggest, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Civil commission, 308

Civil commission, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Civil Governor, first, 309

Civil Governor, first, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Claudio, Don Juan, 202

Claudio, Don Juan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Claveria, General, 265

Claveria, General, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Clemente, Juan, 170

Clemente, Juan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Clive, Lord, 233

Clive, Lord, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Coast and Geodetic Survey, 312

Coast and Geodetic Survey, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Coast Guard, 312

Coast Guard, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Code of Civil Procedure, 314

Code of Civil Procedure, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cofradia, 264

Cofradía, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cold Storage and Ice Plant, 313

Cold Storage and Ice Plant, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Colin, Father Francisco, 17

Colin, Father Francisco, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Colonial Policy of Spain, 113

Colonial Policy of Spain, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Colonization restricted, 112

Colonization limited, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Columbus, Christopher, 66

Columbus, Christopher, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Combes, Father Francisco, 18

Combes, Father Francisco, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Commerce restricted, 112

Commerce restricted, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Commerce and Police, 312

Commerce and Police, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Commercial House, 113

Commercial House, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Conquest and Settlement, 125

Conquest and Settlement, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Constabulary, 312

Police, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Constitution, American, 287

American Constitution, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Contratacion, Casa de, 113

Hiring, House of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Corala, 82

Corala, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Corcuera, Hortado de, 197

Corcuera, Hortado de, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cornish, Admiral, 234

Cornish, Admiral, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Corregidor, battles near, 193

Corregidor, nearby battles, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cortes, 73, 109, 116

Cortes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__

Courts, 314

Courts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Crusades, 48

Crusades, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cruz, Apolinario de la, 263

Cruz, Apolinario de la, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cuba discovered, 68

Cuba found, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cubans, American sympathy for, 291

Cubans, American support for, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Customs and Immigration, Bureau of, 313

Bureau of Customs and Immigration, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Da Gamma, Vasco, 65

Da Gamma, Vasco, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Dampier, 21

Dampier, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Dagóhoy, 226, 257

Dagóhoy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Dasmariñas, 149

Dasmariñas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Dato, 102

Dato, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Decree of 1589, 149

Decree of 1589, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Desventuradas, 76

Unfortunate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

De Vera, Dr. Santiago, 148

De Vera, Dr. Santiago, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Dewey’s victory, 293

Dewey's win, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Díaz, Bartholomew, 65

Díaz, Bartholomew, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Dominic, Saint, 120

Dominic, Saint, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Dominicans, 120, 148

Dominicans, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Drake, Sir Francis, 144

Drake, Sir Francis, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Draper, General, 234

Draper, General, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Ducos, Father, 229

Ducos, Dad, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Dutch—
at Mariveles, 154
capture Chinese Junks, 193 [327]
conflicts with 208
expedition against 191
expeditions to Indies 189
in Formosa 194
trading methods of 190

Dutch—
at Mariveles, 154
capture Chinese Junks, 193
[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
conflicts with 208
expedition against 191
expeditions to Indies 189
in Formosa 194
trading methods of 190

Dutch and Moro wars 187–211

Dutch and Moro wars __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–211

Dyaks 33

Dyaks __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

East, Far 51, 56

East, Far __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Earth 53, 66

Earth __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Education, Bureau of 313

Education Department __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Educational system 274

Educational system __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Educational work of the religious orders 205

Educational work of the religious orders 205

Encomenderos 111

Encomenderos __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Encomiendas 157

Encomiendas __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Engineering, Bureau of 312

Engineering, Bureau of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

England about 1400 46

England around 1400 __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

England and France 232

England and France __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

English Language 315

English Language __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Esteybar, Don Francisco de 208

Esteybar, Don Francisco de __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Ethnology, study of 25

Ethnology, study of culture

Europe, wars in 218

Europe, wars in __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Explorers, Spanish 109

Spanish Explorers __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Fernandina 172

Fernandina __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Fetishes among the Filipinos 103

Fetishes in the Philippines __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Feudalism 43

Feudal system __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Figueroa, Rodriguez de 151

Figueroa, Rodriguez de __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Filipino alphabet, source of 96

Filipino alphabet, source of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Filipino independence 318

Filipino independence __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Filipino people before the arrival of the Spaniards 88–107

Filipino people before the arrival of the Spaniards 88–107

Filipino writings, early 96

Filipino literature, early __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Filipinos—
assassination of 306
classes of 103
converted to Christianity 168
distribution of 88
in eighteenth century 225
in movement for reform 279
increase in educated 277
liberal ideas among 273
life and progress of 206
material progress of 106
misunderstanding between Americans and 295
reorganize army 305
religion of 105
under the Encomiendas 161

Filipinos—
assassination of 306
classes of 103
converted to Christianity 168
distribution of 88
in the eighteenth century 225
in the movement for reform 279
increase in educated 277
liberal ideas among 273
life and progress of 206
material progress of 106
misunderstanding between Americans and 295
reorganize the army 305
religion of 105
under the Encomiendas 161

Finance and Justice, Department of 312

Finance and Justice Department __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Florida discovered 73

Florida discovered __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Food, scarcity of 165

Food scarcity __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Forestry, Bureau of 312

Forestry, Bureau of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Formosa 194, 202

Formosa __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

France—
about 1400 46
war between England and 232

France—
around 1400 __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
war between England and __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Francis of Assisi, Saint 121

Saint Francis of Assisi __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Franciscans 121, 152, 205

Franciscans __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__

French revolution 249

French Revolution __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Friars—
attitude toward education 277
coming of 168
Missionary, efforts of 149
opposed 279
organization of 120
repress the people 263
resist English 236

Friars—
attitude toward education 277
arrival of 168
Missionary, efforts of 149
were against 279
organization of 120
suppress the people 263
oppose English 236

Funston, General 305

Funston, General __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Galleons, capture of 175

Galleons, seizure of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Gallinato Juan 153

Gallinato Juan __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Gama, Vasco da 65

Gama, Vasco da __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Geographical discoveries 61–87

Geographic discoveries __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–87

Germany about 1400 46

Germany around 1400 __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Gibbon, Edward 42

Gibbon, Edward __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Gil, Padre 283

Gil, Dad __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Goiti, Mertin de 133

Goiti, Mertin de __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Gomez, Father 280

Gomez, Dad __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Gonzaga, Don Eugracio 298

Gonzaga, Don Eugracio __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Goyti 127

Goyti __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Guam 214, 308

Guam __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Guzman, Don Francisco Tello de 152 [328]

Guzman, Don Francisco Tello de __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]

Hai-tan 99

Hai-tan __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Haiti discovered 68

Haiti found __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Hamalbar 80

Hamalbar __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Hari 102

Hari __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Health, Bureau of Public 312

Health, Public Bureau of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Henry, Prince 61

Henry, Prince __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Herrada, Friar Martin 130

Herrada, Friar Martin __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Hindus—
in the Philippines 92
Malays and 36

Hindus—
in the Philippines __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Malays and __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Hispaniola discovered 68

Hispaniola found __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Historical materials, recent 19

Historical materials, recent __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

History 12, 15

History __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Holy Child of Cebu 129

Holy Child of Cebu __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Homonhón 78

Homonhón __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Hospitals 205

Hospitals __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Horses 107

Horses __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Ibanag dialect 35

Ibanag dialect __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Ibilao 34

Ibilao __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Ide, Henry C 308

Ide, Henry C __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Idols among the Filipinos 105

Filipino idols __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Igorrote provinces 214

Igorot provinces __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Igorrotes 34

Igorots __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Ilocano 35

Ilocano __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Iloilo 172, 262

Iloilo __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Ilongotes 34

Ilongotes __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

India 36, 56, 61, 66

India __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__

Indies, Dutch expedition to 189

Dutch expedition to __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Indies, West 70

Indies, West __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Instruction, Department of 313

Instruction, Department of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Interior, Department of 312

Interior, Department of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Instruction in English 315

Instruction in English __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Insular Government 311

Insular Government __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Internal Revenue, Bureau of 313

IRS, Bureau of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Inquisition 122, 212

Inquisition __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Islands, naming of 118

Naming of Islands __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

It Coan 209

It Coan __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Ita 25

Ita __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Italy—
about 1400 46

Italy—
about 1400 __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Iyeyásu 59

Iyeyásu __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Jagor 21

Jagor __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Japan—
about 1400 57
development of 9

Japan—
around 1400 __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
development of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Japanese colony 185

Japanese colony __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Jesuits—
activity of 226
arrival of 151
a source of historical information 17
expulsion of 238
increase in wealth 237
organized 123
return of 274

Jesuits—
activity of 226
arrival of 151
a source of historical information 17
expulsion of 238
increase in wealth 237
organized 123
return of 274

John I of Portugal 61

John I of Portugal __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Jolo—
conquest of 102
forts destroyed at 270
treaty with sultan of 220, 271

Jolo—
conquest of 102
forts destroyed at 270
treaty with sultan of 220, 271

Jomonjól 78

Jomonjól __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Judicial system 313

Judicial system __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Justice, Bureau of 313

Justice Department __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Kaan, the Great 54

Kaan, the Great __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Kabunsuan 40

Kabunsuan __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Kabunian 105

Kabunian __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Katipunan 282

Katipunan __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Koxinga 209

Koxinga __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Kue-Sing 209

Kue-Sing __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Laboratories, Government 312

Labs, Government __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Lacandola, Raja 133

Lacandola, Raja __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Ladrone Islands—
colonized 213
depopulation of 215
discovered 76
visited by Dampier 21

Ladrone Islands—
settled 213
population decline of 215
found 76
toured by Dampier 21

Lands, Bureau of Public 312

Bureau of Public Lands __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Language, development of 49

Language development of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Languages of the Malayans 90

Malay languages __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Laon 105

Laon __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Lara, Don Sabiano Maureque de 210

Lara, Don Sabiano Maureque of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

La-Sande, Dr. Francisco 144

La-Sande, Dr. Francisco __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Las Casas 72, 111

Las Casas __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Lavazares, Guido de 164 [329]

Lavazares, Guido de __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]

Laws of the Indies, 123

Laws of the Indies, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Lawton, General, 301, 307

Lawton, General, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Ledesma, Bartolomé de, 162

Ledesma, Bartolomé de, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Legarda, Hon. Benito, 310

Legarda, Hon. Benito, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Legaspi, 126, 137

Legaspi, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Leyte, religious revolt at, 206

Leyte, religious uprising at, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Liga Filipina, 280

Liga Filipina, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Lima, Pablo de, 162

Lima, Pablo de, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Limahong, 140

Limahong, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Limasana, 78

Limasana, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Loaisa, Jofre de, 16, 115

Loaisa, Jofre de, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Lobo, Sabastian, 203

Lobo, Sabastian, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Loyola, Ignatius, 123

Loyola, Ignatius, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Lukban, General, 309

Lukban, General, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Luna, Antonio de, 296

Luna, Antonio de, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Luis, Don, 151

Luis, Don, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Luther, Martin, 74, 122

Luther, Martin, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Luzon, conquest of, 136

Conquest of Luzon, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Luzuriaga, Hon. José, 310

Luzuriaga, Hon. José, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Mabini, Don Apolinario, 298

Mabini, Don Apolinario, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

MacArthur, General, 301, 308

MacArthur, General, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Madeira Islands, 62

Madeira, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Magellan, 16, 74, 81, 114

Magellan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__

Magellan, Straits of, 75

Magellan Strait, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Maharlica, 103

Maharlica, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Maine, destruction of the, 292

Maine, destruction of the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Malaspina, Captain, 245

Malaspina, Captain, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Malay Archipelago about 1400, 59

Malay Archipelago circa 1400, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Malayo-Polynesian speech, 90

Malayo-Polynesian language, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Malayan peoples, 31, 32, 35, 90

Malaysian peoples, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__

Malays, Mohammedan, 106

Malays, Muslims, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Malays and Hindus, 36

Malays and Hindus, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Malolos campaign, 299

Malolos campaign, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Malvar, General, 309

Malvar, General, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Manchus, 57

Manchus, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Mandaya, 34

Mandaya, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Manguianes, 33

Manguianes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Manobo, 34

Manobo, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Manila—
about 1600, 177
attacked by Chinese, 140
battle of, 298
capture of, 294
Chinese in, 180
decline of, 185
earthquake at, 155
founded, 135
importance of, 173
improvements in, 218
opened to trade, 259
taken by the English, 235
taken by the Spanish, 133

Manila—
around 1600, 177
attacked by Chinese, 140
battle of, 298
capture of, 294
Chinese in, 180
decline of, 185
earthquake at, 155
founded, 135
importance of, 173
improvements in, 218
opened to trade, 259
taken by the English, 235
taken by the Spanish, 133

Manila Normal School, 276

Manila Normal School, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

March, Major, 304

March, Major, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Mariveles, Dutch fleet captured at, 192

Mariveles, captured by the Dutch fleet at, 192

Masonry, 280

Masonry, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Maximilian, 73

Max, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

May-nila, 133

May-nila, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Mediæval period, 42

Medieval period, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Mendoza, viceroy of Mexico, 109

Mendoza, viceroy of Mexico, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Mexico, 73, 253

Mexico, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Mincopies, 31

Mincopies, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Mindoro, pirates of, 132

Mindoro pirates, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Mindanao—
early history of, 18
people of, 34
Spanish settlements on, 266

Mindanao—
early history of, 18
people of, 34
Spanish settlements on, 266

Ming dynasty, 57

Ming dynasty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Mining, Bureau of, 312

Bureau of Mining, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Missionary, the Spanish, 123

Missionary, the Spanish, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Mogul, Great, 56

Mogul, Great, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Mohammed, 37

Mohammed, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Mohammedans, 47

Muslims, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Moluccas abandoned, 208

Moluccas deserted, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Monasticism, rise of, 119

Rise of Monasticism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Mongols, Tartar, 54

Mongols, Tartars, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Morga, Antonio de, 17, 20

Morga, Antonio de, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Moro forts destroyed, 270

Moro forts taken down, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Moro Malays, trade with, 99

Moro Malays, trade with, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Moro pirates—
activity of, 207
first expedition against, 132
in 1771, 240
increase of, 228
of Tawi Tawi, 220
rise of, 153 [330]

Moro pirates—
their activities, 207
the first mission against them, 132
in 1771, 240
their growth, 228
from Tawi Tawi, 220
the emergence of, 153 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Moros of Jolo, attacked, 146

Moros of Jolo, attacked, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Moros—
Corcucra’s expedition against, 198
origin of name, 41

Moros—
Corcucra’s mission against, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
name origin, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Morones, Juan de, 162

Morones, Juan de, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Moses, Prof. Bernard, 308, 315

Moses, Prof. Bernard, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Mota, Captain Lorenzo de la, 163

Captain Lorenzo de la Mota, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Municipal governments, 265

Municipal governments, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Museum, Philippine, 313

Museum, Philippines, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Napoleon I., 251

Napoleon I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Natives under Spanish rule, 110

Natives under Spanish rule, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Navarrete, Father Fernandez, 18

Navarrete, Father Fernandez, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Navigator, the, 61

Navigator, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Navy established, 245

Navy formed, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Negritos, 25, 98

Negritos, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Negros, occupation of, 301

Negros, occupation of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Netherlands independent, 188

Netherlands is independent, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Newspapers, 273

Newspapers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Non-Christian Tribes, Bureau of, 312

Non-Christian Tribes Bureau, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Normal School, Manila, 276

Normal School, Manila, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Northern route discovered, 131

Northern route found, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Nueva Caceres, founded, 146

Nueva Caceres, established, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Nueva Segovia, 147, 172

Nueva Segovia, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Nueva Caceres, 172

Nueva Caceres, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Nueva Vergara, 268

Nueva Vergara, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Obando, Marquis of, 228

Obando, Marquis of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Orang benua, 32

Orang di benua, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Orang laut, 268

Orangutan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Orinoco River, 70

Orinoco River, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Ortega, Don Joaquin, 264

Ortega, Don Joaquin, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Oscariz, Don Mariano, 266

Oscariz, Don Mariano, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Otis, General, 297

Otis, Gen, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Oyanguran, Don José, 267

Oyanguran, Don José, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Pacific Ocean discovered, 73

Pacific Ocean found, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Palaos, 224

Palaos, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Pampangas, revolt of, 206

Pampanga revolt, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Pampango, 35

Pampanga, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Pangasinian, 35

Pangasinan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Papuans, 31

Papuans, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Pardo de Tavera, Dr. Joaquin, 22, 92, 192, 280, 310

Pardo de Tavera, Dr. Joaquin, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__

Pelews, 224, 253

Pelews, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Pelew Islands, 117

Pelew Islands, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Peru, conquest of, 73

Peru, conquest of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Philip the Handsome, 73

Philip the Attractive, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Philippine civil commission, 308

Philippine civil service commission, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Philippine Islands discovered, 78

Philippine Islands found, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Philippines—
America and, 287–320
a subject for historical study, 9–24
American ideas about, 295
as a Spanish colony, 108
Chinese in the, 97
coming of the Spaniards, 40
development of, 9
during the period of European revolution, 231–258
expedition to, 115, 117, 126
first archbishop in, 152
historical accounts of, 15
Inquisition in, 212
Jesuits expelled from, 239
navy established in, 245
peoples of, 25–42
political decline of, 212
rebellions in, 254
returned to Spain, 236
separated from Mexico, 253
Spanish occupation of, 16
threatened by Chinese, 210
under the English, 234
visited by Dampier, 21

Philippines—
America and, 287–320
a topic for historical analysis, 9–24
American perspectives on, 295
as a Spanish territory, 108
Chinese in the, 97
arrival of the Spaniards, 40
growth of, 9
during the time of European revolutions, 231–258
expedition to, 115, 117, 126
first archbishop in, 152
historical narratives of, 15
Inquisition in, 212
Jesuits expelled from, 239
navy established in, 245
peoples of, 25–42
political decline of, 212
uprisings in, 254
returned to Spain, 236
split from Mexico, 253
Spanish rule over, 16
threatened by Chinese, 210
under British rule, 234
visited by Dampier, 21

Philosophy of the eighteenth
century, new, 231

Eighteenth-century philosophy, new, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Pigafetta, Antonio, 16

Pigafetta, Antonio, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Pilar, Gregorio del, 303

Pilar, Gregorio del, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Pineda, Don Antonio, 245

Pineda, Don Antonio, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Pintados, Islas de los, 131

Pintados, Islas de los, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Piracy, 196, 228, 246, 271

Piracy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__

Pirates, 132, 153, 220, 240, 268

Pirates, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__

Pizarro, 73

Pizarro, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Polistas, 168 [331]

Polistas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]

Polo, Marco 54

Polo, Marco __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Poniente, Islas del 79

Poniente, Islands of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Portuguese colonies 147, 195

Portuguese colonies __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Portuguese discover Eastern passage 61

Portuguese find Eastern passage __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Posts, Bureau of 312

Posts, Office of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Press, influence of 273

Press, influence of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Primo de Rivera, General 285

Primo de Rivera, General

Printing, Bureau of 313

Bureau of Printing __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Prisons 312

Prisons __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Progress and revolution 259

Progress and revolution __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Pueblo 262

Pueblo __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Raja 102

Raja __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Rebellion of 1896 283

Rebellion of 1896 __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Recollects 169

Recollects __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Reformation 121

Reformation __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Regidor, Don Antonio 280

Regidor Antonio __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Religion of the Filipinos 105

Religion of Filipinos __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Renaissance 45

Renaissance __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Repartimientos 111

Repartimientos __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Residencia 201

Residency __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Retana, W.E. 20

Retana, W.E. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Revenues and Expenditures 313

Revenues and Expenses __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Revolt of 1811 263

Rebellion of 1811 __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Revolution 249

Revolution __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Rizal y Mercado, Dr. José, 17, 280, 281

Rizal y Mercado, Dr. José, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__

Rojo, Don Manuel 229

Red, Don Manuel __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Ronquillo, Don Gonzalo de, 146, 164

Ronquillo, Don Gonzalo de, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Robertson, J.A. 22

Robertson, J.A. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Saavedra, Don Alvaro de 16, 116

Saavedra, Don Alvaro de __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Salazar, Domingo de 168

Salazar, Domingo de __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Salamanca, Juan Cerozo de 196

Salamanca, Juan Cerozo de __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Salcedo, Don Diego de 212

Salcedo, Don Diego de __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Salcedo, Juan de 132

Salcedo, Juan de __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Samal pirates 268

Samal pirates __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Samal ports destroyed 269

Samal ports damaged __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Samar discovered 78

Samar found __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

San Andres, orphanage of 170

San Andres, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ orphanage

San Augustin, Fr. Gaspar de 17

San Augustin, Fr. Gaspar de __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sanchez, Alonso 149

Sanchez, Alonso __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

San Augustin, Padre 100

San Augustin, Padre __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sanchez, Padre Alonzo 168

Sanchez, Father Alonzo __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sandico, Don Teodoro 298

Sandico, Don Teodoro __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sangleyes 184

Sangleyes __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

San Juan de Dios hospital 120

San Juan de Dios Hospital __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sarangani 118

Sarangani __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Santa Potenciana 170

Santa Potenciana __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Santibañez Ignacio 152

Santibañez Ignacio __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Santo Niño 129

Santo Niño __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sanvitores Padre Diego Luis de 213

Sanvitores Father Diego Luis de __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sedeño, Padre Antonio 168

Sedeño, Father Antonio __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Segovia, Nueva 172

Segovia, New __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Seljuks 47

Seljuks __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Schwan, General 305

Schwan, Gen. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

School, Manila Normal 276

School, Manila Normal __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Schools 169, 274, 314

Schools __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__

Siam, treaty with 218

Siam, agreement with __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sierra, Don Juan 218

Sierra, Don Juan __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Signal Service 312

Signal Service __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Silonga 151

Silonga __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Silva, Juan de 192

Silva, Juan de __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sioco 141

Sioco __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Slavery 63, 103

Slavery __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Smith, Gen. James 301

Smith, Gen. James __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Soliman, Raja 133

Soliman, Raja __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sonnerat, M. 21

Sonnerat, M. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

South America, rebellion in 253

South America, uprising in __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Spaniards 171, 256

Spaniards __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Spain—
colonial policy of 113
decline of 252
economic policy of 220
war with United States 292

Spain—
colonial policy of 113
decline of 252
economic policy of 220
war with United States 292

Spanish—
found a post at Zamboanga 196
increase in population 276
settle Mindanao 266
take Moro city of Manila 133

Spanish—
found a position in Zamboanga 196
rise in population 276
establish in Mindanao 266
capture Moro city of Manila 133

Spanish and Portuguese 177

Spanish and Portuguese __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Spanish attitude toward education 277

Spanish view on education __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Spanish expedition to Borneo 145

Spanish expedition to Borneo __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Spanish government 163 [332]

Spanish government __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]

Spanish occupation, 140

Spanish rule, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Spanish misrule ended, 286

Spanish misrule ended, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Spanish rule established, 156, 165

Spanish rule set, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Spanish soldier and the Spanish missionary, 108

Spanish soldier and the Spanish missionary, 108

Spilbergen, Admiral, 193

Spilbergen, Admiral, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Statistics, Bureau of, 313

Bureau of Statistics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sual opened to trade, 261

Sual launched its trading platform, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Subanon, 34

Subanon, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sulu, 268

Sulu, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Swingli, 122

Swingli, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Taft, William H, 308

Taft, William H, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Tagálog language, 90

Tagalog, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Tagálog people, 35

Tagalog people, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Tagal, Moro pirate, 197

Tagal, Moro pirate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Tagbanúa, 34

Tagbanua, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Tamerlane, 56

Tamerlane, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Tartar Mongols, 54

Tartar Mongols, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Tattooing, 131

Tattooing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Tawi Tawi, pirates of, 220

Tawi Tawi, pirates of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Taycosama, 152

Taycosama, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Ternate, taken by Spanish, 17

Ternate, captured by the Spanish, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Tierra del Fuego, 76

Tierra del Fuego, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Timour, 56

Timur, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Tobacco industry, 242

Tobacco industry, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Tondo, District of, 185

Tondo, District, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Torre, Don Carlos de la, 278

Torre, Don Carlos de la, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Torre, Don Francisco de la, 236

Torre, Don Francisco de la, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Torre, Hernando de la, 116

Torre, Hernando de la, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Toscanelli, 67

Toscanelli, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Totanes, Padre, 96

Totanes, Father, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Trade—
restricted, 174
routes of, 51
Venetian monopoly of, 52
with the East, 51

Trade—
limited, 174
pathways of, 51
Venetian control of, 52
with the East, 51

Treasurer, Insular, 312

Treasurer, Insular, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Trias, Gen. Mariano, 298

Trias, Gen. Mariano, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Turks, 47

Turks, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

United States—
development of, 287
war with Spain, 292

United States—
development of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
war with Spain, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Urbistondo, Governor, 268

Urbistondo, Governor, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Urdaneta, Andres de, 100, 115, 125

Urdaneta, Andres de, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__

Van Noort, 154

Van Noort, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Vargas, Don José Basco de, 242

Vargas, Don José Basco de, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Velarde, Father Murillo, 17

Velarde, Father Murillo, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Venice, 49

Venice, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Vespucci, Amerigo, 71

Vespucci, Amerigo, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Vera, Dr. Santiago de, 148, 162

Vera, Dr. Santiago de, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Vidal, Montero y, 20

Vidal, Montero, and __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Vigan, 172

Vigan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Villalobos, Lopez de, 16, 117

Villalobos, Lopez de, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Volcanic eruptions, 254

Volcanic eruptions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Weather Bureau, 312

Weather Service, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Wellington, 252

Wellington, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Weyler, Governor-General, 292

Weyler, Governor-General, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Wheaton, General, 301

Wheaton, General, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Wittert, Admiral, 192

Wittert, Admiral, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Wolfe, General, 233

Wolfe, General, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Worcester, Dean C, 308

Worcester, Dean C, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Worms, Diet at, 74

Worms, Diet at, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Wright, Luke E, 308

Wright, Luke E, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Writing, systems of, 93

Writing systems, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Writings, early Filipino, 96

Early Filipino literature, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Xavier, Saint Francis, 118

Xavier, St. Francis, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Young, General, 303

Young, General, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Yusef, 82

Yusef, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Zamal, 78

Zamal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Zamboanga—
abandoned, 18, 208
opened to trade, 261
refounded, 218
Spanish post at, 196
settled, 266

Zamboanga—
abandoned, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
opened for trade, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
refounded, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__
Spanish outpost at, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__
settled, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__

Zamora, Father, 279

Zamora, Dad, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Zulueta, M, 22

Zulueta, M, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Zuñiga, Father Joaquin Martinez de, 19 [333]

Zuñiga, Father Joaquin Martinez de, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Best Books for Philippine Schools

  • Baldwin Primer—Tagalog Edition
  • Gibbs’s Natural Number Primer
  • Gibbs’s Insular Primer
  • Gibbs’s Insular First Reader
  • Gibbs’s Insular Second Reader
  • Gibbs’s Insular Third Reader
  • Gibbs’s Insular First Lessons in Language
  • Barrows’s History of the Philippines
  • Roddy-Gibbs’s Philippine School Geography
  • Milne’s Elements of Arithmetic—Metric Edition
  • MacClintock’s The Philippines

These books have been prepared with special reference to the pedagogical conditions of the Philippine Islands, and are therefore suited to the requirements of the insular schools. They are all new, embodying the best methods of presentation and the best mechanical workmanship. The bindings are substantial, and the illustrations numerous and attractive.

These books have been created with a focus on the teaching conditions in the Philippines, making them ideal for the needs of island schools. They are all new, using the best methods of presentation and top-notch production quality. The bindings are durable, and the illustrations are plentiful and appealing.


For detailed descriptions, terms for introduction, etc., address

For detailed descriptions, introduction terms, etc., reach out to

American Book Company

American Book Company

100 Washington Square, New York City [334]

100 Washington Square, New York City [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

A UNIQUE BOOK

AN UNCOMMON BOOK

The Natural Number Primer

The Natural Number Guide

By DAVID GIBBS, S.B. (Harvard)

By DAVID GIBBS, S.B. (Harvard)

Formerly Superintendent of Schools, Hudson and Groton, Mass., and Division Superintendent of Schools, Philippine Islands

Previously the Superintendent of Schools in Hudson and Groton, Massachusetts, and the Division Superintendent of Schools in the Philippine Islands

Price, 25 cents

Price, $0.25

Unlike all other books, this primer teaches the most elementary ideas and forms of number and of language, at the same time. It may be used either with or independently of the regular reading primer. As a Language Primer it develops a practical vocabulary and the power of reading and expression. As a Number Primer it teaches in a very simple, logical way, the first steps in number. It is easy, and appeals to the natural interest of the child in counting, besides being adapted to his various capacities. There are abundant illustrations and very simple drawings which serve as models for the child. Each new term is illustrated and introduced in script. In the footnotes are helpful suggestions for teachers, outlining the oral work and blackboard drill. The book will overcome many difficulties now commonly found in teaching this subject, and will supplement thoroughly and satisfactorily the work of the teacher.

Unlike other books, this primer teaches the most basic concepts of numbers and language simultaneously. It can be used alongside or independently from the regular reading primer. As a Language Primer, it builds a useful vocabulary and enhances reading and expression skills. As a Number Primer, it introduces the fundamentals of numbers in a straightforward and logical way. It's easy to understand and engages children's natural interest in counting while being suitable for their different abilities. There are plenty of illustrations and simple drawings that serve as models for children. Each new term is illustrated and presented in script. The footnotes offer helpful suggestions for teachers, outlining oral activities and blackboard exercises. This book will address many challenges that often arise in teaching these subjects and will effectively enhance the teacher's work.

Write for Descriptive Circular

Write for Descriptive Circular

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY

NEW YORK CINCINNATI CHICAGO [335]

NEW YORK CINCINNATI CHICAGO [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Milne’s Arithmetics

Milne's Math Books

By WILLIAM J. MILNE, Ph.D.,LL.D.

By WILLIAM J. MILNE, Ph.D., LL.D.

President of the New York State Normal College, Albany, N.Y.

President of the New York State Normal College, Albany, NY.

TWO-BOOK SERIES

Two-book series

  • Elements of Arithmetic $0.30
  • Standard Arithmetic .65

THREE-BOOK SERIES

Trilogy

  • Primary Arithmetic $0.25
  • Intermediate Arithmetic .30
  • Standard Arithmetic .65

It is not enough for pupils to understand arithmetical processes; they must be able to use them accurately and rapidly. It is evident, therefore, that the best text-books in arithmetic are those which give the pupil a thorough and practical knowledge of the study, and, following this, readiness in applying this knowledge to the common affairs of everyday life.

Students need to do more than just understand math; they have to use it accurately and quickly. So, it's clear that the best math textbooks are the ones that provide students with a solid and practical understanding of the subject, and then help them apply this knowledge to everyday situations.

Milne’s Arithmetics meet all these conditions and requirements in a natural, logical, and practical manner.

Milne’s Arithmetics fulfill all these conditions and requirements in a natural, logical, and practical way.

In Either a Two-Book or a Three-Book Series. To meet the varying needs of teachers these arithmetics are now issued in two editions—a two-book series and a three-book series. Other books of a similar nature have been published from time to time, but none have ever attained the extraordinary popularity of Milne’s Arithmetics. Their success has been entirely without precedent. The method employed is inductive for the most part, yet it is neither tedious nor redundant. The large number and practical character of the problems included, and the application of business methods of computation in their solution, form noteworthy and valuable features of the books. Other important characteristics are their admirable arrangement, their use of sound pedagogical principles, the absence of all useless matter, their comprehensive character, and their exact statements. No other arithmetics are more modern in every respect.

In Either a Two-Book or a Three-Book Series. To accommodate the different needs of teachers, these arithmetic books are now available in two editions—a two-book series and a three-book series. While other similar books have been published over time, none have ever achieved the remarkable popularity of Milne’s Arithmetics. Their success is unprecedented. The approach used is mostly inductive, but it's neither tedious nor repetitive. The wide variety and practical nature of the problems included, along with the application of business computation methods for their solutions, are notable and valuable features of the books. Other important aspects include their excellent organization, adherence to sound teaching principles, exclusion of unnecessary content, comprehensive coverage, and precise statements. No other arithmetic books are as modern in every way.

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY

AMERICAN BOOK CO.

NEW YORK CINCINNATI CHICAGO [336]

NEW YORK CINCINNATI CHICAGO [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Webster’s School Dictionaries

Webster's School Dictionaries

REVISED EDITIONS

Updated Editions

WEBSTER’S SCHOOL DICTIONARIES in their revised form constitute a progressive series, carefully graded and especially adapted for Primary Schools, Common Schools, High Schools, Academies, and private students. These Dictionaries have all been thoroughly revised, entirely reset, and made to conform in all essential respects to that great standard authority in English—Webster’s International Dictionary.

WEBSTER’S SCHOOL DICTIONARIES in their updated version are a progressive series, carefully organized and specifically designed for Primary Schools, Common Schools, High Schools, Academies, and private students. These Dictionaries have been completely revised, entirely reformatted, and aligned in all key aspects with that major standard authority in English—Webster’s International Dictionary.

WEBSTER’S PRIMARY SCHOOL DICTIONARY $0.48

WEBSTER'S ELEMENTARY SCHOOL DICTIONARY $0.48

Containing over 20,000 words and meanings, with over 400 illustrations.

Containing more than 20,000 words and meanings, along with over 400 illustrations.

WEBSTER’S COMMON SCHOOL DICTIONARY $0.72

WEBSTER'S COMMON SCHOOL DICTIONARY $0.72

Containing over 25,000 words and meanings, with over 500 illustrations.

Containing more than 25,000 words and definitions, with over 500 illustrations.

WEBSTER’S HIGH SCHOOL DICTIONARY $0.98

WEBSTER'S HIGH SCHOOL DICTIONARY $0.98

Containing about 37,000 words and definitions, and an appendix giving a pronouncing vocabulary of Biblical, Classical, Mythological, Historical, and Geographical proper names, with over 800 illustrations.

Containing about 37,000 words and definitions, along with an appendix that provides a pronunciation guide for Biblical, Classical, Mythological, Historical, and Geographical proper names, featuring over 800 illustrations.

WEBSTER’S ACADEMIC DICTIONARY

Webster's College Dictionary

Cloth, $1.50; Indexed, $1.80
Half Calf, 2.75; Indexed, 3.00

Abridged directly from the International Dictionary, and giving the orthography, pronunciations, definitions, and synonyms of the large vocabulary of words in common use, with an appendix containing various useful tables, with over 800 illustrations.

Abridged directly from the International Dictionary, this includes the spelling, pronunciations, definitions, and synonyms of the extensive vocabulary of commonly used words, along with an appendix featuring several useful tables and over 800 illustrations.

SPECIAL EDITIONS

Limited Editions

Webster’s Countinghouse Dictionary Sheep, Indexed, $2.40
Webster’s Condensed Dictionary Cloth, $1.44; Indexed, 1.75
The Same Half Calf, 2.75; Indexed, 3.00
Webster’s Handy Dictionary .15
Webster’s Pocket Dictionary. Cloth .57
The Same. Roan Flexible .69
The Same. Roan Tucks .78
The Same. Morocco, Indexed .90
Webster’s Practical Dictionary .80

Copies of any of Webster’s Dictionaries will be sent, prepaid. to any address on receipt of the price by the Publishers:

Copies of any of Webster’s Dictionaries will be sent, prepaid, to any address upon receipt of the price by the Publishers:

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY

NEW YORK CINCINNATI CHICAGO

NEW YORK CINCINNATI CHICAGO

Colophon

Availability

Another version of this book is available at The Internet Archive.

Another version of this book is available at The Internet Archive.

Furthermore, a spoken book edition is available from LibriVox.

Furthermore, a spoken book edition is available from LibriVox.

Related Library of Congress catalog page: 05026123.

Related Library of Congress catalog page: 05026123.

Related Open Library catalog page (for source): OL24155017M.

Related Open Library catalog page (for source): OL24155017M.

Related Open Library catalog page (for work): OL16306157W.

Related Open Library catalog page (for work): OL16306157W.

Related WorldCat catalog page: 12309762.

Related WorldCat catalog page: __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Encoding

This book was written in 1903 for use by Filipino Students. Note that it reflects the state of knowledge and political bias as prevalent at the time of its writing. In particular, the author’s writing on the end of Spanish rule, and the onset of American rule in the Philippines should be read in light of the then recent American occupation of the Islands. Later in his life, the author admitted he downplayed the support for the independence movement. See “Humanitarian Imperialism: David Prescott Barrows and the White Man’s Burden in the Philippines” by Kenton J. Clymer in The Pacific Historical Review, Vol. 45, No. 4 (Nov., 1976), pp. 495–517.

This book was written in 1903 for Filipino students. Keep in mind that it shows the knowledge and political views that were common at the time it was written. Specifically, the author’s comments on the end of Spanish rule and the beginning of American rule in the Philippines should be understood in the context of the recent American occupation of the Islands. Later in his life, the author acknowledged that he minimized the support for the independence movement. See “Humanitarian Imperialism: David Prescott Barrows and the White Man’s Burden in the Philippines” by Kenton J. Clymer in The Pacific Historical Review, Vol. 45, No. 4 (Nov., 1976), pp. 495–517.

Revision History

  • 10-JAN-2008 Started.

External References

Corrections

The following corrections have been applied to the text:

The following corrections have been made to the text:

Page Source Correction
23 the the the
23 re-regrettable regrettable
32 graduually gradually
35 Belt of Rattan. Mindanao Belt of Bamboo Fiber.
73, 147 . ,
84 circum dedit circumdedisti
98 Filipino Iron Treasure Box. Moro Brass Betel Box.
101 Filipino Portable Iron Cannon. Moro Brass Cannon, or “Lantaka.”
105 whch which
114 degrees leagues
115 Augustian Augustinian
133 , [Deleted]
148, 148, 149 Malay Moro
149 adminstrative administrative
154 Prao. “Vinta.”
160 repartimentos repartimientos
167 Tagáloes Tagalos
167 barangayes barangays
170 Filipians Filipinas
176 Capture of a Galleon (from an old print). Capture of the Galleon “Cabadonga,” off the Coast of Samar.
177 beween between
193 Grand Vittoria gran vitoria
193 Orlandeses Olandeses
200 Moro Short Sword and Sheath. Sulu Barong and Sheath.
201 Pirate Sailing
209 turbulance turbulence
226, 226, 257, 326 Dogóhoy Dagóhoy
240 Anda Monument. The Anda Monument in Manila.
240 Calinga Axe. Igorot Ax.
242 Brass Vessel Gong
243, 243 Igorrote Igorot
246 Filipino Creese Moro Kris
246 Moro Creeses. Moro Beheading Knives.
247 Fish Hunting
248 Musical Instrument. “Kulintangan” or Xylophone.
258 culsters clusters
272 during daring
272
322 1164 1764


        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!